You are on page 1of 1537

A1 – INJECTION SHEET CHECKING PROCEDURE

A2 – INJECTION

A3 – DPS© ENGINE

Technical support Chapter A

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
A1 – INJECTION SHEET CHECKING PROCEDURE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

INJECTION SHEET CHECKING PROCEDURE

MECHANICAL INJECTION ................................................................................................................................1

ELECTRONIC INJECTION ...............................................................................................................................12

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
INJECTION SHEET CHECKING PROCEDURE
Mechanical injection
Injection sheet checking procedure
The purpose of this procedure is to check a number of points before and after dynamometer
testing.
Note: Failure to carry out these tests may lead to an incorrect power reading.

Always check the following points before starting a PTO power test.
Reminder: Wait until the running-in period has elapsed (minimum 100 hours) before testing an
engine on the dynamometer. This period is necessary to ensure that measurements are carried
out under suitable conditions.

1. Visual checks
Make sure that the supply and return lines are correctly fitted (not trapped or kinked on installation,
etc.).

2. Engine oil level


Note: The engine has to be OFF for a minimum of
5 minutes before the oil level can be measured.

Check the fluid level with dipstick (G): G


– (I) Normal operating level.
– (II) Top up as soon as possible.
– (III) Top up before restarting the engine.

l
ll
lll

111bsm00r

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.1


3. Hydraulic /transmission oil level
Note: Before checking the fluid level, the engine must have
been stopped for a minimum of 5 minutes and the linkage
arms must be in the down position.

Check the fluid level with dipstick (C): C


– (I) Normal operating level.
– (II) Top up as soon as possible.
– (III) Top up before restarting the engine.
l
A level above the normal operating level affects
ll
engine power and increases temperature. lll
Example: Overfilling will significantly affect
performance during high speed road operation. 344bsn01

4. Battery
Check the voltage with the engine stopped (between 12 and 13 V). Alternator-generated power
consumption can reach 1,5 kW.

5. Radiators/coolers
Check that all radiators/coolers are clean.

A2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


6. Fuel filters
– Change the filters.
– Fit the pressure gauge.
Unit reference: 60 05 005 521. See
"measurement and check points" sheet.

161msm14

161msm00r

7. Air filter
Check condition and replace if necessary.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.3


8. Turbocharger pressure
– Fit the pressure gauge.
Unit reference: 60 05 005 521. See
"measurement and check points" sheet.

141msm03r

141msm02r

9. Hydraulic pressure
Fit the pressure gauge(s). See appendix for pressure connections.

A2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


10. Fit the dynamometer

Before starting the test, ensure that:


– The rig is correctly adjusted and calibrated.
– The CV joint is aligned, attached and
protected.
– The tractor is chocked.
IMPORTANT: Position the tractor in an open area.

002msm01

11. Range shift/reverser position (according to equipment)


To limit transmission power take-off make sure that the reverser is in neutral and the range shift in
the high (hare) position.

12. Air conditioning/Ventilation


Ensure that the air conditioning and ventilation are switched off.

13. Front power take-off


Make sure that the front power take-off is disengaged.

14. Fastening the viscous fan coupling

To obtain the best possible measurement, the


viscous fan coupling must be engaged. Fit
locking tabs (1), reference n° 60 05 005 589.
– Remove the 4 nuts.
– Fit the 2 tabs.
– Fasten them with 4 nuts. 1

101hsm00r

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.5


15. Checking the hydraulic pressure
Note: Check hydraulic pressure by referring to the appendix. Make sure that no hydraulic application is running. If
hydraulic pressure is not within the specifications, the PTO power test results will be affected See "measurement and
check points" sheet.

16. Check the maximum no-load rpm


Celtis 426/436/446: 2490 ± 50 rpm.

17. Dynamic adjustment check


See appendix for pump adjustment

18. Engage the PTO in the position shown on the injector instruction sheet

19. Accelerate the engine to maximum rpm for 1 min

20. Measure the power (see injector instruction sheet)

21. After measuring, check the tractor temperature


Engine: 90°C
Transmission: 60 to 65 °C (measure the temperature via the gauge recess using thermocouple
probe n° 60 05 006 708).

22. Leave the engine running at between 1500 and 1600 rpm for 3 to 5 minutes, then
idle before switching off
If the results do not match the manufacturer's data following these operations, a flowmeter will
need to be installed and the values compared to the injection sheets.

A2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Measurement and check points
This sheet may be copied and should be completed for each operation on the tractor. If it has to
be returned to the manufacturer's after sales department; the following must be included:
– Tractor type:
– Serial number:
– Engine serial n°:
– Total operating hours:
– Date of operation:
– Transmission type:

Checking operation
Concerns operations 2, 3, 4, 6, 7.

Checking operation Check


Engine Oil level
Air filter
Fuel filter
Battery
Transmission Oil level

Record of test results

Start of test End of test Reference value bar


Hydraulic pressure See appendix
(circuit without
"Revershift"
transmission)
Hydraulic pressure
(circuit with "Revershift"
transmission)
Outside temperature Power measurement
(kW)
Transmission 60 °C ( °F) to 65 °C ( °F)
temperature
Engine temperature > 87 °C ( °F)
Fuel temperature

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.7


Engine speed tr/min ( rpm) 900 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500
Measurement of power (kW)
Measurement of torque (N.m)
Power Take offs (PTO)
Measurement of hourly
consumption (l/h)
Measurement of boost pressure
(bar)
Measurement of minimum
no-load fuel supply pressure at
filter outlet (bar)
Boost pressure (bar) _ _ _ _ _ _ _
Celtis 426
Boost pressure (bar) 0,17 0,20 0,22 0,25 0,33 0,39 0,43
Celtis 436
Boost pressure (bar) 0,20 0,20 0,23 0,27 0,34 0,41 0,45
Celtis 446
Minimum no-load fuel supply from 0,15 to 0,21 (bar)
pressure at filter outlet (bar)

A2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Engine speed tr/min ( rpm) 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200 2300
Measurement of power (kW)
Measurement of torque (N.m)
Power Take offs (PTO)
Measurement of hourly
consumption (l/h)
Measurement of boost pressure
(bar)
Measurement of minimum no-load
fuel supply pressure at filter outlet
(bar)
Boost pressure (bar) _ _ _ _ _ _
Celtis 426
Boost pressure (bar) 0,48 0,56 0,60 0,60 0,63 0,66
Celtis 436
Boost pressure (bar) 0,50 0,59 0,62 0,65 0,69 0,72
Celtis 446
Minimum no-load fuel supply from 0,15 to 0,21 (bar)
pressure at filter outlet (bar)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.9


Appendix - Pressure connectors

Circuit without "Revershift" transmission

2
1

397msm76

1 – Pressure in the steering system:


About 20 bar.
2 – Pressure in the linkage system:
About 30 bar.
Note: These results were obtained under the following conditions:

– One 60l / min pump.


– Oil temperature at 60°C.
– The engine should be running at normal rpm.
In the case of the 48 l/min pump, pressure losses in the spool valve system are similar.

A2.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Circuit with "Revershift" transmission

397ms75

1 – Pressure in the steering and linkage system


(nominal speed): 20 bar.
2 – Control pressure (nominal speed):
About 20,5 bar.
Note: These results were obtained under the following conditions:

– One 60l / min pump.


– Oil temperature at 60°C.
– The engine should be running at normal rpm.
In the case of the 48 l/min pump, pressure losses in the spool valve system are similar.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.11


Electronic injection
Injection sheet checking procedure

List of checks
The purpose of this procedure is to check a number of points before and after dynamometer
testing.It is suited to engines with electronic control TIER II.
Note: Failure to carry out these tests may lead to an incorrect power reading.

Always check the following points before starting a PTO power test.
Reminder: Wait until the running-in period has elapsed (minimum 100 hours) before testing an
engine on the dynamometer. This period is necessary to ensure that measurements are carried
out under suitable conditions.

1. Visual checks
Make sure that the supply and return lines are correctly fitted (not trapped or kinked on installation,
etc.). Check that the engine serial n° read with METADIAG© is the same as the one indicated on
the engine identification plate and if there are any error codes.

2. Engine oil level


Note: The engine has to be OFF for a minimum of
5 minutes before the oil level can be measured.

Check the fluid level with dipstick (G):


G
– (I) Normal operating level.
– (II) Top up as soon as possible.
– (III) Top up before restarting the engine.

l
ll
lll

111bsm00r

A2.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


3. Hydraulic /transmission oil level
Note: Before checking the fluid level, the engine must have
been stopped for a minimum of 5 minutes and the linkage
arms must be in the down position.

Check the fluid level with dipstick (C): C


– (I) Normal operating level.
– (II) Top up as soon as possible.
– (III) Top up before restarting the engine.
l
A level above the normal operating level affects
ll
engine power and increases temperature. lll
Example: Overfilling will significantly affect
performance during high speed road operation. 344bsn01

4. Battery
Check the voltage with the engine stopped (between 12 and 13 V). Alternator-generated power
consumption can reach 1,5 kW.

5. Radiators/coolers
Check that all radiators/coolers are clean.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.13


6. Fuel filters
– Change the filters.
– Fit the pressure gauge.
Unit reference: 60 05 005 521. See
"measurement and check points" sheet.

161msm14

161msm00r

7. Air filter
Check condition and replace if necessary.

A2.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


8. Turbocharger pressure
– Fit the pressure gauge.
Unit reference: 60 05 005 521. See
"measurement and check points" sheet.

141msm03r

141msm02

9. Hydraulic pressure
Fit the pressure gauge(s). See appendix for pressure connections.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.15


10. Fit the dynamometer

Before starting the test, ensure that:


– The rig is correctly adjusted and calibrated.
– The CV joint is aligned, attached and
protected.
– The tractor is chocked.
IMPORTANT: Position the tractor in an open area.

002msm01

11. Range shift/reverser position (according to equipment)


To limit transmission power take-off make sure that the reverser is in neutral and the range shift in
the high (hare) position.

12. Air conditioning/Ventilation


Ensure that the air conditioning and ventilation are switched off.

13. Front power take-off


Make sure that the front power take-off is disengaged.

A2.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


14. Fastening the viscous fan coupling

To obtain the best possible measurement, the


viscous fan coupling must be engaged. Fit
locking tabs (1), reference n° 60 05 005 589.
– Remove the 4 nuts.
– Fit the 2 tabs.
– Fasten them with 4 nuts. 1

101hsm00r

15. Checking the hydraulic pressure


Note: Check hydraulic pressure by referring to the appendix. Make sure that no hydraulic application is running. If
hydraulic pressure is not within the specifications, the PTO power test results will be affected See "measurement and
check points" sheet.

16. Check the maximum no-load rpm


Celtis 456: 2350 ± 10 rpm.

17. Engage the PTO in the position shown on the injector instruction sheet

18. Accelerate the engine to maximum rpm for 1 min

19. Measure the power (see injector instruction sheet)

20. After measuring, check the tractor temperature


Engine: 90°C
Transmission: 60 to 65 °C (measure the temperature via the gauge recess using thermocouple
probe n° 60 05 006 708).

21. Leave the engine running at between 1500 and 1600 rpm for 3 to 5 minutes, then
idle before switching off
If the results do not match the manufacturer's data following these operations, a flowmeter will
need to be installed and the values compared to the injection sheets.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.17


Measurement and check points
This sheet may be copied and should be completed for each operation on the tractor. If it has to
be returned to the manufacturer's after sales department; the following must be included:
– Tractor type
– Serial number
– Engine serial n°
– Total operating hours
– Date of operation
– Transmission type

Checking operation
Concerns operations 2, 3, 4, 6, 7.

Checking operation Check


Engine Oil level
Air filter
Fuel filter
Battery
Transmission Oil level

Record of test results

Start of test End of test Reference value bar


Hydraulic pressure See appendix
(circuit without
"Revershift"
transmission)
Hydraulic pressure
(circuit with "Revershift"
transmission)
Outside temperature Power measurement
(kW)
Transmission 60 °C ( °F) to 65 °C ( °F)
temperature
Engine temperature > 87 °C ( °F)
Fuel temperature

A2.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Engine speed tr/min ( rpm) 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 1500 1600
Measurement of power (kW)
Measurement of torque (N.m)
Power Take offs (PTO)
Measurement of hourly
consumption (l/h)
Measurement of boost pressure
(bar)
Measurement of minimum
no-load fuel supply pressure at
filter outlet (bar)
Boost pressure (bar) 0,22 0,28 0,31 0,39 0,47 0,53 0,58
Celtis 456
Minimum no-load fuel supply from 0,15 to 0,21 (bar)
pressure at filter outlet (bar)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.19


Engine speed tr/min ( rpm) 1700 1800 1900 2000 2100 2200
Measurement of power (kW)
Measurement of torque (N.m)
Power Take offs (PTO)
Measurement of hourly
consumption (l/h)
Measurement of boost pressure
(bar)
Measurement of minimum no-load
fuel supply pressure at filter outlet
(bar)
Boost pressure (bar) 0,62 0,65 0,67 0,71 0,76 0,76
Celtis 456
Minimum no-load fuel supply from 0,15 to 0,21 (bar)
pressure at filter outlet (bar)

A2.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Appendix - Pressure connectors

Circuit without "Revershift" transmission

2
1

397msm76

1 – Pressure in the steering system:


About 20 bar.
2 – Pressure in the linkage system:
About 30 bar.
Note: These results were obtained under the following conditions:

– One 60l / min pump.


– Oil temperature at 60°C.
– The engine should be running at normal rpm.
In the case of the 48 l/min pump, pressure losses in the spool valve system are similar.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A1.21


Circuit with "Revershift" transmission

397msm75

1 – Pressure in the steering and linkage system


(nominal speed): 20 bar.
2 – Control pressure (nominal speed):
About 20,5 bar.
Note: These results were obtained under the following conditions:

– One 60l / min pump.


– Oil temperature at 60°C.
– The engine should be running at normal rpm.
In the case of the 48 l/min pump, pressure losses in the spool valve system are similar.

A2.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


A2 – INJECTION

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

REPLACEMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP ........................ 1

REPLACEMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10 .........................19

REPLACEMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)INJECTORS......................................................................27

REPLACEMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)ACCELERATOR CONTROLS - INJECTION ...................38

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 501
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Flywheel turning tool
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 514
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Injection pump extractor
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.1


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 530
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Time Trac Kit
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 576
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Adjustment pin
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

A2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

Specific tightening torque


Injection system (DB 2/4 Pump)

Components Torque settings (daN.m)


Drive pinion attachment nut at pump shaft DB2 Pump 12 daN.m
DB4 Pump 20 daN.m
Injection pump attachment nuts at cylinder block front plate 2,7 daN.m
Injection pipes at injection pump 2,7 daN.m
Injection pipes at injectors 2,7 daN.m
Fuel supply pipe at injection pump 3 daN.m
Fuel return pipe at injection pump 1,6 daN.m
Pump drive pinion attachment nut cover 0,6 daN.m
Minimum and maximum no-load speeds adjustment screw 0,45 daN.m
Injectors attachment screw at cylinder head 4 daN.m
Injector leak-off pipes tightening screw 0,5 daN.m
Supply pump attachment screw 3 daN.m

STANADYNE DB4 injector pump

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.3


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

1 – Drive shaft 8 – Flyweight cage


2 – Distributor rotor 9 – Automatic advance
3 – Transfer pump vanes 10 – Casing
4 – Pistons 11 – Regulator valve
5 – Internal cam ring 12 – Recirculation valve
6 – Hydraulic head 13 – Electric shut-offf device solenoid
7 – Transfer pressure regulator

A2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)DB2 /DB4 injection pump


IMPORTANT: Ensure that the markings (A) on the front
plate and (B) on the injection pump attachment flange are
present before removing the pump from the engine.
IMPORTANT: Never use steam or cold water to clean a hot
or operating injection pump.

164msm05

– Disconnect the electrical cables and the accelerator cable.


– Disconnect the fuel return pipe (A).
– Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B). A
– Disconnect the injection pipes (C).
IMPORTANT: Take care not to turn the injection pump
couplings when loosening the injection pipes, as this may
cause internal damage to the pump.
– Blank off all the couplings (pump and pipes); do not use
fraying materials.
– Remove the plug from the distributor housing.
– Using the engine flywheel turning tool No. 60 05 005 501, D
position the engine flywheel and lock it with adjustment pin
No.60 05 005 576. C B
– Remove the nut and washer securing the injection pump drive
pinion to the pump shaft.
164msm06

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.5


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

– Attach special tool n° 60 05 005 514 (1) to the gear.


– Remove the three nuts (D) securing the pump to the engine
front plate.
– Turn the screw on the tool clockwise until the pump shaft lifts
off the tapered seat for the drive pinion.
– Disengage the pump from the three studs by pulling it
backwards.
Note: Take care not to lose the half-moon key in the pump
shaft when removing the injector pump.

164msm07

A2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)DB2 / DB4 injection pump


– Fit a new seal on the front face of the injection pump
attachment flange.
– Slide the injection pump onto the mounting studs, whilst at the A
same time inserting the pump shaft into the drive pinion.
– Hand-tighten the nuts (D).

C B

064msm06

– After firmly engaging the drive pinion against the tapered part
of the shaft, fit the washer and nut (E).
– Tighten nut (E) to 20 daN.m.
– Remove the setting pin.

164msm08

– Align adjustment mark (B) with the mark (A) on the front plate.
– Tighten nuts (D) to 2,7 daN.m.
– Tighten the injection pipes (C), then the return (A) and supply
(B) pipes.
– Connect up the various electric cables which were
disconnected prior to removal of the pump.
– Connect the accelerator cable to the pump.
A
– Bleed the air from the fuel circuit.

164msm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.7


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Note: Injector pump front plate


Front plates provided as spare parts are supplied unmarked. In order to carry over the front plate marking from the original plate
to the spare plate, make up a template from aluminium sheet as shown below (Fig. 161msm60).
– Mount the template on the original front plate using three
screws (Part No. 6005 012 874) and carry over the mark from
the original front plate ((A) onto the template (B) with a pencil).
– Then mount the template on the replacement front plate and
carry over the template mark onto the new plate (C) using a
scriber.

A C

161msm59

– Template for marking the front plate:

161msm60

A2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Check:Power measurement (kW)Static adjustment of the injection pump


Ensure that the markings (A) on the front plate and (B) on the injection pump attachment flange are present before removing
the pump from the engine.
– If the setting mark (A) is missing from the front plate, scribe it
as accurately as possible opposite mark (B).
– The static setting is achieved by accurately aligning mark (A)
on the pump flange, with mark (B) on the front plate. A
– Tighten the three nuts securing the pump to the front plate to
a torque of 2,7 daN.m.

164msm10

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Accelerator cable


– The cable length should be adjusted in the following cases:
– After replacing the cable.
– After adjusting the tick-over and maximum no-load speed.

– After removing the injection pump.


– Attach the control cable to the injection pump accelerator
lever (1).
– Connect the control cable to the accelerator pedal (2).
– In the cab, check the hand control lever (3) is on the minimum
position (A).
1
– Adjust the cable at the engine end to achieve a light tension
then tighten the nuts (4).

164msm09

– Correct adjustment should enable the engine throttle control lever (5) to return to the mechanical stop (1) when the lever or
pedal are on the minimum position, and allow extension of the accelerator control spring on the pump when the hand lever or
pedal are on the maximum position.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.9


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

B
A

5 1
160msm00

A – Minimum 3 – Manual accelerator lever


B – Maximum 4 – Nuts and washers
1 – Accelerator lever 5 – lever mechanical stop
2 – Accelerator pedal

A2.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Check:Power measurement (kW)Dynamic adjustment of the injection pump


Time Trac Kit
The TIME-TRAC kit (1), n° 60 05 005 530 electronically checks the start of injection in relation to the top dead centre (TDC) of
the piston, enabling accurate adjustment of the injection pump to achieve optimum power whilst keeping exhaust gas emissions
to a minimum.
– The dynamic adjustment check is performed using 2 probes:
– One probe is located on No. 1 injection pipe, to indicate
the start of injection for the cylinder concerned,.
– The second probe is located on the engine flywheel 1
casing and accurately transmits the piston top dead centre
position (TDC).
Note: These 2 probes are connected to a test set. The
combined signals from these probes provide an
instantaneous and accurate display of the DYNAMIC
ENGINE ADJUSTMENT.

891msm00r

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.11


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Installation of the TIME-TRAC kit


IMPORTANT: The probe which senses the start of injection
should be installed on the injection pipe adjacent to the
injector. If access to injection pipe No. 1 is difficult, the
probe may be mounted on injection pipe No. 4 (4-cylinder
engines) or No. 6 (6-cylinder engines).
– Two types of probe may be used on the engine in order to
detect the start of injection:
– A 6-mm dia. clip-on probe (A).
– An in-line probe (B).
– To install the clip-on probe (A), strip all the paint from the
injection pipe at the position where the probe is to be fitted.

891msm01r

– Mount the probe (A) on the pipe (C)after cleaning it and


stripping all the paint off.
– For engines where the in-line probe (B) is installed between
the injector and the injection pipe, mount the stirrup (D).
– Install the harness (E):
– Connect pin (F) to the probes (A) or (B) employed.
– Connect the spring clip (G) to ground.
– Connect plug (H) on harness (E) to the test set in the
socket marked (SR).

891msm02r

– Insert adjustment pin No. 60 05 005 576 into the hole (J) in
the engine flywheel casing to ensure the engine IS NOT
stopped in the TDC position. If such were the case, the probe
(K) could enter the adjustment hole on the engine flywheel and
would then be damaged when the engine starts.
– Install the probe guide (M) in the engine flywheel casing (J)
tapping it lightly in order to lock it in position.

891msm03r

– Insert probe (K) into the guide until it contacts the engine
flywheel. Using a dial gauge, draw back probe (K) by 0,64 mm
relative to the engine flywheel.
– Connect plug (N) for probe (K) to the socket on the test-set
marked (MP).

891msm04r

A2.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Dynamic adjustment check


– Engine off.
– Press the "ON/CLEAR" push-button. (ON/CLEAR)
– The display should indicate : "R = 0"

891msm05r

– Press the "MAG PROBE".


– The display should indicate : "Trig level" (trigger level) 30 %
– Change this to 70 % and press "ENTER".
– The display should indicate : "Offset" : 20.0°

891msm06r

– Change the offset to 0° and press "ENTER".


– The display should indicate : "Calibrate"
– Start the engine and press "ENTER".
– Run the engine at 1300 rpm. Press "ENTER".
– The display should indicate: "Calilbrating" followed by engine
speed (rpm) and adjustment.
Note: If the display indicates «NO PROBE», this means that
the probe mounted on the engine flywheel casing is not
properly installed (the mounting distance is greater than
0,64 mm) or that some debris is lodged behind the engine
flywheel. Check that the mounting distance is correct or
clean behind the engine flywheel. Insert a soft wooden peg 891msm07r
into the engine adjustment pin hole whilst the engine is
ticking over.
– Allow the engine to reach its normal operating temperature.
– Run the engine at maximum speed then gradually apply a
load until it reaches nominal speed. Read the dynamic
adjustment value and compare this with the value provided in
the specifications on the injection sheet.
Note: A fluctuating value indicates that the signal from the
clip-on probe is poor. Check the probe and the pipes are
clean and that the installation is correct.

891msm08r

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.13


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

– Record the engine speed (rpm) and the adjustment angle.


IMPORTANT: Stop the engine before attempting to set the
adjustment. There is a risk of the injection pump seizing if
the setting is performed whilst the engine is running.
– If the dynamic adjustment is retarded by more than 8 degrees
in relation to the adjustment marks applied at the
manufacturer's, prior to delivery, on the pump flange and on the
front plate, this may indicate that the advance on the pump is
not functioning correctly. Check the following points:
– Replace the fuel filter.
– Check the pressure between the supply pump and the
injection pump.
– If none of the above checks provides conclusive results,
remove the pump and have it repaired in an approved
diesel engine repair workshop.

891msm09r

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Dynamic adjustment of the injection pump


– Loosen the nuts (1) on the injection pump attachment flange
and set the pump adjustment.
– To advance the pump adjustment, turn it clockwise (2) as
viewed from the rear of the tractor. To retard the adjustment,
turn it anti-clockwise (3). A 1,524 mm displacement of the
injection pump flange is equivalent to 2 degrees of engine
adjustment.
– Torque tighten the pump attachment collar-nuts to 2,7 daN.m.
Start the engine and check again the dynamic adjustment of the
injection pump. Set the adjustment as required.

891msm10r

– After completing all the final settings and achieving


satisfactory engine performance, grind away the original
adjustment mark and scribe a new mark (B) on the pump
flange, in line with mark (A) on the front plate.

891msm11r

A2.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Check:Power measurement (kW)Engine speed


Checking the maximum no load speed
Note: Before performing the maximum no load test, ensure
that the accelerator lever contacts the stop (1). If not, 1
adjust the cable (Refer to adjustment of controls in this
chapter).
– Start the engine.
– Engage the 540 or 1000 rpm power take-off (depending on
the tractor type).
– Leave the engine running until it reaches its normal operating
temperature.
2
– Check the rotational speed of the power take-off shaft using
a tachometer.
– Adjust the stop screw (1) in order to achieve a rotational
speed at the power take-off in accordance with the values
specified in the table in the INJECTION SHEETS at the
beginning of this chapter.
– Re-lock the stop screw.
IMPORTANT: If the screw locking seal is broken, it must be 164msm01

resealed immediately after adjustment.

Checking and adjusting the tick-over


Before checking the tick-over setting, ensure that the lever contacts the stop (2).
– Start the engine.
– Engage the 540 or 1000 rpm power take-off (depending on the tractor type).
– Leave the engine running until it reaches its normal operating temperature.
– Position the accelerator lever in contact with the tick-over stop.
– Check the rotational speed of the power take-off shaft using a tachometer.
– Adjust the stop screw (2) in order to achieve a rotational speed at the power take-off in accordance with the values specified
in the table in the INJECTION SHEETS at the beginning of this chapter.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.15


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

Check:Power measurement (kW)Shut-off solenoid valve functional check


– Disconnect the lead from the solenoid valve (A).
– Remove the valve, checking whether the plunger spool jams
in the bore. A
– Use an ohmmeter to measure the coil resistance. Resistance
must be 4 Ohms for the DB2 / DB4 pumps.
– Use a 12-volt supply to check the plunger spool retracts
correctly.
– Connect the positive lead to the socket terminal and the
negative lead to the solenoid valve body. From the relaxed
position, the plunger spool should retract inside the solenoid
valve body when the voltage is applied.
– If the resistance is not to specification, and/or if the plunger
spool does not retract, replace the solenoid valve.
– Re-install the solenoid valve and torque tighten to between
1,5 and 2 daN.m.

164msm02

Check:Power measurement (kW)Cold-start switch functional check


– Disconnect the injection pump harness from the cold-start
switch socket (A).
– Remove the cold-start switch (B) from the thermostat/water B
manifold unit.
– Immerse the switch in water at 60 °C for a few minutes. A
– Check that the switch contact is open.
– Replace it if defective.
– Install the switch in the thermostat/water manifold unit and
tighten to the specified torque:
– Torque setting 5 daN.m
– Connect the injection pump harness to the cold-start switch
socket.

164msm03

A2.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

– Check the continuity and the resistance of the solenoid (C):


– R = 23 W

164msm04

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.17


REPLACEMENT
MECHANICAL DRIVE INJECTOR PUMP

A2.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10
ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 501
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Flywheel turning tool
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 514
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Injection pump extractor
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.19


REPLACEMENT
ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 574
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for injector pressure adjustment screw
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 575
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Injection pump locking pin DE 10
Scene:

A2.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 576
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Adjustment pin
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.21


REPLACEMENT
ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10

Specific tightening torque


Injection system (DE 10 Pump)

0,5 daN.m

2,7 daN.m
3 daN.m

2,7 daN.m
4 daN.m

19,5 daN.m

2,5 daN.m

9,5 daN.m
2,7 daN.m

0,6 daN.m

161msm01

A2.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10

STANADYNE DE 10 injector pump

A – Fuel inlet F – Fuel control solenoid


B – Drive shaft G – Pump distributor
C – Transfer pump H – Distributor rotor
D – Cam ring I – Fuel temperature sensor
E – Pipe coupling for injector J – Fuel return

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.23


REPLACEMENT
ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)DE 10 injection pump


IMPORTANT: Before any work is done on the injection
pump, it is IMPERATIVE to position the timing axle B A
n° 60 05 005 575 in aperture (E), as well as the flywheel
timing axle n° 60 05 005 576 using flywheel turning tool
n° 60 05 005 501 turning the gear to the left when facing the
tractor. Make sure that these timing pins remain in place
until reassembly.
IMPORTANT: Never use steam or cold water to clean a hot
or operating injection pump.
IMPORTANT: Take care not to turn the injection pump D
couplings when loosening the injection pipes, as this may E
cause internal damage to the pump.
– Blank off all the couplings and apertures as soon as C
dismantling takes place (pump and pipes), do not use fraying 161msm11
materials.
– Disconnect electrical connections.
– Disconnect the fuel return pipe (A).
– Disconnect the fuel supply pipe (B).
– Disconnect the injection pipes (C).
– Dismantle the diesel filter.
– Remove the pump gear access plate.
– Remove the nut and washer securing the injection pump drive
pinion to the pump shaft.
– Attach special tool n° 60 05 005 514 to the gear.
– Remove the three nuts (D) securing the pump to the engine
front plate.
– Turn the screw of tool n° 60 05 005 514 clockwise until the
pump shaft separates from the drive gear.
– Disengage the pump from the three studs by pulling it
backwards.

A2.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)DE 10 injection pump


IMPORTANT: Before replacing the pump, make sure that
the pump timing pin and the flywheel timing pin have E 19,5 daN.m
remained in place. Otherwise repeat the operations prior to
removal of the pump.
– Fit a new seal on the front face of the injection pump
attachment flange.
– Slide the injection pump onto the mounting studs, whilst at the
same time inserting the pump shaft into the drive pinion.
– Hand-tighten the nuts (D).
– After firmly engaging the drive pinion against the tapered part
of the shaft, fit the washer and nut (E).
– Tighten nut (E) to 19,5 daN.m.
– Remove the pump timing and flywheel pins.
– Torque-tighten the nuts (D) to 2,5 daN.m.
– Tighten the injection pipes (C), then the return (A) and supply
(B) pipes. B A
– Connect up the various electric cables which were
disconnected prior to removal of the pump.
– Bleed the air from the fuel circuit.
IMPORTANT: Never remove the pump and flywheel timing
pins before the pump and gear are fastened.

C
161msm12

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.25


REPLACEMENT
ELECTRONIC INJECTOR PUMP DE 10

A2.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS
INJECTORS

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 513
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Installation tool of injection seal
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 519
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Bore cleaning tool "pencil injectors"
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.27


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 574
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for injector pressure adjustment screw
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 168
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Injector calibrating pump
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

A2.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

Specific tightening torque


Injectors

A B

12 23 12
16 15 14
15 16
14 13
13 18
10 19 17 19
21 22 11 21 22
10

9
9
7 7
4 5
5 6 8 20 6 8 20
3 4
3
2
2
1
1

A – Injectors (For pump DE 10) 12 – Stroke adjustment screw


B – Injectors (For pump DB2 / DB4) 13 – Locknut
1 – Injector nozzle 14 – Union
2 – Carbon deposit arrestor seal 15 – Locknut
3 – Needle 16 – Pressure adjustment screw
4 – Injector body 17 – Nut
5 – Seal 18 – Seal
6 – Injection pipe coupling 19 – Clamp
7 – Needle guide 20 – Olive
8 – Union nut 21 – Filter basket
9 – Spring retainer 22 – Injection pipe
10 – Adjustable spring 23 – Hub cap
11 – Spacer

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.29


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

Internal adjustments

Ref Components Torque settings (daN.m)


13 Stroke adjustment screw locknut 0,5 daN.m
15 Pressure adjustment screw locknut 1 daN.m

Torque settings with external components

Torque settings (daN.m)


Injection pipes at injectors 2,7 daN.m
Injectors attachment screw at cylinder head 4 daN.m
Injector leak-off pipes tightening screw 0,5 daN.m

A2.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Injectors


IMPORTANT: Tool n° 60 05 005 503 must be used to
remove/refit injectors. First clean around the injectors to
ensure no dirt enters the orifice. Block all orifices once
dismantling is complete.
– Loosen nuts (B) to disconect the leak off pipes (A) and the
T-fittings.
– Disconnect the injectors from the injection pipes (D).
– Remove screw (C)

D C A B
161msm53

– Remove the injectors from the cylinder head using extractor


(E) n° 60 05 005 503.

161msm52

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Injectors (For pump DB2 / DB4)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.31


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

Preliminary operations
– Clamp the injector in a vice and loosen locknut (A).
– Loosen and remove the locking nut (B) of the needle rise
adjustment screw.
– Slacken the lock nut (C).
– Connect the injector to the calibration unit, inclining it at about
30° from the vertical. Check the sealing at all the connections.
– Close the valve on pressure gauge No. 77 01 388 168 and
quickly pump several strokes in order to bleed the injector, and
for the needle to position itself. A
IMPORTANT: The injector nozzle must never be pointing
B C
towards the person performing the adjustment. The jet
escaping from a port can pierce clothing and skin, and
cause serious infections. The jet should be recovered in a
transparent container.

165msm01

A2.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

Cracking pressure adjustment


Note: It is recommended to aim for the maximum rather
than the minimum value. Repeat the adjustment in order to
obtain a reliable result.
– Open the valve on the calibration unit and, whilst operating
the pump, tighten or loosen the opening pressure adjustment
screw (D) until the correct pressure is achieved (see injections
sheets, chapter (A)).
– To increase the pressure, tighten the screw.
– Close the valve and quickly operate the pump several times
to open and close the injector needle.
– Open the valve and check the cracking pressure.
– Correct it if necessary.
– Retighten the locknuts (C) to 1 daN.m.
D C

165msm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.33


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

Needle stroke adjustment


– Carefully turn the stroke adjustment screw (B) inside the
pressure adjustment screw (D) until screw (B) contacts the
needle (B).
– Check as follows:
– Increase the pressure beyond cracking pressure, a few
drops of fuel may bleed, but this flow must remain limited.
– Unscrew (B) by 3/4 turn to achieve a correct stroke of the
needle.
– Torque-tighten locknut (A) to 0,5 daN.m, whilst firmly
holding the screw
– Perform another accurate cracking pressure adjustment. A

Note: If after cleaning and servicing operations, the B D


characteristic hissing noise is not heard, it is possible that
the injector parts are incorrectly aligned. In such case,
tighten and loosen the pressure adjustment screw (D)
several times and again adjust the needle stroke, as
described above.
– Disconnect the injector from the calibration unit and fit the E
protection cap.

165msm03

A2.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Injectors (For pump DE 10)


Note: Tool n° 60 05 005 503 MUST be used when
fitting/removing the injectors. B F

– Unscrew the protection cover (F). A 0,5 daN.m


D
– Loosen and remove the locking nut (A) of the needle rise
adjustment screw. C 1 daN.m
– Loosen locking nut (C) of the injection pressure adjustment
screw, use tool n° 60 05 005 574.
– Connect the injector to the tester then adjust the pressure to
the specified value by turning the pressure adjustment
screw (D).
– Tighten the locknut (C) and check the pressure. Repeat the
adjustment if necesssary. E

IMPORTANT: It is recommended to aim for the maximum


value in the adjustment because after operating for some
time the pressure drops slightly before stabilising. Repeat
the adjustment in order to obtain a reliable result.
– Gently turn the needle rise adjustment screw (B) until it
reaches the seat of the spring (E)
– Unscrew the needle rise adjustment screw a 7/8 turn.
– Tighten locking nut (A) to the recommended torque.
IMPORTANT: The injector nozzle must never be pointing
towards the person performing the adjustment. The jet
escaping from a port can pierce clothing and skin, and
cause serious infections. The jet should be recovered in a 161msm06

transparent container.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Injectors


– Decarbonise the injector housings using tool (F) n°
60 05 005 519.
IMPORTANT: Always turn the tool clockwise, even when
removing it, to avoid blunting it.

161msm54

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.35


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

IMPORTANT: The lower carbon deposit arrestor seal (D)


must be replaced every time an injector is removed.
– Slide the upper seal (E) onto the injector body with tool
n° 60 05 005 513 positioned on the nose of the injector.
3
– Then repeat the operation for the lower seal (D).
– Check that the seals are properly positioned in the grooves. D
– Place the injectors in their housings inside the cylinder head
E
then torque tighten the flange screw.
– Tighten the pipes connected to the injector.
– Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

161msm55

A2.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
INJECTORS

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.37


REPLACEMENT
ACCELERATOR CONTROLS - ELECTRONIC INJECTION
ACCELERATOR CONTROLS - ELECTRONIC INJECTION

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 577
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Accelerator potentiometer cabling
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

A2.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
ACCELERATOR CONTROLS - ELECTRONIC INJECTION

Main operations

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Accelerator controls


This adjustment method is only applicable to models fitted with an electronic injector pump.
– Move the hand accelerator lever to the idle stop (A). Attach the cable to the lever and tighten the lock nut at the cab floor.
There must be no interference with cab trim.

16 mm

F
E

A D
C

520msm00
– Adjustment of the upper stop (idle) for the accelerator pedal:
– Adjust the screw (B) to obtain an overtravel dimension of (16mm) for the latter
– Lock the lock-nut.
– Fit the cable and attach it using nut (D) after having installed spring (E). Check that the manual accelerator lever is still on its
stop.
– Installation of the pedal:
– Place the accelerator pedal on a 55 mm thick block on the cab carpet (the block must rest on several ridges of the
carpet).
– Position the pedal on its shaft and tighten screw (F) to a torque of 3,2 daN.m.
– Check that the pedal stroke is completely covered by the hand control stroke (No interference).
– Fit the potentiometer (G) centrally between the 2 oblong apertures.
– Complete the adjustment by rotating the potentiometer to obtain the following values:
– Raised pedal (at idling speed stop): Maximum 0,9 V.
– Pedal fully depressed: Minimum 3,1 V
The voltage is to be measured with ignition switched on. Use cable n° 60 05 005 577 to measure the output voltage.

Note: The pedal is secured to a tapered surface. To dismantle, use a M10 screw (a threaded hole is provided for this
in the pedal body) on which the initial thread chamfer is removed to ensure a flat bearing surface on the shaft.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A2.39


REPLACEMENT
ACCELERATOR CONTROLS - ELECTRONIC INJECTION

A2.40 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


A3 – DPS ENGINE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

REPLACEMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)ENGINE ..............................................................................1

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES ..................................9

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS .....................23

REPLACEMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)THERMOSTAT .................................................................31

REPLACEMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)OIL PUMP.........................................................................34

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)OIL COOLER................................................................41

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)FLYWHEEL ..................................................................46

REPLACEMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)FRONT BEARING OIL SEAL...........................................56

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS ................................62

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS..........69

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING....................88

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
REPLACEMENT
ENGINE
ENGINE

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

Specific tightening torque


front chassis / engine link

35 ± 6 daN.m

35 ± 5 daN.m

101msm33

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.1


REPLACEMENT
ENGINE

engine/transmission link

101msm44
Tightening recommended for the 15 screws KM 10 x 100 - 45 is 7 ± 1,5 daN.m (1).

A3.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
ENGINE

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Engine


Preliminary operations
– Apply the handbrake.
– Put the gear lever in neutral.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Remove the exhaust pipe (according to engine type).
– Remove the lateral, frontal and upper covers.
– Decouple and remove the transmission shaft and its protective shields.
– Drains (depending on work to be carried out).
– Drain the cooling system.
– Drain the engine sump.
– Drain the transmission system.
– Drain the air conditioning system (depending on equipment fit).
– Remove the removable ballast weights.
– Chock the rear wheels.
– Prevent the front axle from tilting by using chocks.
– Support the tractor under the front of the gearbox.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.3


REPLACEMENT
ENGINE

Separate engine/front axle


– Disconnect all electrical harnesses (1) linked to the engine :
– Starter. 2
– Earth and supply cables.
– Injector pump ECU.
– Coolant temperature sensor.
– Engine oil pressure sensor.
– Engine/cab link, two connectors.
– Alternator.
– Air conditioning compressor.
1
– Cut the cable clamps and pull back the electrical harnesses
to the front of the tractor or towards the front of the cab.
– Slacken the clamps (2) and remove the air intake trunking
– Disconnect :
3
– Hydraulic lines.
– Steering actuator. 101msm40
– Transmission oil cooler (3).
– Suction strainer.
– Disconect the coolant hoses (4).
– Disconnect the two heater hoses.

101msm41

– Depending on equipment fit: Remove the two hoses at the front/left of the cab from the air conditioning/evaporator unit (cab).
These two hoses will remain with the chassis element during the separation. It is possible to avoid disconnecting the air
conditioning if it is preferred to remove the air conditioner unit from the front face of the cab (removal/replacement of the unit
takes about 1 heure ¼).
IMPORTANT: The various cooling system components should be handled carefully to reduce the risks of cooling fluid
leakage. When disconnecting a hose, plug it closed immediately. Once the assembly is re-installed, check the circuit
sealing using the specified electronic leak detector 60 05 006 744 (see chapter H).

A3.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
ENGINE

– Unscrew the radiator mounting lugs.


– Depending on equipment fit:
– Remove the front power take-off transmission shaft .

– Remove the side rails (Loader, front linkage).


– Install the splitting trolleys under the engine and under the
front main ballast weight.
Note: Adjust the various stops on the decoupler trolley to
achieve a proper separation from the front axle and to
facilitate the rejoining of the assembly.
– Remove the chassis attachments (5) (2 bolts and 4 nuts).
IMPORTANT: For safety reasons, use a load spreader and
slings appropriate to the engine weight : 600 kg minimum
7

101hsm03

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.5


REPLACEMENT
ENGINE

Separate engine/gearbox
– Remove:
– Battery housing.
– Toolbox.
13 13
– Left footstep.
– If the tractor is fitted with the optional pneumatic braking:
– Support the air cannister to avoid having to remove it.
– Remove the fuel tank.
– Remove the side exhaust (depending on equipment fit).
– Place the decoupling trolley under the transmission.
Note: Adjust the various stops on the decoupler trolley to 131hsm06
achieve a proper separation of the front axle and to
facilitate the rejoining of the assembly.
– Attach suitably-sized chains or slings to the shackles (13).
IMPORTANT: For safety reasons, use a load spreader and
slings appropriate to the engine weight : 600 kg minimum
– Remove the 15 attachment screws between the engine and
clutch housing (7).
7

101msm34

101hsm05

A3.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
ENGINE

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Engine


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
Engine reinstallation details
– Recouple the chassis to the engine without the 2 lower attachment bolts..
– Adjust the retaining nuts at the torque recommended.
– Using a set of shims, measure dimension (X). The theoretical dimension is 8,7 mm.
– The setting required corresponds to the measured value + 0,1 mm
– Install the two lower screws after shimming and tighten them to the recommended torque.
IMPORTANT: On rebuilding, replace all single-use hose clamps.

111msm07

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.7


RECONDITIONING
ENGINE

A3.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 501
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Flywheel turning tool
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 503
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Pencil injector extractor
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.9


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 517
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tap for cleaning cylinder block threads for "head studs"
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 576
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Adjustment pin
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

A3.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Specific tightening torque


Cylinder head

130msm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.11


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Apply the handbrake.
– Put the gear lever in neutral.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Remove the exhaust pipe (depending on equipment fit).
– Remove the lateral, frontal and upper covers.
– Drain the cooling system and the oil in the sump.
– Remove the heat shield.
– Remove the air conditioning compressor with its bracket and drive belt (depending on equipment fit).
– Remove the pneumatic brake compressor (depending on equipment fit).
– Remove the alternator and its mounting bracket.
– Remove the fuel and oil filters with their mounting bracket.
– Remove the intake and exhaust manifolds.

A3.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Cylinder head


– Remove the intake and exhaust manifolds.
– Remove the injectors using the special tool (1)
n° 60 05 005 503.
1
Note: The injectors must be removed to avoid damaging
them when removing the cylinder head. Mark all the parts
before removing them, in order to help assembly in their
initial location.
– Remove the rocker shaft assembly.
– Remove the cylinder head attachment screws, and remove
the cylinder head.
IMPORTANT: After removing the cylinder head, never turn
A B C
the crankshaft unless all the liners (C) are immobilised
using screws (A) and washers (B).

101msm09

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.13


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Valves and springs


– Compress the valve springs with a compressor (1) to release
the collets (A).
Note: Locally manufacture component (2) using a washer
and a screw identical to those used to attach the rocker
shaft.
– Release the tension on the springs; remove the rotators (B) 1
and the valve springs (C). Mark each component so that it can
be reassembled it in its respective location.
– Remove the valves; mark them for reassembly. 2

131hsm09

– Remove the valve stem seals (D) from the valve guide
shoulders.

D
C
B
A

131hsm10

Check:Power measurement (kW)Valves


– Clean and inspect the valves, the valve stems, the tips of the stems and the retaining groove.
– Refer to the chapter "Dimensional specifications".
– Replace any worn or damaged valves.

A3.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Machining the valves


– Machine reparable valves to the specified angle (A).
– Specified value: 29,25° ± 0,25°

131msm11

Check:Power measurement (kW)Valve guides


– Clean the valve guides before inspection or repair using a plastic brush.
– Measure valve guide wear using a telescopic gauge.

Specified value
Valve guide internal diameter (New) 7,912 to 7,938 mm
Internal diameter
Between guide and valve stem (New) 0,05 to 0,10 mm
Clearance
Wear limit 0,15 mm

Note: Valves are available with a valve stem diameter that exceeds the standard dimension by 0,38 mm.
If the oil film clearance between the valve guide and stem exceeds the wear linit, oversize valve stems are available. Have the
valve guides bored out by a qualified workshop to ensure that the clearance between the valve guides and stems are in
accordance with specifications.
If the oil film clearance between the valve guide and stem exceeds the wear limit but is still less than 0,20 mm, the guides can
be milled and bored to obtain the desired dimension. It is however preferable to fit larger valve stems.
IMPORTANT: Production valve guides have modified 5/6 - 24NFinternal threading throughout their length, with a
major diameter of between 8,052 and 8,128 mm. Have the valve guides tapped in a qualified workshop after boring out
for larger size valve stems.

Check:Power measurement (kW)Valve seats


– Remove carbon deposits from the valve seats uaing an electric drill fitted with a rotary wire brush.
– Check that the valve seats show no signs of excessive wear, cracks or damage.
– Check the combustion chamber surface as a whole shows no signs of rust, scratches, corrosion pitting or cracks.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Valves


– Lubricate the valve guides and stems with clean engine oil.
Note: The valves must move freely in their guides and seat correctly in the cylinder head to form an effective seal.
– Insert the valves into the cylinder head.
– If the valves are being reused, replace them in their original position.
– Refit the valve stem oil seals on the shoulders of the valve guides.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.15


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

– Refit the springs and rotators.


– Compress the valve springs and fit the collets to the valve stems.
– Tap the end of each valve using a soft mallet to ensure correct seating of the collets.

Check:Power measurement (kW)Cylinder head gasket face


The maximum allowable surface irregularity is 0,08 mm.
– If surface irregularity exceeds this value, grind the seating
face.
Note: The cylinder head gasket face can be ground down a
maximum of 0,76 mm. Always check valve recess after
grinding the cylinder head.

131hsm11

A3.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Cylinder head


– Clean the stud hole threads using a special tap (1)
n° 60 05 005 517. Remove any dust and liquid residue using
compressed air.
1
– If the fuel pump push rod was removed:
– Immerse the fuel pump push rod in engine oil.
– Install the fuel pump push rod in the cylinder block before
replacing the cylinder head.

110hsm00

– Lubricate the cam followers (3) before reinstalling them in


their housings.
– Fit a new dry cylinder head gasket (no sealing compound). 3
IMPORTANT: Check that all cam followers are in place
before fitting the cylinder head.
– Insert the two locating studs in their housings (A).
Note: Locally manufacture the locating studs
using2 screws ref. 60 05 012 886, 2 .
IMPORTANT: If the locating studs are not fitted, the O-ring
crimped in the cylinder head gasket (oil feed to the rocker
shaft) may be damaged when the cylinder head is moved 110hsm01

on the engine block to align the stud holes.

– Locate the cylinder head correctly on the locating studs, and


lower it onto the cylinder block
– Before assembly, apply a SMALL amount of graphite grease
onto the threads and under the heads of each screw.
– Remove the locating studs and fit all the cylinder head
screws.
– Tighten the cylinder head screws to the specified torque
setting, using the sequence indicated, starting with screw No.1.
Refer to the page "torque settings" at the start of this work card.
– (A) Locating stud housing
– (B) Front of engine

135msm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.17


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Angular tightening method


IMPORTANT: To ensure that the 60° angle is achieved (4th
stage), proceed as follows : A B
60˚
– Make a first mark on the socket and a second 60° in an
anticlockwise direction from the first. B
A
– Scribe a mark on the cylinder head opposite each screw.
– Fit the socket onto the screw head while ensuring that the first
mark is aligned with the reference mark on the cylinder head.
– Tighten all the screws (in sequence) until the second mark on
the socket is aligned with the mark on the cylinder head.
IMPORTANT: The angular tightening method eliminates C D
the need to retighten the cylinder head screws after the
first hours of operation.
60˚ A B
A

131hsm12

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Rocker shaft


IMPORTANT: To be carried out only after refitting the
cylinder head. C
– Assemble the push rods in their original position.
Note: The ends of the valve stems are hardened; therefore,
fitting protection caps is unnecessary.
– Lubricate all the rockers with engine oil.
– Tighten the attachment studs to the recommended torque in
the chapter "Tightening torques".

D
131hsm13

A3.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Check:Power measurement (kW)Valve lift (Engine cold)


Note: Measuring valve lift enables any wear in the cam to
be detected.
– Using tool No. 60 05 005 501 turn the flywheel in its normal
direction (clockwise when viewed from the water pump) until
piston No. 1 (at the front) is at top dead centre (TDC) of its
compression stroke.
– Fit the lock pin n° 60 05 005 576 in (C).
– Eliminate the clearance between the rocker arm and the valve A
stems on exhaust valves n° 1 - 3 and inlet valves n° 1 - 2.
– Place a dial gauge on the valve spring cup or on the valve cap B
and then set to 0.
– Remove the lock pin, turn the engine, and observe the dial
gauge up to the point of maximum valve opening.

131msm13

– Measure valve lift and compare it with the values mentioned


in "Dimensional specifications".
– Turn the engine by a full revolution 360°. Lock the engine at
TDC on the compression stroke for piston (4).
– Eliminate the clearance between the rocker arm and the valve
stems on exhaust valves n° 2 - 4 and inlet valves n° 3 - 4.
– If the specifications are not followed, remove and check the
camshaft condition.
– Place a dial gauge on the valve spring cup or on the valve cap
and then set to 0.
– Measure valve lift and compare it with the values mentioned
in "Dimensional specifications".
– If the lift of one or several valves is not within specifications,
remove and inspect the entire valve set and camshaft.

131hsm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.19


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Valve clearance


– Using tool No. 60 05 005 501 turn the flywheel in its normal
direction (clockwise when viewed from the water pump) until
piston No. 1 (at the front) is at top dead centre (TDC) of its
compression stroke.
– Fit the lock pin n° 60 05 005 576 in (C).
Note: When piston No. 1 is at TDC of its compression
stroke, the valve springs of cylinder No. 1 are not
pressurised.

131msm03

– Clearance at intake valves: 0,35 mm.


– Clearance at exhaust valves: 0,45 mm.
– Tightening torque of locknut (A): 2,7 daN.m

131hsm04

A3.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

Valve adjustment sequence


– Adjust the clearance of the exhaust valves No. (1) and (3), and the intake valves No. (1) and (2).
– Turn the crankshaft of 360° until piston No. (4) to TDC of its compression stroke and install the adjustment pin.
– Adjust the clearance of the exhaust valves No. (2) and (4), and the intake valves No. (3) and (4).

A – Front of engine
B – Piston No. (1) at TDC (compression stroke) A
C – Piston No. (4) at TDC (compression stroke)
E – Exhaust valve E
4
I E
3
I E
2
I E
1
I
I – Intake valve
B

4 3 2 1
E I E I E I E I

101msm18

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.21


RECONDITIONING
CYLINDER HEAD AND VALVES

A3.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS
WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Exploded view

Water pump

19
18

6
9

1
3
2
4
5

14
7
15
8
16
10

11
12
13

17

251msm29

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.23


RECONDITIONING
WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS

1 – Cover 11 – Plug
2 – Flat seal 12 – O-ring
3 – Impeller 13 – Screw
4 – Seal 14 – Screw
5 – Bearing 15 – O-ring
6 – O-ring 16 – Casing
7 – Shaft 17 – Screw
8 – Inside stop ring 18 – Screw
9 – Lip seal 19 – Water pump pulley
10 – Outside stop ring

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

A3.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS

Specific tightening torque


Cooling

251msm31

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.25


RECONDITIONING
WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Water pump


– Drain the coolant.
– With engine idling, unscrew the temperature sender from the
rear of the cylinder head to provide an air vent.
– Remove the piping (A) connecting the thermostat casing to
the water pump.

251msm25

– Remove the inlet elbow (B).


– Remove the water pump (C).
– Remove the water pump pulley.

251msm26

A3.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Water pump


– Remove the inner circlip from the front of the pump body.
– Support the front face of the water pump body and press the
shaft on the impeller side (A) until the latter is pulled off the
shaft, and the shaft/bearing assembly is removed from the
body. Discard the impeller.
A

251msm13

– Push out the seal (B) from the pump body.

251msm14

– Support the inner bearing bush and press on the shaft (C) to
extract the bearing. Discard the bearing.

251msm15

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.27


RECONDITIONING
WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Water pump


– Clean and carefully inspect the face of the water pump where
it attaches to the timing housing before installing it.
– Install the external circlip (C) in the groove oo the shaft (B)
using appropriate circlip pliers.
– Fit the bearing (A) on the shaft against the circlip, using an
A
appropriate mandrel supported on the inner bearing bush.
IMPORTANT: Do not press the end of the bearing shaft.
Push only the outside bush of the bearing when fitting the
bearing and shaft asembly in the body.
B
C

– Fit the bearing and shaft assembly in the body by pressing


until it reaches the bottom of the body bore using a mandrel (D).
– Fit the large inside circlip in the front bore groove of the pump
body.
Note: The water pumps are fitted with a unitary watertight D
gasket.

251msm17

– Install the seal (dry) on the water pump shaft and in the body
while pressing it fully into the body using the tool provided with
the seal kit.
– Support the front nose of the water pump shaft. F

251msm18

IMPORTANT: When installing the impeller, press only on


the brass bush (E), otherwise the impeller could crack.
– Using an appropriate mandrel, install the impeller on the shaft E
observing the dimensions specified below. Gap between the
impeller and the end of the shaft: On the same level ± 0,13 mm
than the end of the shaft.
– Rotate the impeller a full turn by hand, and check the
clearance between the impeller and the body using a set of
feeler gauges. Minimum clearance between the body and the
impeller = 0,27 mm.

251msm19

A3.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Automatic belt tensioner (spring operated)


IMPORTANT: The screw (A) on the automatic tensioner
has a left-hand thread.
– Release the tension on the belt using an articulated socket
wrench.
– Remove the V-ribbed belt from the pulleys.
– Remove the belt tensioner.

251hsm14

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Automatic belt tensioner (spring operated)


– Install the tensioner and tighten the screws to 5 daN.m.

Check:Power measurement (kW)Fan bracket


– Support the rear of the fan hub (A) and using a mandrel and
a hydraulic press, push the shaft (B).
– Clean and inspect the bearing/shaft bore.
3
– If one of the parts is damaged or worn, replace the assembly.
– Refitting the bracket is achieved by aligning the holes. E
– (D) and (1).
D
– (E) and (3)

B A
251hsm15

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.29


REPLACEMENT
WATER PUMP, BELTS AND PULLEYS

A3.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
THERMOSTAT
THERMOSTAT

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter

Specific tightening torque


Thermostat

251msm32

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.31


REPLACEMENT
THERMOSTAT

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Thermostat


– Drain part of the coolant from the system.
– Remove the tube (A) connecting the thermostat cover to the
water pump.
– Remove the thermostat cover (B).

251hsm16

– Extract the thermostat (C).


– In hot water, check the thermostat opening and closing G
temperatures (See engine diagnostic cards).
E

A D G
251hsm17

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Thermostat


– Remove and discard the old seals (D) and (E). Clean the seal faces on the cover (B) and the cylinder head.
– Install the new seal (E) on the cylinder head, keeping it in position using locating studs (F).
– Install the thermostat (C) in its cover (B) while maintaining the thermostat (C) in place using a screwdriver. Tighten the two
screws to 7 daN.m.
– Lubricate the new seal (D) with universal grease before
installing it on the thermostat cover (B).
– Fit the tube (A) connecting the thermostat cover (B) to the
water pump, then tighten the clamps (H).
– Fill the cooling system to check there are no leaks.

251hsm18

A3.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
THERMOSTAT

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.33


REPLACEMENT
OIL PUMP
OIL PUMP

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Exploded view
Oil pump

5 7

6 8
7

221msm31

1 – Cylinder block seal 6 – Pump casing


2 – 0-ring (outlet pipe) 7 – Screw (4)
3 – 0-ring (strainer pipe) 8 – Drive pinion
4 – Outlet pipe 9 – Nut
5 – Strainer

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

A3.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
OIL PUMP

Specific tightening torque


Oil pump

3,5 daN.m

3,5 daN.m

5 daN.m

222msm00
OIL SUMP

220msm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.35


REPLACEMENT
OIL PUMP

Main operations

Removal: OIL SUMP


- Remove the transmission shaft.
- Drain the sump.
- Unscrew the 4 screws on the sump/cradle while noting the number of shims and the 2 screws on the sump/gearbox.
- Support the sump.
- Remove the sump screws.
- Remove the sump while tilting it on the flywheel side.

A3.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
OIL PUMP

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Oil pump


– Remove the sump and the timing cover.
– Remove the nut (A) and extract the pinion (B) from the
tapered oil pump drive shaft. To remove the oil pump pinion,
unscrew the nut several turns, and apply a force between the C
front plate and the pinion on both sides of the pinion using a
small lever.
D D
Note: If the method indicated above is not successful,
unscrew the bolts on the oil pump body and hit the nut at
the end of the shaft using a small lead-headed hammer,
while applying a force on the pinion until it comes off the
tapered shaft.
– Remove the inlet strainer (C) from the oil pump, by B
unscrewing the 2 screws (D).
A

221hsm10

– Remove the other 2 bolts (D) and the cover (E).


– The bolt (F) of the lower intermediate pinion must be removed
to remove the body of the oil pump (G).
G

D
E

221hsm11

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.37


REPLACEMENT
OIL PUMP

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Oil pump


– Fit the new seal (1) in the cylinder block.

221msm29

– Fit the new O-rings (2) and (3) in the pump body at the
discharge pipe and on the strainer tube (5). 5 4 2 3 1
– Fit the drive shaft and the intermediate pinion in the pump
body (6). The two pinions must rotate freely.
– Install the pump cover and the inlet strainer on the pump
body.
– Tighten the four screws (7) to 3,5 daN.m and the screw for the
lower intermediate pinion to 8 daN.m in the sequence shown in
the diagram.
– Fit the pump drive pinion (8) and tighten the nut (9) to 5
daN.m.
– Lock the nut with three punches.

221msm30

5 7

6 8
7

9
221msm31

A3.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
OIL PUMP

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)OIL SUMP


– Apply a layer of Loctite 515 (or equivalent sealing compound)
on the gasket face of the oil sump, at the location where the
flywheel casing, the front plate and the timing cover are fitted on
the cylinder block.
– Select and fit the appropriate gasket for the sump used.
– Fit the sump and tighten the various screws:
– Refer to the page "torque settings" at the start of this work
card.

221hsm13

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Dipstick guide on the sump


Note: This type of guide is also used as oil filler tube.
– Remove the filler tube.
– Clean the oil casing gasket face.
– Apply a layer of Loctite 515 sealing compound, then fit the
dipstick guide.
– Tighten the screws to 5 daN.m.

221hsm14

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.39


RECONDITIONING
OIL PUMP

A3.40 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
OIL COOLER
OIL COOLER

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.41


RECONDITIONING
OIL COOLER

Specific tightening torque


Lubrication

220msm00

A3.42 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
OIL COOLER

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Oil cooler


– Drain the engine block and remove plug (A) to drain the
coolant remaining in the casing (D).
– Remove the cover plate (B) and the elbowed adapter (C).

221hsm02

– Remove the casing (D) and the cooler (E).

221hsm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.43


RECONDITIONING
OIL COOLER

Check:Power measurement (kW)Oil cooler


– Check that the oil cooler (E) is not damaged or blocked, and
that it has no leaks which could mix oil and coolant
– Rinse the oil cooler to remove any debris in the cooler core.
– If it is suspected that oil and coolant are mixing, carry out a
submerged pressure test of the oil cooler using compressed air.
Note: The oil cooler should not leak under a pressure of 1,4
to 1,7 bar for at least 30 seconds.
E
– Inspect the oil cooler casing (D).
– Change any parts required.
D
IMPORTANT: Do not attempt to repair the oil cooler.

221hsm00

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Oil cooler


– Lubricate the new O-rings (F) with clean engine oil.
– Install the oil cooler (E) in the oil cooler casing (D).
– Apply Loctite 243 to the bolts securing the oil cooler to the oil
cooler casing. Tighten the bolts to 1,2 daN.m.

221hsm03

A3.44 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
OIL COOLER

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.45


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL
FLYWHEEL

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 509
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Rear bearing seal extractor
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 510
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Rear bearing bush seal fitting tool
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

A3.46 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL

Specific tightening torque


Flywheel

124msm00

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Disconnect the tractor between the engine and gearbox:
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Replacing the engine.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.47


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL

Check:Power measurement (kW)Engine flywheel pressure surface


– Using a dial gauge, check the flatness (B) of the flywheel
friction surface (1).
– If any irregularity exceeds > 0,8 mm, machine the surface (B)
respecting dimension (C) without exceeding 2 mm.
– If the dimensions cannot be obtained, replace the flywheel.
Note: Dimension (C) is that between the crankshaft
mounting face and the clutch friction surface.

0,8 maxi

C = 72,56 mm

301msm04

A3.48 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL

Check:Power measurement (kW)Crankshaft flywheel bearing


– Check condition and operation of the bearing that houses the gearbox main shaft.
– If it is stiff, replace the bearing.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Flywheel


IMPORTANT: As the flywheel is heavy, it is advisable to
use appropriate lifting gear. Use tool reference
n° 77 01 388 433. 1 A
– Remove the starter motor.
– Remove 2 fastening screws and replace them with
studs ((1)), then remove the other fastening screws.
Note: Locally manufacture 2 studs using 2 screws ref.
60 05 021 489.
– Insert 2 screws (reference n° 60 05 021 489) into the tapped
holes (A) to push the flywheel off the crankshaft and simplify A
1
handling. 121hsm22

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.49


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL

REPLACE: CHANGING THE FLYWHEEL RING GEAR


– Extract the ring gear from the flywheel using a brass drift
and a hammer.
– Heat the new ring gear to 150 °C in an oil bath, in an
appropriate oven or using a flame.

The oil and oil vapours are flammable from 190°C. Use a
thermometer to ensure that a temperature of 180°C is not
exceeded. Heat the oil in a well ventilated room. Caution
when handling hot oil: burn hazard!

121hsm23

IMPORTANT: If heated using a flame, check that the heat is


applied evenly over the entire circumference of the ring 3
gear.
– Shrink on the ring gear to fit it correctly onto the flywheel
shoulder. The chamfer (3) of the teeth must be towards the
engine.
Note: Check that the ring gear is tight against the flywheel
shoulder throughout its circumference.

121msm13

A3.50 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Rear bearing seal


– Fit and centre tool No.60 05 005 509 on the rear end of the
crankshaft.
– Using circlip pliers place the narrow shoulder of the ring of the
tool (2) behind the flange and the inner housing of the seal.

2
121hsm27

– Hold the parts assembled using a clamp (3), then tighten the
screw (4) slowly until the inside cage of the joint is extracted.

3 4

121hsm28

– Cut and remove the sealing lip (5) which is now accessible.

121hsm29

– Using a punch and a hammer, push the outside cage of the


seal towards the engine until the cage swivels.

121hsm30

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.51


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL

– Extract the seal cage (6) using a slide hammer.

121hsm31

A3.52 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Rear bearing seal


– Apply a thin layer of Loctite 518 to the edge of the crankshaft
flange
– Secure the guide No.60 05 005 510 (1) at the end of the
crankshaft using screws.
2
– Position the new rear bearing seal (2) on the guide ensuring
that the seal opening is turned towards the engine..

121msm16

– Slide the coupling tool (3) onto the guide (1) and
progressively tighten the nut (4) until the tool comes into
contact with the guide.

121msm17

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.53


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Flywheel


– Screw 2 locating studs into the threaded holes located in the
end of the crankshaft.
– Fit the flywheel onto the studs, and slide it against the
crankshaft.
IMPORTANT: Always use new flywheel screws when
reassembling.
– Apply Loctite 242 to the threads of screws (3) and begin to
screw the bolts into the crankshaft.
– Remove the centring studs, then refit the last two screws.
– Tighten to 14 daN.m.
3

121msm15

A3.54 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FLYWHEEL

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.55


REPLACEMENT
FRONT BEARING OIL SEAL
FRONT BEARING OIL SEAL

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 594
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Damper extraction tool
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 595
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Front bearing seal extractor
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

A3.56 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
FRONT BEARING OIL SEAL

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque

Specific tightening torque


Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.
Pulley with or without vibrations damper

New and oiled screw on each refitting.

50 daN.m

101msm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.57


REPLACEMENT
FRONT BEARING OIL SEAL

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Crankshaft pulley


Note: These removal operations do not require removal of
the radiator. Access to the gasket is achieved through the
passage of the front power take-off transmission shaft
under the radiator.
A
– Remove the closing plate in front of the radiator.
– Remove the front power take-off transmission shaft (A).
– Remove the belt.
IMPORTANT: The damper may release suddenly from the
crankshaft. Take care to prevent injury or damage around
the damper.

123msm08

– Remove the screw and washer (B).

123msm01

A3.58 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
FRONT BEARING OIL SEAL

– Fit tool n° 60 05 005 594 (C).


– Tighten the screws (D) and extract the crankshaft damper.
Note: When the pulley is fitted alone, the tool is not used. D

123msm02

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Front bearing oil seal


– Position the screw (1) of tool n° 60 05 005 595.
– Fit tool n° 60 05 005 595.

101msm27

– Drill the bearing gasket using tool (3) (local manufacturing,


round iron diam 445).
– Screw 4 screws (2) in the gasket.
2
– Pull the gasket by tightening the screw (1). 1

101msm21

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.59


REPLACEMENT
FRONT BEARING OIL SEAL

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Front bearing oil seal


– Inspect and clean the timing cover seal housing. Check that
it has no dents, nor burrs. Use tool n° 77 11 132 517. E C D
– Tighten screw (C) on the end of the crankshaft.
– Apply a thin layer of clean engine oil to the seal lips, and
position it on the guide (D).
IMPORTANT: Do not apply oil to the outside diameter of
the seal.
– Place tool (E) on its guide (D) and screw the nut (F).

101msm22

– Slide sleeve (G) right up to the casing (this guides the seal
from the outside when it passes the tapering part of the
crankshaft).
– Tighten nut (F) until the seal is up against the timing cover.

101msm26

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Crankshaft pulley


– Apply a fine bead of 2 to 3 mm Loctite Frenetanch 648 around the leading edge of the front end of the crankshaft.
– Fit the damper and pulley.
– Coat the screw (B) with Loctite 242 and tighten to 50 daN.m.

123msm01

A3.60 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
FRONT BEARING OIL SEAL

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.61


RECONDITIONING
CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS
CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 11 132 517
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for fitting the front bearing seal and the timing wheel on the crankshaft
Scene:4

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

A3.62 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS

Specific tightening torque


Crankshaft and bearings

111msm11

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.63


RECONDITIONING
CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Reconditioning crankshaft, bearings and engine flywheel


– Removing the engine.
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Replacing the engine.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Engine flywheel housing


– Remove the flywheel .
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Reconditioning the engine flywheel.
– Removal of the starter if required.
– The starter and the engine flywheel housing can be removed as a unit.
IMPORTANT: The flywheel housing is heavy. Take precautions when handling to avoid injury.
– Withdraw the screws attaching the flywheel housing to the cylinder block and those attaching the housing to the sump.
– Remove the flywheel housing from the block.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Crankshaft


– Remove the oil sump:
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Replacing the oil pump.
– Remove the timing casing and the front plate:
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Reconditioning the
camshaft, the timing gear and the balance shafts
Note: Leave the front and rear bearing caps in place until B
all the main bearing caps have been removed.
– Mark the bearing caps to ensure that they are replaced in the
same position.
– Withdraw the screws (A) and remove the main bearing
caps (B).
Note: Store the shell bearings with their associated A
bearing caps.
– Using appropriate lifting gear, carefully lift the crankshaft from
the block.
121msm23
– Clean the crankshaft using solvent and compressed air.
– If the main bearing shells require replacement withdraw them
from the cylinder block.

A3.64 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Shell bearings


– Install the shell bearings. Check that the tags on the shell
bearings (A) are engaged in the slots (B) in the cylinder block
and the bearing caps. Also check that the bearing lubrication
holes (C) are aligned with the oil passages in the block (D).
During assembly, apply a thick layer of clean engine oil: B
– On all cylinder block bearings A
– On both sides of the bearings
– On the outside diameter of the journals.

121hsm17

– Fit the thrust bearing shells (E) in the rear bearing housing (F)
of the cylinder block after immersing them in clean engine oil.

121hsm18

121hsm19

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.65


RECONDITIONING
CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Crankshaft


– Carefully lower the crankshaft onto the main bearing shells
using an appropriate lifting device and a sling.
– Apply a layer of clean engine oil to the bearings. Immerse the
screws in clean engine oil and position them in the bearing
caps.
IMPORTANT: Check that the bearing caps are installed in
their original location. The numbers (B) stamped on the A
caps must be identical to those stamped on the sump
mating surface. The arrows (C) on the cap must be
orientated towards the camshaft side of the block.
– Install the bearing caps so that the lugs (A) on the cap and the
cylinder block are all on the same side of the cylinder block.
– Fit all screws and tighten by hand.
– Tighten down all the bearing cap screws to 13,5 daN.m
EXCEPT the rear (thrust) bearing cap screws.
– Before tightening the rear bearing cap screws, align the upper
121hsm20
and lower bearing shells as follows:
– Insert a lever between a crankshaft balance weight and
a cylinder block web.
– Then push the crankshaft forward then backward to align
the thrust bearing shells.
C
– Tighten the screws on the rear (thrust) bearing cap to 13,5
daN.m.
– Turn the crankshaft manually. If it does not rotate easily,
disassemble the parts and determine the cause.
– Check axial play (see specifications at the beginning of this
chapter).

121msm11

A3.66 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS

Grinding the crankshaft


– If the journals show ovality, if they are tapered, scratched or damaged in any way, grind them to remove the damage and fit
0,25 mm oversize bearing shells.
IMPORTANT: Have the crankshaft reconditioned only by a qualified person, using a machine capable of achieving the
specified tolerances.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Engine flywheel housing


– Clean the mating surfaces of the cylinder block and the
flywheel housing.
2
– Install the housing gasket (1) and the seal (2) (no sealing
compound).
– Fit the flywheel housing to the cylinder block and tighten the
attachment screws to the appropriate torque setting.

121msm20

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.67


RECONDITIONING
CRANKSHAFT AND BEARINGS

A3.68 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 504
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Liner removal/replacement tool
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 507
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Piston ring gap wear gauge (4045 TRT 72 engines)
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.69


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 516
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Pencil-type injector adapter for compression gauge No. 77 01 388 122
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 532
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Set of camshaft bearing extraction tools
Scene:

A3.70 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 563
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Piston ring gap wear gauge (4045 DRT 76, 4045 TRT 77/78 engines)
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 721 169
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Compression tester
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.71


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 110
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Piston ring spreader
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)7701388180
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Liner or piston protrusion checking tool
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

A3.72 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

Specific tightening torque


Connecting rods

122msm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.73


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Apply the handbrake.
– Put the gear lever in neutral.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Remove the exhaust pipe (depending on equipment fit).
– Remove the lateral, frontal and upper covers.
– Drain the cooling system and the oil in the sump.
– Remove the heat shield.
– Remove the air conditioning compressor with its bracket and drive belt (depending on equipment fit).
– Remove the pneumatic brake compressor (depending on equipment fit).
– Remove the alternator and its mounting bracket.
– Remove the fuel and oil filters with their mounting bracket.
– Remove the intake and exhaust manifolds.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Pistons and connecting rods


– Remove the cylinder head:
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Reconditioning the cylinder head and valves.
– Use short screws and 3$t1_1; mm thick washers to hold the cylinder liners
– Attach each liner at 2 places.
– Tighten the screws to 6,8 daN.m.
– Remove the oil sump:
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Replacing the oil pump.
– Remove the oil pump:
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Replacing the oil pump.
– Mark the connecting rods, pistons and bearing caps.
– Remove the big end bearing caps.
– Tap gently from underneath the pistons to extract them from the top of the cylinder block.
– Remove the pistons and connecting rods from the engine.

A3.74 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Liners


IMPORTANT: Before disassembly, number the liners and
the pistons. Mark the FRONT part of the liner to ensure its
correct reassembly position. 1
– Extract the liners from the cylinder block using tool n°
60 05 005 504 (1).

120hsm00

– After removing the cylinder head, never turn the crankshaft


unless all the liners (C) are immobilised using screws (A) and
washers (B).

A B C

120hsm01

Check:Power measurement (kW)Liner ovalisation and taper


– Refer to the chapter "Dimensional specifications".

120hsm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.75


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Rectangular section seal


– Soak the new seal (2) with soap.
– Slide the seal onto the liner (1) until it bears on the shoulder A B
of the latter. The seal must be compressed at least 0,13 mm.
– A: Incorrect fitting.
– B: Correct fitting.

1 1

2 2

120hsm05

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Liner O-ring seals


– Smear the new O-rings with soap and fit them in their
respective grooves
– A: Rectangular section seal.
– B: Red and white O-ring.
– C: Black O-ring. A
– D: Cylinder.
B
– E: Cylinder block.
C

120hsm06

A3.76 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Liners


– Slide the liner with the shim and the rectangular section seal
into its housing in the cylinder block.
– Seat the liners using the tool No.60 05 005 504 (1).
1
– Lock the liners with the large washers and screws.
IMPORTANT: When reassembling, match the marks
scribed before removing the liners.

120hsm07

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.77


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Connecting rod bushes


– Before removal, mark the rod and the bearing cap so that it can be replaced in the cylinder from which it was removed.
Engines 4045 TRT 72
Note: Use the tool No. 60 05 005 532 for a 41 mm pin.
– Fit on one of the ends of the connecting rod bush the extractor
shaft (A). Turn the shaft (A) until the tapered parts of the shaft
are parallel with the tapered parts of the bush (C).
– Opposite the extractor shaft (A), install the receiver plate (B).
– Using a hydraulic press, (c) press the bush from the
connecting rod until the extractor shaft (A) falls into the
receiving plate (B).
IMPORTANT: If the bush is badly worn out, the extractor A
shaft (A) can contact the inside diameter of the connecting
rod bore. When extracting the bush, ensure you do not C
damage the connecting rod bore.
120hsm15
– Clean, inspect, and measure the inside diameter of the
connecting rod pin bore.

120hsm16

Engines 4045 DRT 76, 4045 TRT 77 and 4045 TRT 78


Note: Use tool n° 60 05 005 505 35 for a 35 mm shaft.
– Press out the connecting rod bush (A) using tool (1).

120msm05

A3.78 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Connecting rod bushes


ENGINES 4045 TRT 72
Note: Use the tool No. 60 05 005 532 for a 41 mm pin.
– First slide the bush (C) on the shaft (A), then the part (D).
Apply grease on the outside diameters of the bushes (C) and C
(D), as well as in the connecting rod bore.
– Insert the shaft (A) into the connecting rod pin bore, ensuring
that the pilot bush (D) is guided in the connecting rod bore, and
that the taper of the bush (C) is aligned with the taper of the D
shaft (A). A
– Install the receiving plate (B) on the other end of the
connecting rod.
– Using a hydraulic press, push the bush into the connecting
rod bore, until the rim is flush or just under the connecting rod
face. 120hsm17

120hsm18

Engines 4045 DRT 76, 4045 TRT 77 and 4045 TRT 78


Note: Use tool n° 60 05 005 505 35 for a 35 mm shaft.
– Fit the new bush (A) using tool n° (1).
– Bore the new bush in order to enable the insertion of the
piston pin by pushing it with your thumb.
1
IMPORTANT: check that the bush lubrication orifice (A) is
aligned with the connecting rod's. A

120msm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.79


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Check:Power measurement (kW)Piston heads and skirts


– Check that the pistons are not scratched and show no trace of seizing or overheating.
– Measure the diameter of the piston at 19 mm from the bottom of the skirt, perpendicularly to the piston pin.
– Compare the dimension measured with the initial dimension. Refer to the chapter "Dimensional specifications".

Check:Power measurement (kW)Top compression ring groove


– Check wear in the top compression ring groove using gauge n° 60 05 005 507 (4045 TRT 72) or
n° 60 05 005 563 (4045 DRT 76 - 4045 TRT 77 - 4045 TRT 78).

1 – Piston
A – Piston can be used A B
B – Piston to be changed

1 1

121msm18

A3.80 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Check:Power measurement (kW)Lower compression and oil control ring


– Check play using a new ring and a set of feeler gauges.
– Replace the piston if the play exceeds:
– 0,20 mm (lower compression ring)
– 0,82 mm (standard oil control ring)
– 0,15 mm (reinforced oil control ring)

121hsm03

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Piston rings


Fitting top and lower compression rings
– Fit top (1) and lower (2) compression rings:
– Use ring spreader n° 77 01 388 110.
– Make sure the punched marks are towards the piston
crown.
77 01 388 110
Note: Rings n° 1 and 2 may also be identified from the
markings "Top", T or ".". During their installation, check
that the rings are correctly positioned.

121hsm04

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.81


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Fitting the oil control ring


– Fit the oil control ring (3) in the lower groove, on the expander
spring.
– Check that the gap in the oil ring is on the opposite side to the
gap in the expander spring.

121hsm06

Ring spacing
– Before installing in the engine block, orientate the ring gaps
as shown in the following diagram.
– A: Piston crown.
– B: Top compression ring gap. G
– C: Oil control ring gap.
– D: Expander spring gap.
– E: Lower compression ring gap. B E
– F: Slit in the expander.
A
– G: Front of engine. F

C D

121hsm09

A3.82 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Pistons on the connecting rods


Note: Reassemble the pistons on the connecting rods from
which they were removed.
– Lubricate the piston gudgeon pin (B) and the bearing with A B C
clean engine oil.
– Assemble the pistons and connecting rods, while checking
that the marks "FRONT" (front) (A) on the side or the upper face
of the piston and on the same side of the connecting rod are
located on the same side.
A
IMPORTANT: If the mark "FRONT" is not visible on the side
or the upper face of the piston, fit the piston on its
connecting rod while ensuring that the combustion
chamber offset on the piston is located on the side
opposite the camshaft. The long side of the connecting rod
must be fitted on the camshaft side. Fro
nt
– Insert the piston pin (B) in the piston pin bore. Install new
circlips (C) making sure that the sharp edge of the circlip is
orientated away from the piston pin. Check that the circlips are 121hsm07
properly pushed into the piston pin bore grooves.

Check:Power measurement (kW)Connecting rods and bearing caps


– Inspect the connecting rods and the caps to ensure that they
are neither worn, nor damaged; search for chips and scratches
in the connecting zone (A).
IMPORTANT: Avoid damaging the contact surfaces
between the connecting rod and the bearing cap (C). This
A
is absolutely vital on Precision Joint© connecting rods to
guarantee correct coupling. Never rub these surfaces (C)
with a metallic brush nor any other tool. The contact
surfaces must be preserved.
– Inspect the cap bolt holes (B) and the adjacent surfaces. In
the presence of any defect, change the connecting rod and the
cap.
IMPORTANT: Never swap connecting rods and caps.
B C

121hsm10

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.83


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Bearing liner in the bearing cap


Note: Because of their manufacturing process, the
Précision JointTM connecting rod and caps both comprise
a notch, whereas the carried over bearing has a single pin.
Only one notch on the cap is used for the bearing pin.
– Fit the carried over bearing in the connecting rod cap with the
pin (A) in the notch (B).
– Apply clean engine oil to the carried over bearing. Fit the cap
on the connecting rod with the pins on the same side. A

121hsm11

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Pistons and connecting rods


Note: The pistons must be reassembled in the liners they
were extracted from.
– Smear the pistons and rings with clean engine oil. Fit the A
pistons into the liners using the ring compressor No.
77 01 388 111 (1).
Note: Check for each piston that the mark "FRONT" (A) on
the upper face of the piston is turned towards the front of
the cylinder block.
– Push the piston into the liner until the upper ring is fully inside
it.

121hsm12

A3.84 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Check:Power measurement (kW)Sleeves protruding


IMPORTANT: First fit the liners without seals to check liner
protrusion. When correctly installed, the liners can be
rotated easily by hand. If not, remove the liners and polish
the lower liner guide in order to achieve frictionless
rotation of the liners.
– Fit the liners without seals and secure them at four points;
tighten the screws to 7 daN.m.
– Calibrate the checking tool n° 77 01 388 180 (1). 1
– Fit the calibration rule on the base.
– Calibrate the dial gauge to zero.
– Remove the rule.
– Position the checking tool on the cylinder to be checked.

120hsm03

– Measure liner protrusion at 4 points. Refer to the chapter


"Dimensional specifications".
– If the protrusion or the tolerance differ from the values
indicated, smear abrasive paste on the cylinder block shoulder
(2) supporting the liner flange (3), fit the liner, and turn right and
left until the correct protrusion value is obtained (use special
tool No.60 05 005 504 to achieve this).
– If the protrusion is insufficient, fit a shim under the flange. Two
2 3
thicknesses of shims are available: 0,05 and 0,10 mm.
IMPORTANT: Use only one shim per cylinder. If a liner
requires more than one shim, fit a new liner or a new
cylinder block.

120hsm04

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.85


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Bearing cap on the connecting rod


– Smear the half-bearings with clean engine oil, then assemble
the cap onto the connecting rod with the pins (A) (B) on the
same side.
IMPORTANT: Ensure that the cap is correctly aligned on
the connecting rod with the junction surfaces perfectly
coupled.
– Dip the connecting rod screws in clean engine oil and fit them. A
IMPORTANT: Never use the connecting rod screws more
than once for the final assembly of the engine. When
connecting rod screws have been tightened at final torque,
do not reuse them.
B

121hsm11

– Tighten the screws alternately to a torque of 5,8 daN.m.


– Tighten each screw a further 90 to 100 degrees.

90°

121msm19

A3.86 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
LINERS, PISTONS AND CONNECTING RODS

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.87


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 501
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Flywheel turning tool
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 511
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Adjustment tool
Scene:

A3.88 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 520
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Set of camshaft bearing extraction tools
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 531
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Set of extraction tools for camshaft bearings, to be used with tool No. 60 05 005 520:
1 tapered end studs M 8 x 1,25 and 3 flat end studs M 8 x 1,25.
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.89


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 575
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Injection pump locking pin DE 10
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 11 132 517
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for fitting the front bearing seal and the timing wheel on the crankshaft
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

A3.90 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Specific tightening torque


Accessory gear train

120msm06

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.91


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Apply the handbrake.
– Put the gear lever in neutral. 2
– Disconnect the battery.
– Remove the exhaust pipe (depending on equipment fit).
– Remove the lateral, frontal and upper covers.
– Drain the cooling system and the oil in the sump.
– Unplug the electrical harnesses (1).
– Slacken the clamps (2) and remove the air intake trunking.
– Disconnect : 1
– Hydraulic lines.
– Transmission oil cooler (3).
– Suction strainer.
– Disconect the coolant hoses (4). 3
– Disconnect the two heater hoses.
– Unscrew the radiator mounting lugs. 101msm40

– Remove the radiator.


– Remove the PTO drive shaft (depending on equipment fit).

101msm41

A3.92 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Timing cover


– Remove the radiator cover plate (A).
– Remove the fan.
– Remove the oil sump:.
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Replacing the oil pump.

111hsm10

– Slacken the belt tensioner to enable the belt to be removed.


– Remove the tensioner bracket (if required).
– Remove the alternator and its mounting bracket.
– Remove the pulley and the fan mount (B).
– Remove the crankshaft pulley.
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Changing the front
bearing seal.
– Remove the front bearing seal:
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Changing the front
B
bearing seal.

111hsm11

– Remove the water pump by-pass tube (F).


– Slacken the oil sump screws (C) to release the timing cover.
– Remove the nuts (E) and the screws (D).
– Remove the remaining screws after marking them.

111hsm12

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.93


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Check:Power measurement (kW)Play between two gear teeth


– Use a dial gauge to measure the play between the pinion teeth and compare the values with the "Specifications". If the
clearance between the teeth is not correct, change the pinions.

A – Camshaft pinion/upper intermediate pinion


B – Injection pump pinion/upper intermediate pinion A
C – Upper intermediate pinion/crankshaft pinion
D – Crankshaft pinion/lower intermediate pinion
E – Oil pump pinion/lower intermediate pinion
F – Balance shaft/engine oil pump pinion
G – Balance shaft/lower intermediate pinion
C
E B
D

G F

111msm03

A3.94 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Camshaft


Note: The cylinder head does not have to be removed from
the engine when removing the camshaft.
– Removing the valve rocker shaft assembly and push rods.
– Remove the timing casing.
A
– Turn the engine gear train until the screws (A) can be
removed.
– Remove the feed pump.

120msm00

– Use iron wires (B) in the oil holes located in the cam followers
to push back the latter.
IMPORTANT: If the cam followers fall into the engine
B
casing, the cylinder head must be removed.

120msm01

– Remove the support plate (C) from the slot located behind the
camshaft pinion.
– Slowly extract the camshaft from the cylinder block.
– Clean the camshaft, then inspect the camshaft cams and
bearings. If required, change the camshaft.

120msm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.95


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Camshaft bearing


– Remove the camshaft.
– Remove the Torx screw (A) and fit the taper end stud (B) of
the tool No.60 05 005 531.

120msm04

– Install the 2 other flat end studs (C) from tool No.
60 05 005 531 and the disassembly/assembly plate (D) of tool D
No.60 05 005 520.
B
– Insert the bearing extractor (E) from tool No.60 05 005 520
into the camshaft bore as shown in the photo.
– Tighten the hex head nut (F) until the bearing is released from C
the bore. F
– Clean and inspect the bearing bore. If the bore is damaged, E
change the cylinder block.

120hsm12

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Camshaft bearing


IMPORTANT: When fitting the bearing ensure that the
lubrication holes in the bearing and cylinder block are
G
aligned.
– Mark the orientation of the lubrication holes (G) on the front
face of the block and on the bearing, to facilitate alignment of
the bearing during installation.
– Apply high temperature grease on the inside/outside
diameters of the new bearing, and on the inside diameter of the
bore in the block.

120hsm13

A3.96 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

– Fit the tool in place with the bearing as shown in the picture.
With the bearing (J) fully inserted, tighten the screw (H) until the K
flange (K) contacts the cylinder block face.
H
– Remove the tool and check for proper alignment of the
lubrication hole. If the holes are not aligned, replace the J
bearing.

120hsm14

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.97


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Balance shafts


IMPORTANT: Upon disassembly, mark the left and right
balance shafts to ensure correct reassembly. R for right
and L for left is engraved on the face of the balance shaft
rear bearing to identify them. The journals of the shafts
have been run in in a specific direction and there is a risk
of premature wear of the shafts and bearings if the right
and left shafts are interchanged. A
– Remove the lower intermediate pinion and the oil pump
pinion.
– Remove the counterweights (A) on the balance shafts,
according to equipment.
111hsm14

– Loosen the screws (B) and extract the balance shafts from the
cylinder block.
Note: Do not damage the journals, nor the bearings when
removing the balance shafts.

111hsm15

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Crankshaft timing wheel


Note: This operation only applies to engines with DE 10
injector pumps.
IMPORTANT: The timing wheel is not reusable. If the
timing wheel is removed from the crankshaft, a new one
must be fitted.
– Lock the engine at the "TDC" of the cylinder.
– Remove the timing casing.
– Remove the timing wheel (A) using a standard puller.

A3.98 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Engine front plate


– To remove the front plate, first remove the following
components C
– The timing casing.
– Camshaft.
A
– The balance shafts.
– The upper intermediate pinion.
– The injection pump. D
– The lower intermediate pinion.
– The oil pump.
– The auxiliary hydraulic pump. B
– Remove the 4 TORX® embedded head screws (A) on the
111hsm16
front plate.
– Remove the 6 threaded studs (B) and (C).
– Remove the front plate (D).

– Remove the oil by-pass valve and the spring (E).

111msm04

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.99


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Crankshaft pinion


– Lock the flywheel using the timing pin No.60 05 005 576.
– Remove the timing casing, the oil pump, the upper and lower intermediate pinions, and the front plate.
– Use an appropriate extractor, then remove the crankshaft pinion.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Crankshaft pinion


– When refitting, heat the pinion to 148 °C, in an oven. If a torch
flame is used, ensure the pinion is heated all around its
circumference. B
IMPORTANT: DO NOT OVERHEAT.
– Install the guide (B) of tool No.77 11 132 517 on the
crankshaft nose and tighten the screws.
– Fit the pinion (heated to 148 °C) on the crankshaft nose.

111hsm19

Note: Ensure that the key (D) is properly aligned with the
keyway in the pinion.
– Place component (C) of tool No.77 11 132 517 on its guide D
(B) and tighten the nut (E) until the pinion is pushed against the C
crankshaft flange. E
– Let the pinion cool down before removing the tool.

111hsm20

A3.100 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Idler gear shafts


– Remove the lower or upper intermediate shaft with its thrust washer by pulling or pushing the shaft from the block side of the
front plate.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Idler gear shafts


– Insert the flexible pins in the lower idler pinion shafts (A) and
upper idler pinion shafts (B) while monitoring the protrusion (C) C
of the pin with respect to the shaft. C
– (C) = 2,79 to 4,83

A B
111hsm21

– Fit the thrust washer (D) and the upper pinion shaft. Push the
shaft (B) into the front plate until the washer is completely
inserted and locked.
IMPORTANT: The greasing holes for the upper pin must be B
aligned properly to enable adequate lubrication of the
upper intermediate pinion bearing.

111msm05

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Auxiliary drive bearing


– Remove the oil pipe (A).
– Remove the bearing (B) by removing the screws (C).
– Repair or change the bearing if required.

A
C

111hsm23

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Auxiliary drive bearing


– Fit a new seal on the bearing and install the assembly on the engine.
– Tighten the screws to 9,5 daN.m.
– Connect the oil pipe.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.101


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Oil pressure relief valve


– Remove the timing casing.
– Fit extractor (A) n° 60 05 005 573 to the oil pressure relief
valve (B). Ensure that the splines (D) are properly engaged in
the appertures in the valve (C).

A B

221hsm04

– Fit the sleeve (E) onto the extractor until it completely covers
it.

221hsm05

– Screw the slide-hammer (F) onto the extractor and remove


the valve.
Note: To remove the valve from the extractor, turn the
extractor on the valve until the splines come out of the
apertures then remove the extractor.
B

221hsm06

A3.102 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Oil pressure relief valve


Note: The valve should only be fitted after installation of
the front plate. The retaining studs of the plate then protect
the valve.
– Position the fitting tool (A) in the valve (B).

A B

221hsm08

– Using a hammer, install the valve in the engine block bore (C)
until it is fully inserted.

A B

221hsm07

Removal:Power measurement (kW)By-pass


– Remove the timing casing and the front plate.
– Remove the by-pass (1) and the spring (2) and check their
condition
– Check the spring strength (2) for a length of 29 mm: 87,8 N.

2
221hsm09

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)By-pass


– Fit the by-pass and the spring.
– Fit the front plate and the timing cover.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.103


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Engine front plate


– If not done yet, using a brass scraper, remove any
previously-applied sealing compound.
IMPORTANT: Ensure there is no oil, remnants of sealing
compound or cleaning products on the cylinder block and
the front plate.
– Installing the bypass valve.
– Apply a continuous bead of Loctite 515 (E) to the cylinder
block as illustrated opposite. E
– Position the bead in the middle of the mating surfaces and all
round the screw holes.

111hsm24

– Install the front plate (D) and tighten the screws (A) and the
studs (B) and (C) to the torque specified in the chapter C
"Tightening torques".

111hsm16

A3.104 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Crankshaft timing wheel


Note: All other drive gears must be fitted before fitting the
timing wheel. Check the word "Front" (stamped on the
front of the timing wheel) is facing away from the engine.
C
– Slide the timing wheel onto the front end of the
crankshaft.Check that the keyway (B) and the woodruff key (C)
are aligned.

123msm04

– Fit tool n° 77 11 132 517 (D) and insert the timing wheel until
it abuts the pinion.

123msm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.105


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Balance shafts


– Smear the balance shaft bearings in the cylinder block with
clean engine oil, as well as the shaft journals.
IMPORTANT: Do not swap the shafts; if the pinions are
removed from the shafts upon disassembly, and reversed,
fit new bearings.
– Fit the balance shafts and the thrust plates, and tighten the
screws (B) to 4 daN.m.

111hsm15

– Fit the counterweights (A) onto the balance shafts on the spot
faced side (C). The counterweights must be opposite the
cotters (D).

111hsm14

D
111hsm25

A3.106 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Upper timing wheels


– Turn the flywheel using tool n° 60 05 005 501 until piston n° 1
is at TDC.
– Engage lock pin No. 60 05 005 576 in the drilling in the
flywheel.
B
– Insert lock pin n° 60 05 005 575 in the injector pump
(Pump DE 10 only). A
– Fitting the camshaft and the injection pump.
– Turn the crankshaft until the marker (A) is aligned with the
setting tool No. 60 05 005 511 (mark (1)).
– Smear the shaft and the pinion sleeve with high temperature
grease.
– Fit the upper intermediate pinion (B) on its shaft, while 1
ensuring that neither the camshaft pinion nor that of the
injection pump turn.
– Fit the washer and the screw, tighten it to 7 daN.m.
– Recheck the settings of the pinions.
111msm08

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Lower timing gear


– Bring piston n° 1 to TDC using flywheel rotator n°
60 05 005 501 and adjustment pin n° 60 05 005 576.
– Fit the oil pump and the balance shafts.
– Turn the RH balance shaft until the mark (A) is aligned with
the adjustment tool (1) n° 60 05 005 511.
– Fit the lower intermediate pinion without turning the balance
shaft.
– Fit the thrust washer while turning the (X) mark in the opposite
direction to the pinion
– Tighten the screw to 7 daN.m (oil the thread).

111hsm28

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A3.107


RECONDITIONING
TIMING, CAMSHAFT AND BALANCING

– Repeat operation 3 with the left-hand balance shaft.


– Fit the oil pump pinion on its shaft. Tighten the nut to 5 daN.m
and lock it with three punches.
– Recheck the setting of the two balance shafts.
– When adjusting the balance shafts, the keyway on the shafts
must be at the top (12 o'clock), with the marks on the two
pinions facing inwards towards the end of the crankshaft.
D

111hsm29

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Timing cover


– Check that the casing gasket faces and the front plate are
clean.
A
– Fit the injection pump pinion nut access cover (C) using a new
B
seal (D) if required. C
– Tighten the screws to 0,6 daN.m.
– Install the gasket (A), cutting its lower section to ensure it
contacts the sump gasket.
– Install the timing casing (B). Smear the screw (E) with sealing
compound.
– Tighten the screws and nuts to 3,5 daN.m.
E
– Refit the front bearing seal: D
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Changing the front
bearing seal.
– Refit the crankshaft pulley.
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Changing the front
bearing seal. 111msm09

A3.108 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DPS ENGINE

Technical support Chapter A

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
A – DPS ENGINE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

ENGINE

INLET AND EXHAUST .......................................................................................................................................3

COOLING ..........................................................................................................................................................21

LUBRICATION ..................................................................................................................................................30

MECHANICAL INJECTION ..............................................................................................................................42

ELECTRONIC INJECTION ...............................................................................................................................55


HYDRAULIC PART ............................................................................................................................................................ 66

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.......................................................................................................................................... 76

MOVING ASSEMBLY .......................................................................................................................................98

ACCESSORY GEAR TRAIN...........................................................................................................................108

VISCOUS FAN COUPLING ............................................................................................................................113

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
ENGINE
Description

101msm00

The "manufacturer's" plate (A), located on the rear right hand side of the block, enables the engine
to be identified:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.1


First line (1): Serial number (13 characters)

Tractor prior to May 2005 Tractor after May 2005


CD Engine built at the Saran factory CD Engine built at the Saran factory
4 4 cylinders 4 4 cylinders
O45 4,5 litres capacity O45 4,5 litres capacity
D Normally aspirated engine B Uncertified engine
T Turbo-charged engine C Tier 1 engine (will be followed by
the letter E then F when the
counter reaches 999999)
H Turbo-charged engine with G Tier 2 engine (will be followed by
intercooler the letter J then K when the
counter reaches 999999)
5 Tier 1 engine 123456 Number within the series
7 Tier 2 engine
12345 Number within the series

Second line (2): Engine type

4 See above
045
T
RT RENAULT Agriculture application
52 Application issue

A.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Inlet and exhaust
Technical description

Cylinder head

131msm00

This can be identified by: The cross-flow design.


Inlet ducts have been redesigned to increase turbulence in the cylinders SWIRL, and hence
improve air/fuel mixing.
A cast letter (H) in the inlet port identifies the model of cylinder head.
The cylinder head now incorporates a housing for the direct mounting of the thermostat.
The cylinder head gasket is specific.
It has a compressed graphite film on both surfaces.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.3


Valves

A – Collets.
B – Valve rotator.
C – Spring.
D – Umbrella seal.

D
C
B
A

131hsm10

The valve guides are machined directly in the cylinder head. A helicoidal open groove improves
lubrication between the guide and valve. An "umbrella" type seal (D) allows the passage of a
controlled quantity of oil to provide lubrication for the valve stem.
Each valve is fitted with a rotator (B) ensuring a rotation of 2° each time the valve operates. The
contact surface between the valve head and the seat insert is thus always clean.

A.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Schematic diagram

Air circulation

I J

K

F
E

M
C

141msm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.5


A – Filter. H – Pre-heat flange.
B – Filter blockage thermal switch. I – Pre-heat relay.
C – Pneumatic compressor. J – Instrument panel.
D – Turbocharger. K – Intake/exhaust.
E – Intercooler. L – Particulate rebreathing.
F – Turbocharger pressure sensor (according M – Check valve.
to model).
G – Air temperature thermistance.

A.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical specifications

Pre-heating
– Mechanical injection:
Pre-heating is activated by holding the key at position III on the master switch. The pre-heat
warning light illuminates.
Maximum pre-heat duration is 20 seconds (Instrument panel time delay).
A 1 200 W heater is fitted between the manifold and the intake pipe.
– Electronic injection:
Both the pre-heating and the illumination of the instrument panel warning light are controlled by
the engine ECU.

Particulate rebreathing
Particulate rebreathing is achieved by a duct subject to a venturi effect between the exhaust pipe
and the air filter.

DIMENSIONS

Cylinder head
A

130hsm00

A.
Minimum acceptable cylinder head thickness 104,87 mm
Maximum acceptable cylinder head thickness 105,13 mm
Maximum acceptable cylinder head rework 0,73 mm
Minimum cylinder head thickness after rework 104,11 mm
B.
Cylinder head flatness over entire length 0,08 mm

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.7


Valves

C G
D H

F J

E I

131hsm00

INTAKE EXHAUST
C. G.
Minimum diameter of valve stem 7,864 mm Minimum diameter of valve stem 7,848 mm
Maximum diameter of valve stem 7,884 mm Maximum diameter of valve stem 7,874 mm
D. H.
Minimum clearance between stem 0,05 mm Minimum clearance between 0,05 mm
and guide stem and guide
Maximum clearance between stem 0,10 mm Maximum clearance between 0,10 mm
and guide stem and guide
Wear limit 0,15 mm Wear limit 0,15 mm
E. I.
Minimum valve withdrawal 0,61 mm Minimum valve withdrawal 1,22 mm
Maximum valve withdrawal 1,11 mm Maximum valve withdrawal 1,72 mm
Wear limit 1,63 mm Wear limit 2,26 mm
F. J.
Minimum diameter of valve head 46,47 mm Minimum diameter of valve head 42,37 mm
Minimum diameter of valve head 46,73 mm Minimum diameter of valve head 42,63 mm

A.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Rocker shaft

313hsm01

Adm. – Intake
Ech. – Exhaust
LU. – Wear limit

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.9


A.
Uncompressed length 54 mm
Length compressed to 24 daN 46 mm
Length compressed to 68 daN 34,5 mm

A.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Turbocharger

Type of turbocharger CZ
Normal turbocharger pressure at full load 0,83 bar
nominal speed

165hsm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.11


Check of valve lift
Note: Measuring valve lift enables any wear in the cam to
be detected.

– Fit the flywheel rotating tool 60 05 005 501


in (A).
– Using tool No. 60 05 005 501 turn the
flywheel in its normal direction (clockwise
when viewed from the water pump) until piston A
No. (1) (at the front) is at top dead centre B
(TDC) of its compression stroke.
– Fit the lock pin n° 60 05 005 576 in (B).
– Eliminate the clearance between the rocker
arm and the valve stems on exhaust valves
n° 1 - 3 and inlet valves n° 1 - 2.
– Place a dial gauge on the valve spring cup or 131msm13

on the valve cap and then set to 0.


– Remove the lock pin, turn the engine, and
observe the dial gauge up to the point of
maximum valve opening.
– Measure valve lift and compare it with the
values mentioned in "Dimensional
specifications".
– Turn the engine by a full revolution 360°. Lock
the engine at TDC on the compression stroke
for piston (4).
– Eliminate the clearance between the rocker
arm and the valve stems on exhaust valves
n° 2 - 4 and inlet valves n° 3 - 4.
– If the specifications are not followed, remove
and check the camshaft condition.
– Place a dial gauge on the valve spring cup or
on the valve cap and then set to 0.
131msm02
– Measure valve lift and compare it with the
values mentioned in "Dimensional
specifications"..
– If the lift of one or several valves is not within
specifications, remove and inspect the entire
valve set and camshaft.

A.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Head gasket failure - investigation procedure

Preliminary checks
Three types of seal failures can occur:
– Combustion gas faulty sealing.
– Cooling system faulty sealing.
– Lubrication system faulty sealing.
A – Combustion gas sealing surface
B – Oil sealing surfaces
C – Coolant sealing surfaces

A B C

135msm03

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.13


Visual inspection to be carried out before intervention on the cylinder head gasket:
– Presence of oil or coolant on the seal face or
adjacent surfaces.
– Seal displaced in respect of its normal
position.
– Discoloration or presence of soot caused by a
combustion gas leak
– Leak on the radiators (oil and water), the
tank, overflow, or pipe hoses.
– Coolant leaking at the water pump bleed
hole.
– Presence of coolant on the cylinder head
gasket. A

– Presence of coolant in the crankcase. 131hsm16

– Insufficient coolant level.


– High oil level.
– Presence of cooling liquid in the engine
breather (A).
Pressurized test of the cooling system:
Before the test, warm the engine.

Let the engine cool down, and remove the


radiator cap cautiously. 0,7 bar

If no leak is visible, but if pressure drops, there


may be an internal coolant leak or an internal
leak in the seal between the block and the
cylinder head.

131hsm15

A.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Combustion gas sealing
Symptoms:
– Loss of power.
– Irregular engine running.
– White smoke at the exhaust pipe.
– Air bubbles in the water radiator or the overflow tank.
– Cooling fluid leak from overflow pipe.
– Engine overheating.
– Loss of heating in driver's cab.
– Coolant in a cylinder.
– Coolant in the crankcase oil.
– Insufficient coolant level.
Possible causes:
– Cracks, folds in the seal surfaces.
– Damages, punctures in the elastomer ribs.
– Cracks, folds in the seal surfaces. O-ring damaged or missing at the push rod oil orifice.
– Excessive liner protrusion.
– Excessive difference in liner protrusion between the cylinders.
– Insufficient tightening torque.
– Distorted, damaged, or irregular engine block surface.
– Distorted, damaged, or irregular cylinder head surface.
– Oil or fluid overheating.
IMPORTANT: Oil cooling failures can cause the presence of oil in the cooling fluid.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.15


Coolant sealing
Symptoms:
– Coolant leaking through the cylinder head gasket.
– Coolant in the oil pan.
– Insufficient level in the tank.
– High oil level.
– Coolant leaking through the crankcase breather.
Possible causes:
– Excessive liner protrusion.
– Excessive difference in liner protrusion between the cylinders.
– Insufficient tightening torque.
– Deformed, damaged, or irregular engine block surface.
– Deformed, damaged or irregular cylinder head surface.
– Oil or coolant temperature too high.
– Cylinder head gasket surface deformed or cracked.
– Elastomer parts of cylinder head gasket damaged or cracked.

Lubrication system sealing


Symptoms:
– Oil leaking through the cylinder head gasket.
– Oil in the coolant.
– Insufficient oil level in the crankcase.
– Insufficient rocker lubrication (abnormal noises).
Possible causes:
– Excessive liner protrusion.
– Excessive difference in liner protrusion between the cylinders.
– Insufficient tightening torque.
– Deformed, damaged, or irregular engine block surface.
– Deformed, damaged or irregular cylinder head surface.
– Oil or coolant temperature too high.
– Cylinder head gasket surface deformed or cracked.
– Elastomer parts of cylinder head gasket damaged or cracked.
– O-rings damaged in the oil passages to the rockers.
IMPORTANT: Oil cooling failures can cause the presence of oil in the cooling fluid.

A.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Checking the turbocharger pressure
– Remove the plug (1) or (2).
– Install the pressure gauge n° 60 05 005 521
– Before checking, run the engine. 1

101msm50

– Observe the pressure gauge.


The lift pressure should be, when the engine is running at full load and reaches nominal speed:

4045 TRT 77 engine 0,52 bar


4045 TRT 78 engine 0,60 bar
4045 TRT 72 engine 0,76 bar
If the pressure is too low, check the following points:
– Air filter clogging.
– Leak at the intake circuit, between the turbocharger and cylinder head.
– Faulty turbocharger.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.17


Turbo checks

Radial shaft play


– Fit on the turbocharger a comparator fitted
onto a support with a graduated extension,
and fit the graduated extension on the shaft of
the compressor, by passing it through the
lubrication orifice.
– Push and pull alternately the compressor
shaft.
– With equal pressure applied to both ends of
the shaft, the clearance should not exceed the
values indicated in the chapter "Dimensional
specifications".

251msm27

Axial shaft play


– Using a comparator contacting the shaft,
measure axial clearance.
– Move the shaft axially by hand in both
directions and compare the value read with
the values specified in the chapter
"Dimensional specifications".

251msm18

A.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Reconditioning the turbocharger
IMPORTANT: It is difficult to recondition a turbocharger without the tools and training required: do not totally
disassemble a turbocharger. If a turbo is found to be faulty when checked, replace it.
Note: When refitting, use the recommended torque settings.
IMPORTANT: When refitting, oil the turbo bearings to ensure lubrication on engine start-up.

167msm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.19


Cooling
Technical description

Cooling system

251msm00

A.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


A – Water pump. N – Drain plug.
B – Coolant passage adaptor. O – Water pump suction side.
C – Oil cooler drain plug. P – High temperature cooling fluid.
D – Oil cooler plates. Q – Low temperature cooling fluid.
E – Cooling fluid passage. R – Cabin heater valve.
F – Cooling fluid envelope. S – Cabin heater radiator.
G – Passages in the upper part of the block. T – Engine management thermistance.
H – Passages. U – Instrument panel thermistance (depending
I – Thermostat. on the model).
J – Water manifold/thermostat housing. V – Heat exchanger.
L – Bypass circuit. W – Expansion bottle.
M – Towards the radiator upper tank.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.21


Schematic diagram

Cooling system

A D
J

t˚ G

F
L

R
T
I

W V

221msm05

x – Depending on installation.

A.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical specifications

Thermostat
The thermostat sits within the cylinder head under the water housing. Part of the coolant flow is
diverted to the water pump via a steel tube. The temperature is regulated between 82 and 95°C.
A – Coolant temperature probe

251msm01

During filling, bleed the system by loosening the


temperature probe or the plug (depending on
installation) at position (A).

251msm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.23


Water pump

The water pump is fitted under the accessory


gear train cover and uses the cavity in the cover
as the pump body.

251msm03

Degraded modes

Coolant temperature too high


First check coolant quality and level. Check for leaks from external engine system components.

1. FAULTY
Go to 2.
GOOD
Go to 4.
2. CHECK FOR THE PRESENCE OF OIL YES
IN THE COOLANT HEADER TANK. Check the cylinder head and the cylinder head
gasket.
See: Head gasket failure - investigation
procedure.
NO
Go to 3.
3. DRAIN THE COOLANT. YES
– Refill to the correct level. Go to 4.
Does the problem remain ? NO
Problem solved.
4. CHECK THE RADIATOR: YES
– Dirt ; Go to 5.
– Leaks ; NO
Problem solved.
– Blockage.
Repair or replace the defective components.
Does the problem remain ?

A.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


5. CHECK THE FAN, MOTOR, BELT YES
AND TENSIONER. Go to 6.
– Repair or replace the defective NO
components. Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
6. CHECK CONDITION AND YES
OPERATION OF THERMOSTAT. Go to 7.
– Repair or replace the defective NO
components. Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
7. CHECK CONDITION AND Repair or replace the defective components.
OPERATION OF WATER PUMP.

DIMENSIONAL CHARACTERISTICS (in mm)

Thermostat

Thermostat opening temperature 82°C (80-84°C)


Temperature for full opening of the thermostat 94°C
Cooling system pressure 0,7 bar

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.25


Water pump and fan drive support

250hsm00

A.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Checking the thermostat
– Heat water in a container, and check the
thermostat triggering temperatures.
– Stir while water is heating.
IMPORTANT: Caution when heating the water, keep the
thermostat or thermometer away from the edge or bottom
of the container. This could result in overheating and
breaking.

– Take the thermostat out of the water and


check that it closes as it cools down.
Note: At room temperature, the thermostat must close
completely and slowly (when its temperature reaches
80°C).

– If not, change it.


251hsm24

Reminder of the triggering values:


– Nominal opening value 82°C.
– Initial opening 80-84°C.
– Full opening (nominal) 94°C.

Check of the belt and the tensioner spring

Check of the belt condition


– Refer to the user manual, chapter L.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.27


Check of the tensioner spring force
Note: A belt tension gauge does not provide accurate
measurement of belt tension when a spring-operating
automatic tensioner is used. Measure the tensioner spring
force with a torque wrench as follows:

– Loosen the tension on the belt using a nut


spinner and a socket on the tension arm.
Remove the belt from the pulleys. A
– Release the tension exerted on the tension B
arm and remove the nut spinner.
– Scribe a mark (A) on the tensioner swivel arm
as shown in the figure.
– Measure 21 mm from (A) and scribe a mark
(B) on the tensioner mounting base.
101msm30

– Swivel the arm using a torque wrench to align


the markings (A), (B) and (C).
– Note the measure on the torque wrench and
compare it to the specification below:
– The value should be between 0,8 and
2,2 daN.m.
– Change the tensioner if required.

101msm31

A.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Lubrication
Technical description

Lubrication system

H
G

221msm01

A – Oil pump. O – Connecting rod bearings.


B – Oil suction pipe. Q – Camshaft bushes.
C – Oil outlet tube. R – Gudgeon pin and bush.
D – Oil cooling casing. S – Rocker shaft.
E – Coolant passage adaptor. T – Turbocharger oil supply duct.
F – Oil filter. V – Rockers.
G – Oil filter manifold/adaptor. X – Oil feed.
H – Oil filler tube. Y – Oil pressure regulator.
I – Oil cooler. Z – Oil bypass valve.
K – Crankshaft oil galleries. AA – Pressurized oil.
N – Main lubrication duct. AB – Non pressurized oil.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.29


Schematic diagram

Lubrication system

V S

F
L
Z

A
Y

221msm00

A.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical specifications

Oil system components

221msm02

1 – Seal
The oil cooler, with 7 plates, is a heat exchanger installed between the oil pump and filter.
It speeds up oil warm-up on engine start thanks to the flow of water from the cylinder head pumped
by the water pump.
It then regulates and evens out the temperature. It is fitted in a cavity of the cylinder block

221msm03

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.31


Under very cold conditions, the bypass valve's role is to divert some of the oil directly to the main
gallery by short-circuiting for a short time the filter and the cooler. This valve requires no
adjustment or maintenance.

221msm04

The oil spray nozzles screwed to the galleries provide lubrication to the liners and gudgeon pins
as well as cooling for the piston skirts, with a flow of around 1,3 l/m.

A.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Degraded modes

Sheet n° 1 "Excessive oil consumption"


First check for leaks from the external pipes and the cap/plug seals.

1. PRESENCE OF OIL IN THE COOLING YES


SYSTEM. Go to 2.
NO
Go to 4.
2. CHECK OIL COOLER. FAULTY
Repair or replace the defective components.
GOOD
Go to 3.
3. DOES THE PROBLEM REMAIN ? YES
.:
– Cylinder head gasket ;
– Cylinder head ;
– Cylinder liner gaskets ;
– Engine block.
Repair or replace the defective components.
NO
Problem solved.
4. CHECK FOR EXCESSIVE YES
PRESSURE IN CRANKCASE (CRANK See: Sheet n° 2 "Engine oil pressure too high".
CASE GAS). NO
Go to 5.
5. CHECK SEAL IN TURBO. FAULTY
See: Checking the turbocharger oil sealing.
GOOD
Problem with pistons, rings, liners or valve
guides.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.33


Sheet n° 2 "Engine oil pressure too high"
First check oil level and quality and the oil filter.

1. CHECK OIL LEVEL AND QUALITY. FAULTY


Go to 2.
GOOD
Go to 3.
2. DRAIN THE OIL. YES
– Fill with oil and check the level. Go to 3.
– Replace the filter. NO
Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
3. CHECK OPERATION OF PRESSURE YES
REGULATOR. Go to 4.
– Replace defective parts if necessary. NO
Does the problem remain ? Problem solved.

4. CHECK OPERATION OF BY-PASS YES


VALVE. Go to 5.
– Replace defective parts if necessary. NO
Does the problem remain ? Problem solved.

5. SOURCE OF THE PROBLEM: Repair or replace the defective components.


– Piston cooling holes are blocked.
Or
– Piston lubrication is faulty or deficient.

A.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Leaflet n° 3 Engine oil pressure too low
First check oil level and quality, the oil filter, and operation of the oil pressure switch.

1. CHECK OIL LEVEL AND QUALITY. FAULTY


Go to 2.
GOOD
Go to 3.
2. DRAIN THE OIL. YES
– Fill with oil and check the level. Go to 3.
– Replace the filter. NO
Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
3. CHECK THE BY-PASS VALVE IN THE YES
OIL FILTER HOUSING. Go to 4.
– Repair or replace the defective NO
components. Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
4. CHECK OIL COOLER. YES
– Repair or replace the defective Go to 5.
components. NO
Does the problem remain ? Problem solved.

5. CHECK OPERATION OF PRESSURE YES


REGULATOR. Go to 6.
– Repair or replace the defective NO
components. Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
6. CHECK OPERATION AND YES
CONDITION OF THE OIL PUMP AND Go to 7.
OIL PIPES. NO
– Repair or replace the defective Problem solved.
components.
Does the problem remain ?
7. SOURCE OF THE PROBLEM: Repair or replace the defective components.
– Excessive wear in crankshaft bearings or
connecting rod bearing shells.
Or
– Piston lubrication is faulty or deficient.

DIMENSIONS

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.35


Oil pump

Oil pump delivery at maximum speed, at 3 bar 70 l/min


pressure.
Minimum oil pressure at tick-over, with the oil at 1 bar minimum
90°C.
Minimum oil pressure at maximum idle speed, oil at 90 °C:
All engine types 3 bar minimum
Bypass valve spring:
Spring length (off-load) 51 mm
Spring force at a length of 29 mm 8,7 daN.m
B = Ø 16,05 → 16,10

A = Ø 16,02 → 16,03

35,97 → 36,05
D = 0,04 → 0,165
C = Ø 12,35 → 12,36

A = Ø 12,31 → 12,33

D = 0,04 → 0,165

0,131 → 0,211
1
0,21
1→
0,13

220hsm00

A.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


A – Shaft C – Bore
B – Bush D – Axial clearance

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.37


Check of engine oil pressure
– Remove the oil pressure probe and install
pressure gauge No. (A) on the block.
– Before checking the pressure, warm up the
engine.
At idle speed and with a temperature of 93°C,
the pressure gauge should indicate a minimum
pressure of 1 bar.
At full load nominal speed and with a service
temperature of 105°C, the pressure gauge
should indicate a pressure between 2,6 and 3,3
bar.
A
101msm32

Checking procedure of the high oil pressure in the crankcase

Excessive gas pressure inside the breather pipe


can be caused by a sealing defect on the
turbocharger or the piston rings.
– Remove the turbo oil return pipe (A) and
direct it too a container.
– Start the engine, at maximum no-load speed.
– Check that supercharging pressure expels oil
into the drain pipe.
If yes, there is a problem with the turbo seals.
If no, gas pressure is present at the breather
pipe; check seal between piston ring and
A
cylinder liner.
251hsm23

A.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Checking the turbocharger oil sealing
– Check that the oil return pipe (A) is neither
twisted nor cracked. Replace if necessary.
– Check there is no obstruction in the air filter,
hoses, and connecting tube.
– Check there is no obstruction in the exhaust
A
system, also check the proper position of the
exhaust orifice.

101hsm09

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.39


Mechanical injection
Description

STANADYNE DB2 injector pump DB4

164msm12

CELTIS 426 CELTIS 436 CELTIS 446


Engine type 4045DRT76 4045TRT77 4045TRT78
Pump DB2 435-5930 DB4 429-5929 DB4 429-5928
Bore x stroke 106,5 x 127 106,5 x 127 106,5 x 127
Air supply Normally aspirated Turbocharged Turbocharged

DPS injection pump RE524031 RE524032 RE524033


Fuel filter 5 µm 5 µm 5 µm
Injector calibration pressure 241 ± 5 bar 245 ± 5 bar 245 ± 5 bar

Fluid capacities 11 L 11 L 11 L
Oil change interval 500 h 500 h 500 h
Oil filter 30 µm 30 µm 30 µm
Number of heat exchanger plates 5 7 7

Thermostat setting 82 - 94 ºC 82 - 94 ºC 82 - 94 ºC

A.40 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Coolant 11,3 L 11,3 L 11,3 L

Rated speed (rpm) 2300 0/+ 50 2300 0/+ 50 2300 0/+ 50


Rpm for max. torque 1600 1500 1500
Max. no load rpm 2490 ± 50 2490 ± 50 2490 ± 50
Idle rpm 850 ± 50 850 ± 50 850 ± 50

Dynamic advance at nominal full 2,5° – 0,3° 0,5°


power rpm

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.41


Technical description

Injector pump

164msm00

1 – Drive shaft 8 – Flyweight cage


2 – Distributor rotor 9 – Automatic advance
3 – Transfer pump vanes 10 – Casing
4 – Pistons 11 – Regulator valve
5 – Internal cam ring 12 – Recirculation valve
6 – Hydraulic head 13 – Electric shut-offf device solenoid
7 – Transfer pressure regulator

A.42 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical specifications

Fuel system

x4

B
5µ 190 µ

160msm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.43


The Stanadyne pencil injectors are of the
conventional type. They are fitted with a red seal.

165msm04

A.44 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Engine electrical system

J35
307 043
1 2 K K 28
308 042
2 1 T T 32

J66 P02 J02

345 045
3 2 L L 15

P02 J02

319 046
4 M M 36

P02 J02
065
5 33

60

316 082
6 V V 19

P02 J02

345 105
7 W W 15

P02 J02

°C P0 1 2

160msm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.45


1 – Engine temperature. 6 – Pre-heat relay.
2 – Engine temperature warning. 7 – Electric pump shutdown.
3 – Engine oil pressure. 8 – Coolant temperature switch.
4 – Air filter blocked. 9 – Cold advance electric valve.
5 – Preheat indicator.

A.46 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Degraded modes

Leaflet n° 1 "Engine fails to start"


The engine does not start or won't go.

1. SHUT-OFF SOLENOID VALVE FAULTY


FUNCTIONAL CHECK. Go to 2.
GOOD
Go to 3.
2. CHECK COIL RESISTANCE AT THE FAULTY
SOLENOID VALVE TERMINALS. Replace solenoid valve.
GOOD
Check electrical circuit.
3. CHECK FOR FUEL AT INJECTORS. FAULTY
Sheet n° 5 "Check the fuel feed circuit".
GOOD
Go to 4.
4. CHECK FOR OBSTRUCTION IN AIR FAULTY
INTAKE. Repair or replace the component.
GOOD
Go to 5.
5. CHECK PUMP SETTING. FAULTY
Adjust or replace the injector pump.
GOOD
Go to 6.
6. CHECK COMPRESSION. FAULTY
Problem with pistons, rings, liners or valve
guides.
GOOD
Go to 7.
7. CHECK INJECTORS. FAULTY
Replace the injectors.
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.47


Leaflet n° 2 "Erratic engine operation"
The engine misfires and/or fails to operate smoothly.

1. YES
– Wrap a cloth around the injector connector Sheet n° 5 "Check the fuel feed circuit".
– Slowly loosen and note any change in rpm. NO
Go to 2.
– Repeat the operation for the other cylinders.
Do the misfires occur with each cylinder?
2. CHECK THE CYLINDER HEAD FAULTY
GASKET. Replace the cylinder head gasket.
GOOD
Go to 3.
3. CHECK THE FUEL FEED PIPE. FAULTY
Repair or replace the pipe(s).
GOOD
Go to 4.
4. CHECK COMPRESSION. FAULTY
Go to 6.
GOOD
Go to 5.
5. CHECK INJECTORS. FAULTY
Replace the injectors.
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.
6. FAULTY
– Apply a small amount of oil to the piston ring Go to 7.
area through the injector hole. GOOD
– Check compression. Problem with pistons, rings, liners or valve
guides.
7. CHECK VALVE CLEARANCES. FAULTY
Adjust the clearances and repeat the test.
GOOD
Go to 8.
8. CHECK VALVE LIFT. FAULTY
Wear on camshaft, cam followers or rocker
arm shaft.
GOOD
Problem with pistons, rings, liners or valve
guides.

A.48 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Leaflet n° 3 "Emission of grey or black smoke"
The engine emits excessive grey or black smoke from the exhaust.

1. CHECK FOR POSSIBLE BLOCKAGE YES


IN THE INTAKE OR EXHAUST OR AN Repair or replace the defective components.
AIR LEAK. NO
Go to 2.
2. CHECK PUMP STATIC AND FAULTY
DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT. Make all the adjustments necessary to ensure
a correct shim.
GOOD
Go to 3.
3. CHECK THE TURBO: FAULTY
– Inlet and outlet of the compressor ; Repair or replace the defective components.
– Inlet and outlet of the turbine: GOOD
Go to 4.
– Centre body ;
– Axial clearance ;
– Turbocharger pressure.
4. CHECK VALVE CLEARANCES. FAULTY
Adjust the clearances and repeat the test.
GOOD
Go to 5.
5. CHECK FUEL RETURN LINE. FAULTY
Repair or replace the defective components.
GOOD
Go to 6.
6. CHECK INJECTORS. FAULTY
Replace the injectors.
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.49


Leaflet n° 4 "Emission of white smoke"
The engine emits excessive white smoke from the exhaust.

1. CHECK FOR POSSIBLE HEAD YES


GASKET FAILURE. Repair or replace the defective components.
See Inspection procedure of the cylinder head NO
gasket Go to 2.
2. CHECK PUMP DYNAMIC FAULTY
ADJUSTMENT. Make all the adjustments necessary to ensure
a correct shim.
GOOD
Go to 3.
3. CHECK COMPRESSION. FAULTY
Problem with pistons, rings, liners or valve
guides.
GOOD
Go to 4.
4. CHECK INJECTORS. FAULTY
Replace the injectors.
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.

A.50 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Leaflet n° 5 "Check of fuel supply system"
Irregular engine running.

1. CHECK FOR POSSIBLE PRESENCE YES


OF AIR IN THE FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM. Purging the circuit.
NO
Go to 2.
2. CHECK FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE FAULTY
AND FLOW. Repair or replace the defective components.
GOOD
Go to 3.
3. CHECK FUEL RETURN SYSTEM: FLOW OF FUEL FROM THE VALVE
– Disconnect the fuel line from the injector BUT THE ENGINE DOES NOT START
pump overflow valve ; Go to 4.
– Slacken the valve ; NO FLOW OR INADEQUATE FLOW
Go to 5.
– Select "start" using the ignition/starter
switch ;
– Operate the hand primer located on the fuel
filter.
If fuel does not flow, retighten all connectors.
4. CHECK FUEL LINES: FAULTY
– Between the injector and the injector pump. Repair or replace the pipe(s).
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.
5. CHECK FUEL LINES: FAULTY
– Between the filter and the injector pump. Repair or replace the pipe(s).
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.51


Supply pressure check
– Fit the tool (1) n° 60 05 005 521.
– Start the engine. The fuel pump should
maintain the minimum pressure shown in the A B
injector cards chapter A. If the pressure is low,
change the filters and start the check again.

A B

D
161msm07

A.52 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Electronic injection
Description

Changes to standards
The increasingly demanding requirements relating to exhaust emissions (Tier 2 standards) require
greater control over a range of parameters (accurate fuel quantity dosage and injection timing);
this is partly facilitated by the electronic governor systems that are replacing their mechanical
equivalents.
Thanks to the increasingly widespread use of electronics, the "engine management" system will
be able to dialogue with other functions within the tractor (transmission function, etc.).
1 – Supply
3 – Return to reservoir
1
3

164msm11

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.53


Technical description

DE 10 injection pump
This includes two systems:
– A low pressure system, including a vane-type transfer pump that supplies diesel fuel to the
high pressure system. Excess fuel emerges from the pump via a relief valve.
– A high pressure system, including a pump with radial pistons. The amount of fuel vented is
controlled by a high pressure solenoid valve. The distributor shaft that rotates in the hydraulic
head feeds the outputs to the cylinders in sequence.

11 10
9
1

8
2

3 4 5 6

161msm00

1 – Fuel inlet 7 – High pressure valve


2 – Drive shaft 8 – Distributor rotor
3 – Transfer pump 9 – Fuel temperature sensor
4 – Cam ring 10 – Pressure regulator
5 – Pipe coupling for injector 11 – Fuel return
6 – Fuel control solenoid

A.54 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Injector

1 – Injector nozzle
2 – Carbon deposit arrestor seal
3 – Needle 11 20

4 – Injector body 14
15
5 – Seal 12
6 – Injection pipe coupling 13
7 – Needle guide 10
8 – Union nut
16 18 19
9 – Spring retainer
9
10 – Adjustable spring
11 – Stroke adjustment screw
12 – Locknut 7
13 – Union 4 5 6 17
8
14 – Locknut
15 – Pressure adjustment screw 3
16 – Clamp
2
17 – Olive
18 – Filter basket
1
19 – Injection pipe
161msm03
20 – Hub cap

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.55


Degraded modes

Leaflet n° 1 "Engine fails to start"


The engine does not start or won't go.

1. CONNECT METADIAG© AND ACTIVE ANOMALY CODES


SWITCH ON. If the codes contain "SPN637", diagnose them
in advance.
Repair based on the code (see chapter ).
NO ACTIVE ANOMALY CODE
Go to 2.
2. CHECK FOR FUEL AT INJECTORS. FAULTY
Sheet n° 5 "Check the fuel feed circuit".
GOOD
Go to 3.
3. CHECK FOR OBSTRUCTION IN AIR FAULTY
INTAKE. Repair or replace the component.
GOOD
Go to 4.
4. CHECK COMPRESSION. FAULTY
Problem with pistons, rings, liners or valve
guides.
GOOD
Go to 5.
5. CHECK INJECTORS. FAULTY
Replace the injectors.
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.

A.56 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Leaflet n° 2 "Erratic engine operation"
The engine misfires and/or fails to operate smoothly.
Beforehand, check for:
– Air leak on the intake manifold ;
– Mechanical problems ;
– Transmission problems ;
– Problems in the engine accessories ;
– Electromagnetic disturbance.

1. CONNECT METADIAG© AND ACTIVE ANOMALY CODES


SWITCH ON. If the codes contain "SPN637", diagnose them
in advance.
Repair based on the code (see chapter ).
NO ACTIVE ANOMALY CODE
Go to 2.
2. YES
– Wrap a cloth around the injector connector Sheet n° 5 "Check the fuel feed circuit".
– Slowly loosen and note any change in rpm. NO
Go to 3.
– Repeat the operation for the other cylinders.
Do the misfires occur with each cylinder?
3. CHECK THE CYLINDER HEAD FAULTY
GASKET. Replace the cylinder head gasket.
GOOD
Go to 4.
4. CHECK THE FUEL FEED PIPE. FAULTY
Repair or replace the pipe(s).
GOOD
Go to 5.
5. CHECK COMPRESSION. FAULTY
Go to 7.
GOOD
Go to 6.
6. CHECK INJECTORS. FAULTY
Replace the injectors.
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.
7. FAULTY
– Apply a small amount of oil to the piston ring Go to 8.
area through the injector hole. GOOD
– Check compression. Problem with pistons, rings, liners or valve
guides.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.57


8. CHECK VALVE CLEARANCES. FAULTY
Adjust the clearances and repeat the test.
GOOD
Go to 9.
9. CHECK VALVE LIFT. FAULTY
Wear on camshaft, cam followers or rocker
arm shaft.
GOOD
Problem with pistons, rings, liners or valve
guides.

A.58 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Leaflet n° 3 "Emission of grey or black smoke"
The engine emits excessive grey or black smoke from the exhaust.

1. CONNECT METADIAG© AND ACTIVE ANOMALY CODES


SWITCH ON. If the codes contain "SPN637", diagnose them
in advance.
Repair based on the code (see chapter ).
NO ACTIVE ANOMALY CODE
Go to 2.
2. CHECK FOR POSSIBLE BLOCKAGE YES
IN THE INTAKE OR EXHAUST OR AN Repair or replace the defective components.
AIR LEAK. NO
Go to 3.
3. CHECK THE TURBO: FAULTY
– Inlet and outlet of the compressor ; Repair or replace the defective components.
– Inlet and outlet of the turbine: GOOD
Go to 4.
– Centre body ;
– Axial clearance ;
– Turbocharger pressure.
4. CHECK VALVE CLEARANCES. FAULTY
Adjust the clearances and repeat the test.
GOOD
Go to 5.
5. CHECK FUEL RETURN LINE. FAULTY
Repair or replace the defective components.
GOOD
Go to 6.
6. CHECK INJECTORS. FAULTY
Replace the injectors.
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.59


Leaflet n° 4 "Emission of white smoke"
The engine emits excessive white smoke from the exhaust.

1. CONNECT METADIAG© AND ACTIVE ANOMALY CODES


SWITCH ON. If the codes contain "SPN637", diagnose them
in advance.
Repair based on the code (see chapter ).
NO ACTIVE ANOMALY CODE
Go to 2.
2. CHECK FOR POSSIBLE HEAD YES
GASKET FAILURE. Repair or replace the defective components.
See Inspection procedure of the cylinder head NO
gasket Go to 3.
3. CHECK COMPRESSION. FAULTY
Problem with pistons, rings, liners or valve
guides.
GOOD
Go to 4.
4. CHECK INJECTORS. FAULTY
Replace the injectors.
GOOD
Have the pump repaired.

A.60 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Leaflet n° 5 Fault in fuel supply system
Irregular engine running.

1. CONNECT METADIAG© AND ACTIVE ANOMALY CODES


SWITCH ON. If the codes contain "SPN637", diagnose them
in advance.
Repair based on the code (see chapter ).
NO ACTIVE ANOMALY CODE
Go to 2.
2. CHECK FOR POSSIBLE PRESENCE YES
OF AIR IN THE FUEL SUPPLY SYSTEM. Purging the circuit.
NO
Go to 3.
3. CHECK FUEL SUPPLY PRESSURE FAULTY
AND FLOW. Repair or replace the defective components.
GOOD
Go to 4.
4. CHECK FUEL LINES: FAULTY
– Between the injector and the injector pump ; Repair or replace the pipe(s).
– Between the filter and the injector pump. GOOD
Have the pump repaired.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.61


Leaflet n° 6 "Lack of power"
The engine does not reach its full power.
Note: Before starting this diagnosis procedure:

– Check for the absence of problems at the transmission level ;


– Check for the absence of mechanical problems at the engine level ;
– Check for the absence of excessive load at the engine level ;
– Check that the air and fuel filters are not obstructed ;
– Check that the fuel quality is the appropriate one.

1. CONNECT METADIAG© AND ACTIVE ANOMALY CODES


SWITCH ON. If the codes contain "SPN637", diagnose them
in advance.
Repair based on the code (see chapter ).
NO ACTIVE ANOMALY CODE
Go to 2.
2. ENGINE SPEED AT FULL LOAD THE ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE GREY
(NOMINAL SPEED). OR BLACK SMOKE FROM THE
EXHAUST
Sheet n° 3 "Grey or black smoke emission".
THE ENGINE EMITS EXCESSIVE
WHITE SMOKE FROM THE EXHAUST
Sheet n° 4 "White smoke emission".

A.62 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Supply pressure check
– Fit the tool (1) n° 60 05 005 521.
– Start the engine. The fuel pump should
maintain the minimum pressure shown in the A B
injector cards chapter A. If the pressure is low,
change the filters and start the check again.

A B

D
161msm07

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.63


Hydraulic part
Schematic diagram

Complete system

3 2

4
7

5 6 1

13
12
15 11

161msm16

1 – Fuel pump. 8 – Internal pressure regulator.


2 – Filter. 9 – Discharge accumulator.
3 – Transfer pump. 10 – Plunger pistons.
4 – Booster ring. 11 – High pressure output.
5 – Charge accumulator. 12 – Solenoid valve.
6 – Degassing wire. 13 – Injector.
7 – Transfer pressure regulator.

A.64 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical specifications

Transfer pump
The role of the low pressure system is to supply an adequate fuel flow to the high pressure system.

1 2 3

161msm36

The vane-type transfer pump is attached to the drive shaft. The fuel arrives via an inlet port and
exits via a delivery port.
1 – Cylinder
2 – Vane 1 3

3 – Spring
4 – Rotor
5 – Inlet port
6 – Delivey port
6

2 4
161msm37

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.65


Transfer pressure regulator
The pressure regulator ensures that transfer pressure does not become excessive at high speed.
When the pressure exceeds the spring setting, the piston uncovers a port and the fuel returns to
the inlet side of the vane pump. When the temperature rises, leaks around piston (1) increase. The
pressure in the spring chamber (2) rises to assist the spring. Thus the vent port reduces in size.
This device enables a transfer pressure to be achieved that is relatively unaffected by changes in
temperature.
1 – Piston
2 – Spring
3 – Transfer pressure 4
4 – Supply pressure

161msm38

A.66 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Transfer pressure
The viscosity compensation valve enables a constant pressure to be achieved despite changes in
temperature.

4,1

3,5

2,8

1,4
3

5
0,7

400 800 1 200 1 600 2 000 2 400


2

161msm39

1 – Pressure 3 – Hot diesel fuel with temperature


2 – Engine speed compensation
4 – Cold diesel fuel
5 – Hot diesel fuel without temperature
compensation

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.67


Internal pressure regulator
The fuel that circulates within the pump ensures that it is both cooled and purged.
The purge flow rate is controlled by a spring-loaded valve. The flow of fuel that returns to the tank
is thus controlled by this valve.
1 – O-ring.
2 – Spring.
3 – Internal pressure.
4 – Return pressure.

161msm40

A.68 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Fuel booster system

161msm40

1 – Fuel supply.
2 – Transfer pressure regulator.
3 – Charge accumulator.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.69


Discharge and charge accumulator
The discharge and charge accumulators provide compensation for the changes in fuel flow
resulting from large variations in transfer pressure during the injection cycle.

161msm42

High-pressure lines
Rotor, plunger pistons and HP valve unit:

161msm43

A.70 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Cam, drive shaft, pads and rollers:

161msm44

Solenoid, hydraulic head and rotor:

161msm45

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.71


Functional logic

Injection cycle
– Solenoid valve not powered.
– Distribution ports aligned.
– The rollers climb up the slope of the cam.
– Valve open. The volume pumped is not
compressed.

161msm17

– Solenoid valve powered.


– Distribution ports aligned.
– The rollers climb up the slope of the cam.
– Valve closed. The pressure increases and the
volume is fed to the injector.

161msm18

– Solenoid valve not powered.


– Distribution ports aligned.
– The rollers climb up the slope of the cam.
– Valve open. The pressure is discharged, and
injection is complete.

161msm17

A.72 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


2

1 3

161msm19

1 – Retraction gradient. 5 – Core displacement.


2 – Refilling range. 6 – Closure time.
3 – Pumping gradient. 7 – Pumping (injection).
4 – Injection order.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.73


Electronic components
Sensors
Technical description

Accelerator pedal sensor


– Hall effect sensor, operated by the hand or
foot pedal accelerator.
– Elobau effect sensor; this records power
supply, signal and connectivity characteristics.
This sensor requires adjustment.

161msm61

Crankshaft position sensor

This is an inductive sensor located on the


crankshaft nose (left-hand side).

161msm26

A.74 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Coolant temperature sensor

This is an NTC temperature sensor (negative


temperature coefficient: resistance reduces as
temperature rises).
The sensor is located on the thermostat housing.

161msm27

Manifold air temperature sensor

This is an NTC temperature sensor (negative


temperature coefficient: resistance reduces as
temperature rises).
The sensor is located in the air intake collector,
just before the pre-heater element.

161msm28

Fuel temperature sensor

This is an NTC temperature sensor (negative


temperature coefficient: resistance reduces as
temperature rises).
The sensor is located on the injector pump.

161msm29

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.75


Component layout

582msm30

1 – Manifold air temperature sensor 4 – Crankshaft position sensor


2 – Coolant temperature sensor 5 – Pump control solenoid
3 – Fuel temperature sensor 6 – Calculator

A.76 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


7 – Accelerator pedal potentiometer

582msm24

Operating summary

Crankshaft position sensor

161msm21

The target wheel is keyed to the crankshaft nose.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.77


2 3

4
5

161msm22

1 – Sensor signal. 6 – Advance angle.


2 – TDC for cylinder N°(1). 7 – Angle between the marked tooth and TDC
3 – TDC for cylinder N°(3). for cylinder n° (1) (factory setting).
4 – Start of injection to cylinder N°(3).
5 – Number of pulses between two TDC points.

A.78 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Measurement and check points

Accelerator detector
– Hall effect detector.
– Output voltage measurement: Master switch on.
– Using the wiring n° 60 05 005 577 measure the voltage of the "cursor".

2
0,5 V < U < 0,9 V 0,85 V
V

3,1 V < U < 4,5 V 3,47 V

+ APC

60 05 005 577

2
B B B B
3
C C C C
1 A A
A A
1

D3 B3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm28

1 – Accelerator detector
2 – Values measured on a tractor
3 – Computer connector

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.79


Crankshaft position sensor
Refer to manual Metadiag 2007.
– Inductive sensor.
– Informs the calculator of the engine speed.
– Tightening torque: 14 N.m

B B
A A

B2 D2

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm06

B2 – Crankshaft position input 1 – ECU


D2 – Sensor return 2 – Crankshaft position sensor
Checking the voltage with a multimeter:
Remove the engine control unit connector then measure the resistance between points B2 and D2
using multimeter n° .
Resistance: 3 ± 0,3 kohms.
The shim wheel is composed of 46 teeth uniformly spaced and of 2 missing teeth which determine
the high neutral position.

A.80 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Coolant temperature sensor
Refer to manual Metadiag 2007.
– CTN type sensor.
– Informs the calculator of the amount of fuel to supply for starting up.
– Determines the idling speed.
– Engine protection.
– Tightening torque: 15 N.m.

˚t B B
A A

B1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm04

B1 – Temperature input 1 – ECU


D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Coolant temperature sensor
Checking the voltage with a multimeter:
Remove the engine control unit connector then measure the resistance between points B1 and D3
using multimeter n° 60 05 005 744.

Temperature Measurement of sensor Tolerance


resistance XX (t°)
16°C 4,2 kohm ±_10 %
60°C 134 ohm ±_10 %
90°C 51,2 ohm ±_10 %
100°C 38,5 ohm ±_10 %

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.81


Manifold air temperature sensor
Refer to manual Metadiag 2007.
– CTN type sensor.
– Informs the air temperature calculator so as to have the correct quantity of fuel in normal mode
and at the end of cold starting up.
– Tightening torque: 10 N.m.

˚t B B
A A

D1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm03

D1 – Temperature input 1 – ECU


D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Manifold air temperature sensor

A.82 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Checking the voltage with a multimeter:

Temperature (°C) V ± 0,4 %


-20 4,914
-10 4,850
0 4,748
10 4,595
20 4,378
30 4,089
40 3,730
50 3,313
60 2,867
70 2,422 161msm47

80 2,004
90 1,632
100 1,315
110 1,053
120 0,841
Use multimeter N° 60 05 006 744.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.83


Fuel temperature sensor
Refer to manual Metadiag 2007.
– CTN type sensor.
– Informs the calculator of the correct quantity of fuel to supply.
– Tightening torque: 13 to 18 N.m.

˚t B B
A A

C3 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm05

C3 – Temperature input 1 – ECU


D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Fuel temperature sensor

A.84 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Checking the voltage with a multimeter:

Temperature (°C) V ± 0,4 %


-20 4,914
-10 4,850
0 4,748
10 4,595
20 4,378
30 4,089
40 3,730
50 3,313
60 2,867
70 2,422 161msm56

80 2,004
90 1,632
100 1,315
110 1,053
120 0,841
Use multimeter N° 60 05 006 744.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.85


Pump control solenoid
Refer to manual Metadiag 2007.
– Depending on whether the calculator controls authorise or not the fuel to reach the injection
pressure.

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm07

A3 – Solenoid valve return 1 – ECU


K2 – Solenoid valve feed 2 – Pump control solenoid
Checking the voltage with a multimeter:
Remove the engine control unit connector then measure the resistance between points A3 and K2
using multimeter n° 60 05 005 744.
Resistance: 0,3 to 0,4 ohms at 18 °C.

A.86 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Management
Description

Injection order

161msm20

1 – Electrical supply. 3 – Moving core.


2 – Coil. 4 – High pressure valve.
The injection pump does not have its own computer. It is controlled directly by the engine
computer.
The computer controls directly the high pressure valve to determine the point at which injection
starts and the duration of the injection.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.87


Technical description
Only one computer is required to manage the injection system. This computer combines the roles
of engine and pump computer.
The computer monitors all engine operation via a range of sensors (measuring rotational speeds,
temperatures, etc.).
Stored mapping enables the amount to be injected and the advance point to be determined as a
function of the various parameters measured.
It controls the solenoid valve (high pressure) so that the desired parameters are achieved.

161msm23

The engine computer is located close to the injection pump.

A.88 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Engine computer inputs and outputs

K1 K3
A2 J1
J2 K2
C1 A3

C3 G3 + 12 V

D1 G2 + 12 V

B1 E3
NC
D3 A1
NC
B3 C2
NC
E1
E2
NC
F2
NC
F3 H1
NC
B2 H2
NC
D2 H3
NC
G1 J3

F1

161msm63

K1 – + AVC (30). B2 D2 – Crankshaft sensor.


A2 – + APC (15). G1 – CAN H.
J2 – (31) earth. F1 – CAN L.
C1 – Curves (only on Celtis). K3 – Preheating relay control.
C3 – Fuel T°. J1 – Coolant temperature gauge T° (Only on
D1 – Air T°. Celtis and Ergos).
B1 – water. K2 A3 – Pump solenoid control.
D3 – Sensor returns;. G3 – Preheating indicator (+diagnostic on
B3 – Accelerator pedal (Only on Celtis and Celtis and Ergos).
Ergos). G2 – Coolant temperature warning light (Only
E2 – + 5 V sensor power supply (only on Celtis on Celtis and Ergos).
and Ergos).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.89


Pin Type Allocation
A1 NC
A2 Supply Supply + APC (15)
A3 Output Pump solenoid valve (return)
B1 Analog input Coolant temperature.
B2 Input Crankshaft position
B3 Analog input Accelerator position (A) (on Celtis and Ergos)
C1 Analog input Selection of torque curve (B) (only on Celtis)
C2 NC
C3 Analog input Fuel temperature
D1 Analog input Intake air temperature
D2 Input Crankshaft position (return)
D3 Input Air, water and fuel sensors return
E1 NC
E2 Supply output Supply output + 5 V (on Celtis and Ergos)
E3 Frequency output Unused
F1 CAN L CAN L
F2 NC
F3 Analog input Unused
G1 CAN H CAN H
G2 Output Engine temperature warning light (on Celtis and
Ergos)
G3 Output Pre-heater and engine defect warning light (on
Celtis and Ergos)
H1 NC
H2 NC
H3 NC
J1 Coolant temperature gauge (on Celtis and Ergos)
J2 Supply ECU earth
J3 NC
K1 Supply Supply + AVC (30)
K2 Output Pump solenoid valve (power supply)
K3 Output Preheating relay control

A.90 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Functional logic

Pre-heating automation

1. – If the oil temperature is lower than -15°C, go


Master switch on: to 2.
– If the oil temperature is between -15
and -5°C, go to 3.
– If the oil temperature is higher than -5°C, go
to 4
2. – Go to 4.
Preheating time: 20 seconds
3. – Go to 4.
Preheating time: 15 seconds
4.
Starter activated.
Pre-heating:
If the engine is started before completion of pre-heating, the latter is terminated to limit electrical
power drain.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.91


Idle automation

1. – If the oil temperature is lower than 0°C, go


When the tractor is started: to 2.
– If the oil temperature is between 0
and 20°C, go to 3.
– If the oil temperature is higher than 20°C, go
to 4
2. – Wait 3 min.
Idle speed is locked at a speed of 1050 rpm. – Go to 4.
3. – Wait 3 min.
Idle speed is locked at a speed between 850 – Go to 4.
and 1050°C.
4.
Idle speed is locked at a speed of 850 rpm.
Idle:
Idle automation reduces:
– Pollution when cold.
– Engine warm-up time.

A.92 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Degraded modes

Coolant temperature

1. – If the coolant temperature is lower


Engine running. than 108°C, go to 5.
– If the coolant temperature is between 108
and 113°C, go to 2.
– If the coolant temperature is between 113
and 118°C, go to 3
– If the coolant temperature is higher
than 118°C, go to 4.
2. Go to 1.
The engine power goes down to 95%.
3. Go to 1.
The engine power goes down to 60%.
4. Go to 1.
The engine power goes down to 40%.
5. Go to 1.
Full power is available.
Engine protection:
Available power is electronically limited to protect the engine if coolant temperature rises
excessively.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.93


Fuel temperature

1. – If the oil temperature is lower than 120°C,


Engine running. go to 3.
– If the oil temperature is higher than 120°C,
go to 2
2. Go to 1.
The engine power goes down to 80%.
3. Go to 1.
Full power is available.
Engine protection:
Available power is electronically limited to protect the engine if fuel temperature rises excessively.

Air temperature

1. – If the air temperature is lower than 100°C,


Engine running. go to 3.
– If the air temperature is higher than 100°C,
go to 2
2. Go to 1.
The engine power goes down to 80%.
3. Go to 1.
Full power is available.
Engine protection:
This protection is only used on tractors fitted with an intercooler.
Available power is electronically limited to protect the engine if the intercooler becomes blocked.

A.94 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Transmission of error codes
Error codes are generated by the computer on the ADC ("CAN") bus. These faults are coded in
accordance with standard SAE J1939.
The code consists of three parts:
– SPN Suspect Parameter Number (2 or 4 digits).
– FMI Fault Mode Indicator (2 digits).
– OC (OCcurrence) Number of times the error occurs.
Thus the SPN indicates the defective component and the FMI indicates the value of the failure (too
high, too low, etc).
Error codes can be read using the Métadiag Engine application.
If the error is present, it will be found under the heading: Active errors.
If the error is no longer present, it will be found under the heading: passive errors.
Each error code is associated with a page in the repair manual; this contains a definition of the
error code and a suggested diagnostic method.

1 CAN

161msm35

1 – Engine defect

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.95


Moving assembly
Technical description

Thrust bearings

121msm00

The thrust bearings ore monobloc; one is plain and the other has a groove for lubrication. Several
sizes are available for the adjustment of crankshaft end float.

A.96 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Crankshaft

121msm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.97


Pistons

1 1

121msm03

1 – Sharp-edged. 3 – Re-entrant bowl (chamber-in-piston).


2 – "Snake head" conrod.
Both the pistons and the connecting rods are specific to this type of engine. The combustion
chamber, centered in the piston crown, is of the "re-entrant" type. The latter forms a sharp edge
with the piston crown and these features give improved combustion. The marking "front" has to be
fitted facing the front of the engine. A special conically shaped tool must be used to check the
piston ring grooves; a set of shims cannot be used.

Connecting rods
The "snake head" shaped small ends improve bearing seating.
Metric threads are used for the conrod bolts.

A.98 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Rings

1 1

3
A

B
3

121msm04

The top compression ring is as close as possible to the top of the piston to reduce waste space.
This has necessitated the use of an insert that has better temperature resistance.
An accumulation groove between the top compression ring and the compression ring gives the
gases a greater expansion volume. The top compression ring thus remains in contact with its
bearing surface, reducing the passage of gas to the lower part of the engine.
1- The top compression ring is trapezoid shaped with a contact face of the barrel type.
2- The compression ring has a trapezoid cross-section, with a skewed contact face. It is marked
with a dot (A).
3- The oil control ring has a classical shape. It is marked with 2 points (B).
Punch marks ("TOP" or "T") on the compression and sealing rings show the side to be fitted
uppermost.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.99


DIMENSIONS

Liners and pistons

Ø 126,33 → 126,35

6,022 → 6,058 Ø 106,48 → 106,52 0,03 → 0,1*

Ø 120,61 → 120,69

Ø 5,952 → 5,988

Ø 120,70 → 120,75

0,1 → 0,14

10

Ø 115,724 → 115,748

E
Ø 71,64 → 71,70

Ø 115,75 → 115,80

A C
Ø 106,38 → 106,40
19

4045 DRT 76 = Ø 34,935 → 34,945


4045 TRT 77 = Ø 34,935 → 34,945 B D
4045 TRT 78 = Ø 34,935 → 34,945
4045 TRT 72 = Ø 41,285 → 41,295

0,08 → 0,30

0,09 → 0,14

121msm21

E – Clearance:
– First assembly clearance between 0,025
and 0,075 mm.
– Second assembly clearance between 0
and 0,075 mm.

A.100 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Compare A, B, C and D to determine whether the liner is conical or oval.

Maximum ovalization 0,05 mm


Maximum taper 0,05 mm
Wear limit 0,1 mm

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.101


Connecting rods

4045 DRT 76 = ø 34,950 – LU = 35,026


4045 DRT 76 = ø 34,92 → 34,93 – LU = 34,907 4045 TRT 77 = ø 34,950 – LU = 35,026
4045 TRT 77 = ø 34,92 → 34,93 – LU = 34,907 4045 TRT 78 = ø 34,950 – LU = 35,026
4045 TRT 78 = ø 34,92 → 34,93 – LU = 34,907 4045 TRT 72 = ø 41,300 – LU = 41,376
4045 TRT 72 = ø 41,27 → 41,28 – LU = 41,257

4045 DRT 76 = ø 38,087 → 78,113


4045 TRT 77 = ø 38,087 → 78,113
4045 TRT 78 = ø 38,087 → 78,113
4045 TRT 72 = ø 46,025 → 46,051

LU = 0,10

121msm22

LU. – Wear limit


After measuring A, B and C (bearing bush removed), the maximum difference must be 0,038 mm.

A.102 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Crankshaft, bearings, and flywheel

0,050 → 0,127

0,05 → 0,25

101msm46

Ø – Diameter O – Out-of-round wear


C – Taper LU. – Wear limit

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.103


Checking compression
Note: before starting the test, make sure that the battery is fully charged and that the injector area is perfectly clean.

– Start the engine, and run it at nominal speed to heat it.

Warning: Burning risk during operations on


the engine.
– Disconnect the power connector from the
injection pump.
– Remove the exhaust silencer (A). 1
– Remove the heat shield (B). 2

– Remove the injectors:


– Refer to the work card in chapter A:
Reconditioning of injectors.

101msm51

– Mount tool No. 60 05 005 516 with the seal


1
(1) on compression tester No 60 05 721 169. 3
– Put the gas knob in the "STOP" position
– Turn the engine using the starter motor during
a few seconds.
The compression value should be 24 bar
minimum. It must be measured on each cylinder. 131hsm14

The difference between the min. and the max.


value should be inferior to 3,5 bar. 2 1

131hsm02

A.104 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


– Refit in the reverse order to that used for dismantling.
– Bleed the air from the fuel circuit.
– For electronic injection engines:
– Refer to the error codes of Metadiag 2007® engine application. Refer to manual Metadiag
2007®.
– Check that the errors are no longer active.
– Reset passive errors.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.105


Accessory gear train
Technical description

Accessory gear train

121msm05

Fuel distribution is powered by a helical toothed gear train. Depending on the model, an additional
pinion driven by the camshaft pinion is used to drive the hydraulic pumps (for this purpose, a bush
will be found in the camshaft bore).
Marks engraved on the pinions indicate meshing positions to obtain fuel distribution settings.

A.106 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Balance shaft

121msm06

A – Counterweights
B – Counter boring
C – Cotter
The 4 cylinder engine is equipped with with two balance shafts with detachable
counterweights (A) to counter vibrations from the rotating components (bushes are also mounted
in the bores).

"Damper"
On a 4 cylinder engine, vibration resulting from the crankshaft's torsional response are absorbed
by an elastomeric-hubbed pulley (the crankshaft "Damper").
1 – Pulley
2 – "Damper"
3 – Screw
4 – Washer

1
2 4

101msm23

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.107


DIMENSIONS

Camshaft

Adm : 6,93 → 7,42 – LU = 6,68


Ech : 6,76 → 7,26 – LU = 6,50
3,935 → 3,985 – LU = 3,83

Ø 55,872 → 55,898 – LU = 55,85

A = 0,08 → 0,23 – LU = 0,38

B = 0,08 → 0,14 C = 0,06 → 0,11

111hsm09

Adm. – Intake A – Axial clearance


Ech. – Exhaust B – Bearing clearance
LU. – Wear limit C – Clearance of bearing n° 1 with bush

A.108 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Accessory gear train

A = 0,095 → 0,145
Ø 69,802 → 69,832

Ø 69,757 → 69,777

0,08 → 0,75

0,08 → 0,75

B = 0,075 → 0,125

0,005 → 0,68

A = 0,095 → 0,145

0,07 → 0,6 0,06 → 0,58


Ø 44,437 → 44,463
Ø 44,489 → 44,539

0,06 → 0,65

0,007 → 0,65

0,08 → 0,6

B = 0,026 → 0,102

132hsm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.109


Balance shaft
Balance shaft belt

Maximum Maximum
Internal diameter 40,177 mm 40,237 mm

Balance shaft journal

Maximum Maximum
External diameter 40,135 mm 40,161 mm

Lubrication play - Between balance shaft journal and belt

Maximum Maximum
Lubrication play 0,016 mm 0,102 mm

Cylinder block probe for balance shaft belt

Maximum Maximum
Internal diameter 43,262 mm 43,288 mm

A.110 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Viscous fan coupling
Technical description

Viscous fan coupling


The viscous clutch has 3 main parts:
– Drive part: Rotor (1) + Plate (2) fitted with annular grooves.
– Driven part Hub (1) for the fan + Body (7) fitted with annular grooves.
– Regulator part: Thermostatic spring (3) + Valve (4) that controls the flow of coupling fluid.
This silicon-based viscous fluid is stored in tank (5).
When the temperature of the air flowing through the radiator reaches a predetermined level the
thermostatic spring operates the valve which opens the orifice. By centrifugal force, the liquid
travels towards the annular grooves in the hub and the body. The torque is transmitted by the
internal friction of the highly viscous liquid and its adhesion to the walls. The fan is thus powered
and the cooling is improved.
1 – Shaft.
2 – Plate. 6
2
3 – Thermostatic spring.
1
4 – Valve.
5 – Reservoir.
7
6 – Hub.
5
7 – Body.
4

253msm00

Note: Warning for the storage of Visco.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.111


Procedure for checking the viscous fan coupling

Preliminary checks
– Coolant level in the chamber and cleanliness of all the radiators (water, oil and air).
– Belt status.
– Operation of the thermostat(s).
– Operation of the temperature probe.
Note: The rotation speed of the pulley (A) is given as an indication for when a check is carried out.
Note: When the engine is cold, slippage on the viscous fan coupling is approximately 7%. Allow the engine to warm
up properly before measuring.

Optional Without air-conditioning With air-conditioning with


with or without or without pneumatic
pneumatic braking braking
Ambient temperature in °C 25 25
Engine speed at full load 2200 2200
Engine speed / viscous fan coupling ratio 1,12 1,34
Speed of the pulley driving the viscous 2464 2948
fan coupling in rpm (A)
Minimum fan speed in rpm (B) 1602 1916
Maximum slip tolerated in % 35 35

A.112 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Checking the viscous fan coupling
– Place the tractor on the power bench at 2200 rpm at full load for 30 minutes minimum.
– Check with an electronic rev counter th speed of the fan (B) and compare it with the values in
the table above.
– The measured slip must correspond to (or can be slightly different from) the values described
above. In all cases, if the slip rate exceeds 35 %, consider replacing the viscous fan coupling.
IMPORTANT: The fan speeds indicated in the above table were measured at an ambient temperature of 25 °C. During
the inspection, if the temperature is lower than 25 °C (for example 20 °C), reduce "reasonably" the speeds of fan (B)
and vis-versa if the ambient temperature is higher than 25 °C.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.113


Notes

A.114 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB A.115
A.116 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
FICHE INJECTION
CELTIS 426 - M 3612
DPS 4045 DRT 76 engine FUEL SUPPLY LINE DATA
Nominal speed 2 300 rpm
1 Main fuel tank: 145 litres 5 Stanadyne rotary injection pump
type DB2-5930.
2 Filter : 150 microns
Mechanical adjustment all ratios.
3 Mechanical supply pumps. Automatic advance.
4 Fuel filter: 5 microns 6 Stanadyne injectors
9.5 mm holder body (type 36011/RE519569)
Set pressure on injector:
241 ± 5 bar.

DYNAMIC TIMING
Refer to check procedure for dynamic setting, at annex.
Dynamic setting: 2.5 (at nominal rpm, max loading).

5
1

4 2

TEST CONDITIONS
– Refer to inspection procedure.

NOTE
– Reference values: measurements made on a tractor, with central hydraulic system open at 62 l/min, fitted with
pneumatic brakes and air conditioning, at an ambient temperature of 25 C with the viscous clutch locked.

Supply system
Suction

Supply system
Supply pump pressure

Discharge line

Return line

162msm03r

Celtis 406 – 09.2007 – EN A1.1


ENGINE TESTS AT PTO
CELTIS 426 – M 3612
Position 540 rpm
kW POWER bhp
40 54
Reference values – Power Take-off position 540 rpm
Engine
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200 2300
35 47 (rpm)
SPEED
PTO
256 307 358 409 460 512 537 563 588
(rpm)

30 41 kW 22.5 24.9 31.3 33.8 35.4 36.5 36.2 35.9 35.7


POWER *
bhp 30.6 33.9 42.6 46.0 48.1 49.6 49.2 48.8 48.5
25 34
TORQUE **
N.m 840 774 833 790 735 680 645 610 579
(pow er take-off output)
20 27
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm CONSUMPTION PER HOUR l/h 7.3 8.2 10.7 12.1 13.2 14.1 14.7 15.2 15.7
N.m TORQUE
850 g/kW.h 276 284 294 308 321 332 347 362 378
SPECIFIC CONSUMPTION ***
800 g/bhp.h 203 209 216 227 236 244 255 266 278

750

POWER TO BE ADDED TO REFERENCE VALUES


700
Engine
OPTIONS 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200 2300
(rpm)
650
Without air conditioning 0.19 0.47 0.75 1.03 1.31 1.59 1.73 1.87 2.00
600
Without pneumatic
0.39 0.57 0.75 0.93 1.11 1.29 1.38 1.47 1.56
550 braking
kW
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm With central system
l/h CONSUMPTION PER HOUR open 50 l/min (nominal 0.25 0.36 0.49 0.63 0.80 0.99 1.09 1.20 1.31
rpm)
16

14 ENGINE TESTS AT POWER TAKE-OFF


Pow er Take-off (total reduction)
12 Engine Gearbox Rear axle
Position 540 Position 540 ECO Position 1000 Position 1000 ECO

10 4045 DRT 76 B41 P11 3.91 3.08 2.12 -

8 SPEEDS Idle Nominal Max no load


Pow er
(rpm) Engine Pow er take-off Engine Engine Pow er take-off
6 take-off
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm 540 800 Æ 900 205 Æ 230 2300 588 2440 Æ 2540 624 Æ 650
g/kW.h SPECIFIC CONSUMPTION g/bhp.h
Pow er take-off 540 ECO 800 Æ 900 260 Æ 292 2300 747 2440 Æ 2540 793 Æ 825
380 279
position 1000 800 Æ 900 378 Æ 425 2300 1086 2440 Æ 2540 1152 Æ 1199
370 272
360 265
1000 ECO 800 Æ 900 - Æ - 2300 - 2440 Æ 2540 - Æ -
350 257
340 250 Torque at P o wer take-o ff o utlet (N.m)
* P o wer (W) = torque (N.m) x speed (rad/s) ** Equivalent engine to rque (N.m) =
P ower take-off reduction
330 243
Ho urly co nsumption (l/h) x 1000 000
320 235 Injector flo w (mm³/sho t) =
Number of engine cylinders x engine speed(rpm) x 30 1bhp = 0.7355 kW
310 228 1rpm = 0.1047 rad/s
1kW = 1.3596 bhp
300 221 *** Specific co nsumptio n Hourly consumptio n (l/h) x diesel fuel density (0.840) 1rad/s = 9.5510 rpm
(g/kW.h o r g/bhp,h) = P ower (kW o r bhp)
290 213
280 206
maximum to rque – no minal speed to rque
270 199 Torque feedback (%) = x 100
no minal speed torque
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm

A1.2 Celtis 406 – 09.2007 – EN


FICHE INJECTION
CELTIS 436 – M 3622
DPS 4045 TRT 77 engine FUEL SUPPLY LINE DATA
Nominal speed 2 300 rpm
1 Main fuel tank: 145 litres 5 Stanadyne rotary injection pump
type DB4-5929.
2 Filter : 150 microns
Mechanical adjustment all ratios.
3 Mechanical supply pumps. Automatic advance.
4 Fuel filter: 5 microns 6 Stanadyne injectors
9.5 mm holder body (type 29729/RE48786)
Set pressure on injector:
245 ± 5 bar.

DYNAMIC TIMING
Refer to check procedure for dynamic setting, at annex.
Dynamic setting: – 0,3 (at nominal rpm, max loading).

5
1

4 2

TEST CONDITIONS
– Refer to inspection procedure.

NOTE
– Reference values: measurements made on a tractor, with central hydraulic system open at 62 l/min, fitted with
pneumatic brakes and air conditioning, at an ambient temperature of 25 C with the viscous clutch locked.

Supply system
Suction

Supply system
Supply pump pressure

Discharge line

Return line

162msm03r

Celtis 406 – 09.2007 – EN A1.3


ENGINE TESTS AT PTO
CELTIS 436 – M 3622
Position 540 ECO rpm
kW POWER bhp
50 68
Reference values – Power Take-off position 540 eco rpm
45 Engine
61 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200 2300
(rpm)
SPEED
PTO
40 54
325 390 455 520 585 650 682 715 747
(rpm)

kW 26.3 30.0 39.4 42.5 44.6 43.3 42.5 41.9 40.8


35 48 POWER *
bhp 35.8 40.8 53.6 57.8 60.6 58.9 57.8 57.0 55.5
30 41
TORQUE **
N.m 773 736 828 779 726 637 594 560 520
(pow er take-off output)
25 34
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm CONSUMPTION PER HOUR l/h 8.4 9.7 12.7 14.3 15.7 16.3 16.5 16.8 16.8
N.m TORQUE
850
g/kW.h 272 276 273 285 299 320 330 340 349
800 SPECIFIC CONSUMPTION ***
g/bhp.h 200 203 201 210 220 235 243 250 257
750

700
POWER TO BE ADDED TO REFERENCE VALUES
650 Engine
OPTIONS 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200 2300
(rpm)
600
Without air conditioning 0.19 0.47 0.75 1.03 1.31 1.59 1.73 1.87 2.00
550
Without pneumatic
0.39 0.57 0.75 0.93 1.11 1.29 1.38 1.47 1.56
500 braking
kW
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm
With central system
l/h CONSUMPTION PER HOUR open 50 l/min (nominal 0.25 0.36 0.49 0.63 0.80 0.99 1.09 1.20 1.31
18
rpm)

16
ENGINE TESTS AT POWER TAKE-OFF
14
Pow er Take-off (total reduction)
Engine Gearbox Rear axle
Position 540 Position 540 ECO Position 1000 Position 1000 ECO
12
4045 TRT 77 B41 P11 3.91 3.08 2.12 -

10 Idle Nominal Max no load


SPEEDS
Pow er
(rpm) Engine Pow er take-off Engine Engine Pow er take-off
8 take-off
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm
540 800 Æ 900 205 Æ 230 2300 588 2440 Æ 2540 624 Æ 650
g/kW.h SPECIFIC CONSUMPTION g/bhp.h
Pow er take-off 540 ECO 800 Æ 900 260 Æ 292 2300 747 2440 Æ 2540 793 Æ 825
350 257
position 1000 800 Æ 900 378 Æ 425 2300 1086 2440 Æ 2540 1152 Æ 1199
340 250
1000 ECO 800 Æ 900 - Æ - 2300 - 2440 Æ 2540 - Æ -
330 242

320 235 Torque at P o wer take-o ff o utlet (N.m)


* P o wer (W) = torque (N.m) x speed (rad/s) ** Equivalent engine to rque (N.m) =
P ower take-off reduction
310 228 Ho urly co nsumption (l/h) x 1000 000
Injector flo w (mm³/sho t) =
Number of engine cylinders x engine speed(rpm) x 30 1bhp = 0.7355 kW
300 220 1rpm = 0.1047 rad/s
1kW = 1.3596 bhp
290 213 *** Specific co nsumptio n Hourly consumptio n (l/h) x diesel fuel density (0.840) 1rad/s = 9.5510 rpm
(g/kW.h o r g/bhp,h) = P ower (kW o r bhp)
280 206
maximum to rque – no minal speed to rque
270 199 Torque feedback (%) = x 100
no minal speed torque
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm

A1.4 Celtis 406 – 09.2007 – EN


FICHE INJECTION
CELTIS 446 – M 3632
DPS 4045 TRT 78 engine FUEL SUPPLY LINE DATA
Nominal speed 2 300 rpm
1 Main fuel tank: 145 litres 5 Stanadyne rotary injection pump
type DB4-5928.
2 Filter : 150 microns
Mechanical adjustment all ratios.
3 Mechanical supply pumps. Automatic advance.
4 Fuel filter: 5 microns 6 Stanadyne injectors
9.5 mm holder body (type 29729/RE48786)
Set pressure on injector:
245 ± 5 bar.

DYNAMIC TIMING
Refer to check procedure for dynamic setting, at annex.
Dynamic setting: 2.5 (at nominal rpm, max loading).

5
1

4 2

TEST CONDITIONS
– Refer to inspection procedure.

NOTE
– Reference values: measurements made on a tractor, with central hydraulic system open at 62 l/min, fitted with
pneumatic brakes and air conditioning, at an ambient temperature of 25 C with the viscous clutch locked.

Supply system
Suction

Supply system
Supply pump pressure

Discharge line

Return line

162msm03r

Celtis 406 – 09.2007 – EN A1.5


ENGINE TESTS AT PTO
CELTIS 446 – M 3632
Position 1 000 rpm
kW POWER bhp
55 75
Reference values – Power Take-off position 1 000 rpm
50 68 Engine
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200 2300
(rpm)
SPEED
45 61 PTO
472 567 661 755 850 944 992 1039 1086
(rpm)

40 54 kW 28.2 33.5 42.5 46.4 49.0 49.9 49.0 47.6 45.1


POWER *
35 48 bhp 38.3 45.5 57.8 63.1 66.6 67.8 66.6 64.7 61.3

30 41 TORQUE **
N.m 570 563 614 587 551 504 472 436 396
(pow er take-off output)
25 34
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm CONSUMPTION PER HOUR l/h 9.0 10.8 13.9 15.6 16.9 17.6 17.8 18.0 18.1
N.m TORQUE
650 g/kW.h 265 269 272 280 286 293 302 315 333
SPECIFIC CONSUMPTION ***
600 g/bhp.h 195 198 200 206 210 216 222 232 245

550

POWER TO BE ADDED TO REFERENCE VALUES


500
Engine
OPTIONS 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200 2300
(rpm)
450
Without air conditioning 0.19 0.47 0.75 1.03 1.31 1.59 1.73 1.87 2.00
400
Without pneumatic
0.39 0.57 0.75 0.93 1.11 1.29 1.38 1.47 1.56
350 braking
kW
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm With central system
l/h CONSUMPTION PER HOUR open 50 l/min (nominal 0.25 0.36 0.49 0.63 0.80 0.99 1.09 1.20 1.31
20 rpm)

18

16
ENGINE TESTS AT POWER TAKE-OFF
Pow er Take-off (total reduction)
Engine Gearbox Rear axle
14 Position 540 Position 540 ECO Position 1 000 Position 1000 ECO

12 4045 TRT 78 B41 P11 3.91 3.08 2.12 -

10 SPEEDS Idle Nominal Max no load


Pow er
(rpm) Engine Pow er take-off Engine Engine Pow er take-off
8 take-off
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm 540 800 Æ 900 205 Æ 230 2300 588 2440 Æ 2540 624 Æ 650
g/kW.h SPECIFIC CONSUMPTION g/bhp.h
Pow er take-off 540 ECO 800 Æ 900 260 Æ 292 2300 747 2440 Æ 2540 793 Æ 825
340 250
position 1000 800 Æ 900 378 Æ 425 2300 1086 2440 Æ 2540 1152 Æ 1199
330 243 1000 ECO 800 Æ 900 - Æ - 2300 - 2440 Æ 2540 - Æ -
320 235

310 228 Torque at P o wer take-o ff o utlet (N.m)


* P o wer (W) = torque (N.m) x speed (rad/s) ** Equivalent engine to rque (N.m) =
P ower take-off reduction
300 221 Ho urly co nsumption (l/h) x 1000 000
Injector flo w (mm³/sho t) =
Number of engine cylinders x engine speed(rpm) x 30 1bhp = 0.7355 kW
290 213 1rpm = 0.1047 rad/s
1kW = 1.3596 bhp
*** Specific co nsumptio n Hourly consumptio n (l/h) x diesel fuel density (0.840) 1rad/s = 9.5510 rpm
280 206
(g/kW.h o r g/bhp,h) = P ower (kW o r bhp)
270 199
maximum to rque – no minal speed to rque
260 191 Torque feedback (%) = x 100
no minal speed torque
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm

A1.6 Celtis 406 – 09.2007 – EN


FICHE INJECTION
CELTIS 456 - M 3642
DPS engine 4045 DRT 72 SUPPLY SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS
Nominal engine speed 2,200 rpm
1 Fuel tank: 145 litres 5 Stanadyne rotary injection pump
type DE 10 DE 2435-5805.
2 Supply pump
Electronic regulation.
Flowrate measured at filter inlet: 1.5 l/min.
Pressure at tick-over speed at filter inlet: 0.15 bar. 6 Stanadyne staged-injection injectors
Pressure at nominal speed at filter inlet: 0.28 to 9.5-mm pencil (type 35107)
0.41 bar. Injector calibration pressure: 250 bar.
1 Pressure at nominal speed at filter outlet: 0.25 to
0.30 bar.
3 Primary fuel filter: 10 microns
2 4 Final fuel filter: 2 microns

DYNAMIC ADJUSTMENT
Electronic management

5
6

TEST CONDITIONS

– Max. engine speed off-load: to be checked with the rev counter before connecting the test bench.

– Reverser in neutral.

– Doubler: hare.

Supply system – Hydraulic distributors in neutral.


Suction
– Transmission oil temperature: over 40°.
Supply system 4
Supply pump pressure – Air conditioning stopped.

Discharge system – Carry out the measurements after 30 minutes’ operation of the engine at full load nominal speed.
3

Return system

160msm03

Celtis 406 – 09.2007 – EN A1.7


ENGINE TESTS AT PTO CELTIS 456 - M 3642
1,000 rpm position

kW POWER bhp
75 102
CURVE INTERPRETATION (intermediate)
70 95 3
Engine speed rpm 1500 2120 2200
65 88
Power take-off speed rpm 708 2 1000 1038
60 82
kW 58.8 69.0 67
55 75
POWER
bhp 79.9 93.8 91.1
50 68 TORQUE
N.m 1 795 657 617
45 61
(Power take-off output)

40 55 CONSUMPTION PER HOUR l/h 17.9 21.2 21.1


35 48 g/kW.h 253 256 262
SPECIFIC CONSUMPTION
30 41 g/bhp.h 186 188 193
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm
N.m TORQUE 1 Maximum torque 2 Pow er take-off standardized speed 3 Nominal engine speed
850 maximum torque – nominal speed torque
Torque feedback = x 100 = 28.9 %
nominal speed torque
800
ENGINE TESTS AT POWER TAKE-OFF
750 Rear Power Take-off (total reduction)
Engine Gearbox
axle Position 540 Position 540 ECO Position 1000 Position 1000 ECO
700
4045TRT72 B41 P 11 3.92 3.08 2.12
650
SPEEDS Idle Nominal Max no load
600 Pow er
(rpm) Engine Power take-off Engine Engine Power take-off
take-off
550 540 840 Æ 860 214 Æ 219 2200 561 2340 Æ 2360 597 Æ 602
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm Power
540 ECO 840 Æ 860 273 Æ 279 2200 714 2340 Æ 2360 760 Æ 766
l/h CONSUMPTION PER HOUR take-off
1000 840 Æ 860 396 Æ 406 2200 1038 2340 Æ 2360 1104 Æ 1113
25 position
1000 ECO

20
Reference values – Power Take-off position 1 000 rpm
Tolerances represented in the curves

Engine rpm 1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2100 2200
15 SPEED
PTO rpm 472 566 660 755 849 943 991 1038

10 kW 35.8 41.7 52.7 59.9 64.1 65.9 67.4 65.0


POWER * Minim um
bhp 48.7 56.7 71.7 81.4 87.2 89.6 91.6 88.4
5
TORQUE **
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm Minim um N.m 725 704 761 759 721 668 649 598
(pow er take-off output)
g/kW.h SPECIFIC CONSUMPTION g/bhp.h
310 228 Minim um l/h 10.6 12.2 15.5 17.9 18.9 19.7 20.2 20.0
CONSUMPTION PER
300 221 HOUR
Maxim um l/h 11.7 13.5 17.1 19.8 20.9 21.8 22.3 22.2
290 213
g/kW.h 256 254 255 259 256 260 260 267
SPECIFIC
Maxim um
280 206 CONSUMPTION ***
g/bhp.h 188 187 188 190 188 191 191 196
270 199
Torque at Power t ake-of f outlet (N.m)
* P o wer (W) = torque (N.m) x speed (rad/s) ** Equivalent engine torque (N.m) =
Power t ake-off reduction
260 192 Hourly consumpt ion (l/h) x 1 000 000
Injectio n flo w (mm3) = 1bhp = 0.7355 kW
Number of engine cylinders x engine speed(rpm) x 30
250 184 1rpm = 0.1047 rad/s
Hourly consumption (l/h) x diesel fuel density (0.840) 1kW = 1.3596 bhp
*** Specific consumptio n
1rad/s = 9.5510 rpm
240 177 (g/kW.h o r g/bhp,h) = P ower (kW or bhp)
1000 1200 1400 1600 1800 2000 2200 rpm

A1.8 Celtis 406 – 09.2007 – EN


GEARBOX B41 AND CLUTCH LUK DT
310 - 310 G

Technical support Chapter B

Celtis 00 11 354 310 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

GEARBOX

MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH ......................................................................................................31

REVERSHIFT FUNCTION ................................................................................................................................34


MECHANICAL PART.......................................................................................................................................................... 34

HYDRAULIC PILOTING PART........................................................................................................................................... 41

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.......................................................................................................................................... 42

TWINSHIFT FUNCTION....................................................................................................................................68
MECHANICAL PART.......................................................................................................................................................... 69

HYDRAULIC PILOTING PART........................................................................................................................................... 74

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.......................................................................................................................................... 74

MECHANICAL REVERSER..............................................................................................................................85

MECHANICAL DOUBLER................................................................................................................................94

SLOW RANGE ..................................................................................................................................................95

SPEEDS AND RANGES ...................................................................................................................................96

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
B – GEARBOX B41 AND CLUTCH LUK DT 310 - 310 G

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
GEARBOX
Description

Mechanical forward and PTO clutch


Note: Revershift transmission forward drive clutches are described in the chapter "Gearbox".

Tractor 72hp * 80hp * 90hp * 100hp *


Clutch Emergency mechanical clutch
Make LUK
Type Double with individual relay control
Pressurising By diaphragm
Weight at platform body 800 ± 50 800 ± 55
(daN)
Vehicle drive clutch disk 1
Boot Organic Cerametalic
Diameter 310
Control By lever

Rear PTO disc 1


Boot Organic
Diameter 310
Control Mechanical (or servo assisted)
* Power: ECE R24.

Transmission B-41
Example: B41.20 H
B = Gearbox
41 = Series of box
20 = Type of box
H = Transmission with satellite 4 shift
Note: In boxes 30 km/h, road range, the fifht gear is neutralized mechanically.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.1


Gearbox Mechanical Reverser + Hydraulic Shift +
reverser mechanical shift Twinsh hydraulic
shift ift reverser Re
vershift
40 km/h Without slow B41-10 B41-20 B41-32 B41-50
range 5 gears 5 gears 5 gears 5 gears
2 ranges 2 ranges 2 ranges 2 ranges
With slow range B41-11 B41-21 B41-33 B41-51
5 gears 5 gears 5 gears 5 gears
3 ranges 3 ranges 3 ranges 3 ranges
30 km/h Without slow B41-15 B41-25 B41-37 B41-55
range 5 gears 5 gears 5 gears 5 gears
2 ranges 2 ranges 2 ranges 2 ranges
With slow range B41-16 B41-26 B41-38 B41-56
5 gears 5 gears 5 gears 5 gears
3 ranges 3 ranges 3 ranges 3 ranges

B.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Schematic diagram
Operating diagram - Mechanical gearboxes
Full transmission Reverser Doubler Very slow Gears Road/field range
Gearbox B41-10 and B41-15 mechanical reverser without slow range Range H (transport)

1
2

4
6

323msm58
Gearbox B41-20 andB41-25 mechanical reverser and shift without slow range

1
2 3 Forward

323msm59
Gearbox B41-11 and B41-16 mechanical reverser with slow range Range H (transport)
Range M (field) Range M (field)
1
2
Reverse
5

7
4

323msm60
Gearbox B41-21 and B41-26 mechanical reverser and shift with slow range
Range L (slow)
1
2 3

7
4

323msm61

Gearboxes B41-10/15: 16/41


Other boxes: 19/40

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.3


1 Engine 4 Field and road range 7 Slow range
2 Mechanical reverser 5 Rear axle 8 Hydraulic dual range unit
3 Mechanical doubler 6 4 wheel drive unit 9 Hydraulic reverser

B.4 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Operating diagram - Hydraulic gearboxes
Full transmission Reverser Doubler Very slow Gears Road/field range
(3 and 4 planets)
Gearboxes B41-32 and B41-37 Twinshift hydraulic shift and mechanical reverser without slow range Forward Range H (transport)

1 –

Reverse
+
8 2
4
6
323msm70

Gearbox B41-50 and B41-55 Revershift (hydraulic shift and clutchless reverser) without slow range Forward

1 –

Reverse +
8 9
4
6

323msm71

Gearbox B41-33 and B41-38 Twinshift hydraulic shift and mechanical reverser with slow range Forward Range H (transport)
Range M (field) Range M (field)
1 –

7 +
8 2 Reverse
4
6

323msm72

Gearbox B41-51 and B41-56 Revershift (hydraulic shift and clutchless reverser) with slow range Forward
Range L (slow)
1 –

+
8 9 7 Reverse
4
6

323msm73

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.5


1 Engine 4 Field and road range 7 Slow range
2 Mechanical reverser 5 Rear axle 8 Hydraulic dual range unit
3 Mechanical doubler 6 4 wheel drive unit 9 Hydraulic reverser

B.6 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Technical specifications

Gearbox B41-10 and B41-15 mechanical reverser without slow range

1 B 4

A 2 3

10 G 9 8 F 7

323msm27

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.7


Torque settings
1- CLUTCH HOUSING / ENGINE 4- GEARBOX BACK COVER 7- M21 POWER TAKE-OFF 10- CLUTCH NOSE 13- REAR AXLE / REAR
15 K M10 x 100 - 45, 10.9 200 HBS 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 HOUSING 3 Verbus screws M8x125 - 20 AXLE COVER (AXLE
screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 Torque settings: WITHOUT LIFTING)
Torque settings: 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 35 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
7 ± 1,5 daN.m screwing) 2 locating rings screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
15 Elastic washers Torque settings: Torque settings:
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 16 daN.m
screwing) (Lubricated head screwing)
2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m
(Lubricated head screwing)
2- GEARBOX / CLUTCH HOUSING 5- GEARBOX / REAR AXLE 8- DEFLECTOR / GEARBOX 11- CLUTCH HOUSING LEFT
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70 (Housing 2 and 4 drive wheels: HOUSING COVER
Torque settings: 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40 2 M8 x 125 - 16 screws 10 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25
18 daN.m ± 2 (Lubricated head screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 50 2 tooth lockwashers Torque settings:
10 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings: Slightly coat the 518 Loctite sealing 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head
Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing) surface screwing)
27,5 daN.m ± 2,5 (Lubricated head 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40
screwing) 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 50
Torque settings: 27,5 daN.m
3- GEARBOX FRONT COVER 6- BICONICAL PLATE / 9- PLATE - GEARBOX 12- REAR AXLE / LINKAGE
11 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 SECONDARY SHAFT 2 H M10x150 - 25 screws HOUSING
Torque settings: 4 H M12 x 175 - 25 screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Grower washers 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
screwing) Torque settings: screwing) Torque settings:
10 daN.m ± 1 (Lubricated head screwing) 18 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing)
4 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing)

B.8 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Adjustments

A- CLUTCH SHAFT C- PRIMARY GEAR TRAIN E- 4 WHEEL DRIVE POWER TAKE-OFF G- REVERSER HARNESS
Application of a 300 daN stress on the bearing cup, Apply a 300 daN stress to the bearing cup. Place shims to give a preload of +0,15 to +0,25 Application of a 300 daN stress on the
turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. mm. bearing cup, turn the line shafting
Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Preload check: alternatively in both directions.
of the bearing cup. of the bearing cup. - Check for the absence of play. Measure the position of the spring retaining
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05 mm. Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m. ring and of the bearing cup.
Preload check: Preload check: Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05
- Check for the absence of play. - Check for the absence of play. mm.
- Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
B- MECHANICAL REVERSER D- SECONDARY SHAFT F- SECONDARY GEAR TRAIN
COUNTERSHAFT The dual taper bearing is pre-adjusted; it must not Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
Application of a 300 daN stress on the bearing cup, be dismantled. .
turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Nut assembly:
Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Tighten the nut to a torque of 18 daN.m ± 2.
of the bearing cup. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions.
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05 mm. Tighten the nut again with a 18 ± 2 daN.m torque.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.9


Gearbox B41-20 andB41-25 mechanical reverser and shift without slow range

1 B 4

A 2 3

10 G 9 8 F 7

323msm28

B.10 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Torque settings

1- CLUTCH HOUSING / ENGINE 4- GEARBOX BACK COVER 7- M21 POWER TAKE-OFF 10- CLUTCH NOSE 13- REAR AXLE / REAR
15 K M10 x 100 - 45, 10.9 200 HBS 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 HOUSING 3 Verbus screws M8x125 - 20 AXLE COVER (AXLE
screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 Torque settings: WITHOUT LIFTING)
Torque settings: 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 35 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
7 ± 1,5 daN.m screwing) 2 locating rings screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
15 Elastic washers Torque settings: Torque settings:
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 16 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing) screwing)
2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
2- GEARBOX / CLUTCH HOUSING 5- GEARBOX / REAR AXLE 8- DEFLECTOR / GEARBOX 11- CLUTCH HOUSING LEFT
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70 (Housing 2 and 4 drive wheels: HOUSING COVER
Torque settings: 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40 2 M8 x 125 - 16 screws 10 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25
18 daN.m ± 2 (Lubricated head screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 50 2 tooth lockwashers Torque settings:
10 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings: Slightly coat the 518 Loctite sealing 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head
Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing) surface screwing)
27,5 daN.m ± 2,5 (Lubricated head 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40
screwing) 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 50
Torque settings: 27,5 daN.m
3- GEARBOX FRONT COVER 6- BICONICAL PLATE / 9- PLATE - GEARBOX 12- REAR AXLE / LINKAGE
11 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 SECONDARY SHAFT 2 H M10x150 - 25 screws HOUSING
Torque settings: 4 H M12 x 175 - 25 screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Grower washers 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
screwing) Torque settings: screwing) Torque settings:
10 daN.m ± 1 (Lubricated head screwing) 18 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing)
4 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.11


Adjustments

A- CLUTCH SHAFT C- PRIMARY GEAR TRAIN E- 4 WHEEL DRIVE POWER TAKE-OFF G- REVERSER HARNESS
Application of a 300 daN stress on the bearing cup, Apply a 300 daN stress to the bearing cup. Place shims to give a preload of +0,15 to +0,25 Application of a 300 daN stress on the
turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. mm. bearing cup, turn the line shafting
Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Preload check: alternatively in both directions.
of the bearing cup. of the bearing cup. - Check for the absence of play. Measure the position of the spring retaining
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05 mm. Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m. ring and of the bearing cup.
Preload check: Preload check: Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05
- Check for the absence of play. - Check for the absence of play. mm.
- Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
B- MECHANICAL REVERSER D- SECONDARY SHAFT F- SECONDARY GEAR TRAIN
COUNTERSHAFT The dual taper bearing is pre-adjusted; it must not Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
Application of a 300 daN stress on the bearing cup, be dismantled. .
turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Nut assembly:
Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Tighten the nut to a torque of 18 daN.m ± 2.
of the bearing cup. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions.
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05 mm. Tighten the nut again with a 18 ± 2 daN.m torque.

B.12 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Gearboxes B41-32 and B41-37 Twinshift hydraulic shift and mechanical reverser without slow range

1 4

A B C D 2 3

4e 3e 5e H M
5

2e 1ère
12 11 10 9 8 H 7

323msm29

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.13


Torque settings

1- CLUTCH HOUSING / ENGINE 4- GEARBOX BACK COVER 7- M21 POWER TAKE-OFF 10- REVERSER HOUSING 13- CLUTCH HOUSING LEFT
15 K M10 x 100 - 45, 10.9 200 HBS 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 HOUSING 8 CHC M8x125 - 20 screws COVER
screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 Torque settings: 10 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25
Torque settings: 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 35 2 daN.m ± 0,2 (Lubricated head Torque settings:
7 ± 1,5 daN.m screwing) 2 locating rings screwing) 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head
15 Elastic washers Torque settings: screwing)
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head
screwing)
2- GEARBOX / CLUTCH HOUSING 5- GEARBOX / REAR AXLE 8- DEFLECTOR / GEARBOX 11- SHIFT SUPPLY COVER 14- REAR AXLE / LINKAGE
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70 (Housing 2 and 4 drive wheels: HOUSING 6 H M10 x 150 - 30 screws HOUSING
Torque settings: 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40 2 M8 x 125 - 16 screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
18 daN.m ± 2 (Lubricated head screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 50 2 tooth lockwashers 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
10 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings: Slightly coat the 518 Loctite sealing screwing) Torque settings:
Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing) surface 6 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 50 18 daN.m (Lubricated head
27,5 daN.m ± 2,5 (Lubricated head 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings: screwing)
screwing) 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 50 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
Torque settings: 27,5 daN.m screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
3- GEARBOX FRONT COVER 6- BICONICAL PLATE / 9- PLATE - GEARBOX 12- CLUTCH NOSE 15- REAR AXLE / REAR
11 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 SECONDARY SHAFT 2 H M10x150 - 25 screws 3 Verbus screws M8x125 - 20 AXLE COVER (AXLE
Torque settings: 4 H M12 x 175 - 25 screws Torque settings: Torque settings: WITHOUT LIFTING)
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Grower washers 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
screwing) Torque settings: screwing) screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
10 daN.m ± 1 (Lubricated head screwing) Torque settings:
16 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)

B.14 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Adjustments

A- HYDRAULIC DUAL RANGE UNIT C- REVERSER E- PRIMARY GEAR TRAIN G- 4 WHEEL DRIVE POWER TAKE-OFF
Setting for 0,20 to 0,30 mm operation Floating cover: Apply a 300 daN stress to the bearing cup. Place shims to give a preload of +0,15 to +0,25 mm.
play. No setting. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Preload check:
Screwed cover: Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and of the - Check for the absence of play.
Setting for 0,05 to 0,15 mm operation bearing cup. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
play. Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
Preload check:
- Check for the absence of play.
- Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
B- ELASTIC WASHERS D- REVERSER - PRIMARY SHAFT F- SECONDARY SHAFT H- SECONDARY GEAR TRAIN
Setting to obtain a 850 daN.m stress. Setting for 0,15 to 0,25 mm operation The dual taper bearing is pre-adjusted; it must not be Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
play. dismantled.
Nut assembly:
Tighten the nut to a torque of 18 daN.m ± 2.
Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions.
Tighten the nut again with a 18 ± 2 daN.m torque.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.15


Gearbox B41-50 and B41-55 Revershift (hydraulic shift and clutchless reverser) without slow range

1 4

A B C D

2 3

11 10 9 8 H 7

323msm30

B.16 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Torque settings

1- CLUTCH HOUSING / ENGINE 4- GEARBOX BACK COVER 7- M21 POWER TAKE-OFF 10- REVERSER SUPPLY COVER 13- REAR AXLE / LINKAGE
15 K M10 x 100 - 45, 10.9 200 HBS 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 HOUSING 7 Verbus screws M8 x 125 - 40 HOUSING
screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings: 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 35 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
7 ± 1,5 daN.m screwing) 2 locating rings screwing) Torque settings:
15 Elastic washers Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head screwing)
screwing) 4 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
2- GEARBOX / CLUTCH HOUSING 5- GEARBOX / REAR AXLE 8- DEFLECTOR / GEARBOX 11- SHIFT SUPPLY COVER 14- REAR AXLE / REAR AXLE
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70 (Housing 2 and 4 drive wheels: HOUSING 6 H M10 x 150 - 30 screws COVER (AXLE WITHOUT
Torque settings: 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40 2 M8 x 125 - 16 screws Torque settings: LIFTING)
18 daN.m ± 2 (Lubricated head screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 50 2 tooth lockwashers 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
10 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings: Slightly coat the 518 Loctite sealing screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing) surface 6 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 50 Torque settings:
27,5 daN.m ± 2,5 (Lubricated head 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings: 16 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing) 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 50 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head screwing)
Torque settings: 27,5 daN.m screwing) 2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
3- GEARBOX FRONT COVER 6- BICONICAL PLATE / 9- INPUT UNIT 12- CLUTCH HOUSING LEFT
11 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 SECONDARY SHAFT 4 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 COVER
Torque settings: 4 H M12 x 175 - 25 screws Torque settings: 10 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Grower washers 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head Torque settings:
screwing) Torque settings: screwing) 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head
10 daN.m ± 1 (Lubricated head screwing) screwing)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.17


Adjustments

A- HYDRAULIC DUAL RANGE UNIT C- SHUTTLE REVERSER E- PRIMARY GEAR TRAIN G- 4 WHEEL DRIVE POWER TAKE-OFF
Setting for 0,20 to 0,30 mm operation Setting for 0,05 to 0,15 mm operation Apply a 300 daN stress to the bearing cup. Place shims to give a preload of +0,15 to +0,25 mm.
play. play. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Preload check:
Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and of the - Check for the absence of play.
bearing cup. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
Preload check:
- Check for the absence of play.
- Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
B- ELASTIC WASHERS D- FORWARD GEAR CLUTCH F- SECONDARY SHAFT H- SECONDARY GEAR TRAIN
Setting to obtain a 850 daN.m stress. Setting for 0,05 to 0,15 mm operation The dual taper bearing is pre-adjusted; it must not be Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
play. dismantled.
Nut assembly:
Tighten the nut to a torque of 18 daN.m ± 2.
Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions.
Tighten the nut again with a 18 ± 2 daN.m torque.

B.18 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Gearbox B41-11 and B41-16 mechanical reverser with slow range

1 B 4

A 2 3

11 G 10 9 8 F 7

323msm31

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.19


Torque settings

1- CLUTCH HOUSING / ENGINE 4- GEARBOX BACK COVER 7- M21 POWER TAKE-OFF 10- VERY SLOW COVER 13- REAR AXLE / LINKAGE
15 K M10 x 100 - 45, 10.9 200 HBS 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 HOUSING 6 Verbus screws M8 x 125 - 40 HOUSING
screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings: 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 35 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
7 ± 1,5 daN.m screwing) 2 locating rings screwing) Torque settings:
15 Elastic washers Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head screwing)
screwing) 4 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
2- GEARBOX / CLUTCH HOUSING 5- GEARBOX / REAR AXLE 8- DEFLECTOR / GEARBOX 11- CLUTCH NOSE 14- REAR AXLE / REAR
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70 (Housing 2 and 4 drive wheels: HOUSING 3 Verbus screws M8x125 - 20 AXLE COVER (AXLE
Torque settings: 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40 2 M8 x 125 - 16 screws Torque settings: WITHOUT LIFTING)
18 daN.m ± 2 (Lubricated head screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 50 2 tooth lockwashers 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
10 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings: Slightly coat the 518 Loctite sealing screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing) surface Torque settings:
27,5 daN.m ± 2,5 (Lubricated head 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 16 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing) 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 50 screwing)
Torque settings: 27,5 daN.m 2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
3- GEARBOX FRONT COVER 6- BICONICAL PLATE / 9- VERY SLOW HOUSING 12- CLUTCH HOUSING LEFT
11 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 SECONDARY SHAFT 4 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 COVER
Torque settings: 4 H M12 x 175 - 25 screws Torque settings: 10 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Grower washers 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head Torque settings:
screwing) Torque settings: screwing) 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head
10 daN.m ± 1 (Lubricated head screwing) screwing)

B.20 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Adjustments

A- CLUTCH SHAFT C- PRIMARY GEAR TRAIN E- 4 WHEEL DRIVE POWER TAKE-OFF G- REVERSER HARNESS
Application of a 300 daN stress on the bearing cup, Apply a 300 daN stress to the bearing cup. Place shims to give a preload of +0,15 to +0,25 Application of a 300 daN stress on the
turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. mm. bearing cup, turn the line shafting
Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Preload check: alternatively in both directions.
of the bearing cup. of the bearing cup. - Check for the absence of play. Measure the position of the spring retaining
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05 mm. Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m. ring and of the bearing cup.
Preload check: Preload check: Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05
- Check for the absence of play. - Check for the absence of play. mm.
- Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
B- MECHANICAL REVERSER D- SECONDARY SHAFT F- SECONDARY GEAR TRAIN
COUNTERSHAFT The dual taper bearing is pre-adjusted; it must not Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
Application of a 300 daN stress on the bearing cup, be dismantled. .
turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Nut assembly:
Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Tighten the nut to a torque of 18 daN.m ± 2.
of the bearing cup. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions.
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05 mm. Tighten the nut again with a 18 ± 2 daN.m torque.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.21


Gearbox B41-21 and B41-26 mechanical reverser and shift with slow range

1 B 4

A 2 3

11 G 10 9 8 F 7

323msm32

B.22 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Torque settings

1- CLUTCH HOUSING / ENGINE 4- GEARBOX BACK COVER 7- M21 POWER TAKE-OFF 10- VERY SLOW COVER 13- REAR AXLE / LINKAGE
15 K M10 x 100 - 45, 10.9 200 HBS 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 HOUSING 6 Verbus screws M8 x 125 - 40 HOUSING
screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings: 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 35 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
7 ± 1,5 daN.m screwing) 2 locating rings screwing) Torque settings:
15 Elastic washers Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head screwing)
screwing) 4 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
2- GEARBOX / CLUTCH HOUSING 5- GEARBOX / REAR AXLE 8- DEFLECTOR / GEARBOX 11- CLUTCH NOSE 14- REAR AXLE / REAR
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70 (Housing 2 and 4 drive wheels: HOUSING 3 Verbus screws M8x125 - 20 AXLE COVER (AXLE
Torque settings: 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40 2 M8 x 125 - 16 screws Torque settings: WITHOUT LIFTING)
18 daN.m ± 2 (Lubricated head screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 50 2 tooth lockwashers 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
10 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings: Slightly coat the 518 Loctite sealing screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing) surface Torque settings:
27,5 daN.m ± 2,5 (Lubricated head 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 16 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing) 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 50 screwing)
Torque settings: 27,5 daN.m 2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
3- GEARBOX FRONT COVER 6- BICONICAL PLATE / 9- VERY SLOW HOUSING 12- CLUTCH HOUSING LEFT
11 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 SECONDARY SHAFT 4 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 COVER
Torque settings: 4 H M12 x 175 - 25 screws Torque settings: 10 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Grower washers 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head Torque settings:
screwing) Torque settings: screwing) 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head
10 daN.m ± 1 (Lubricated head screwing) screwing)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.23


Adjustments

A- CLUTCH SHAFT C- PRIMARY GEAR TRAIN E- 4 WHEEL DRIVE POWER TAKE-OFF G- REVERSER HARNESS
Application of a 300 daN stress on the bearing cup, Apply a 300 daN stress to the bearing cup. Place shims to give a preload of +0,15 to +0,25 Application of a 300 daN stress on the
turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. mm. bearing cup, turn the line shafting
Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Preload check: alternatively in both directions.
of the bearing cup. of the bearing cup. - Check for the absence of play. Measure the position of the spring retaining
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05 mm. Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m. ring and of the bearing cup.
Preload check: Preload check: Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05
- Check for the absence of play. - Check for the absence of play. mm.
- Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
B- MECHANICAL REVERSER D- SECONDARY SHAFT F- SECONDARY GEAR TRAIN
COUNTERSHAFT The dual taper bearing is pre-adjusted; it must not Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
Application of a 300 daN stress on the bearing cup, be dismantled.
turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Nut assembly:
Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and Tighten the nut to a torque of 18 daN.m ± 2.
of the bearing cup. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions.
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to 0,05 mm. Tighten the nut again with a 18 ± 2 daN.m torque.

B.24 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Gearbox B41-33 and B41-38 Twinshift hydraulic shift and mechanical reverser with slow range

A B C D 2 3

13 12 11 10 9 8 H 7

323msm33

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.25


Torque settings

1- CLUTCH HOUSING / ENGINE 4- GEARBOX BACK COVER 7- M21 POWER TAKE-OFF 10- VERY SLOW COVER 13- CLUTCH NOSE 16- REAR AXLE / REAR
15 K M10 x 100 - 45, 10.9 200 HB 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 HOUSING 6 Verbus screws M8 x 125 - 40 3 Verbus screws M8x125 - 20 AXLE COVER (AXLE
S screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 Torque settings: Torque settings: WITHOUT LIFTING)
Torque settings: 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 35 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 8 Verbus
7 ± 1,5 daN.m screwing) 2 locating rings screwing) screwing) screws M12 x 175 - 40
15 Elastic washers Torque settings: 2 Verbus
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head screws M12 x 175 - 70
screwing) Torque settings:
16 daN.m (Lubricated
head screwing)
2 Verbus
screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus
screws M16 x 200 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated
head screwing)
2- GEARBOX / CLUTCH 5- GEARBOX / REAR AXLE 8- DEFLECTOR / GEARBOX 11- REVERSER HOUSING 14- CLUTCH HOUSING LEFT
HOUSING (Housing 2 and 4 drive wheels: HOUSING 8 CHC M8x125 - 20 screws COVER
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40 2 M8 x 125 - 16 screws Torque settings: 10 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25
Torque settings: 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 50 2 tooth lockwashers 2 daN.m ± 0,2 (Lubricated head Torque settings:
18 daN.m ± 2 (Lubricated head Torque settings: Slightly coat the 518 Loctite screwing) 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head
screwing) 18 daN.m (Lubricated head sealing surface screwing)
10 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 screwing)
Torque settings: 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40
27,5 daN.m ± 2,5 (Lubricated head 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 50
screwing) Torque settings: 27,5 daN.m
3- GEARBOX FRONT COVER 6- BICONICAL PLATE / 9- VERY SLOW HOUSING 12- SHIFT SUPPLY COVER 15- REAR AXLE / LINKAGE
11 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 SECONDARY SHAFT 4 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 6 H M10 x 150 - 30 screws HOUSING
Torque settings: 4 H M12 x 175 - 25 screws Torque settings: Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Grower washers 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70
screwing) Torque settings: screwing) screwing) Torque settings:
10 daN.m ± 1 (Lubricated head 6 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 50 18 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing) Torque settings: screwing)
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Verbus screws M16 x 200 - 50
screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)

B.26 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Adjustments

A- HYDRAULIC DUAL RANGE C- REVERSER E- PRIMARY GEAR TRAIN G- 4 WHEEL DRIVE POWER TAKE-OFF
UNIT Floating cover: Apply a 300 daN stress to the bearing cup. Place shims to give a preload of +0,15 to +0,25 mm.
Setting for 0,20 to 0,30 mm operation No setting. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. Preload check:
play. Screwed cover: Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and of the - Check for the absence of play.
Setting for 0,05 to 0,15 mm operation bearing cup. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
play. Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
Preload check:
- Check for the absence of play.
- Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
B- ELASTIC WASHERS D- REVERSER - PRIMARY SHAFT F- SECONDARY SHAFT H- SECONDARY GEAR TRAIN
Setting to obtain a 850 daN.m stress. Setting for 0,15 to 0,25 mm operation The dual taper bearing is pre-adjusted; it must not be Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
play. dismantled.
Nut assembly:
Tighten the nut to a torque of 18 daN.m ± 2.
Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions.
Tighten the nut again with a 18 ± 2 daN.m torque.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.27


Gearbox B41-51 and B41-56 Revershift (hydraulic shift and clutchless reverser) with slow range

1 4

A B C D

2 3

12 11 10 9 8 H 7

323msm34

B.28 Celtis – 09.2006 – GB


Torque settings

1- CLUTCH HOUSING / ENGINE 4- GEARBOX BACK COVER 7- M21 POWER TAKE-OFF 10- VERY SLOW COVER 13- CLUTCH HOUSING
15 K M10 x 100 - 45, 10.9 200 HBS 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 HOUSING 6 Verbus screws M8 x 125 - 40 LEFT COVER
screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 Torque settings: 10 Verbus
Torque settings: 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 2 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 35 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head screws M10 x 150 - 25
7 ± 1,5 daN.m screwing) 2 locating rings screwing) Torque settings:
15 Elastic washers Torque settings: 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head head screwing)
screwing)
2- GEARBOX / CLUTCH HOUSING 5- GEARBOX / REAR AXLE 8- DEFLECTOR / GEARBOX 11- REVERSER SUPPLY COVER 14- REAR AXLE /
2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 70 (Housing 2 and 4 drive wheels: HOUSING 7 Verbus screws M8 x 125 - 40 LINKAGE HOUSING
Torque settings: 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 40 2 M8 x 125 - 16 screws Torque settings: 8 Verbus
18 daN.m ± 2 (Lubricated head screwing) 2 Verbus screws M12 x 175 - 50 2 tooth lockwashers 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head screws M12 x 175 - 40
10 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings: Slightly coat the 518 Loctite sealing screwing) 2 Verbus
Torque settings: 18 daN.m (Lubricated head screwing) surface screws M12 x 175 - 70
27,5 daN.m ± 2,5 (Lubricated head 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 40 Torque settings:
screwing) 6 Verbus screws M14 x 200 - 50 18 daN.m (Lubricated head
Torque settings: 27,5 daN.m screwing)
4 Verbus
screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus
screws M12 x 175 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
3- GEARBOX FRONT COVER 6- BICONICAL PLATE / 9- VERY SLOW HOUSING 12- SHIFT SUPPLY COVER 15- REAR AXLE / REAR
11 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 SECONDARY SHAFT 4 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 25 6 H M10 x 150 - 30 screws AXLE COVER (AXLE
Torque settings: 4 H M12 x 175 - 25 screws Torque settings: Torque settings: WITHOUT LIFTING)
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4 Grower washers 8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (Lubricated head 8 Verbus
screwing) Torque settings: screwing) screwing) screws M12 x 175 - 40
10 daN.m ± 1 (Lubricated head screwing) 6 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 50 2 Verbus
Torque settings: screws M12 x 175 - 70
8 daN.m ± 1,5 (Lubricated head Torque settings:
screwing) 16 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)
2 Verbus
screws M16 x 200 - 50
2 Verbus
screws M16 x 200 - 40
Torque settings:
31 daN.m (Lubricated head
screwing)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.29


Adjustments

A- HYDRAULIC DUAL RANGE C- SHUTTLE REVERSER E- PRIMARY GEAR TRAIN G- 4 WHEEL DRIVE POWER TAKE-OFF
UNIT Setting for 0,05 to 0,15 mm operation Apply a 300 daN stress to the bearing cup. Place shims to give a preload of +0,15 to +0,25
Setting for 0,20 to 0,30 mm play. Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions. mm.
operation play. Measure the position of the spring retaining ring and of the Preload check:
bearing cup. - Check for the absence of play.
Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm. - Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
Preload check:
- Check for the absence of play.
- Drag torque check: 0,5 to 1,5 N.m.
B- ELASTIC WASHERS D- FORWARD GEAR CLUTCH F- SECONDARY SHAFT H- SECONDARY GEAR TRAIN
Setting to obtain a 850 daN.m Setting for 0,05 to 0,15 mm operation The dual taper bearing is pre-adjusted; it must not be Place shims to give a preload of 0 to +0,05 mm.
stress. play. dismantled.
Nut assembly:
Tighten the nut to a torque of 18 daN.m ± 2.
Turn the line shafting alternatively in both directions.
Tighten the nut again with a 18 ± 2 daN.m torque.

B.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Mechanical vehicle drive clutch
Technical description

Mechanical forward and PTO clutch

10 2

1 9

15 18

3 19

4 21

5 20

6 22

14 16

25 17

7 23

8 24

13

11

12

301msm17

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.31


1 – Flywheel. 15 – Clutch cover attachment screw.
2 – Clutch cover. 16 – Vehicle drive shaft.
3 – Vehicle drive friction plate. 17 – Power take-off shaft.
4 – Vehicle drive pressure plate. 18 – Vehicle drive release bearing.
5 – Diaphragm + junction. 19 – Power take-off release bearing.
6 – Power take-off pressure plate. 20 – Vehicle drive end stop mount.
7 – Power take-off friction plate. 21 – Power take-off end stop mount.
8 – Vehicle drive release levers. 22 – Clutch guide.
9 – Power take-off release levers. 23 – Vehicle drive control fork assembly.
10 – Power take-off release lever adjusting 24 – Power take-off control fork assembly.
screw. 25 – Bearing.
11 – Vehicle drive release lever adjusting
screw.
12 – Locknut.
13 – Locating pin.
14 – Engine flywheel attachment screw.

B.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Vehicle drive clutch control assembly

X1

98 mm
2 1

5 4 3

301msm09

1 – Fork operating lever. 5 – Operating rod.


2 – Fork. 6 – Rod Pedal position in relation to the carpet:
3-4 – Adjustment screws (clearance). 98 mm.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.33


Revershift function
MECHANICAL PART
Description

70 hp installation

2 1

321msm84

1 – Forward gear clutch - 2 discs 2 – Reverse gear clutch - 4 discs

B.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


80 hp installation

2 1

321msm84

1 – Forward gear clutch - 3 discs 2 – Reverse gear clutch - 5 discs

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.35


90/100 hp installation

2 1

321msm84

1 – Forward gear clutch - 3 discs 2 – Reverse gear clutch - 6 discs

B.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical description

Shuttle reverser

321msm77

1 – Planet gears 4 – Front piston


2 – Planet carrier 5 – Rear piston
3 – Forward gear clutch 6 – Reverse gear clutch

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.37


Schematic diagram

1 – Neutral
2 – Forwards
3 – Reverse
4 – Pressure

321msm80

2 3

321msm81 321msm82

B.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Operating summary

Forward gear operation

321msm78

Input motion shaft Relative motion


Output motion shaft Fixed element
When a forward gear is engaged, hydraulic pressure at 20,5 bar is applied to the rear piston. The
rear clutch locks the input shaft to the output shaft. The transmission becomes monobloc. The
satellite carrier turns without affecting the motion. The rotational sense of the input is the same as
that of the output, and forward gear has been selected.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.39


Reverse gear operation

2 1

321msm79

Input motion shaft Relative motion


Output motion shaft Fixed element
When reverse gear is engaged, hydraulic pressure at 20,5 bar is applied to the front piston (1). The
clutch locks the planet carrier (2) to the gearbox casing. The transmission is no longer monobloc.
The motion of the input shaft (red) then passes via the epicyclic gear train and emerges via the
forward gear clutch bell housing (purple). The sense of rotation is reversed and reverse gear has
been engaged.

B.40 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Hydraulic piloting part
Description
See chapter E1.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.41


Electronic components
Control
Technical description

The (F) lever has 4 positions: IV


I
– Forwards I
– Neutral II
– Reverse III
II
– Rise IV

F
III

601hsn24

188

B4 A4 A2 B2 B1 B5

+ APC (15)

60cbsm04

Position B4 (solenoid A4 (rear) A2 (front) B2 (neutral)


valves)
Forwards 12 V 0V 12 V 0V
Neutral 0V 0V 0V 12 V
Reverse 12 V 12 V 0V 01 V
Rise 12 V 0V 0V 12 V

B.42 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Component layout

C – ISC clutch release switch

321bsn01

583msm38

1 – The reverser controller

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.43


1

583msm42

1 – Lower clutch pedal contactor (BOC) 2 – Angle detector

B.44 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Sensors
Technical description

Bottom contactor (BOC)

The switch which is normally closed should cut


the power supply to the vehicle drive solenoid
valves before the clutch pedal is fully declutched.
2
It therefore needs adjusting. Only pins (1) and (2)
are used. 1

60cmsm12

Angular position sensor

1 – 0 Volt supply
2 – 10 Volt supply 3 2 1

3 – Signal: 0,5 V to 4,5 V

2
3
1

60cmsm11

This sensor requires adjustment.


Ensure that the (BOC) operates in the linear part V

of the signal.
5
4,5
4
3,5
3
2,5
2
1,5
1
0,5
0 %
– 45° BOC 0° + 45°
583msm45

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.45


Oil temperature sensor

See electrical tests, temperature sensor


(Thermistor) for details of test procedure.
kΩ
– Measuring capacity: -40 to 150 °C
50
Resistance of the sensor varies with
temperature. 40

30

20

10
5
0
– 50 0 50 100 ˚C

584msm07

Hall effect forward speed sensor


Static check.

Ohmmeter + - + - + - + - + - + -
terminals
Sensor terminals 1 2 2 1 1 3 3 1 2 3 3 2
Values in MΩ 11 Infinity 8 Infinity Infinity 4

583msm32

B.46 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


ISC module speed sensor
The resistance of the winding: 450 ohm ± 20 ohm
Air gap adjustment: Switch on the sensor and unscrew it 1,5 turns maximum.

483msm34

Low pressure switch

20,5
20,5

16 ± 0,5

14 ± 0,5

583msm31

A – Pressure

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.47


Component layout

583msm36

1 – ISC module speed sensor 2 – Vehicle speed sensor

B.48 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Oil temperature sensor
1

323msm93

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.49


1

583msm39

1 – Alternator

B.50 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


11 – Low pressure switch

15 2

14 1

13 11

12

321msm70

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.51


Adjustments

Clutch pedal ("BOC" switch and position sensor)

3
1,5 m
m
5 4

m
m
27
60,5 mm

°
80, 8

mm
29,38
A
B =1
30,3°

mm
16,5
1 A = 19,8 mm

m
,5 m
168

583msm44

A – Declutching freeplay B – Clutch clearance

B.52 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1. Adjust the pedal low position.
– Obtain the 16,5 mm dimension.
2. Adjust the pedal high position.
– Obtain a total pedal stroke of 168,5 mm.
3. Adjust the "pedal clutch released" travel.
– Insert a 1,5 mm shim between the BOC switch and the pedal.
4. Adjust the rod to 60,5 mm between the ball joint centrelines.
5. Position the angular detector in such a manner that the setting lights are at mid-range, then
check using Metadiag 2007© if:
– The value between the upper stopper and the BOC contact switch is greater than or equal to 3
V.
– The value between the BOC and the lower stopper is greater than or equal to 300 mV.
If these values are not correct, adjust the position of the angular detector.

Calibration
AUTO 5 must be calibrated when:
– A sensor adjustment has been changed.
– AUTO 5 has been reprogrammed with another application than that provided for B. Calibrate
once parameterisation is complete.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.53


Management
Description
The B41 gearbox may be controlled by a central processor unit, the AUTO 5.
The functions managed by this unit are:
– The clutchless reverser
– The doubler.
Functions remain overall identical to those provided by the Drivetronic 3B.
The serial of the AUTO 5 application that controls the B41 is 70 (AUTO 5.70).

B.54 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical description

Introduction to the AUTO 5


AUTO 5 is a miniature electronics unit. It has 42 pins.
A number of them can be set as an input or output, others as binary or analog input.

AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10
AN11
AN12

BAT + (30) 29

BAT – (31) 28
AUTO 5
15

APC + (15) 14 FREQ1


FREQ2
42
FREQ3

12VHSD6 9

IGN sw 1

10VRF 2

SGND 41

CAN HI 40

CAN LO 39

HSD1 HSD1cs HSD3 HSD5 HSD6 HSD7


HSD2 HSD2cs HSD4 HSD8
HSD9
HSD10
HSD11
HSD12
HSD13
HSD14

60cmsm08

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.55


Name Pin N° Type Specification Comment
AN1 30 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Monitoring of available power
to solenoid valves
AN2 16 Input Analog or binary: 12 V REVERSHIFT lever in forward
position
AN3 31 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Progressivity switch control
AN4 17 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Gearbox engaged contactor
AN5 32 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Control doubler + (accelerate)
AN6 18 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Control doubler - (accelerate)
AN7 33 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Transmission oil pressure
switch
AN8 19 Input Analog or binary: 12 V The reverser
lever REVERSHIFT in neutral
AN9 34 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Clutch pedal position
information
AN10 20 Input Analog or binary: 12 V REVERSHIFT lever in rear
position
AN11 35 Input Analog or binary: 12 V
AN12 21 Input Analog or binary: 0 V Transmission oil temperature
FREQ1 38 Input Binary or frequency REVERSHIFT output speed
FREQ2 37 Input Binary or frequency Vehicle speed
FREQ3 36 Input Binary or frequency Engine speed
HSD1 5 Output 4 A (from pin 1), Power supply Forward drive solenoid valve
of proportional solenoid valve
HSD2 6 Output 4 A (from pin 1), Power supply Reverse solenoid valve
of proportional solenoid valve
HSD1cs 4 Output 4 A, proportional solenoid Forward drive solenoid valve
feedback return
HSD2cs 3 Output 4 A, proportional solenoid Return solenoid valve of
feedback reverse
HSD3 7 Input/outp Binary if input
ut 2 A if output (from + AVC 30,
pin 29)
HSD4 8 Input/outp Binary if input
ut 2 A if output (from + AVC 30,
pin 29)
HSD5 22 Input/outp Binary if input
ut 2 A if output (from + APC 15,
pin 14 - 42)

B.56 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


HSD6 23 Output 2 A (from pin 9), high
demagnetizing capacity
HSD7 10 Output 2A Doubler solenoid valve
HSD8 24 Output 2A
HSD9 11 Output 2A
HSD10 25 Output 2A
HSD11 12 Output 2A Instrument panel audio
warning
HSD12 26 Output 2A Diagnostic indicator
HSD13 13 Output 2A
HSD14 27 Output 2A Doubler warning light
CAN H 40 Communic CAN (ADC) 2.0B, 2502 kbaud CAN-High
ation
CAN L 39 Communic CAN (ADC) 2.0B, 2502 kbaud CAN-Low
ation
10VRF 2 Output 10 V for sensor Supply to clutch pedal sensor
SNGD 41 Output 0 V for sensor 0 V sensor supply
BAT - 15/28 Supply 0 V battery (31) Battery earth
BAT + 29 Supply 12 V battery (30) 12 V constant source (30)
APC + 14/42 Supply 12 V after contact (15) 12 V switched (15)
IGN sw 1 Supply 12 V Power to drive direction
solenoid valves
12VHSD 9 Supply 12 V
6

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.57


Communication network

24
G1
DE 10 (2)
F1 (J64)

6
14 (J47)

184
39
L Auto 5.70
40 (J1)
H

583msm47

24 – Engine eletronic central unit 184 – Transmission central electronics unit.


J47 – Metadiag 2007 diagnostic socket
Functional logic:
– No message is exchanged between DE10 and AUTO 5.
– The CAN (ADC) Bus is used for diagnostic and programming purposes

B.58 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Gears and safety

102
114

21 33 184

41 36 W 31

Auto 5.70
(J1) 38 27

37
26 12 37

J 35
J184 J 36
J186
34 16 1 19 18 185
km/h
mph

60cbsm01

114 – Transmission temperature probe 37 – Vehicle speed sensor


102 – Transmission oil pressure switch 184 – Transmission central electronics unit
31 – Alternator 185 – Instrument panel
27 – REVERSHIFT sensor

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.59


Pin Function State Condition
41 Temperature probe supply 0V Master switch on
21 Transmission oil temperature 0 to 5 V Master switch on
33 Transmission oil pressure 12 V Pressure OK
36 Engine speed Hz Engine running
38 REVERSHIFT output speed Hz Lever not in neutral
37 Vehicle speed Hz Tractor in motion
12 Instrument panel audio warning 12 V Depending on fault
26 Diagnostic indicator On 12 V REVERSHIFT fault
Functional logic:
– A transmission oil pressure anomaly is reported 4 seconds after its occurence.
– An engine speed fault is reported below 200 rpm.

Power supplies

184
+ APC (15) 14
42
+ AVC (30) 29
Auto 5.70
+ APC (15) 15 (J1)
28
+ APC (15) 1

60cbsm02

184 – Transmission central electronics unit

B.60 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Pin Function State Condition
14 - 42 Supply after contact 12 V Master switch on
(15)
29 Supply after contact 12 V Permanent
(30)
15 - 28 Permanent earth (31) 0V Permanent
1 Power supply to 12 V Master switch on,
vehicle drive solenoid lever of REVERSHIFT
valves not in neutral, clutch
pedal not fully
disengaged.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.61


Circuit Revershift

188

B4 A2 A4 B2 B1 B5

+ APC (15)

189a 63 205 288 102

114 21 30 16 20 19 17 31 33 184
1 36 W 31

38 27

Auto 5.51 37
(J1) 37

0V
41 187
10 V C B A
2
5 4 6 3 26 12 34
192

193

JX2A JX1A
34 16 1 19 18 185
km/h
mph

60cbsm03

288 – Progressivity selector 27 – REVERSHIFT speed sensor


188 – Reverser control 37 – Vehicle speed sensor
189a – Clutch lower contactor (BOC) 187 – Clutch pedal sensor
63 – Gear lever clutch release 192 – Forward drive proportional solenoid valve
102 – Transmission oil pressure switch 193 – Reverse drive proportional solenoid valve
184 – Transmission central electronics unit 114 – Transmission temperature probe
31 – Alternator 205 – Speed switch engaged
185 – Instrument panel

B.62 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Pin Function State Condition
21 Transmission oil 0 to 12 V Master switch on
temperature
30 Monitoring of 12 V Master switch on,
available power to lever not in neutral,
solenoid valves clutch pedal not fully
disengaged
16 Lever in forward 12 V Lever in forward drive
position
20 Lever in reverse 12 V Lever in reverse drive
position
19 Lever neutral 12 V Lever in neutral
position, or raised
position or knob
disengage
17 Gearbox in neutral 12 V Gearbox in neutral
31 Mowing mode 12 V Mowing mode
selected
33 Transmission oil 0V Pressure OK
pressure
36 Engine speed 12 V Engine running
38 REVERSHIFT output Reverser not in
speed neutral
37 Vehicle speed Hz Tractor in motion
34 Clutch pedal position Hz According to pedal
position
12 Instrument panel Hz Depending on fault
audio warning
26 Diagnostic indicator 0,5 to 4,5 V Defect in clutchless
On reverser
3 Rear solenoid valve 0 to 1,1 A Tractor in reverse
return
6 Power supply to rear 0 to 1,1 A Tractor in reverse
solenoid valve
4 Front solenoid valve 0 to 1,1 A Tractor in forward
return
5 Power supply to front 0 to 1,1 A Tractor in forward
solenoid valve

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.63


2 Supply to clutch pedal 10 V Master switch on
sensor
41 Sensor supply 0V Master switch on
1 Power supply to 12 V Master switch on,
vehicle drive solenoid lever not in neutral,
valves clutch pedal not fully
disengaged

B.64 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Component layout

1 – Diagnostic plug
2 – AUTO 5
1

2
583msm41

Degraded modes

Error codes
The last 8 codes are memorised by AUTO 5.
When an error is active, the diagnostic warning light flashes in morse code.
To check the list of error codes, refer to the manual Metadiag 2007®.
Example of error code 23.

583msm46

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.65


Pre-actuators
Technical description

Proportional vehicle drive solenoid valves


Resistance 0 Ω.
Solenoid valve on hydraulic unit: Tightness torque = 16 to 19 N.m.
Coil on solenoid valve: Tightness torque = 4 to 6 N.m.
1 – Chamber pre-loading
2 – Chamber loading end
3 – Licking phase (while the speed is A
1 2 3 4 5
engaged = 0)
4 – Clutch phase
5 – Engaged phase (1,2 A)

583msm30

Direction of motion Front solenoid valve Rear solenoid valve


Forwards 0 to 1,1 A 0A
Reverse 0A 0 to 1,1 A
– The solenoid valves are proportional, supplied with hashed current.
– Adjusting solenoid valve current: the fill rate is constantly adjusted so that the actual current
always equals the recommended figure (solenoid temperature variations).
– Temperature compensation: to compensate for hydromechanical changes associated with
variations in transmission temperature, lick rate is constantly being adjusted.

B.66 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Component layout

3 – Reverse drive proportional solenoid valve


2 1 10 4 3 6 5 7
5 – Forward drive proportional solenoid valve

8
9

321msm71

Piloting law

Mowing mode
The mowing mode enables:
– More progressive control of acceleration.
– The adoption of progressivity as a function of the mechanical ratio engaged.

Calibration
During calibration, AUTO 5 carries a reaquisition of the lick voltages (front and rear). This
calibration requires the gearbox to be in neutral.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.67


TWINSHIFT function
Description
The main function of the electro-hydraulic doubler is to reduce or increase forward speed when
working or transfering between sites without interupting tractive force by effecting the change with
torque applied.
Function Twinshift may be mechanicallly or electronically controlled.

Gearboxes with hydraulic shift Twinshift Type of control


B41-32 Mechanical
B41-33 Mechanical
B41-37 Mechanical
B41-38 Mechanical
B41-50 Electronic
B41-51 Electronic
B41-55 Electronic
B41-56 Electronic

B.68 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


MECHANICAL PART
Description

Twinshift and mechanical reverser

1 2

323msm90

1 – Hydraulic shift Twinshift® 2 – Mechanical reverser

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.69


Technical description

H I B C

F G D

321msm85

A – Link shaft F – 25 tooth sun gear


B - C – 15 and 17 tooth double planetary gear G – 27 tooth sun gear
D – 19 tooth reverser planet gear H - I – 15 and 17 tooth double planetary gear
E – 21 tooth sun gear

B.70 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


3 Planet unit

I
H

321msm83

4 Planet unit

I H
G

321msm86

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.71


Schematic diagram

Twinshift in "hare" position

321msm73

Solenoid valve voltage 12 V


Supply pressure 20,5 bar
Gear ratio 1

B.72 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Twinshift in "tortoise" position

321msm74

Solenoid valve voltage 0V


Supply pressure 0 bar
Gear ratio 0,75

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.73


Hydraulic piloting part
Description
See chapter E1.

Electronic components
Description
Function Twinshift® is operated electronically by box AUTO 5 only in case it is associated to
function Revershift®.

Control
Description

1 – Switch Twinshift

321bsn05

B.74 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Sensors
Technical description

Low pressure switch

20,5
20,5

16 ± 0,5

14 ± 0,5

583msm31

A – Pressure

Management
Description
The B41 gearbox may be controlled by a central processor unit, the AUTO 5.
The functions managed by this unit are:
– The clutchless reverser
– The doubler.
Functions remain overall identical to those provided by the Drivetronic 3B.
The serial of the AUTO 5 application that controls the B41 is 70 (AUTO 5.70).

Technical description

Introduction to the AUTO 5


AUTO 5 is a miniature electronics unit. It has 42 pins.
A number of them can be set as an input or output, others as binary or analog input.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.75


AN1
AN2
AN3
AN4
AN5
AN6
AN7
AN8
AN9
AN10
AN11
AN12

BAT + (30) 29

BAT – (31) 28
AUTO 5
15

APC + (15) 14 FREQ1


FREQ2
42
FREQ3

12VHSD6 9

IGN sw 1

10VRF 2

SGND 41

CAN HI 40

CAN LO 39

HSD1 HSD1cs HSD3 HSD5 HSD6 HSD7


HSD2 HSD2cs HSD4 HSD8
HSD9
HSD10
HSD11
HSD12
HSD13
HSD14

60cmsm08

B.76 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Name Pin N° Type Specification Comment
AN1 30 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Monitoring of available power
to solenoid valves
AN2 16 Input Analog or binary: 12 V REVERSHIFT lever in forward
position
AN3 31 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Progressivity switch control
AN4 17 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Gearbox engaged contactor
AN5 32 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Control doubler + (accelerate)
AN6 18 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Control doubler - (accelerate)
AN7 33 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Transmission oil pressure
switch
AN8 19 Input Analog or binary: 12 V The reverser
lever REVERSHIFT in neutral
AN9 34 Input Analog or binary: 12 V Clutch pedal position
information
AN10 20 Input Analog or binary: 12 V REVERSHIFT lever in rear
position
AN11 35 Input Analog or binary: 12 V
AN12 21 Input Analog or binary: 0 V Transmission oil temperature
FREQ1 38 Input Binary or frequency REVERSHIFT output speed
FREQ2 37 Input Binary or frequency Vehicle speed
FREQ3 36 Input Binary or frequency Engine speed
HSD1 5 Output 4 A (from pin 2), Power supply Forward drive solenoid valve
of proportional solenoid valve
HSD2 6 Output 4 A (from pin 12), Power Reverse solenoid valve
supply of proportional
solenoid valve
HSD1cs 4 Output 4 A, proportional solenoid Forward drive solenoid valve
feedback return
HSD2cs 3 Output 4 A, proportional solenoid Return solenoid valve of
feedback reverse
HSD3 7 Input/output Binary if input
2 A if output (from + AVC 30,
pin 29)
HSD4 8 Input/output Binary if input
2 A if output (from + AVC 30,
pin 29)
HSD5 22 Input/output Binary if input
2 A if output (from + APC 15,
pin 14 - 42)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.77


HSD6 23 Output 2 A (from pin 9), high
demagnetizing capacity
HSD7 10 Output 2A Doubler solenoid valve
HSD8 24 Output 2A
HSD9 11 Output 2A
HSD10 25 Output 2A
HSD11 12 Output 2A Instrument panel audio
warning
HSD12 26 Output 2A Diagnostic indicator
HSD13 13 Output 2A
HSD14 27 Output 2A Doubler warning light
CAN H 40 Communicat CAN (ADC) 2.0B, 2502 kbaud CAN-High
ion
CAN L 39 Communicat CAN (ADC) 2.0B, 2502 kbaud CAN-Low
ion
10VRF 2 Output 10 V for sensor Supply to clutch pedal sensor
SNGD 41 Output 0 V for sensor 0 V sensor supply
BAT - 15/28 Supply 0 V battery (31) Battery earth
BAT + 29 Supply 12 V battery (30) 12 V constant source (30)
APC + 14/42 Supply 12 V after contact (15) 12 V switched (15)
IGN sw 1 Supply 12 V Power to drive direction
solenoid valves
12VHSD6 9 Supply 12 V

B.78 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Communication network

24
G1
DE 10 (2)
F1 (J64)

6
14 (J47)

184
39
L Auto 5.70
40 (J1)
H

583msm47

24 – Engine eletronic central unit 184 – Transmission central electronics unit.


J47 – Metadiag 2007 diagnostic socket
Functional logic:
– No message is exchanged between DE10 and AUTO 5.
– The CAN (ADC) Bus is used for diagnostic and programming purposes.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.79


Gears and safety

102
114

21 33 184

41 36 W 31

Auto 5.70
(J1) 38 27

37
26 12 37

J 35
J184 J 36
J186
34 16 1 19 18 185
km/h
mph

60cbsm01

114 – Transmission temperature probe 37 – Vehicle speed sensor


102 – Transmission oil pressure switch 184 – Transmission central electronics unit
31 – Alternator 185 – Instrument panel
27 – REVERSHIFT sensor

Pin Function State Condition


41 Temperature probe supply 0V Master switch on
21 Transmission oil temperature 0 to 5 V Master switch on
33 Transmission oil pressure 12 V Pressure OK
36 Engine speed Hz Engine running
38 REVERSHIFT output speed Hz Lever not in neutral
37 Vehicle speed Hz Tractor in motion
12 Instrument panel audio warning 12 V Depending on fault
26 Diagnostic indicator On 12 V REVERSHIFT fault

B.80 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Functional logic:
– A transmission oil pressure anomaly is reported 4 seconds after its occurence.
– An engine speed fault is reported below 200 rpm.

Power supplies

184
+ APC (15) 14
42
+ AVC (30) 29
Auto 5.70
+ APC (15) 15 (J1)
28
+ APC (15) 1

60cbsm02

184 – Transmission central electronics unit

Pin Function State Condition


14 - 42 Supply after contact 12 V Master switch on
(15)
29 Supply after contact 12 V Permanent
(30)
15 - 28 Permanent earth (31) 0V Permanent
1 Power supply to 12 V Master switch on,
vehicle drive solenoid lever of REVERSHIFT
valves not in neutral, clutch
pedal not fully
disengaged.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.81


Circuit Twinshift

248 248

32 18 184

Auto 5.51 36 W
(J1)
10 12

125
J184
30 185

60cbsm05

184 – Transmission central electronics unit 31 – Alternator


185 – Instrument panel 63 – Gear lever accelerate/decelerate (+/-)
125 – Doubler solenoid valve controls

Pin Function State Condition


32 Accelerate control 12 V Decrease speed
button (+) pressed
18 Decelerate control 12 V Decrease speed
button (-) pressed
36 Engine speed Hz Engine running
12 Doubler light ON 12 V Lower ratio (crawl)
10 Doubler solenoid 12 V Normal ratio
valve

B.82 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Piloting law

Solenoid valve (125)


Lower ratio (crawl) 0V

Functional logic

Protection against engine overspeed


Changing down is prevented if the change in ratio risks causing an engine overspeed. The
selection is memorised and the doubler warning light flashes.

Degraded modes

Defect Action
Oil pressure fault The doubler is locked in its current state.
Engine speed fault The doubler is locked in its current state.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.83


Pre-actuators
Technical description

TWINSHIFT solenoid valve


Solenoid valve on hydraulic unit: Tightness torque = 25 to 30 N.m.
Coil on solenoid valve: Tightness torque = 5 N.m (Maximum).
On/off solenoid valve.
Resistance 8 Ω.

Component layout

1 – TWINSHIFT solenoid valve


1

323ms92

B.84 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Mechanical reverser
Description

Mechanical reverser

323msm91

1 – Vehicle drive clutch shaft 3 – Reverser countershaft


2 – Reverser harness

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.85


Reverser + mechanical shift

323msm89

1 – Vehicle drive clutch shaft 3 – Reverser countershaft


2 – Reverser/doubler gear train

B.86 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Mechanical reverser + hydraulic shift

1 2

323msm90

1 – Hydraulic shift Twinshift® 2 – Mechanical reverser

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.87


Technical description

Mechanical reverser and shift control - View of rear axle

1 4

5 6

323msm54

1 – Reverser control 4 – Shift control


2 – Needle bearing 5 – Pin
3 – Clutch housing 6 – Lock screw

B.88 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


6
7
14
8
13
12
11
9
10
8
7
6
5
15

18

15
16

17

2
4
3
1

323msm56

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.89


1 – Reverser control lever 10 – Reverser lever
2 – Securing clip 11 – Shift and reverser pivot bolt
3 – Reverser cable stop 12 – Shift pivot
4 – Clip 13 – Shift tie rod
5 – Reverser cable 14 – Shift lever
6 – Circlip 15 – Nut
7 – Washer 16 – Screw
8 – Skirt bearing 17 – Shift control lever
9 – Shift cable 18 – Sheath stop

Mechanical reverser and hydraulic shift control - View of rear axle

323msm55

1 – Reverser control 3 – Clutch housing


2 – Needle bearing 5 – Pin

B.90 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Operating summary

Hydraulic reverser and doubler Twinshift®


The mechanical reverser associated to function Twinshift® works according to the following
diagrams::
– Reverser in "forward" position

321msm75

– Reverser in "reverse" position

321msm76

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.91


Technical specifications

Hydraulic reverser and doubler Twinshift®

H I B C

F G D

321msm85

A – Link shaft F – 25 tooth sun gear


B - C – 15 and 17 tooth double planetary gear G – 27 tooth sun gear
D – 19 tooth reverser planet gear H - I – 15 and 17 tooth double planetary gear
E – 21 tooth sun gear

B.92 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


C B

A
321msm87

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.93


Mechanical doubler
Description

Doubler and mechanical reverser

323msm89

1 – Vehicle drive clutch shaft 3 – Reverser countershaft


2 – Reverser/doubler gear train

B.94 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Slow range
Description

Slow range box

323msm86

IMPORTANT: Do not do traction work in slow range.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.95


Speeds and ranges
Description

Gear pairs

4e 3e 5e H M

19 17

25 29 33
37 36/35 28 36
34

23/24 39
39 19

22

2e 1e

321bsm01

To achieve satisfactory ratio spacing in the 30 km/h or 40 km/h versions, the 4 gear pairs differ.
– 35/24 on the 40 km/h gearbox
– 36/23 on the 30 km/h gearbox

B.96 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical description

Gearbox controls
Gears:

8
3
1
9 6
7
7
4 9
9
5 4
4
2 10 5
11 5 14

12 13

323msm50

1 – 1 st/2 nd gear fork shaft. 8 – Pin.


2 – 1 st /2 nd gear fork. 9 – Fork locking screw.
3 – Switch. 10 – 3rd/4th gear fork shaft.
4 – Pushrod. 11 – 3rd/4th gear fork.
5 – Spring. 12 – 5th gear fork shaft.
6 – Needle. 13 – 5 th gear fork.
7 – Finger. 14 – Locking finger.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.97


Road/field range:
15 – Road/off-road fork shaft.
16 – Road/off-road fork. 18
17 – Pin.
21
26
18 – Fork locking screw.
28 20
19 – Pushrod.
25
20 – Spring. 31
30 27
29
21 – Ball.
22 – Locking finger. 15
17
23 – Low range fork shaft. 16
19
24 – Low range fork.
25 – Pin.
323msm87

2 11 13

A
} E

B
D

323msm51

A – Mechanical doubler D – Road/field range


B – Mechanical reverser E – Gears
C – Very slow
Note: During speed change test, handle the speed control with the full lever applying the stress on the ball; otherwise
the ball joint may be burred.

B.98 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


B41-10/15
Mechanical
reverser
(5 speeds and
2 ranges)

323msm42

B41-20/25
Reverser +
mechanical shift
(5 speeds and
2 ranges)

323msm43

B41-32/37
Twinshift
Mechanical
reverser + hydraulic
shift
(5 speeds and
2 ranges)
323msm44

B41-50/56
Revershift
Hydraulic reverser
+ shift
(5 speeds and
2 ranges)

323msm45

B41-11/16
Mechanical
reverser
(5 speeds and
3 ranges)

323msm46

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.99


B41-21/26
Reverser +
mechanical shift
(5 speeds and
3 ranges)

323msm47

B41-33/38
Twinshift
Mechanical
reverser + hydraulic
shift
(5 speeds and
3 ranges)

323msm48

B41-51/56
Revershift
Hydraulic reverser
+ shift
(5 speeds and
3 ranges)

323msm49

B.100 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Controls locking
Box with slow range + mechanical reverser and shift:

1
2

323msm52

1 – 5th gear prevention catch in road range (in


box 30 km/h only)
2 – Prevention catch of slow range in road
range
Boxes without slow range:

323msm53

1 – Prevention catch of slow range in road


range

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B.101


Technical specifications

Twin cone synchroniser


– Twin cone synchroniser ((S1), (S2))
– Single cone synchroniser ((S))

323msm83

B.102 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


– Twin cone synchroniser:
– Contact surface multiplied by two.
– Force divided by two.

323msm84

IMPORTANT: Must be installed using grease.

1st 2nd 3rd 4th 5th Reverser Doubler


B41-10/B41-15 DC DC SC SC SC SC –
B41-11/B41-16 DC DC SC SC SC SC –
B41-20/B41-25 DC DC SC SC SC SC SC
B41-32/B41-37 DC DC DC SC SC DC –
B41-51/B41-56 DC DC DC DC SC – –
DC: Double cone- SC: Single cone

– . – GB 103
GEARBOX B41 AND CLUTCH LUK DT
310

B1 – MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

B2 – B41 GEARBOX

Technical support Chapter

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
B1 – MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH................... 1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 900
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Hub with stop
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 424
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Centring spacer
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B1.1


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 430
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Rigging template DT 310/280
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 433
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Clutch housing trolley
Scene:

B1.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 435
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Centering spindle
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B1.3


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Exploded view
PTO and vehicle drive clutch

A 7

6
5

4
3
2

B
6
5

4
3
2

301msm16

B1.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

A – 72 ch (53 kW) Tractors 4 – Vehicle drive pressure plate


B – 80 ch (59 kW) Tractors 90 ch (66 kW) 100 ch (74 kW) 5 – Diaphragm + junction
2 – Clutch cover 6 – Power take-off pressure plate
3 – Vehicle drive friction plate 7 – Power take-off friction plate

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B1.5


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Mechanical controls for vehicle drive and PTO clutch

17
22 B
20 16
18 26
25
29
25
21 17
22
19
20 16
18
26
23
29
21
19

24

23

301msm08

A – TWINSHIFT gearbox 21 – Power take-off end stop mount


B – Manual gearbox 22 – Clutch guide
16 – Vehicle drive shaft 23 – Power take-off control fork assembly
17 – Power take-off shaft 24 – Vehicle drive control fork assembly
18 – Vehicle drive release bearing 25 – Seal
19 – Power take-off release bearing 26 – Circlip
20 – Vehicle drive end stop mount 29 – Attachment

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document

B1.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Specific tightening torque


DT310 - 310 G Clutch
7 ± 1,5 daN.m

m
m
38
7 ± 1,5 daN.m

87
15

216,5
14

160,5
3

3
127

103
7,6
18,5

Loctite (243)

Loctite (271)
14 daN.m

301msm15

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B1.7


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

1 – Flywheel. 14 – Engine flywheel attachment screw.


2 – Clutch cover. 15 – Clutch cover attachment screw.
3 – Vehicle drive friction plate. 16 – Vehicle drive shaft.
4 – Vehicle drive pressure plate. 17 – Power take-off forward.
5 – Diaphragm + junction. 18 – Vehicle drive release bearing.
6 – Power take-off pressure plate. 19 – Power take-off release bearing.
7 – Power take-off friction plate. 20 – Vehicle drive end stop mount.
8 – Vehicle drive release levers. 21 – Power take-off end stop mount.
9 – Power take-off release levers. 22 – Clutch guide.
10 – Power take-off release lever adjusting screw. 23 – Vehicle drive control fork assembly.
11 – Vehicle drive release lever adjusting screw. 24 – Power take-off control fork assembly.
12 – Drive release lever locknut. 25 – Bearing.
13 – Locating pin.

B1.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Clutch


Note: As the clutch is fairly heavy, special tool
n° 77 01 388 433 should be used to ensure safe removal. In
all cases, an appropriate lifting system must be used.
– Disconnect the tractor between the engine and gearbox. See
work card: Engine change.
– Make 2 marks at (A) and (B) to identify the position of the
clutch in relation to the engine flywheel.
– Remove the clutch attachments and detach the clutch from
the flywheel.
– Check flywheel condition. See work card: Reconditioning the
engine flywheel.

301msm00

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Clutch


IMPORTANT: Before removing the clutch, the relative
position of the plates must be marked.
– Make a mark on the PTO plate (6) and a mark on the vehicle
drive plate in relation to the clutch cover (2) (Fig. 3).

301msm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B1.9


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

– Mark the three vehicle drive clutch release levers (8) and the
three PTO release levers (9) in relation to the clutch cover (2)
as illustrated.
– When dismantling take care not to lose the pins (13).
80 - 90 - 100 HP tractor.

301msm02

Check:Power measurement (kW)Friction disks


– Check minimum thickness and maximum run-out of the friction discs in the vehicle drive clutch (3) and PTO clutch (7).
– Replace them when the these values fall outside the limits shown below.

Ref Disc thickness Nominal Minimum


(3) Vehicle drive From 10,2 to 10,8 (mm) 8 mm
(7) PTO From 7,3 to 7,9 (mm) 5,1 mm

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Clutch


– Refit in the reverse order to dismantling, respecting the markings made before removal..

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Clutch


– Refit in the reverse order to dismantling, respecting the markings made before removal..
Note: As a safety precaution, the lifting gear used for removal must be used when refitting.
– Tighten the clutch attachments to a torque of:

Screw diameter (mm) 8 12


Torque settings (daN.m) 3 (-1, +1) 8 (-1, +1)

B1.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Clutch release levers


– Fit the centring tool n° 77 01 388 435 on the thrust hub n° 60 05 005 900 with the sleeve n° 77 01 388 424, insert the rigging
template n° 77 01 388 430.
Note: The template fitted is calibrated to the dimension of the release levers.
– Press the template against the flywheel (1) as shown in the figure below
– Tighten the three PTO release lever nuts (10) until resistance is felt taking care not to move the template (Use a thin shim).
Lock the nuts using Loctite 243.
– Tighten the three screws (11) on the vehicle drive release levers until resistence is felt then tighten the lock nuts (12) taking
care not to move the template(Use a thin shim). Lock the nuts using Loctite 243.
– Re-attach the gearbox casing to the engine crankcase
– Re-tighten the casing attachments to a torque of 6 to 8 daN.m.

77 01 388 435
DT 310/310 G

60 05 005 900
77 01 388 430
77 01 388 430

77 01 388 424

301msm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B1.11


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Clutch release bearings and guide


Note: The operations described below apply to all types of
mechanically controlled clutch.
– Disconnect the tractor between the engine and gearbox.
– Free the release bearing operating arms. 18 19
– Advance the release bearings by manually operating the
controls (23) and (24).
– Remove the two fasteners (29) attaching the vehicle drive
fork (24) to the vehicle drive release bearing support (21).

24

301msm07

– Remove the two fasteners (29) attaching the PTO fork (24) to the PTO release bearing support (21).
– Extract both release bearing supports (21) and (20) by sliding them forwards along the clutch guide (22).
– Remove the vehicle drive release bearing (18) .
– Remove the PTO release bearing support (21) by sliding it along the vehicle drive release bearing support (20).
– Remove the PTO release bearing (19).
– Remove the clutch guide (22) by extracting its attachment screws.
– Extract the seal (25) fitted on the forward drive shaft (16).

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Clutch release bearings and guide


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
– Replace the seal (25).
– Refit the clutch guide (22) to the gearbox casing, tightening its attachment screws to a torque of 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m.
– Reassemble the operating arms on the clutch levers (23) and (24).
– Adjust the controls if required.

B1.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Wheel drive mechanical clutch clearance


– Set the upper position of the pedals at 98 mm from the mat.
– Adjust the length of the 400 push rod to the dimension X1 of about 400 mm.
– If replacing the entire clutch unit (clutch/cable), preset the cable by allowing the threaded rod to protrude 20 mm.
– With the pedal already adjusted, operate the lever (1) to bring the fork (2) into contact with the clutch plate.
– Adjust nut (3) until it contacts lever (1).
– Insert a 4,1 mm adjusting shim between the nut (3) and the lever (1)
– Adjust nut (4) until it contacts lever (1).
– Withdraw the adjusting shim
– Tighten nut (3) against lever (1).
– Check that the clutch pedal free play is about 20 mm.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B1.13


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL VEHICLE DRIVE CLUTCH

X1

98 mm

2 1

5 4 3

301msm09

1 – Fork operating lever. 5 – Operating rod.


2 – Fork. 6 – Rod Pedal position in relation to the carpet: 98 mm.
3-4 – Adjustment screws (clearance).

B1.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


B2 – B41 GEARBOX

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT ............................................1

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT .............................................41

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER .............70

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)GEARBOX AND RANGES...........................................81

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 107
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Skena "Revershift"
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 151
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Dummy piston for dismantling and inspecting the dual range unit brake
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.1


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 153
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Compression tool
Scene:

Locally made tool


Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for checking splitter brake
Scene:

170
Ø 23

1/2 20
25
17
10
30

B2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Locally made tool


Designation:Power measurement (kW)Drive shaft bearing exctractor.
Scene:

M10

8
250

250

ø 117
ø 135

– For use with a claw extractor - Diameter 30 to 38 mm.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.3


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Locally made tool

Designation:Power measurement (kW)Piston spring compressor tool


Scene:

81
65

M10
8

ø 85
ø 65
40
81
350
250

8
10

(ø 65)
(ø 85)

– For use with a claw extractor - Diameter 30 to 38 mm.

B2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Locally made tool


Designation:Power measurement (kW)Lip seal insertion tool
Scene:

150
ø 73,5

ø 53

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.5


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Exploded view
3 planet gear dual range unit

34
33
35
37
36
27 39
20 32

29
25 19
38
23 27
38
31 29
1
30
28
B

26
24
18
22
21 17
A
15

13
12

10

16
14

11
9

7
C

8
5
3

321msm34

B2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

A – Dual range unit brake. 22 – Backplate.


B – Dual range unit planet gears. 23 – Friction disks.
C – Dual range unit clutch. 24 – Piston support plate.
1 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings. 25 – Belleville washers.
2 – Input unit. 26 – Shim.
3 – Brake piston. 27 – Washers.
4 – O-ring. 28 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings.
5 – O-ring. 29 – Washer.
6 – Screw. 30 – 25 tooth sun gear.
7 – Guide. 31 – 27 tooth sun gear.
8 – Circlips. 32 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings.
9 – Clutch piston. 33 – 15 and 17 tooth double planetary gear.
10 – Seal. 34 – Needle cage.
11 – O-ring. 35 – Spacers.
12 – Belleville washers. 36 – Pin.
13 – Circlip. 37 – Pin.
14 – Backplate. 38 – Thick backplate.
15 – Friction disks. 39 – Needle bearing.
16 – Circlip.
17 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings.
18 – Washer.
19 – Unit.
20 – Planet-carrier unit.
21 – Circlip.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.7


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Reverser and clutches

B2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

A – Reverser 66 – Circlip.
B – Reverse gear clutch (4 to 6 depending on engine power) 67 – Deflector.
C – Forward gear clutch (2 to 3 depending on engine power) 68 – Belleville washers.
19 – Unit. 69 – O-ring.
39 – Needle bearing. 70 – O-ring.
40 – Link shaft. 71 – Piston.
42 – Shims. 72 – Supply cover.
43 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings. 73 – Screw.
44 – Washer. 74 – Nozzle.
45 – Washers. 75 – Plug.
46 – Splined hub. 76 – Circlip.
47 – 21 tooth sun gear. 77 – Shaft.
48 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings. 78 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings.
49 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings. 79 – Splined hub.
49a – Washer. 80 – Shim.
50 – 15 and 17 tooth double planetary gear. 81 – Needle bearing.
51 – Needle cage. 82 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings.
52 – Spacer. 83 – Circlip.
53 – Pin. 84 – Blanking plate.
54 – Pin. 85 – Splined hub.
55 – 19 tooth reverser planet gear. 86 – Backplate.
56 – Needle cage. 87 – Friction disks.
57 – Spacer. 88 – Pin.
58 – Pin. 89 – Spring.
59 – Pin. 90 – Circlip.
60 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings. 91 – Deflector.
61 – Washer. 92 – Belleville washers.
62 – Backplate. 93 – O-ring.
63 – Friction disks. 94 – O-ring.
64 – Pin. 95 – Piston.
65 – Spring. 96 – Clutch housing.
97 – O-ring.
98 – Input unit.
99 – Screw.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.9


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Specific tightening torque


Adjustments and torque settings

± 1,5
0,20 < J1 < 0,30 mm 8 daN.m

0,05 < J2 < 0,15 mm 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m 0,05 < J3 < 0,15 mm
1
321msm01

1 – Power supply unit attachment screw:


– 6 H M10 x 150 - 30 screws / 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m
– 6 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 50 / 8 ± 1,5 daN.m
2 – Belleville washers (Stalling under 1000 daN stress)

B2.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Casings tightening torque and sealing

A
daN 27,5
± 2,5
daN
9
±2
18

daN 27,3
± 2,5
daN
2
±2
18

7 ± 1,5 daN.m
8,5 daN.m

Loctite (518)
Loctite (518)

1
8,5 daN.m

daN.m
± 1,5
7

321msm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.11


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

1 – Access box housing and engine housing A – Tightness torques of screws on cover:
2 – Access box housings and gearboxes – With Revershift: 3 daN.m
3 – Front and rear axle gearbox sumps – Without Revershift:8 daN.m ± 1,5 Loctite 518

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Revershift input unit


Note: Slacken the clutch housing screws before
decoupling the tractor to facilitate undoing the casing
screws.
– Remove the cab. See work card: Refitting the cab. A
– Drain the transmission hydraulic system.
– Remove the Revershift (A) hydraulic unit.
– Remove the 3 hydraulic supply hoses (B) from the Revershift
unit

B
321msm35

– Split the engine and the clutch housing.


– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Replacing the engine.
– Remove the circlips and the shim at the end of the PTO shaft
(PTO clutch side).
– Remove the PTO shaft.
– Remove the clutch housing and place it upright.

321msm36

B2.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Remove the 6 Verbus screws (C) and slacken 2 of the 6


diametrically opposed HM screws (D).
– Replace with M 10x20 screws M 10 x 80 (D) to bear down on
the casing and extract the unit.
– Install a lifting chain and remove the unit.
– Carefully extract the entire unit.

321msm37

– Carefully extract the entire unit.

321msm38

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.13


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Hydraulic dual range unit


Dismantling the dual range unit clutch
– Remove the (6) HM screws from the front cover (2) to release it.
– Extract the clutch assembly.
– Extract circlip (16) and withdraw the friction plates and backplates, circlip (13) to remove the Belleville washers (12).

Dismantling the dual range unit brake


– Compress the Belleville washers using the dummy piston tool
n° 60 05 006 151.
Note: Tool n° 60 05 006 151 may be used with tool
n° 60 05 006 105 fitted upside down.
– Remove the circlip, the backplates and the disks. 60 05 006 151

Note: Mark the piston in relation to the cover before


removing it.
– Remove the piston.
Note: Change the O-rings, applying grease when fitting.

321msm17

Dismantling the dual range unit planet gears


– xtract the unit (20) and the needle roller/thrust ball bearings (17) as well as washer (18).
– Recover the foil washers (27).
– Extract the pins (37).
– Then remove the double pinion assembly.
– Extract the needle roller/thrust ball bearings and the satellite pinions.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit planet gears


– All parts must be oiled before reinstallation.
– All seals must be replaced A
– Fit the needle roller/thrust ball bearing (28), followed by the
washer (29).
– Take care to line up the holes in the washers (27) when
refitting them.
Note: Use paint to mark (A) the two teeth on which there B
are "punch marks" (B), to facillitate satellite
synchronisation.

321msm03

B2.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment of dual range unit planet gears (3 planet gears)


– Fit 2 double planet gears ensuring they are the right way round. Position the paint marks as shown in the illustration.

321msm04

C – 2 teeth visible inside the casing


D – 1 tooth visible from outside the casing, the other being
hidden

– Fit the sun gear (30) without moving the planet gears.
– Fir the last dual planet gears, ensuring they are the right way round.
– Fit the sun gear (31) without moving the planet gears.
– Fit the needle roller/thrust ball bearings (32).
– Check for free rotation of the unit by turning the planet gears by hand and checking their position 3 times (see previous
illustration).
– Fit the needle roller/thrust ball bearing (17), then washer (18) into the casing (20).

Adjustment of dual range unit planet gears (4 planet gears)


– Position the 25 tooth sun gear and paint a mark on one tooth. Position planet gear number 1 so that the marked tooth on the
sun gear is between the two punch marks on the planet gear.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.15


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

321msm05

1 – Planet gear number 1


2 – Punch mark (manufacturer) on planet gears
3 – Paint mark (repairer) on sun gear
4 – 25 tooth sun gear
5 – Planet-carrier unit

– Fit planet gear number 4 then turn the sun gear 1/4 turns.
Position planet gear number 2 so that the marked tooth on the
sun gear is between the two punch marks on the planet gear.

321msm06

B2.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Fit planet gear number 4 then turn the sun gear 1/4 turns.
Position planet gear number 3 so that the marked tooth on the
sun gear is between the two punch marks on the planet gear.

321msm07

– Fit planet gear number 4 then turn the sun gear 1/4 turns.
Position planet gear number 4 so that the marked tooth on the
sun gear is between the two punch marks on the planet gear.

321msm08

– Fit planet gear number 4 then turn the sun gear 1/4 turns.
E
IMPORTANT: The marked sun gear tooth must be located
between the two punch marks on the first planet gear (E),
or the setting will have to be repeated (item (E)).

321msm09

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.17


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit brake


Note: If the dual range unit brake piston is being replaced,
turn it as shown in the diagram to facilitate fitting the
cover.

321msm66

– Carry out a trial installation to determine the shim setting


required later.
– In the casing (19), install the two Belleville washers,
respecting the orientation.
IMPORTANT: Carry out the following operations carefully
when refitting the dual range unit brake to avoid damage.

19

321msm10

– Fit backplate number 1 (thickness 3 mm) as shown in the


diagram. One of the notches in the backplate must fit into the
orifice located between the two most widely spaced drillings.
– (d): The shortest distance between 2 drillings in the
casing.
– (D): The greatest distance between 2 drillings in the
casing.
d

321msm11

B2.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Fit backplate number 2 (thickness 3 mm) as shown in the


diagram.
– Fit the 2st disk.

321msm12

– Fit backplate number 3 (thickness 1,5 mm) as shown in the


diagram. Two of the notches on the back plate must be located
opposite the two most widely spaced drillings.
– Fit the 2nd disk.

321msm13

– Fit backplate number 4 (thickness 3 mm) as shown in the


diagram.

321msm14

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.19


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit brake


IMPORTANT: If changing disks and back plates, there is no
need to adjust shims at the Belleville washers. However
this adjustment must be made when changing the
Belleville washers.
– Fit the rule n° 60 05 006 107.

60 05 006 107

321msm16

– Position tool n° 60 05 006 151 so as to compress the


Belleville washers.
Note: Take care to use the correct notches when installing
the tool.
– Place the assembly under a press. 60 05 006 151

Note: Tool n° 60 05 006 151 may be used with tool


n° 60 05 006 105 fitted upside down.
– Compress the Belleville washers to a value of 1200 daN.m for
the insertion of the Belleville washers.

321msm17

– Position the rule n° 60 05 006 107 in the circlip groove (21).

321msm18

B2.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Reduce the force by 200 daN.m.


– Carry out the following adjustment:
– Using a depth gauge measure dimension X.
– The thickness E of the rule is 10 mm.
Dimension Y is determined from the seating face of the circlip to the seating face of the friction back plate.
Y=X-E
. Yo is a manufacturer's dimension that is dependent on the mechanical characteristics of the Belleville washers (for a force of
1000 daN: .Yo = 3,71 mm
C = Y - Yo
Shim dimension C is intended to generate sufficient pressure on the friction disks via the Belleville washers. Inadequate shim
thickness leads to a risk of slippage in the friction disks through lack of pressure. Excessive shim thickness may lead to the unit
turning continuously.
Hence:
C = X - 13,71
– Example:
– If: X = 14,33 mm
– Then: C = 0,62 mm
– Shims available (0,6 - 0,8 - 1,00).
– Use a 0,6 mm shim.
– Dismantle the unit again to insert the appropriate thickness of shim, then rebuild the unit.
– Refit the Belleville washers (25) the right way round.
– To reinsert the circlip, use tool n° 60 05 006 151 to apply pressure to the unit.
– Reinstall the piston (3) using new seals (4) and (5).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.21


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

1 000 daN

10 60 05 006 107
Yo

Y
c

321msm19

B2.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Hydraulic dual range unit


– Refit the piston (9) on the guide (7).
– The seals (10) and (11) must be changed.
– Refit the Belleville washers (12) the right way round. Refit the circlip (13).
– Refit the Belleville washers (25) and the friction discs (23) on the guide then lock with the circlip (21).
– The seals (8) must be changed and refitted to the guide.

Check:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit brake


Note: This check is carried out with the clutch dual range
unit removed.
– Use a locally manufactured tool and the torque setting
wrench.
– Under zero force (not subject to press), the brake must not
slip when one applies, using the torque setting wrench, a torque
equal to the following values:
– 3 planet gear dual range unit: 14 daN.m
– 4 planet gear dual range unit: 21 daN.m

321msm20

Check:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit clutch


– Using the press, apply a force of 1300 daN.
– With the clutch installed, it must be possible to turn the friction
disks (Maximum torque 0,5 daN.m).

60 05 006 151

321msm17

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.23


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Reverser and reverse clutch


– Identify and remove the cover (72).
– Place the cover under the press using tool n° 60 05 006 153, compress the Belleville washers (68) in order to remove the
circlip (66) and the deflector (67).
– Extract the piston (71).
– If necessary, replace the washers.
– Remove the friction disks (63) and the back plates (62).
– Remove the splined shaft.
– Remove the reverser unit.
– Dismantle the reverser unit.

Check:Power measurement (kW)Oil jet: Reverse gear clutch


– When dismantling, check that the oil jet (E) on the reverse
gear clutch is not blocked.
E

321msm40

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Reverser


IMPORTANT: Make a paint mark on the teeth marked with
'punch marks' to facilitate the synchronisation of the A
3 planet gears.
– Fit the two friction washers (45) inside the planet-carrier
housing (19) making sure they are the right way round.
– Fit the 3 twin planet gears using the larger of the drillings then
the 3 reversal planet gears using the smaller diameter drillings.
B

321msm03

B2.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Position the paint marks as shown in the illustration.

321msm23

A – 1 mark on each side of the centre line B


B – 1 tooth on the centre line C
C – Large drilling A
D – Small drilling D
E – Marking visible on only one of the two sides

E
321msm24

– Fit the shaft (40), the sun gear (47) including the needle roller/thrust ball bearings (48) and (49) and the washer (49a).
– Fit the washer (42), needle roller/thrust ball bearings (43) and the shim(s) (42).
– Check operation of the unit by rotating it several times.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.25


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Reverse gear clutch


– Measure X with a depth gauge.
19

321msm46

– Measure dimension Y with a depth gauge (Piston face to


mounting surface).

321msm47

– Stack the back plates (62) and friction disks (63).

321msm48

B2.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Using a hydraulic press apply a force of 1000 daN to the unit.


Note: The force must be evenly distributed over the entire
surface.

Z 62 63

321msm49

– Measure Z (Between the base G and the upper back


plate (62)).

1 000 daN

G
62
63

321msm50

– Calculate dimension C:
–C =X-Y-Z

321msm48

– Depending on the number and type of friction disk, dimension C may adopt certain well defined values (see table below):

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.27


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

NUMBER OF DIMENSION C MUST EQUAL


FRICTION DISCS
BORG WARNER MIBA BORG WARNER
(Worn disk) (New and worn disk) (New disk)
4 3,4 ± 0,2 mm 3 ± 0,2 mm
5 4,2 ± 0,2 mm 3,7 ± 0,2 mm
6 5 ± 0,2 mm 4,4 ± 0,2 mm

Note: If dimension C is outside tolerance, the back plates can be changed (Two thicknesses are available: 3
and 3,4 mm).

B2.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Reverser


– The shim thickness is calculated by measuring dimension A and dimension B.
– C = A - (B + J)
– The clearance J required is 0,10 ± 0,05 mm.

B2
A

B1
B

321msm54
– Use a depth gauge or dial gauge to take the measurements.
– The mechanical reverser assembly has to be rebuilt to assess A
shim requirements.
– Example:
– A = 114,81 - 4,11 = 110,7 mm
– 4,11 mm is the thickness of the rule 60 05 006 107.

321msm55

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.29


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– To obtain dimension B, measure dimensions B1 and B2.


– B = 114,62 - 4,87 = 109,75 mm
– Calculate the shim thickness C.
– C = 110,7 - (109,75 + J)
– C = 0,85 ± 0,5 mm B1

321msm56

B2

321msm57

B2.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Reverser and reverse clutch


– Reassemble the reverser and reverse clutch assembly, using new seals throughout.
– Lightly lubricate the seals before installation.
– Insert the appropriate shim thickness.
– Refit the cover (72) and tighten the screws (73) to a torque of 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m.
– Oil the attachment screws.

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Forward clutch


– Remove the circlip (83).
– Remove the closing plate (84).
– Remove the friction disks (87) and the back plates (86).
– Position the clutch housing (96) under a press and compress the Belleville washers in order to be able to remove the
circlip (90) and the deflector (91).
– Extract the piston (95).
– If necessary, replace the washers.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.31


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Forward gear clutch


– Fir the circlip (83) ensuring that it is at its upper stop.

83

X
=Z

321msm41

– Measure Z (thickness of circlip).


– Measure dimension X with a depth gauge. This is the
dimension that separates the upper surface of the circlip and
the piston face.

83
Z

321msm42

– Stack the back plates (86), the friction disks (87) and the
closure plate (84) on perfectly flat and smooth surface (G).

84

86 87
Y

321msm43

B2.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Using a hydraulic press apply a force of 1000 daN to the unit.


Note: The force must be evenly distributed over the entire
surface.
– Measure Y. This is the dimension between the base (G) and
the closure plate (84).
1 000 daN
86
84
87

321msm44

– Calculate dimension C:
–C =X-Y-Z

83
Z

321msm42

– Depending on the number and type of friction disk, dimension C may adopt certain well defined values (see table below):

NUMBER OF DIMENSION C MUST EQUAL


FRICTION DISCS
BORG WARNER MIBA BORG WARNER
(Worn disk) (New and worn disk) (New disk)
2 1,8 ± 0,2 mm 1,8 ± 0,2 mm
3 2,6 ± 0,2 mm 2,3 ± 0,2 mm

Note: If dimension C is outside tolerance, the back plates can be changed (Two thicknesses are available: 3
and 3,4 mm).

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Forward gear clutch


– Refit the piston (95) with new O-ring seals.
– Refit the Belleville washers (92) the right way round.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.33


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Using a press, fit the circlip (90) and the deflector (91).
– Refit the friction disks (87) and back plates (86).
– Fit the blanking plate (84).
– Refit the circlip (83).

Check:Power measurement (kW)Forward gear clutch


– After the rebuild, check that the inner hub (85) turns freely.
– It if does not, fit a 3 mm back plate in place of the 3,4 mm one
or vise versa.

85

321msm45

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Forward gear clutch


– Refit the supply unit (98) on the primary shaft.
– Refit the forward gear clutch assembly.
– Refit the reverse gear and dual range assembly.
Note: This setting is also used when installing with the
crawl function.
– Extract the shims located inside the splined shaft (79).

321msm58

B2.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Ensure that the combined bearing (81) is installed reversed before checking the dimensions.
– This bearing cannot in fact be removed without damage.

81
B1
B2

321msm59
– The shim thickness is calculated by measuring dimension (A)
and dimension (B). Using a depth gauge, measure 81
dimensions (A) and (B).
– Calculate the shim thickness (C) using the following formula:
– C = A - B - 0,10 ± 0,05
– The backlash should be between 0,05 and 0,15 mm.

321msm60

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.35


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Measure dimension (A)


– A = 145,73 - 4,17 = 141,56 mm
– 4,17 mm is the thickness of the rule.

321msm61

Measure dimension (B)


– B1 = 29,42 mm

321msm62

B2.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Measure dimension B2 at 3 different locations and take the


smallest value.
– B2 = 172,28 - 4,170,15 = 168,11 mm
– 4,17 mm is the thickness of the rule.
– B = B2 - B1 = 168,11 - 29,42 = 138,59 mm
– C = A - B - 0,10 ± 0,05
– C = 141,56 - 138,69 - 0,10 ± 0,05
– C = 2,62 to 2,72 mm
– The shims to be fitted should have a thickness of 2,62 to
2,72 mm.
– Install the shims under the combined bearing (81) mounted
the right way round.

321msm63

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.37


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Revershift unit


IMPORTANT: To facilitate the mating of the clutch housing
to the gear box, ensure that the hub (79) is correctly in
place on the forward gear clutch.
– Refit the clutch housing.

79

321msm64

– Change the seals (H) on the Revershift hydraulic unit.


– Torque settings for the forward and reverse gear solenoid
valves:
– Solenoid valve on hydraulic unit: 1,6 daN.m (- 0; + 0,3)
– Coil on solenoid valve: Solenoid valve on hydraulic unit: 0,45
daN.m (- 0; + 0,2)

321msm52

B2.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Speed sensor


– Coat the thread of the sensor with Loctite n° 518.
– Screw down the sensor until it contacts the Revershift unit
– Slacken 3/4 of a turn to obtain the correct gap.
– Gently tighten the locknut.

321msm65

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.39


RECONDITIONING
REVERSHIFT INPUT UNIT

B2.40 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 105
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Avdragare och insättare av stoppring (används med verktyg nr 60 05 006 151)
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 107
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Skena "Revershift"
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.41


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 151
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Dummy piston for dismantling and inspecting the dual range unit brake
Scene:

Locally made tool


Designation:Power measurement (kW)Synchro adjustment gauge
Scene:

B2.42 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Locally made tool


Designation:Power measurement (kW)Synchro adjustment gauge
Scene:

Locally made tool


Designation:Power measurement (kW)Synchro adjustment gauge
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.43


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Locally made tool


Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for checking splitter brake
Scene:

170
Ø 23

1/2 20
25
17
10
30

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

B2.44 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Exploded view
Hydraulic dual range unit (3 planet gears)

1
37
34
33
35 36
34
20
25
38 29
23
32 19
31
30 27
28

27
26
24 18
17
22
21 15
13
12

16
14

11
9
10
7
8
5
3
4
2
6

323msm16

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.45


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

1 – Dual range unit assembly. 20 – Planet-carrier unit.


2 – Input unit. 21 – Circlip.
3 – Brake piston. 22 – Backplate.
4 – Inner O-ring. 23 – Friction disks.
5 – Outer O-ring. 24 – Piston support plate.
6 – Screw. 25 – Belleville washers.
7 – Guide. 26 – Shim.
8 – Rings. 27 – Washers.
9 – Clutch piston. 28 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings.
10 – Inner seal. 29 – Washer.
11 – Outer seal. 30 – 25 tooth sun gear.
12 – Belleville washers. 31 – 27 tooth sun gear.
13 – Circlip. 32 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings.
14 – Backplate. 33 – 15 and 17 tooth double planetary gear.
15 – Friction disks. 34 – Needle cage.
16 – Circlip. 35 – Spacer.
17 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings. 36 – Pin.
18 – Washer. 37 – Pin.
19 – Unit. 38 – Plate.

B2.46 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Mechanical reverser

51
52
50
51
54
53
45

76
49
47
48
39 46

45
59
44
43
42 55
41 56
57
40 58
60
75
74
73
70
71
72
66
67
72
71
70

68
69

64
63
62
65
61

323msm17

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.47


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

39 – Planet-carrier unit. 59 – Pin.


40 – Link shaft. 60 – Flange.
41 – Needle bearing. 61 – Cover.
42 – Shims. 62 – Washer.
43 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings. 63 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings.
44 – Washer. 64 – Washer.
45 – Washers. 65 – Screw.
46 – 25 tooth sun gear. 66 – Sliding gear.
47 – 21 tooth sun gear. 67 – Synchro hub.
48 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings. 68 – Spring.
49 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings. 69 – Hollow keys.
50 – 15 and 17 tooth double planetary gear. 70 – Synchro ring.
51 – Needle cage. 71 – Synchro ring.
52 – Spacer. 72 – Synchro ring.
53 – Pin. 73 – Needle roller/thrust ball bearings.
54 – Pin. 74 – Differential hub.
55 – 19 tooth reverser planet gear. 75 – Shim.
56 – Needle cage.. 76 – Needle cage.
57 – Spacer.
58 – Pin.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

B2.48 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Specific tightening torque


Adjustments and torque settings

1 2 3 0,10 ± 0,05
0,15 0,15
mm 4 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m

4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m

9 10

± 0,3 ± 0,2 ± 0,05


0,2 mm 7 6 5 12 x 2 daN.m 0,20 mm

323msm13

1 – Hydraulic supply 7 – Power supply unit attachment screw:


2 – Multidisc brakes – 6 H M10 x 150 - 30 screws / 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m
3 – 3 planet gear dual range unit – 6 Verbus screws M10 x 150 - 50 / 8 ± 1,5 daN.m
4 – Mechanical reverser 8 – Vehicle drive shaft
5 – Belleville washers (Stalling under 1000 daN stress) 9 – Link shaft
6 – Hydraulically-actuated multidisc clutches 10 – Primary shaft

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.49


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Casings tightening torque and sealing

A
daN 27,5
± 2,5
daN
9
±2
18

daN 27,3
± 2,5
daN
2
±2
18

7 ± 1,5 daN.m
8,5 daN.m

Loctite (518)
Loctite (518)

1
8,5 daN.m

daN.m
± 1,5
7

321msm00

B2.50 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

1 – Access box housing and engine housing A – Tightness torques of screws on cover:
2 – Access box housings and gearboxes – With Revershift: 3 daN.m
3 – Front and rear axle gearbox sumps – Without Revershift:8 daN.m ± 1,5 Loctite 518

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)TWINSHIFT unit


– Slacken the clutch housing screws before decoupling the tractor to facilitate undoing the casing screws.
– Remove the cab:
– See work card: Refitting the cab.
– Drain the hydraulic system.
– Remove the LH hydraulic cover.
– Split the tractor at the clutch:
– See work card: Replacing the engine.
– Remove the circlips and the shim at the end of the PTO shaft (PTO clutch side).
– Remove the PTO shaft.
– Remove the two hydraulic supply lines from the Twinshift unit.
– Remove the clutch housing and place it upright.
– Remove the 6 Verbus screws .
– Slacken 2 diametrically opposed screws out of the 6 HM screws.
– Replace with M 10 x 80 screws M 10 x 80 (D) to bear down on the casing and extract the unit.
– Attach a chain.

– Carefully extract the entire unit.

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Hydraulic dual range unit


Dismantling the dual range unit clutch
– Mark the cover (2) in relation to the unit.
– Remove the 6 HM screws on the front cover (2) and extract it.
– Extract the clutch assembly.
– Extract circlip (16) and withdraw the friction plates and backplates, circlip (13) to remove the Belleville washers (12).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.51


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Dismantling the dual range unit brake


– Compress the Belleville washers using the dummy piston tool
n° 60 05 006 151.
Note: Tool n° 60 05 006 151 may be used with tool
n° 60 05 006 105 fitted upside down.
– Remove the circlip, the backplates and the disks. 60 05 006 151

Note: Mark the piston in relation to the cover before


removing it.
– Remove the piston.
Note: Change the O-rings, applying grease when fitting.

321msm17

Dismantling the dual range unit planet gears


– xtract the unit (20) and the needle roller/thrust ball bearings (17) as well as washer (18).
– Recover the foil washers (27).
– Extract the pins (37).
– Then remove the double pinion assembly.
– Extract the needle roller/thrust ball bearings and the satellite pinions.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit planet gears


– All parts must be oiled before reinstallation.
– All seals must be replaced A
– Fit the needle roller/thrust ball bearing (28), followed by the
washer (29).
– Take care to line up the holes in the washers (27) when
refitting them.
Note: Use paint to mark (A) the two teeth on which there B
are "punch marks" (B), to facillitate satellite
synchronisation.

321msm03

B2.52 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment of dual range unit planet gears (3 planet gears)


– Fit 2 double planet gears ensuring they are the right way round. Position the paint marks as shown in the illustration.

321msm04

C – 2 teeth visible inside the casing


D – 1 tooth visible from outside the casing, the other being
hidden
– Fit the sun gear (30) without moving the planet gears.
– Fir the last dual planet gears, ensuring they are the right way round.
– Fit the sun gear (31) without moving the planet gears.
– Fit the needle roller/thrust ball bearings (32).
– Check for free rotation of the unit by turning the planet gears by hand and checking their position 3 times (see previous
illustration).
– Fit the needle roller/thrust ball bearing (17), then washer (18) into the casing (20).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.53


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment of dual range unit planet gears (4 planet gears)


– Position the 25 tooth sun gear and paint a mark on one tooth. Position planet gear number 1 so that the marked tooth on the
sun gear is between the two punch marks on the planet gear.

1 – Planet gear number 1


2 – Punch mark (manufacturer) on planet gears
3 – Paint mark (repairer) on sun gear 1
4 – 25 tooth sun gear
2
5 – Planet-carrier unit
3

321msm05

– Turn the 25 tooth satellite gear 4,25 turns.


– Position the 2nd planet so that the marked tooth on the sun
gear is between the two punch marks on the planet gear.
– Turn the 25 tooth satellite gear 4,25 turns.

321msm06

– Position the 3rd planet gear so that the marked tooth on the
satellite gear is between the two punch marks on the planet
gear.
– Turn the 25 tooth satellite gear 4,25 turns.

321msm07

B2.54 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Position the 4 planet gear so that the marked tooth on the


satellite gear is between the two punch marks on the planet
gear.
– Turn the 25 tooth satellite gear 4,25 turns.

321msm08

IMPORTANT: The marked sun gear tooth must be located


between the two punch marks on the first planet gear (E), E
or the setting will have to be repeated (item (E)).

321msm09

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.55


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit brake


– Carry out a trial installation to determine the shim setting
required later.
– In the casing (19), install the two Belleville washers,
respecting the orientation.
IMPORTANT: Carry out the following operations carefully
when refitting the dual range unit brake to avoid damage.

19

321msm10

– Fit backplate number 1 (thickness 3 mm) as shown in the


diagram. One of the notches in the backplate must fit into the
orifice located between the two most widely spaced drillings.
– (d): The shortest distance between 2 drillings in the
casing.
– (D): The greatest distance between 2 drillings in the
casing.
d

321msm11

– Fit backplate number 2 (thickness 3 mm) as shown in the


diagram.
– Fit the 2st disk.

321msm12

B2.56 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Fit backplate number 3 (thickness 1,5 mm) as shown in the


diagram. Two of the notches on the back plate must be located
opposite the two most widely spaced drillings.
– Fit the 2nd disk.

321msm13

– Fit backplate number 4 (thickness 3 mm) as shown in the


diagram.

321msm14

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.57


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit brake


IMPORTANT: If changing disks and back plates, there is no
need to adjust shims at the Belleville washers. However
this adjustment must be made when changing the
Belleville washers.
– Fit the rule n° 60 05 006 107.

60 05 006 107

321msm16

– Position tool n° 60 05 006 151 so as to compress the


Belleville washers.
Note: Take care to use the correct notches when installing
the tool.
– Place the assembly under a press. 60 05 006 151

Note: Tool n° 60 05 006 151 may be used with tool


n° 60 05 006 105 fitted upside down.
– Compress the Belleville washers to a value of 1200 daN.m for
the insertion of the Belleville washers.

321msm17

– Position the rule n° 60 05 006 107 in the circlip groove (21).

321msm18

B2.58 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Reduce the force by 200 daN.m.


– Carry out the following adjustment:
– Using a depth gauge measure dimension X.
– The thickness E of the rule is 10 mm.
Dimension Y is determined from the seating face of the circlip to the seating face of the friction back plate.
Y=X-E
Yo is a manufacturer's dimension that is dependent on the mechanical characteristics of the Belleville washers (for a force of
1000 daN: .Yo = 3,71 mm
C = Y - Yo
Shim dimension C is intended to generate sufficient pressure on the friction disks via the Belleville washers. Inadequate shim
thickness leads to a risk of slippage in the friction disks through lack of pressure. Excessive shim thickness may lead to the unit
turning continuously.
Hence:
C = X - 13,71
– Example:
– If: X = 14,33 mm
– Then: C = 0,62 mm
– Shims available (0,6 - 0,8 - 1,00).
– Use a 0,6 mm shim.
– Dismantle the unit again to insert the appropriate thickness of shim, then rebuild the unit.
– Refit the Belleville washers (25) the right way round.
– To reinsert the circlip, use tool n° 60 05 006 151 to apply pressure to the unit.
– Reinstall the piston (3) using new seals (4) and (5).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.59


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

1 000 daN

10 60 05 006 107
Yo

Y
c

321msm19

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Hydraulic dual range unit


– Refit the piston (9) on the guide (7).
– The seals (10) and (11) must be changed.
– Refit the Belleville washers (12) the right way round. Refit the circlip (13).
– Refit the Belleville washers (25) and the friction discs (23) on the guide then lock with the circlip (21).
– The seals (8) must be changed and refitted to the guide.

B2.60 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Check:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit brake


Note: This check is carried out with the clutch dual range
unit removed.
– Use the dual drive unit brake checking tool and a torque
setting wrench.
– Under zero force (not subject to press), the brake must not
slip when one applies, using the torque setting wrench, a torque
equal to the following values:
– 3 planet gear dual range unit: 14 daN.m
– 4 planet gear dual range unit: 21 daN.m

321msm20

Check:Power measurement (kW)Dual range unit clutch


– Using the press, apply a force of 1300 daN.
– With the clutch installed, it must be possible to turn the friction
disks (Maximum torque 0,5 daN.m).

60 05 006 151

321msm17

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.61


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Drive shaft bearing


The endfloat should be 0,25 ± 0,05 mm.
Shim adjustment can only be carried out when the input unit (2) is fixed to the dual drive unit.
– Insert the baering, fit the circlip.
– Measure the dimensions:
– X: Depth between the outer face of the input unit (2) and the bearing mating surface.
– Y: Depth between the outer face of the input unit (2) and the pressure surface of the circlip in its housing.
– Z: Thickness of circlip.
– Determine shim thickness C:
– C = X - (Y + Z + 0,25)

321msm22

B2.62 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Reverser


– Mark the cover before removal.
– Remove the reverser unit.
– Dismantle the reverser unit.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Reverser


IMPORTANT: Make a paint mark on the teeth marked with
'punch marks' to facilitate the synchronisation of the A
3 planet gears.
– Fit the two friction washers (45) inside the planet-carrier
housing (19) making sure they are the right way round.
– Fit the 3 twin planet gears using the larger of the drillings then
the 3 reversal planet gears using the smaller diameter drillings.
B

321msm03

– Position the paint marks as shown in the illustration.

321msm23

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.63


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

A – 1 mark on each side of the centre line B


B – 1 tooth on the centre line C
A
C – Large drilling
D – Small drilling D
E – Marking visible on only one of the two sides

321msm24

– Fit the satellite gears (46) and (47) inserting the needle roller/thrust ball bearings (48) and (49).
– Fit the washers (62) and (64) and the needle roller/thrust ball bearings (63).
– Check operation of the unit by rotating it several times.

B2.64 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Reverser


– Only adjust this setting on units fitted with a screw-on cover.
– The floating cover does not special adjustment.
– The shim thickness is calculated by measuring dimension X and dimension Y:
– X: Dimension between the casing mating surface (19) and the shaft bearing.
– Y: Dimension between the mating surface of the thrust bearing (43) and the mating surface of the cover (61).
– The shim value (C) equals:
– C = X - Y - 0,10 (within a tolerance of ± 0,05 mm)
– 0,10 is the float value to be applied

X Y

61

43

19

321msm25

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.65


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Measure dimension X
– Use tool n° 60 05 006 107.
– Measure dimension X with a depth gauge. 60 05 006 107
– Subtract the thickness of the bar, or 14,15 mm.
– Take at least 4 measurements at diametrically opposed
positions and take the mean value of the 4.

321msm26

Measure dimension Y
– 2 measurements are needed to determine Y :
– Y = A' - A

60 05 006 107
43
A
A’

61
Y = A’ – A

– Use tool n° 60 05 006 107.


– Measure dimension A' with a depth gauge.
– Take at least 4 measurements at diametrically opposed positions and take the mean value of the 4.
– Position a feeler gauge on the needle roller thrust bearing A to provide a level surface for the measurement of A.
– Use tool n° 60 05 006 107.
– Add the thickness of the feeler gauge used when taking the measurement to the value recorded to obtain A.
– Take at least 4 measurements at diametrically opposed positions and take the mean value of the 4.
Final reassembly
– Insert the shims required to achieve the previously calculated setting.

B2.66 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

– Insert the reverser assembly into the housing (19).


– Tighten the screws to a torque of 2 ± 0,2 daN.m.

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Synchronisation clearance for the reverser


– The functional clearance is 0,20 ± 0,05 mm.
– Use locally manufactured tools (1) (2) (3).
– Record the dimensions before refitting the input unit cover, the brake and clutch to ensure correct seating of the dual range
unit.
– The shim value C equals:
– C = X - Y - 0,20
– Or:
– X = 180 + a
– Y = 180 + b
– Hence:
– C = a - b - 0,20 (within a tolerance of ± 0,05 mm)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.67


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

180 mm b

3 180 mm
a

321msm28

B2.68 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
TWINSHIFT INPUT UNIT

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.69


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

B2.70 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

Exploded view
Input unit without doubler with mechanical reverser

15
14
13

12
11
8
10 6
9
7
1
2
3
4
5

26
25
24
23
22
21
20
18
19

13

17

13

18
27 18

323msm07

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.71


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

1 – Vehicle drive clutch shaft. 14 – Sleeve.


2 – 22 tooth pinion. 15 – Tapered roller bearing.
3 – Needle cage. 16 – Clutch guide.
4 – Thrust bearing. 17 – Screw.
5 – Tapered roller bearing. 18 – Counter shaft.
6 – Sliding gear. 19 – Tapered roller bearing.
7 – Synchro ring. 20 – 25 tooth pinion.
8 – Synchro ring. 21 – Spacer.
9 – Cotter. 22 – 28 tooth pinion.
10 – Spring. 23 – Spacer.
11 – Tapered roller bearing. 24 – Tapered roller bearing.
12 – 25 tooth pinion. 25 – Shim.
13 – Link shaft. 26 – Circlip.

B2.72 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

Input unit with reverser and mechanical doubler (With crawl range)

22
21
18
16
15
19

17
20
48

13

37
36
49

14

35
47

8
12

34
6
46

50
51

11

33
45

32
44

52

9
10
43

31
30
7
1

28
27

29
25

3
24

4
5
23

323msm08

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.73


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

1 – Vehicle drive clutch shaft. 27 – Screw.


2 – 22 tooth pinion. 28 – Counter shaft.
3 – Needle cage. 29 – Tapered roller bearing.
4 – Shims. 30 – 25 tooth pinion.
5 – Tapered roller bearing. 31 – Spacer.
6 – Sliding gear. 32 – 28 tooth pinion.
7 – Synchro ring. 33 – Spacer.
8 – Synchro ring. 34 – 25 tooth pinion.
9 – Cotter. 35 – Tapered roller bearing.
10 – Spring. 36 – Shim.
11 – Tapered roller bearing. 37 – Circlip.
12 – Bush. 38 – Counter shaft.
13 – 25 tooth pinion. 39 – 23 tooth pinion.
14 – Needle cage. 40 – Needle cage.
15 – Synchro hub. 41 – Washer.
16 – Sliding gear. 42 – Pin.
17 – Synchro ring. 43 – Pin.
18 – Synchro ring. 44 – Needle cage.
19 – Cotter. 45 – Planet carrier.
20 – Spring. 46 – Shim.
21 – 27 tooth pinion. 47 – Screw.
22 – Needle cage. 48 – Unit.
23 – Link shaft. 49 – Sliding gear.
24 – Sleeve. 50 – External circlip.
25 – Tapered roller bearing. 51 – Planet gear.
26 – Lip seal. 52 – Crown wheel.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

B2.74 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

Specific tightening torque


Casings tightening torque and sealing

A
daN 27,5
± 2,5
daN
9
±2
18

daN 27,3
± 2,5
daN
2
±2
18

7 ± 1,5 daN.m
8,5 daN.m

Loctite (518)
Loctite (518)

1
8,5 daN.m

daN.m
± 1,5
7

321msm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.75


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

1 – Access box housing and engine housing A – Tightness torques of screws on cover:
2 – Access box housings and gearboxes – With Revershift: 3 daN.m
3 – Front and rear axle gearbox sumps – Without Revershift:8 daN.m ± 1,5 Loctite 518

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Remove the cab:
– Refer to the work card in chapter H: Refitting the cab.
– Disconnect the clutch housing from the engine:
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Replacing the engine.
– Separate the clutch housing from the gearbox housing:
– Refer to the work card in chapter B: Refurbishing ratio and range change gearbox.

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Clutch shaft


The required preload is between 0 and 0,05 mm maximum.
Shimming is applied at (2). The thickness of the shim at (1) is fixed (1,50 mm).
– Refit the shaft with a 1,5 mm shim at (1) and a 1,5 mm shim at (2).
– Pull on the shaft while turning it alternately clockwise and anticlockwise to properly seat the bearings.
– Remove the circlip and the shim (2).
– Measure X.
– Refit the circlip.
– Measure Y.
X: Depth between the outer face of the clutch housing and the bearing contact face.
Y: Depth between the outer face of the clutch housing and the contact face of the circlip when installed in its groove.
Z: Thickness of circlip.
– Determine shim thickness C:
– C = X - (Y + Z)
– Add 0,02 mm of preload shims.

B2.76 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

0 < P < 0,05

25

X
1

323msm10

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.77


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

Preload check
– There must be no play in the shaft.
– Wrap a cord around the reverser sliding gear.
– The force, measured using a spring balance, must be between 0,5 and 1,5 daN (Via the left aperture in the clutch housing).
IMPORTANT: The measurement must be carried out:
– Without counter shaft
– Without reverser gear train
– Without primary shaft

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Reverser/doubler gear train


The asymmetric gears are installed with the longer skirt towards the front face of the clutch housing.
– Remove the shims.
– Measure the axial backlash using a dial gauge.
– Depending on the backlash measured, select a shim thickness to obtain a preload of between 0 and 0,05 mm.

0 < P < 0,05

323msm11

B2.78 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Mechanical reverser countershaft


– Remove the shims.
– Measure the axial backlash using a dial gauge.
– Depending on the backlash measured, select a shim thickness to obtain a preload of between 0 and 0,05 mm.

10

0 < P < 0,05

323msm12

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.79


RECONDITIONING
DOUBLER AND MECHANICAL REVERSER

B2.80 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 516
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Calibration shim for setting the conical distance of 66,60 mm
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 552
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Primary shaft extractor
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.81


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Exploded view
Primary gear train - Primary shaft

17
16
15

6
5

4
3
2
1

14
13
12
11
8 10
9
7

B
17
16
15

6
5

4
18
3

14
13
12
11
8
10
9
7

323msm36

B2.82 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

A – Gearbox without low range 9 – Cotter.


B – Gearbox with low range 10 – Synchro hub.
1 – Washer. 11 – Sliding gear.
2 – Washer. 12 – Synchro ring.
3 – Tapered roller bearing. 13 – Synchro ring.
4 – Primary shaft. 14 – Synchro ring.
5 – Needle cage. 15 – Pinion.
6 – Pinion. 16 – Plain bush.
7 – Synchro ring. 17 – Needle cage.
8 – Spring. 18 – Plain bush.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.83


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Primary gear train - Rear intermediate shaft

32
31
30
29
28

27
26

25
24
23

22
19
21

20

323msm38

B2.84 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

19 – Synchro hub. 27 – Rear intermediate shaft.


20 – Spring. 28 – Needle bearing.
21 – Cotter. 29 – Seal.
22 – Sliding gear. 30 – Tapered roller bearing.
23 – Synchro ring. 31 – Shim (Thicknesses available : 0,10 - 0,15 - 0,50).
24 – Tapered roller bearing. 32 – Internal circlip.
25 – Pinion.
26 – Cylindrical bearing.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.85


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Secondary gear train - Front intermediate shaft


58
57

48
56

47
46
45
55

44
54
53

42

43
52

41
51

40
50

39
59

49
38

37
36
35
34
33

323msm37

B2.86 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

33 – Internal circlip. 46 – Synchro ring.


34 – Shim (Thicknesses available : 0,10 - 0,15 - 0,50 - 2,00). 47 – Synchro ring.
35 – Tapered roller bearing. 48 – Synchro ring.
36 – Bush. 49 – Pinion.
37 – Needle cage. 50 – Bush.
38 – Pinion. 51 – Needle cage
39 – Synchro ring. 52 – Pinion.
40 – Synchro ring. 53 – Spacer.
41 – Synchro ring. 54 – Pinion.
42 – Spring. 55 – Spacer.
43 – Cotter. 56 – Pinion.
44 – Synchro hub. 57 – Needle bearing.
45 – Sliding gear. 58 – Tapered roller bearing.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.87


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Secondary gear train - Secondary shaft

73

69
72

71
70
68

67
66
65

63

62
64
64
61

323msm39

B2.88 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

60 – Drive pinion. 68 – Nut.


61 – Synchro ring. 69 – Plain pinion.
62 – Cotter. 70 – Shim (Thicknesses available :
63 – Spring. 0,10 - 0,15 - 0,20 - 0,50 - 1,00).
64 – Synchro hub. 71 – Dual taper bearing.
65 – Pinion. 72 – Cover.
66 – Needle cage. 73 – Drive pinion.
67 – Pinion.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.89


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Specific tightening torque


Casings tightening torque and sealing

A
daN 27,5
± 2,5
daN
9
±2
18

daN 27,3
± 2,5
daN
2
±2
18

7 ± 1,5 daN.m
8,5 daN.m

Loctite (518)
Loctite (518)

1
8,5 daN.m

daN.m
± 1,5
7

321msm00

B2.90 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

1 – Access box housing and engine housing A – Tightness torques of screws on cover:
2 – Access box housings and gearboxes – With Revershift: 3 daN.m
3 – Front and rear axle gearbox sumps – Without Revershift:8 daN.m ± 1,5 Loctite 518

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.91


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Removal of the gearbox


– Remove the cab:
– See work card: Refitting the cab.
– Remove the PTO unit:
– Refer to the work card in chapter D: Refurbishment of PTO unit.
– Split the engine and the clutch housing:
– Refer to the work card in chapter A: Replacing the engine.
– Remove the clutch limit stops and controls.
– Remove the shafts and forks from the input unit.
– Remove the input unit.
– Remove the cover plates from the main gearbox.
– Split the tractor between the gearbox and the rear axle.
Note: If a synchro ring is to be changed, there is no need to separate the gearbox from the rear axle. The complete
primary shaft has to be withdrawn forwards.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Primary shaft


The difference between the types of primary shaft lie mainly in the shaft and synchro units. The synchro units may be single or
double depending on the version.
– Remove the fork shafts, the forks and and 3rd/4th and 5th gear selectors.
– Remove the lubrication lines.
– If the tractor is fitted with the crawler speed option, remove the step-down gear unit.
– See overall and exploded views for the full dismantling of the primary shaft.
– To extract the primary shaft, use tool n° 77 01 388 552.
– Use a slide hammer.
– As the shaft is withdrawn, extract the 5th gear synchro unit and the bearing cone.
– Then extract the 3rd gear pinion, the synchro unit and the 4th gear pinion.
Note: The 5th gear pinion on the rear intermediate shaft may be removed if required.

B2.92 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

8 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 12 11 9 13 14 15 22 21 25 24

10 16 19 23
17

323msm88

1 – Washer. 13 – Synchro ring.


2 – Washer. 14 – Synchro ring.
3 – Tapered roller bearing. 15 – Pinion.
4 – Primary shaft. 16 – Plain bush.
5 – Needle cage. 17 – Needle cage.
6 – Pinion. 19 – Synchro hub.
7 – Synchro ring. 20 – Spring.
8 – Spring. 21 – Cotter.
9 – Cotter. 22 – Sliding gear.
10 – Synchro hub. 23 – Synchro ring.
11 – Sliding gear. 24 – Tapered roller bearing.
12 – Synchro ring. 25 – Pinion.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Rear intermediate shaft


– Remove the circlip (32) and the shims (31).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.93


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

– Always replace the O-ring seal (29).

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Secondary gear train


– Remove the shafts and forks for 1st/2nd gear.
– Remove the lubrication line at the end of the shaft.
– Using a slide hammer, remove the secondary shaft assembly.
– Remove the front intermediate shaft:
– Strike the end of the shaft using a bronze drift and remove it from the rear of the box.
– Recover components as the unit is extracted.
Note: If the secondary shaft is being replaced, the rear axle crown wheel must be replaced.

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)PTO intermediate shaft


– Adjust shimming on the tapered bearings in the bare casing.
– Remove the PTO intermediate shaft.
– Check and clean the parts.

5
2

3
6
4

463msm20

1 – Casing 4 – Tapered roller bearing


2 – Circlip 5 – Pinion
3 – Shim 6 – Tapered roller bearing

B2.94 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

– Position the casing vertically.


– Fit the tapered bearing and pinion assembly in the casing. E

A
– Measure dimension (A) after having pushed the assembly in
the direction shown (E).

463msm21

– Fit the circlip (2) then measure dimension (B) after having
pushed the taper bearing (4) against the circlip.

B
– Measure the thickness Z of the circlip (2).

463msm22

– Calculate the float J between the circlip and the outer race of
the bearing:
–J =A-B-Z
– Determine the shim thickness X to obtain a preload:
– X = J + 0,20
– Check the preload torque T.
3
– T must be between 0,5 and 1,5 N.m.
– Add or remove the equivalent of a 0,05 mm shim to obtain the 2
correct preload.

Z
4

463msm23

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.95


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Primary gear train


– Check and clean the parts.
– Replace any defective components.
– Check correct operation of all components.
– Refit the primary shaft with its taper bearing.
– Make sure that the 5th gear synchro hub is installed the right way round.
– Refit the rear intermediate shaft.
– Replace the shims and the circlip.
– Refit the supply unit for the hydraulic reverser or the cover on the low range unit on the primary shaft.

Gearbox without low range or hydraulic reverser


– Insert the washer (2) on the shaft on completion of the rebuild.
– Refit the clamp and tighten its attachments to a torque of 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m.
Note: Pull on the shaft while turning it alternately clockwise and anticlockwise to properly seat the bearings..

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Rear intermediate shaft bearings


Adjustment is made to the rear intermediate shaft of the primary gear train. Adjustment must be carried out before the
secondary gear train is refitted.
– Wrap a cord around the rear intermediate shaft.
– Using a n° 77 01 388 008 spring balance, pull on the cord until the shaft starts to rotate.
– The primary shaft must be held stationary.
– Measure the corresponding force (F).
– This must be between 1,3 and 3,3 daN for the 16 tooth pinion and between 1,15 and 2,8 daN for the19 tooth pinion.
– If the force required falls outside these limits, repeat the adjustment operations and change the shims, then repeat the check:
– Increase shim thickness if the force is too low.
– Reduce shim thickness if the force is too high.
– Continue until the force obtained is correct.

B2.96 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

24 25 26 27 P

30

321msm68

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Primary gear train


– Re-dismantle the primary gear train so that the secondary gear train can be adjusted.
– Record the shim thickness used on the rear intermediate shaft for the final re-assembly.

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Secondary shaft


– Extract the baering cone (58), then the synchro unit and the pinions to give access to the nut (68).
– Unlock and unscrew the nut (68) then extract the dual taper bearing 71.
– Recover the shim(s) 70.
– Replace any faulty component.
IMPORTANT: The dual taper bearing is pre-adjusted; it must not be dismantled.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.97


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

A
A–A

64 67 71

70

60

58 64 68 0 < P < 0,05

323msm41

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Secondary shaft


– Carry out refitting in the opposite order of removal.

B2.98 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Adjustment:Cone distance
Note: The theoretical cone distance (At theoretical) is
66,60 mm. Using shims (5) this distance can be adjusted in
accordance with the manufracturer's data marked on the 1 1a
bevel gears.

323msm20

– The theoretical cone distance is measured using gauge


block 77 01 388 516.
IMPORTANT: Before any measurement, replace the cover
over the dual taper bearing to ensure correct seating. 77 01 388 516

323msm21

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.99


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Check marking and calculating adjustment value


– Marking datums on the input pinion, crown wheel and on the
rear axle boss enables calculation of the corrections (in
millimeters) to be applied to the cone distance as a function of
actual dimensions of the components. These corrections 1a
enable the determination of the value of the cone distance
setting (Ar).
– The mark (C), the same as on the input pinion (1) and the 1
crown wheel (1a) ensures that they are installed as a pair. C
– Mark (D), on the input pinion, must not be used
(Manufacturer's mark).
– Mark (E), where present, corresponds to the value in
hundreds of a millimetre to be subtracted to obtain the
E
adjustment figure Ar.
1a D

323msm22

– Mark (F), located on the right side of the rear axle,


corresponds to the value in hundreds of a millimetre to be
F
subtracted (- sign) or added (+ sign) to obtain the adjustment
figure Ar.

323msm35

Examples of the calculation of the cone distance setting


– Calculate the cone distance setting Ar:

E F Ar
(On the front face of the input (On the boss on the right of the (cone distance setting, to be
pinion) rear axle) calculated)
No indication 0 A = 66,60 mm
No indication +10 A = 66,60 + 10 = 66,70 mm
10 -5 A = 66,60 - 10 - 5 = 66,45
No indication -15 A = 66,60 - 0,15 = 66,45 mm

B2.100 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Practical adjustment
– Refit the dual taper bearing on the shaft without the shims.
– Replace the secondary shaft so that the cone distance can be
adjusted.
– Record the values of the corrections to be applied E and F.
Calculate the cone distance setting (Ar).
– Using the dial gauge and its mount , measure the distance 8 029
(Em measurement) between the raw cone distance A' and the
theoretical cone distance A'' using gauge block
n° 77 01 388 516:
– Em = A'' - A'
– The thickness of shim required G is equal to the su of the
A’
following deviations: A”
– G = (Ar - At) + Em
– Example:
– At = 66,60 mm
– Em = A'' - A' = 0,60 mm 323msm25
– Ar = 66,70 mm
– G = (66,70 - 66,60) + 0,60 = 0,70 mm
– In this example, shim thickness G to be used is 0,70 mm.
– Record the shim setting for the secondary shaft for use during
final assembly.
– Re-dismantle the shaft and dual taper bearing.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Front intermediate shaft


– Clean all parts and examine carefully.
– Replace any defective element.
– Oil bearings and rotating components.
– Start by replacing the taper bearing (35) in the casing bearing housing.
– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
IMPORTANT: All dual synchro cones must be lubricated.

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Dual taper bearing


– Refit the secondary shaft.
– Insert the shims required to achieve the previously calculated setting.
– Carry out an initial tightening of nut (68) to a torque of18 ± 2 daN.m and turn the bevel gear to seat the bearings.
– Carry out a second tightening to 18 ± 2 daN.m and turn the bevel gear.
– Fold over the skirt of the nut to lock it.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.101


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Front intermediate shaft


The preload required is 0 to 0.,05 mm.
The cone distance on the secondary shaft must be adjusted first.
– After fitting the shaft without shims, place a dial gauge against the end of the shaft (Fig. 323msm40) so as to measure the
movement of the shaft.
– Pull on the shaft while rotating it backwards and forwards to "seat" the cones in the bearing cups (35).
– Set the dial gauge to zero.
– Push on the shaft while rotating it backwards and forwards to "seat" the cones in the bearing cups (58).
– Measure X (Shaft movement).
– The shimming required equals:
– X if the bearings are used.
– X + 0,05 - if the bearings are new.

35 58

0 < P < 0,05

323msm40

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Primary gear train


– Oil all rotating components before refitting.
– All dual taper synchro units must be soaked in oil before refitting.

B2.102 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

– Refit the primary shaft with its taper bearing.


– Make sure that the 5th gear synchro hub is installed the right way round.
– Refit the rear intermediate shaft.
– Install the thickness of shims as measured and the circlip.
– Depending on equipment fit:
– Refit the supply unit for the hydraulic reverser or the cover on the low range unit on the primary shaft.
– Insert the washer (2) on the shaft on completion of the rebuild.
– Refit the clamp and tighten its attachments to a torque of 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m.

– Pull on the shaft while turning it alternately clockwise and anticlockwise to properly seat the bearings.
– Refit the oil line at the end of the shaft.
– Refit the fork shafts, the forks and the 3rd/4th and 5th gear change selectors.

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Forks (ratios 1, 2, 3 and 4)


– Fit a flat plate (1) to compress the springs and plungers on the
forks.
– Position a dial gauge on the end of the shaft of the fork to be
adjusted (example : ratios 1 and 2).
– Select the synchro to neutral.
– Engage a gear ratio (example : ratio 1).
– Measure the axial backlash using a dial gauge.
– Engage the other ratio (example : ratio 2).
– Measure the backlash.
– Take the mean of the two readings.
– Where necessary, offset the fork in relation to its shaft by: 1 2 3
– Tightening screw (2) and slackening screw (3).
– Slackening screw (2) and tightening screw (3).
– The setting is attained when the mean value is obtained on
the dial gauge.
323msm26
– Repeat the same operation on the synchro unit for the 3rd and
4th gear ratios.
– Adjustment of the 5th gear ratio and the ranges is achieved
using a set of feeler gauges positioned between the sliding gear
and the fork. The same value of backlash must be obtained on
each side.
Note: Check that there is backlash between the fork and
the sliding gear to avoid friction and premature wear in the
syncho bushes.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Final steps


– Refit the covers to the gearbox.
– Re-connect the rear axle to the gaerbox.
– Re-connect the gearbox to the engine casing.
– Refit the input unit.
– Refit the controls, the shafts and forks in the input unit.
– Refit the clutch limit stops and controls.
– Re-connect the gearbox to the engine casing.
– Refit the PTO gearbox.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB B2.103


RECONDITIONING
GEARBOX AND RANGES

– Refit the front axle transmission shaft.


– Refit the cab. See work card: Cab replacement.

B2.104 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REAR AXLE

Technical support Chapter C

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

REAR AXLE

CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND DIFFERENTIAL.....................................................................................11

REAR POWER TAKE-OFF...............................................................................................................................14


MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH ............................................................................................................................................ 16

HYDRAULICALLY CONTROLLED PTO CLUTCH REVERSHIFT® .................................................................................. 22

BRAKES............................................................................................................................................................25

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
C – REAR AXLE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
REAR AXLE
Description

Tractor Celtis 426 Celtis 236 Celtis 446 Celtis 456


Type of axle P11 P11H
Distance 1530 mm
between brake
back-plates
Maximum Load limit of rear tyres
loading
capacities
Differential locking
Type Sliding sleeve
Check Mechanical by lever
Unlocking Automatic with the brakes
Final drive ratios
Type Right gear teeth
Service brakes
Type Oil immersed disk brakes
Number of discs 4 5
Disc diameter 204 mm
Control Mechanical
Handbrake
Characteristics Same as main brakes
Control Mechanical
PTO
Rotation rate 540 / 540 ECO / 1000
Corresponding 2111 / 1662 ECO / 2118
engine speed

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.7


Technical description

Rear axle

344msm57

C.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Schematic diagram

Drive chain

E
C D G

F
H

344msm58

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.9


Drive pinion / Crown wheel
A 7 teeth
B 48 teeth
Final drive
C 10 teeth
D 51 teeth
PTO
1000 rpm equipment (0,472)
E 17 teeth
F 36 teeth
PTO
540 rpm equipment ECO (0,325)
E 13 teeth
F 40 teeth
PTO
540 rpm equipment (0,255)
G 11 teeth
H 43 teeth

C.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Crown wheel and pinion and differential
Description

Differential lock control

344msm60

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.11


Technical description

Differential locking/unlocking controls


Internal control:

2
4
5
6
8

15

7
12
9
13

344msm42

1 – Fork 7 – O-ring
2 – Locking screw 8 – Threaded rod
3 – Spacer 9 – Locknut
4 – Spacer 12 – Sliding dog
5 – Spring 13 – Fixed dog
6 – Fork shaft 15 – Operating lever

C.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


External control:

20
19

21

17
14
18

11
15
10
16

344msm41

10 – Operating arm 18 – Spring end-stop


11 – Spring 19 – Cable guide end fitting for creep control
14 – Locking lever cable
15 – Operating lever 20 – Spring end-stop
16 – Cable attachment 21 – Cable guide end fitting (differential
17 – Cable guide end fitting (differential locking) unlocking)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.13


Rear power take-off
Description

Rear power take-off

344msm59

C.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


344msm53

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.15


Mechanical PTO clutch
Description

Mechanical forward and PTO clutch


Note: Revershift® transmission forward drive clutches are described in the chapter "Gearbox".

Tractor Celtis 426 Celtis 236 Celtis 446 Celtis 456


Clutch Emergency mechanical clutch
Make LUK
Type Double with individual relay control
Pressurising By diaphragm
Weight at platform body 800 ± 50 800 ± 55
(daN)
Vehicle drive clutch disk 1
Boot Organic Cerametalic
Diameter 310
Control By lever

Rear PTO disc 1


Boot Organic
Diameter 310
Control Mechanical (or servo assisted)

C.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical description

Mechanical forward and PTO clutch

10 2

1 9

15 18

3 19

4 21

5 20

6 22

14 16

25 17

7 23

8 24

13

11

12

301msm17

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.17


1 – Flywheel. 15 – Clutch cover attachment screw.
2 – Clutch cover. 16 – Vehicle drive shaft.
3 – Vehicle drive friction plate. 17 – Power take-off shaft.
4 – Vehicle drive pressure plate. 18 – Vehicle drive release bearing.
5 – Diaphragm + junction. 19 – Power take-off release bearing.
6 – Power take-off pressure plate. 20 – Vehicle drive end stop mount.
7 – Power take-off friction plate. 21 – Power take-off end stop mount.
8 – Vehicle drive release levers. 22 – Clutch guide.
9 – Power take-off release levers. 23 – Vehicle drive control fork assembly.
10 – Power take-off release lever adjusting 24 – Power take-off control fork assembly.
screw. 25 – Bearing.
11 – Vehicle drive release lever adjusting 26 – Screw.
screw.
12 – Locknut.
13 – Locating pin.
14 – Engine flywheel attachment screw.

The rear PTO clutch may be controlled mechanically or assisted by a hydraulic jack.

C.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Power take-off control assembly (mechanical)

4
6

301msm10

1 – Cable sheath end fitting. 4-5 – Adjustment screws (clearance).


2 – Fork end. 6 – Control.
3 – Operating lever. 7 – Cable.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.19


Power take-off clutch control assembly (assisted)

1 4

2 7
5

6
3

301msm11

1 – Supply to servo actuator 5 – Control in "declutched" position


2 – Servo actuator 6 – Hydraulic control spool valve
3 – Power take-off clutch fork 7 – Spool valve control lever
4 – Control in ?engaged? position

C.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical specifications

Power take-off distributor

C
2 ± 0,1

397msm70

1 – Supply
2 – Return to reservoir
3 – Cylinder
3 2

397msm71

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.21


Hydraulically controlled PTO clutch Revershift®
Description

Tractor Celtis 426 Celtis 236 Celtis 446 Celtis 456


Clutch Emergency mechanical clutch
Make LUK
Type Simple
Pressurising By diaphragm
Weight at platform body 920 ± 70
(daN)
Vehicle drive clutch disk 1
Boot Organic
Diameter 310
Control Hydraulics
Note: Revershift® transmission forward drive clutches are described in the chapter "Gearbox".
Note: The control hydraulic controls are described in the Hydraulic section of Function Revershift®, chapter B.

C.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical description

3 18 4 7 5 13 16 10 17 15 14 9 8 25 26 27

21 23 24 6 29 28 31 33 30 32

344msm55

8
13 9
11
12
14
15
16 30
17 29
6 31
5 28
7 27
4 26
2 25
24
23
22

21
32
20
19
18

344msm56

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.23


1 – Flywheel 18 – Circlip
2 – Bearing 19 – Cover
3 – Engine flywheel attachment screw 20 – Shim
4 – Power take-off friction plate 21 – Circlip
5 – Clutch mechanism 22 – Circlip
6 – Clutch attachment screws 23 – Seal
7 – Locating pin 24 – Seal
8 – Input unit 25 – Seal
9 – Spring 26 – Circlip
10 – Casing 27 – Shim
11 – Square section seal 28 – Bearing
12 – Piston 29 – Needle cage
13 – Casing attachment screw 30 – Vehicle drive shaft
14 – Square section seal 31 – Circlip
15 – Ball bearing 32 – Power take-off shaft
16 – Ring 33 – Power supply unit attachment screw
17 – Circlip

C.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Brakes
Description

Model Celtis 426 - 436 - 446 Celtis 456


Type Oil immersed disk brakes
Number of disks per wheel 4 5
Outside diameter of friction discs 204 mm
Service brake control type Mechanical
Parking brake control type Mechanical
Lubrication CLAAS Agrishift GA 12

Technical description

Oil immersed disk brakes

361msm07

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.25


1 – Pivoting plate assembly 12 – Slave cylinder
2 – Cover 13 – Caliper
3 – Screw 14 – Spring
4 – Screw 15 – Seal
5 – Drain plug 16 – Bracket
6 – Link 17 – Brake lubrication (banjo screw)
7 – Link 18 – Washer
8 – Traction assembly 19 – Pin
8a – Pin 20 – Circlip
8b – Pin 21 – Spacer
8c – Sealing gaiter 27 – Washer
8e – Washer 28 – Nut
9 – Brake disc 29 – Locknut
10 – Backplate 30 – Screw
11 – Casing

C.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Brakes controls

375 mm

X = 98 mm

m
300 m
3 4 5

361msm10

1 – Operating rods 4 – Pin


2 – Rod 5 – Rod
3 – Caliper 9 – Hydraulic trailer brake valve

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C.27


Technical specifications

Hydraulic trailer brake valve

12 13 14 1 1a 1b 1c 2 4 3

11 10 9 8 6 5

364msm08

1 – Valve body 7 – O-ring


1a – Spool 8 – O-ring seals
1b – Seal 9 – Ring
1c – Piston 10 – Guide
2 – Plug 11 – Shim
3 – Adjustment screw 12 – Spring
4 – Locknut 13 – O-ring
5 – Seal 14 – Pushrod
6 – Spring

C.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


C1 – REAR AXLE

C2 – REAR POWER TAKE-OFF

C3 – BRAKES

Technical support Chapter C

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
C1 – REAR AXLE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS ............................ 1

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)DIFFERENTIAL ............................................................15

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS31

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 058
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Slide hammer
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 626
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Drive shaft wrench P11
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.1


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 640
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Retaining pin
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 641
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Clamp-on ammeter
Scene:

C1.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 651
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Axle tube bearing fitting tool
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 654
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Axle tube seal fitting tool
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.3


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Exploded view
Axle tubes and drive shafts

28
30
31
27
26
22
15

29
20
21
18
16
17
19

24

23
25

344msm24
15 – O-ring 24 – Pin
16 – Tapered roller bearing 25 – Nut
17 – Seal 26 – Crown wheel
18 – Axle tube 27 – Left shaft nut
19 – Seal 28 – Right shaft nut
20 – Stud 29 – Lock screw
21 – Nut 30 – Sliding dog
22 – Tapered roller bearing 31 – Fixed dog
23 – Wheel shaft

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

C1.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Specific tightening torque


Rear axle tightening torque and adjustment values

23

12 23

0
J 1 < 0,3
23 22

0,15 <
22
14

23
23

9
0 < J2 < 0,05

23

11

10

15
20

77 01 388 654

77 01 388 651

344msm47

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.5


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Ref Type of screw or Loctite Adjustment


9 16 studs M 16 x 2 - 44 (Loctite 638) 5 daN.m ± 0,5
6 studs M 16 x 2 - 80 (Loctite 638) 5 daN.m ± 0,5
22 nuts M 16 x 2 35 daN.m ± 2
10 12 screws CHC M 12 x 1,75-60 12 daN.m ± 1
11 22 screws HM 10 x 1,5-30 6,5 daN.m ± 0,5
12 12 screws HM 12 x 1,5-35 14 daN.m ± 0,5 (Loctite 638)
14 2 screws CHC M 8 x 1,25-30 3,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (see wheel shaft adjustment)
15 4 screws HM 8 x 1,25-25 1,9 daN.m ± 0,2
4 screws HM 8 x 1,25-40 1,9 daN.m ± 0,2
20 16 wheel nuts 34 daN.m ± 4
22 Locknut M 58 x 1,5 – Tighten nuts to 12 daN.m.
Locknut M 58 x 1,5 – Turn the wheel shaft 10 turn.
– Check the nuts tightening torque.
– Unscrew the nuts 1/6 turn.
– Tighten the nuts brake screw.
– Check the wheel shafts unscrewing to a torque
of 30 daN.m.
23 Loctite 518

C1.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Position the tractor on flat and level ground.
– Chock the wheels.
– Drain the rear axle.
– Place the tractor on stands.
– Remove the rear wheels.
– Remove the cab:
– Refer to the work card in chapter H: Refitting the cab.
– Remove the brakes:
– Refer to the work card in chapter C: Refurbishment of normal
and emergency brakes.

344msm51

– Remove the linkage cover:


– Refer to the work card in chapter E: Refurbishment of rear linkage mechanism.
– Remove the differential locking internal control mechanism:
– Refer to the work card in chapter C: Refurbishment of differential lock/unlock controls.

Take precautions against unexpected movement of the tractor. When the rear axle is supported on axle stands, never
start the tractor. The tractor may move if the brakes are operated (normal or handbrake). If you must start the engine,
the front axle must also be supported on stands or the shaft to the front axle must be decoupled.

Special instructions
– Clean the threads in the holes for the screws installed using Loctite, using a tap to remove the dry residue.
– Clean and degrease the contact faces.
– Always use new seals when reassembling and oil before fitting.
– Lubricate bearings before installation.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.7


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Axle tubes and drive shafts


– Unlock nut (27) or (28) depending on the axle tube to be
removed by slackening the lock screw (29).
– Remove the nuts (21).

344msm26

– Unscrew nut (27) or (28) as the extraction proceeds to


disengage the axle tube/drive shaft assembly (18) using
extractors.
– On completion of extraction, recover the dog clutch (30)
or (31) along with nut (27) or (28).

344msm28

– Using a hoist and a shackle attached to the axle tube plate,


extract the drive shaft (23) from the tube (18).
23
– Using an extractor, remove the bearing cone (16) from the
drive shaft (23).

18

344msm27

C1.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

– Using an extractor and a suitable mount, remove the axle


tube bearing cup (22) on the side of the rear axle casing and the
axle tube bearing cup (16) from the wheel side.

344msm29

344msm30

– Remove the seals (15) and (19).


– To remove a crown wheel (26), turn the differential bearing .

344msm31

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.9


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

– Using special tool n° 77 01 388 641, extract the crown


wheel (26) by pivoting it backwards and pulling upwards.

344msm32

– Remove the bearing cone (22) from the crown wheel (26)
using an extractor.

344msm33

C1.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Axle tubes and drive shafts


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
– Soak the bearings in oil before refitting.
– Grease the seals and bearings on fitting.
– Refit the seals and bearing using tool (77 01 388 640) and an 77 01 388 640
appropriate drift:
– Bearing (16): TOOL 77 01 388 651.
– Seal (17) (19): TOOL 77 01 388 654.

77 01 388 651

344msm34

77 01 388 640

77 01 388 654

344msm35

– Tighten the fitting studs at a torque of 5 daN.m.


– Refit the shaft/axle tube assembly by inserting the crown
wheel (26), the nut (27) or (28) then the dog clutch (30) or (31).

344msm36

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.11


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

– Tighten the nut to a torque of 35 daN.m ± 2.

344msm37

C1.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Axial play of the wheels


Note: To achieve 30 daN.m, adjust the torque wrench to
25 daN.m. To achieve 12 daN.m, adjust the torque wrench 77 01 388 626
to 10 daN.m.
IMPORTANT: Tighten down the screw (29) to avoid the
opening in the nut and the overlapping of the threads in the
nut with those on the shaft.
– Using spanner n° 77 01 388 626, tighten nut (27) or (28) to a
torque of 12 daN.m.
– Turn the shaft 10 rotations (at the wheel). 27
– Tighten the nut again to a torque of 12 daN.m then slacken a
twelfth of a turn.
– Tighten the lock screw (29) for the nut to a torque of
3,5 daN.m ± 0,5.

344msm38

27
29

344msm39

– Using a dial gauge, check that the endfloat is between 0 and 0,05 mm.
IMPORTANT: Always check correct tightening of the nuts (27) and (28) by applying a torque in the opposite direction
of 30 daN.m. The nuts must not turn.
– Recheck end float.
IMPORTANT: Remember to fold over the locking tab on the nut (27) (left shaft) into the slot on the fixed dog clutch (31).

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Final operation


– Refit the wheels and tighten the wheel nuts to a torque of 34 daN.m ± 4.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.13


RECONDITIONING
AXLE TUBES AND DRIVE SHAFTS

C1.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

DIFFERENTIAL

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 058
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Slide hammer
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 008
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Spring balance 0 to 40 daN
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.15


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Exploded view
Rear axle

28
1 30
56 31 26
10 27 22
12 15
2 20
21 16
13 29 18 17
11 43 19
42b
44 23
24
8
6 7 45
46
5
42a
32
53 41
37
52 33
25
49
47 35
38
51 53 39
50 52 40
48
52 50
51
53
53 52 48 36

344msm52

C1.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

1 – Rear axle casing 30 – Sliding dog


2 – Rear plate 31 – Fixed dog
5 – Plug 32 – Rear axle shaft
6 – Seal 33 – Shims
7 – Bearing sleeve 34 – LH bearing
8 – O-ring 35 – RH bearing
9 – Screw 36 – Screw
10 – Locating peg 37 – O-ring
11 – Locating peg 38 – Internal circlip
12 – Plug 39 – Bearing
13 – Dip stick 40 – External circlip
15 – O-ring 41 – Tapered roller bearing
16 – Tapered roller bearing 42a – Drive pinion
17 – Seal 42b – Tapered ring gear
18 – Axle tube 43 – Screw
19 – Seal 44 – Differential housing
20 – Stud 45 – Bush
21 – Nut 46 – External circlip
22 – Tapered roller bearing 47 – Head
23 – Wheel shaft 48 – Planet gear half shafts
24 – Pin 49 – Planet gear shaft
25 – Nut 50 – Sun gears
26 – Crown wheel 51 – Washers
27 – Left shaft nut 52 – Planet gears
28 – Right shaft nut 53 – Planet gear washers
29 – Lock screw 56 – Hypoid difference reading (not used)

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.17


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Specific tightening torque


Rear axle tightening torque and adjustment values.

53 ± 0,5
19 6

7
4
23

90,5 ± 0,5

23 2 21 18

344msm48

C1.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Ref Type of screw or Loctite Adjustment


1 5 screws HM 8 x 1,25-25 1,9 daN.m ± 0,2
3 screws HM 8 x 1,25-30 1,9 daN.m ± 0,2
2 7 screws HM 12 x 2,00-30 6,7 daN.m ± 0,5
4 6 screws HM 16 x 2-50 (Verbus) 35 daN.m ± 2
8 screws HM 12 x 1,75-40 (Verbus) 16 daN.m ± 1
2 screws HM 12 x 1,75-70 (Verbus) 16 daN.m ± 1
6 5 screws HM 10 x 1,5-35 8.5 daN.m ± 1
7 3 screws HM 8 x 1,25-20 1,9 daN.m ± 0,2
18 M 26 x 1,00 plug 6,5 daN.m ± 0,5
19 1 fork stop screw 2,5 daN.m ± 0,2
21 M 35 x 1,5 Nut 11,5 daN.m ± 0,5
23 Loctite 518

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.19


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Rear axle tightening torque and adjustment values

23

12 23

0
J 1 < 0,3
23 22

0,15 <
22
14

23
23

9
0 < J2 < 0,05

23

11

10

15
20

77 01 388 654

77 01 388 651

344msm47

C1.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Ref Type of screw or Loctite Adjustment


9 16 studs M 16 x 2 - 44 (Loctite 638) 5 daN.m ± 0,5
6 studs M 16 x 2 - 80 (Loctite 638) 5 daN.m ± 0,5
22 nuts M 16 x 2 35 daN.m ± 2
10 12 screws CHC M 12 x 1,75-60 12 daN.m ± 1
11 22 screws HM 10 x 1,5-30 6,5 daN.m ± 0,5
12 12 screws HM 12 x 1,5-35 14 daN.m ± 0,5 (Loctite 638)
14 2 screws CHC M 8 x 1,25-30 3,5 daN.m ± 0,5 (see wheel shaft adjustment)
15 4 screws HM 8 x 1,25-25 1,9 daN.m ± 0,2
4 screws HM 8 x 1,25-40 1,9 daN.m ± 0,2
20 16 wheel nuts 34 daN.m ± 4
22 Locknut M 58 x 1,5 – Tighten nuts to 12 daN.m.
Locknut M 58 x 1,5 – Turn the wheel shaft 10 turn.
– Check the nuts tightening torque.
– Unscrew the nuts 1/6 turn.
– Tighten the nuts brake screw.
– Check the wheel shafts unscrewing to a torque
of 30 daN.m.
23 Loctite 518

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.21


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Position the tractor on flat and level ground.
– Chock the wheels.
– Drain the rear axle.
– Place the tractor on stands.
– Remove the rear wheels.
– Remove the cab:
– Refer to the work card in chapter H: Refitting the cab.
– Remove the brakes:
– Refer to the work card in chapter C: Refurbishment of normal
and emergency brakes.

344msm51

– Remove the linkage cover:


– Refer to the work card in chapter E: Refurbishment of rear linkage mechanism.
– Remove the differential locking internal control mechanism:
– Refer to the work card in chapter C: Refurbishment of differential lock/unlock controls.

Take precautions against unexpected movement of the tractor. When the rear axle is supported on axle stands, never
start the tractor. The tractor may move if the brakes are operated (normal or handbrake). If you must start the engine,
the front axle must also be supported on stands or the shaft to the front axle must be decoupled.

Special instructions
– Clean the threads in the holes for the screws installed using Loctite, using a tap to remove the dry residue.
– Clean and degrease the contact faces
– Always use new seals when reassembling and oil before fitting.
– Lubricate bearings before installation.

C1.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Rear axle shaft


– Using slide hammer 77 01 388 058 and an adaptor, remove
the rear axle shaft assembly.

77 01 388 058

344msm10

– Check condition of the (32) 10 tooth pinion and correct rotation of the bearing (39). Change any defective component.

35
32
38
39
40

344msm12

32 – Rear axle shaft 39 – Bearing


35 – Bearing sleeve 40 – External circlip
38 – Internal circlip

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.23


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Differential and crown wheel and pinion


– Extract the bearings (34) and (35) from the casing.
– Withdraw the shims (33) and the O-ring seals (37) for the
bearings (34) and (35).
– Extract the bearing cups (41).
– Remove the differential housing/crown wheel assembly from
the casing.

34 35

344msm13

C1.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Differential and crown wheel and pinion


– Using an appropriate extractor, remove the bearing
cones (41).
– Separate the crown wheel from the differential housing.
– Extract the sun gears (50) and the washers (51).

41

344msm14

41

344msm15

– Remove the shaft (49) and the two planet gears (52) with their
washer (53). 49
– Then remove the stub shafts (48) and the two planet
gears (52) with their washer (53).

344msm16

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.25


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

– Remove the sheave (47) from the casing (44).


– If necessary, replace the washers. 47

48
344msm17

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Differential and crown wheel and pinion


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
43 43
– Refit the casing to the crown wheel making a seal using
Loctite n° 638 on the threads of the screws 43, then tighten
them to a torque of 14 daN.m ± 1.

43
344msm18

C1.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Replacing the crown wheel


If the crown wheel is to be replaced, always change the input pinion (refer to chapter B).
Check that both components have the same identification mark.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Differential and crown wheel and pinion


– Always change the O-ring seal (37).
– Apply lubricant to the differential mechanism and turn it using a rea axle shaft.
Note: If new washers are being used, the mechanism should turn with a small amount of resistance.

Replacement of rear axle casing


If changing the rear axle casing, reusing the crown wheel and pinion, proceed as follows:
– If the values marked on the boss (rear right) of the new casing are different, modify the pinion setting:
– Refer to the work card in chapter (B): Refurbishing ratio and range change gearbox.
– Before dismantling, record the tooth backlash. When rebuilding, use the same backlash setting.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.27


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Preload of differential bearings


IMPORTANT: Preloading is only required when new
bearings are fitted.
– Assemble the differential without the crown wheel.
– Refit the bearings (34) and (35) using the original shims (33).
– Tighten down the 3 screws (A) for the right bearing.

344msm20

– Progressively tighten the 3 screws (B) for the left bearing


while turning the differential:
– If the bearings bind, add additional shims.
– If axial backlash remains at the differential, remove
shims.

344msm21

– Using a spring balance, measure force (F).


– (F) should fall between 0,12 and 0,28 daN.

344msm04

C1.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

Check:Power measurement (kW)Crown wheel tooth backlash


– Check the backlash using a dial gauge.
– The backlash should be between 0,15 and 0,3 mm.
– If the backlash is incorrect, transfer shims from one bearing
to the other.

344msm23

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Rear axle shaft


– Rebuild in the reverse order to that used when dismantling.
– Refit the rear axle shaft (32) in its bearing (35).
35

32

344msm11

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.29


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL

C1.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS

DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.31


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS

Exploded view
Differential locking/unlocking controls

20
19

21

17
14
18

11
15
10
16

344msm41

2
4
5
6
8

15

7
12
9
13

344msm42

C1.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS

1 – Fork 12 – Sliding dog


2 – Locking screw 13 – Fixed dog
3 – Spacer 14 – Locking lever
4 – Spacer 15 – Operating lever
5 – Spring 16 – Cable attachment
6 – Fork shaft 17 – Cable guide end fitting (differential locking)
7 – O-ring 18 – Spring end-stop
8 – Threaded rod 19 – Cable guide end fitting for creep control cable
9 – Locknut 20 – Spring end-stop
10 – Operating arm 21 – Cable guide end fitting (differential unlocking)
11 – Spring

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.33


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Position the tractor on flat and level ground.
– Chock the wheels.
– Drain the rear axle.
– Place the tractor on stands.
– Remove the rear wheels.
– Remove the cab:
– Refer to the work card in chapter H: Refitting the cab.

344msm51

– Remove the linkage cover:


– Refer to the work card in chapter E: Refurbishment of rear linkage mechanism.

Take precautions against unexpected movement of the tractor. When the rear axle is supported on axle stands, never
start the tractor. The tractor may move if the brakes are operated (normal or handbrake). If you must start the engine,
the front axle must also be supported on stands or the shaft to the front axle must be decoupled.
Special instructions
– Clean the threads in the holes for the screws installed using Loctite, using a tap to remove the dry residue.
– Clean and degrease the contact faces.
– Always use new seals when reassembling and oil before fitting.
– Lubricate bearings before installation.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Differential locking mechanism

C1.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS

Removal
– Remove the brakes.
– Refer to the work card in chapter C: Refurbishment of normal and emergency brakes.
– Disconnect the external control at the bellcrank lever (15).
– Remove the internal components of the lock actuator.
Note: To remove the dog clutches, the wheel shafts need to be removed. Refer to the work card in chapter C: Repair
of axle tubes and wheel shaft.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Differential locking mechanism


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.35


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Differential locking mechanism


Backlash in dog clutches
– Move the threaded rod (8) and the operating arm (10) so as
to move the sliding dog (12) to 2 mm (engaged position) from
the fixed dog (13) at the bottom of the teeth.
– Tighten the lock nuts (9). 8
6

344msm43

Unlock control
Note: Adjustment is achieved by turning nuts (7) and (9).
– Adjust the control to obtain a backlash between the dog teeth
of 5 mm.

344msm44

C1.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Differential lock control


– Select the differential lock to the unlocked position.
– Stretch and connect the differential lock control cable.
– Lift the latch (A) 5 mm and connect the brake pedal cable with
the latch held in this position

344msm45

Check operation
– Move the locking lever alternately with the brakes pedals and check for correct lock/unlock operation.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C1.37


RECONDITIONING
DIFFERENTIAL LOCKING/UNLOCKING CONTROLS

C1.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


C2 – REAR POWER TAKE-OFF

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH........................................1

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)HYDRAULICALLY CONTROLLED PTO CLUTCH .....20

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)PTO...............................................................................31

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Help with servicing

Tools
Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 900
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Hub with stop
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 424
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Centring spacer
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.1


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 430
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Rigging template DT 310/280
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 433
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Clutch housing trolley
Scene:

C2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 435
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Centering spindle
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.3


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Exploded view
PTO and vehicle drive clutch

A 7

6
5

4
3
2

B
6
5

4
3
2

301msm16

C2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

A – 72 ch (53 kW) Tractors 4 – Vehicle drive pressure plate


B – 80 ch (59 kW) Tractors 90 ch (66 kW) 100 ch (74 kW) 5 – Diaphragm + junction
2 – Clutch cover 6 – Power take-off pressure plate
3 – Vehicle drive friction plate 7 – Power take-off friction plate

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.5


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Mechanical controls for vehicle drive and PTO clutch

17
22 B
20 16
18 26
25
29
25
21 17
22
19
20 16
18
26
23
29
21
19

24

23

301msm08

A – TWINSHIFT gearbox 21 – Power take-off end stop mount


B – Manual gearbox 22 – Clutch guide
16 – Vehicle drive shaft 23 – Power take-off control fork assembly
17 – Power take-off shaft 24 – Vehicle drive control fork assembly
18 – Vehicle drive release bearing 25 – Seal
19 – Power take-off release bearing 26 – Circlip
20 – Vehicle drive end stop mount 29 – Attachment

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

C2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Specific tightening torque


DT310 - 310 G Clutch
7 ± 1,5 daN.m

m
m
38
7 ± 1,5 daN.m

87
15

216,5
14

160,5
3

3
127

103
7,6
18,5

Loctite (243)

Loctite (271)
14 daN.m

301msm15

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.7


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

1 – Flywheel. 14 – Engine flywheel attachment screw.


2 – Clutch cover. 15 – Clutch cover attachment screw.
3 – Vehicle drive friction plate. 16 – Vehicle drive shaft.
4 – Vehicle drive pressure plate. 17 – Power take-off forward.
5 – Diaphragm + junction. 18 – Vehicle drive release bearing.
6 – Power take-off pressure plate. 19 – Power take-off release bearing.
7 – Power take-off friction plate. 20 – Vehicle drive end stop mount.
8 – Vehicle drive release levers. 21 – Power take-off end stop mount.
9 – Power take-off release levers. 22 – Clutch guide.
10 – Power take-off release lever adjusting screw. 23 – Vehicle drive control fork assembly.
11 – Vehicle drive release lever adjusting screw. 24 – Power take-off control fork assembly.
12 – Drive release lever locknut. 25 – Bearing.
13 – Locating pin.

C2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Clutch


Note: As the clutch is fairly heavy, special tool
n° 77 01 388 433 should be used to ensure safe removal. In
all cases, an appropriate lifting system must be used.
– Disconnect the tractor between the engine and gearbox. See
work card: Engine change.
– Make 2 marks at (A) and (B) to identify the position of the
clutch in relation to the engine flywheel.
– Remove the clutch attachments and detach the clutch from
the flywheel.
– Check flywheel condition. See work card: Reconditioning the
engine flywheel.

301msm00

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Clutch


IMPORTANT: Before removing the clutch, the relative
position of the plates must be marked.
– Make a mark on the PTO plate (6) and a mark on the vehicle
drive plate in relation to the clutch cover (2).

301msm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.9


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

– Mark the three vehicle drive clutch release levers (8) and the
three PTO release levers (9) in relation to the clutch cover (2)
as illustrated.
– When dismantling take care not to lose the pins (13).
80 - 90 - 100 HP tractor.

301msm02

Check:Power measurement (kW)Friction disks


– Check minimum thickness and maximum run-out of the friction discs in the vehicle drive clutch (3) and PTO clutch (7).
– Replace them when the these values fall outside the limits shown below.

Ref Disc thickness Nominal Minimum


(3) Vehicle drive From 10,2 to 10,8 (mm) 8 mm
(7) PTO From 7,3 to 7,9 (mm) 5,1 mm

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Clutch


– Refit in the reverse order to dismantling, respecting the markings made before removal..

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Clutch


– Refit in the reverse order to dismantling, respecting the markings made before removal..
Note: As a safety precaution, the lifting gear used for removal must be used when refitting.
– Tighten the clutch attachments to a torque of:

Screw diameter (mm) 8 12


Torque settings (daN.m) 3 (-1, +1) 8 (-1, +1)

C2.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Clutch release levers


– Fit the centring tool n° 77 01 388 435 on the thrust hub n° 60 05 005 900 with the sleeve n° 77 01 388 424, insert the rigging
template n° 77 01 388 430.
Note: The template fitted is calibrated to the dimension of the release levers.
– Press the template against the flywheel (1) as shown in the figure below
– Tighten the three PTO release lever nuts (10) until resistance is felt taking care not to move the template (Use a thin shim).
Lock the nuts using Loctite 243.
– Tighten the three screws (11) on the vehicle drive release levers until resistence is felt then tighten the lock nuts (12) taking
care not to move the template(Use a thin shim). Lock the nuts using Loctite 243.
– Re-attach the gearbox casing to the engine crankcase
– Re-tighten the casing attachments to a torque of 6 to 8 daN.m.

77 01 388 435
DT 310/310 G

60 05 005 900
77 01 388 430
77 01 388 430

77 01 388 424

301msm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.11


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Removal:Power measurement (kW)PTO clutch shaft


– Remove in sequence the circlip (2), the cover (3) the shim(s) (4), the circlips (5) then (6).
– Extract the PTO shaft (1)

301msm06

C2.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)PTO clutch shaft


– Check operation of the needle roller cages and fitted in the rear intermediate shaft and in the gear engagement shaft.
– The seals (7) and (9) must be changed.
– Oil lightly before refitting.
– Insert the PTO shaft (1) inside the shafts.
– Refit in sequence the circlips (5) and (6) the shim(s) (4), the cover (3) and the circlip (2)

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Clutch release bearings and guide


Note: The operations described below apply to all types of
mechanically controlled clutch.
– Disconnect the tractor between the engine and gearbox.
– Free the release bearing operating arms. 18 19
– Advance the release bearings by manually operating the
controls (23) and (24).
– Remove the two fasteners (29) attaching the vehicle drive
fork (24) to the vehicle drive release bearing support (21).

24

301msm07

– Remove the two fasteners (29) attaching the PTO fork (24) to the PTO release bearing support (21).
– Extract both release bearing supports (21) and (20) by sliding them forwards along the clutch guide (22).
– Remove the vehicle drive release bearing (18) .
– Remove the PTO release bearing support (21) by sliding it along the vehicle drive release bearing support (20).
– Remove the PTO release bearing (19).
– Remove the clutch guide (22) by extracting its attachment screws.
– Extract the seal (25) fitted on the forward drive shaft (16).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.13


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Clutch release bearings and guide


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
– Replace the seal (25).
– Refit the clutch guide (22) to the gearbox casing, tightening its attachment screws to a torque of 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m.
– Reassemble the operating arms on the clutch levers (23) and (24).
– Adjust the controls if required.

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)PTO clutch clearance


– Place the lever in the down position.
– Connect the cable fork (2) to the PTO clutch lever (3)
– Tension the cable by adjusting the nuts (4) and (5).
– Remove the cable end fork (2) and increase the cable length by 5 mm by unscrewing nut (5) to give clearance.
– Check that there is now free play at the lever end.

C2.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

4
6

301msm10

1 – Cable sheath end fitting. 4-5 – Adjustment screws (clearance).


2 – Fork end. 6 – Control.
3 – Operating lever. 7 – Cable.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.15


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Servo actuator


– Drain the hydraulic system.
– Disconnect the hydraulic hose supplying the actuator.
– Disconnect the actuator from the clutch fork.
– Remove the actuator.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Servo actuator


– Refit the actuator
– Reconnect the actuator to the clutch fork.
– Reconnect the hydraulic hose to the actuator.
– Check or repeat the setting for the actuator clearance.
– Fill and bleed the hydraulic system.

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Servo assisted mechanical control


– Clutch disengagement is achieved using the lever on the hydraulic spool valve; this lever is located at the back right of the
cab.
The spool valve directs hydraulic pressure to the servo actuator.
Note: At rest the lever is in the clutch engaged position.

1 4

2 7
5

6
3

301msm11

1 – To hydaulic spool valve 5 – Control in "declutched" position


2 – Servo actuator 6 – Hydraulic control spool valve
3 – Power take-off clutch fork 7 – Supply to servo actuator
4 – Control in ?engaged? position 8 – Spool valve control lever

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Adjustment of servo actuator clearance


– Readjust the clearance if it is less than (1) to 3,5 mm.
Note: Incorrect clearance may cause erratic operation when declutching the PTO

C2.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

301msm12

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Clearance between bracket and spool valve


– Adjust at (A) the screw and lock nut to obtain a clearance
of 1 (+1; -0,5) between the bracket (1) and the spool valve (2).
Note: On some variants, the spacer (3) must be inserted
between the bracket and the spool valve.

301msm13

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.17


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Play at the control lever


– Adjust the attachments for the quadrant (4), to fix it in rotation in relation to the bracket (1), so as to obtain a clearance of 1
mm (-0,5, +1) betweeen the bracket (1), et and the spool valve lever (5).
– After adjustment, check declutching operation and the latching of the lever.

5 1 mm

4
1

5 4

301msm14

1 – Bracket 4 – Quadrant
2 – Hydraulic spool valve 5 – Operating lever
3 – Spacer

C2.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MECHANICAL PTO CLUTCH

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.19


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL CLUTCH

Help with servicing

Tools
Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 107
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Skena "Revershift"
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 433
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Clutch housing trolley
Scene:

C2.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH
Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 435
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Centering spindle
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Exploded view
Revershift hydraulically-controlled PTO clutch

8
13 9
11
12
14
15
16 30
17 29
6 31
5 28
7 27
4 26
2 25
24
23
22

21
32
20
19
18

344msm56

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.21


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH

1 – Flywheel 18 – Circlip
2 – Bearing 19 – Cover
3 – Engine flywheel attachment screw 20 – Shim
4 – Power take-off friction plate 21 – Circlip
5 – Clutch mechanism 22 – Circlip
6 – Clutch attachment screws 23 – Seal
7 – Locating pin 24 – Seal
8 – Input unit 25 – Seal
9 – Spring 26 – Circlip
10 – Casing 27 – Shim
11 – Square section seal 28 – Bearing
12 – Piston 29 – Needle cage
13 – Casing attachment screw 30 – Vehicle drive shaft
14 – Square section seal 31 – Circlip
15 – Ball bearing 32 – Power take-off shaft
16 – Ring 33 – Power supply unit attachment screw
17 – Circlip

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

Specific tightening torque


Revershift hydraulically-controlled PTO clutch

REF DESIGNATIONS TORQUE SETTINGS


(6) Clutch attachment screws 3,5 to 0,5 daN.m
(13) Casing attachment screw 7 ± 1,5 daN.m
(33) Power supply unit attachment 6 Verbus screws: 8 ± 1,5 daN.m
screw 6 H screws: 4,5 ± 0,5 daN.m

C2.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH

3 18 4 7 5 13 10 16 17 15 14 9 8 25 26 27

2
1
21
23
24
29
6 28 31 30 33 32

± 1,5 ± 1,5
7 daN.m 7 daN.m

13

302msm08

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.23


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH
1 – Flywheel 18 – Circlip
2 – Bearing 19 – Cover
3 – Engine flywheel attachment screw 20 – Shim
4 – Power take-off friction plate 21 – Circlip
5 – Clutch mechanism 22 – Circlip
6 – Clutch attachment screws 23 – Seal
7 – Locating pin 24 – Seal
8 – Input unit 25 – Seal
9 – Spring 26 – Circlip
10 – Casing 27 – Shim
11 – Square section seal 28 – Bearing
12 – Piston 29 – Needle cage
13 – Casing attachment screw 30 – Vehicle drive shaft
14 – Square section seal 31 – Circlip
15 – Ball bearing 32 – Power take-off shaft
16 – Ring 33 – Power supply unit attachment screw
17 – Circlip

C2.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Revershift hydraulically-controlled PTO clutch


– Disconnect the tractor between the engine and gearbox. See work card: Engine change.
– Mark the position of the clutch in relation to the engine flywheel.
Note: As the clutch is fairly heavy, special tool n° 77 01 388 433 should be used to ensure safe removal. In all cases,
an appropriate lifting system must be used.
– Remove the clutch attachments.
– Check flywheel condition. See work card: Reconditioning the engine flywheel.

Check:Power measurement (kW)Power take-off clutch


Check the PTO pressure plate
– Check for wear on the friction surface of the pressure plate (5)
– Replace the complete unit (5), where: Y > 0,5 or Z > 1 (mm).

3
4
4

1
T

302msm00

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.25


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH
Checking the diaphragm spring
– Check the diaphragm spring.
– Replace the complete unit if damage is found.
Checking the friction disc
– Check the minimum thickness and maximum run out of the friction disc (4).
– Theoretical thickness : 8 mm (- 0,3; + 0,3).
– Replace when the dimensions in the following table are not achieved.

Thickness
Minimum thickness 5,4 mm
Maximum run out 0,6 mm
Check of damping hub
– Check the damping hub for condition.
– Replace the complete unit if damage is found.

C2.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH
Check:Power measurement (kW)Power take-off clutch (after installation)
– Apply a load of 920 ± 70 daN.m to the clutch flexible disc
±1
64 mm
– Check the dimension between the flywheel and the flexible
61,5 mm
disc depending on the wear on the clutch disc
– The theoritical dimension is 64 ± 1 mm (New friction disc). 1
– The minimum allowable dimension is 61,5 ± 1 mm(Maximum
wear of the friction disc).
± 70
– Check wear in the clutch action as shown opposite. 920 daN.m

– The clutch stroke (C) is 8 ± 2 mm.


– The stroke with maximum wear (U) is 11 mm.
– Replace the friction disc if the dimensions found to not
correspond to the values indicated.

C = 8 mm ± 2 U = 11 mm

302msm01

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Revershift hydraulically-controlled PTO clutch


IMPORTANT: Refit the clutch and the PTO driven plate
using centring tool n° 77 01 388 435 (A).
– Refit in the reverse order to dismantling, respecting the
markings made before removal..
– Tighten the clutch attachments to a torque of:3,5 ± 0,5 daN.m
A
Note: As a safety precaution, the lifting gear used for
removal must be used when refitting.

302msm02

Removal:Power measurement (kW)PTO hydraulic clutch control


– Drain the hydraulic system.
– Disconnect the hydraulic lines from the unit 8.
– Disconnect the tractor between the engine and gearbox.
– Remove the screws (33): 6 H M 10 x 150 - 30 screws.
– Remove the supply unit (8).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.27


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH
Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Revershift unit cover plate
Romoval of the piston
– Compress the spring (9) on the PTO clutch release bearing
using a locally manufactured tool.
– Remove the circlip.
– Remove the compression tool.
– Extract the piston (12) with its seals and piston rings.
– Recover the spring (9).

302msm03

Removal of the bearing


– Extract the seal (25) then the circlip (26) and the shim (27).
– Extract the bearing (28) using the locally manufactured shaft extractor and bearing.

ADJUSTMENT:Power measurement (kW)Drive shaft bearing


The endfloat should be 0,25 ± 0,05 mm.

Shim adjustment can only be carried out when the input unit (8) is fixed to the dual drive unit.
– Fit the ball bearing (28) to the casing.
– Fit the circlip (26).
– Measure the dimensions:
– (X): Depth between the outer face of the input unit (8) and the
bearing mating surface.
– (Y): Depth between the contact face of the clutch guide and
the contact face of the circlip when in its housing.
– (Z): Thickness of circlip (26).
– Determine shim thickness (C):
– C = X - (Y + Z + 0,25)
Note: Confirm the the bearing is fully home.

302msm04

– Example:
X = 96,45 mm
Y = 92,47 mm
Z = 2,45 mm
(Jeu) = 0,25 mm
C = 96,45 - (92,47 + 2,45 + 0.25)
C = 1,28 mm

C2.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH
Hence 2 shims 0,50 mm and 2 shims of 0,15 mm
Shims available: (0,10 - 0,15 - 0,50 - 1,50)
Note: If you use tool n° 60 05 006 107, remember to subtract the thickness of the tool when doing the calculation.

60 05 006 107

26

Z
X

302msm05

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Input unit


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling
– Replace the seals. Oil lightly when reassembling
Note: Use the locally manufactured tool for inserting the lip
seal.
Note: When inserting the bush in the clutch release
bearing use a locally manufactured tool.
– Piston seals and rings must be replaced.
– Tighten the supply unit screws (8) to a torque of:
– Screw H M10: 4,5 daN.m ± 0,5
– Verbus screw M10: 8 daN.m ± 0,5
– Connect the lines to the supply unit.
– Fill and bleed the hydraulic system.

302msm06

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.29


RECONDITIONING
HYDRAULIC CONTROL POWER TAKE-OFF MECHANICAL
CLUTCH

C2.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
PTO

PTO

Help with servicing

Tools
Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 058
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Slide hammer
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 338
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Adaptor socket
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.31


RECONDITIONING
PTO

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 669
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Guide
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

C2.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
PTO

Exploded view
PTO

9
8
7
6
4
3
2

12
11
10
26
25
24
23
22
21
20

19
18
17
16
15 31
14 32
13
33
35
30
29

27
34
28

344msm49

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.33


RECONDITIONING
PTO

1 – Power take-off shaft 19 – Pinion


2 – Sleeve 20 – Needle bearing
3 – External circlip 21 – Bush
4 – Cylindrical bearing 22 – Ball bearing
5 – Pinion 23 – O-ring
6 – Power take-off shaft 24 – Spacer
7 – Cylindrical bearing 25 – Seal
8 – External circlip 26 – Protector
9 – Spacer 27 – Spring
10 – Nut 28 – Ball
11 – Power take-off shaft 6 splines 29 – Pin
12 – Power take-off shaft 30 – Screw
13 – Cylindrical bearing 21 splines 31 – Finger
14 – Bush 32 – Spring
15 – Needle cage 33 – O-ring
16 – Pinion 34 – Fork
17 – Sliding gear hub 35 – PTO speed selector lever
18 – Sliding gear

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

C2.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
PTO

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Position the tractor on flat and level ground.
– Chock the wheels.
– Drain the rear axle.
– Place the tractor on stands.
– Remove the rear wheels.
– Remove the cab:
– Refer to the work card in chapter H: Refitting the cab.

344msm51

– Remove the linkage cover:


– Refer to the work card in chapter E: Refurbishment of rear linkage mechanism.

Take precautions against unexpected movement of the tractor. When the rear axle is supported on axle stands, never
start the tractor. The tractor may move if the brakes are operated (normal or handbrake). If you must start the engine,
the front axle must also be supported on stands or the shaft to the front axle must be decoupled.
Special instructions
– Clean the threads in the holes for the screws installed using Loctite, using a tap to remove the dry residue.
– Clean and degrease the contact faces
– Always use new seals when reassembling and oil before fitting.
– Lubricate bearings before installation.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.35


RECONDITIONING
PTO

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Input shaft


– Remove the shaft (29) and the fork (34).
– Extract the circlip (3).

34

29

344msm00

– Using a screw extractor 77 01 388 058 fitted with a socket,


remove the shaft as a unit.

77 01 388 058

344msm03

C2.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
PTO

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Input shaft


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
– Refit the bearing (4) in the casing using tool 77 01 388 669.
77 01 388 669

344msm04

– Use tool 77 01 388 338 to refit the spacer (8).


– Tighten the screws holding the cover plate to a torque of
1,9 daN.m ± 0,2. 77 01 388 338

± 0,2
1,9 daN.m

344msm06

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.37


RECONDITIONING
PTO

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Output shaft


– Remove the shaft (29) and the fork (34).
29 34

344msm07

– Using a 33 mm spanner immobilise the end of the splined


shaft so that the nut can be undone.
– Using a screw extractor 77 01 388 058 fitted with a socket,
remove the shaft as a unit.

77 01 388 058

344msm08

C2.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
PTO

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Output shaft


– Insert the complete shaft into the bores of the casing.
– Refit and tighten the nut to a torque of 11,5 daN.m ± 0,5 then
11,5 daN.m ± 0,5
apply locking wire.
– Tighten the screws holding the cover plate to a torque of
1,9 daN.m ± 0,2.
– Refit and adjust the PTO speed selector control.

33

344msm09

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)PTO speed selector


– Select transmission selector levers to neutral.
– Connect the fork end to the PTO speed selector lever (35).
– Tighten the 2 cable clamps.
– Check operation of the control.

35

344msm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C2.39


RECONDITIONING
PTO

C2.40 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


C3 – BRAKES

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES..............................1

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)BRAKE VALVE ............................................................13

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.1


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

Exploded view
P11 rear axle (4 disc brakes)

361msm07

1 – Pivoting plate assembly 12 – Slave cylinder


2 – Cover 13 – Caliper
3 – Screw 14 – Spring
4 – Screw 15 – Seal
5 – Drain plug 16 – Bracket
6 – Link 17 – Brake lubrication (banjo screw)
7 – Link 18 – Washer
8 – Traction assembly 19 – Pin
8a – Pin 20 – Circlip
8b – Pin 21 – Spacer
8c – Sealing gaiter 27 – Washer
8e – Washer 28 – Nut
9 – Brake disc 29 – Locknut
10 – Backplate 30 – Screw
11 – Casing

C3.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

Hand brake control

19
25 21
24 22
23
16
17
18
20
1
3

15
14
13
4 12
5 11
6 10
7
9

361msm09

1 – Handle 10 – Circlips
2 – Handbrake switch 11 – Circlips
3 – Rod 12 – Bell crank lever
4 – Circlips 13 – Circlips
5 – Circlips 14 – Ratchet lever
6 – Circlips 15 – Hinge shaft
7 – Push rod 16 – Circlips
8 – Sole plate 17 – Circlips
9 – Tie rod shaft 18 – Hinge shaft
19 – Circlips
20 – Ratchet shaft
21 – Circlips
22 – Ratchet shaft
23 – Ratchet
24 – Rod
25 – Spring

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.
Specific tightening torque

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.3


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

Adjustment values and torque settings

Loctite (518)
9,5 daN.m

Loctite (518)
6,5 daN.m
12 daN.m
Loctite (648)

361msm06

C3.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Position the tractor on flat and level ground.
– Chock the wheels.
– Place the tractor on stands.
– Drain the axle.
– Remove the rear wheels.

Take precautions against unexpected movement of the tractor. When the rear axle is supported on axle stands, never
start the tractor. The tractor may move if the brakes are operated (normal or handbrake). If you must start the engine,
the front axle must also be supported on stands or the shaft to the front axle must be decoupled.

Special instructions
– Clean the threads in the holes for the screws installed using Loctite, using a tap to remove the dry residue.
– Clean and degrease the contact faces
– Always use new seals when reassembling and oil before fitting.
– Lubricate bearings before installation.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Counter shaft


– Refer to overall and exploded views before dismantling.
– Check the thicknesses of the discs and friction backplates. Replace them if necessary.

Ref Components Maximum wear


(Remaining thickness in mm)
(9) Friction disc 4,15
(10) Backplate 2,3

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.5


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Brakes


– Clean and degrease the contact face for the differential
bearing (P).
– Apply a continuous bead of Loctite n° 518 on the contact face
of the differential bearing (P) (As shown).
– Refit the casing to the rear axle, tightening the screws coated
with Loctite 648.
– Tighten the screws to a torque of 12 ± 1 daN.m.
– Clean and degrease the contact faces of the casing.

361msm00

– Apply a continuous bead of Loctite n°518 (As shown).


– Refit the cover and tighten the screws to a torque of 6,5 (-0,5,
+0,5) daN.m.

361msm01

C3.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

These operations must be carried out after refitting the brakes


– Check the clearance at the pedals and adjust if required.
– Check the brake controls and adjust if required.
– Carry out a brake test having first allowed the engine to run for 1 minute approxkimately to fill the brake housings with oil (For
lubrication).

Note: Lubrication is provides via the conector (17) fixed to


the housing. Oil circulation is achieved within the housing
with a return to the reae axle via bearing and the grooves
machined in the bearing . The type of brake fitted to the
tractor implies the use of an oil that is specific for oil bath
transmissions and brakes. Use the oil specified in the
owner's manual.

17
361msm02

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Main and emergency brakes


– Apply the hand brake when stationary.
– Slacken and remove the lock nut (29).
– Tighten nut (28) to 0,5 daN.m.
– Slacken the nut (28) by one and a half turns.
– Retighten and lock using the lock nut (29).

29 28
361msm03

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.7


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Brakes controls


– Adjust the controls in the following order:
Adjusting the main brake controls
– The operating rods under the cab must be adjusted after connection of the assembled bell cranks (1), to a dimension
of 375 mm behind the pedals.
– Set the upper position of the pedals at 98 mm from the mat.
– The bracket (3) must be in contact with the brake disk casing (turn the inner nut).
– The linkages must be installed at the bottom of the opening in the bracket (3).
– The ball joint (6) must be placed tight against the bottom of the spacers for the brackets (3).
– Make sure that the protective spacer (7) is in place in the ball joint.
– Tighten and lock the 2 nuts behind the ball joint (8).
375 mm

1
X = 98 mm

2
m
300 m

3 4 5

361msm10

C3.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

6 3 8

2 7

9
361msm11

1 – Operating rods 6 – Ball joint


2 – Rod 7 – Protective spacer
3 – Caliper 8 – Nuts
4 – Pin 9 – Brake valve
5 – Rod

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.9


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

Adjusting the brake valve


– Refer to the work card in chapter C: Refurbishment of the brake valve.

Hand brake adjustment


– Position the hand brake lever on the first notch.

1
14

12

2
300 m
m

26 3 27
361msm08

1 – Handle 12 – Bell crank lever


2 – Handbrake switch 14 – Ratchet lever
3 – Rod 26 – Pin
7 – Push rod 27 – Rod
8 – Sole plate

C3.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

– Check that the rod (7) is indeed 300 mm long.


Note: The rod (7) must be positioned about 35 mm from the
differential lock control lever (Locked position).

35
mm
27

361msm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.11


RECONDITIONING
MAIN AND EMERGENCY BRAKES

C3.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
BRAKE VALVE
BRAKE VALVE

Help with servicing

Tools
Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 001 948
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Brake valve output pressure coupling adapter
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 736
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Hydraulics test set
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.13


RECONDITIONING
BRAKE VALVE

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 739
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Brake valve output pressure coupling adapter
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

C3.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
BRAKE VALVE

Exploded view
Brake valve

24

23
25
17
18

26

21
22

20
27

20
19
18
1a
1b
1c
9
8
1

16
15
14
13
11
12
10

6
7 5
2
4
3
397msm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.15


RECONDITIONING
BRAKE VALVE

1 – Valve body 13 – O-ring


1a – Spool 14 – Pushrod
1b – Seal 15 – Seal
1c – Piston 16 – Cover
2 – Plug 17 – Piston
3 – Adjustment screw 18 – Spring
4 – Locknut 19 – Washer
5 – Seal 20 – Lever
6 – Spring 21 – Fork end
7 – O-ring 22 – Pin
8 – O-ring seals 23 – Washer
9 – Ring 24 – Spacer
10 – Guide 25 – Supply plate
11 – Shim 26 – Bracket
12 – Spring 27 – Spacer

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

C3.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
BRAKE VALVE

Main operations

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Brake valve


– Adjust the main brakes before adjusting the valve.
– Refer to the work card in chapter C: Refurbishment of normal and emergency brakes.
– Bring the piston (17) into contact with the plunger (14) by pressing on the lever (20) and readjusting the fork end (21).
– Rotate the fork end (21) one more turn so as to apply a force on the plunger (14).
– Lock the fork end using the locknut.

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Brake pressure

Check
– Connect the input of hydraulic tester n° 60 05 005 736 to the outside trailer brake socket using adaptor n° 60 05 001 948 and
n° 60 05 005 739.
– Connect the outlet from the test set to the filler hole for the rear axle casing.
– Open the tester valve.
– Start the engine and leave it running at 1000 rpm.
– The second operator must keep the brake pedals pressed down.
– Close the test set valve until a minimum flow of 10 l/min is achieved under a pressure of 135 ± 15 bar..
– Release the pressure on the brake pedals.
– Disconnect the test set input from the external connection and check that there is no vibration in the valve when the brakes
are applied.

Pressure adjustment procedure


– The plunger must be removed to adjust the brake pressure.
– Depending on the pressure recorded during the check, insert or remove shims.
Note: The pressure varies 1 bar for each 10th of a mm shim thickness.
– Refit the plunger in the valve body using an appropriate number of shims.
– Unlock the locknut (4) and slacken screw (3) one turn.
– Unlock locknut (4).
– Recheck the pressure and adjust the feedback piston.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.17


RECONDITIONING
BRAKE VALVE

Feedback piston adjustment


To prevent valve hammering, the feedback piston must be adjusted.
– Check the brake pressure.
– Turn screw (3) clockwise to obtain a slight reduction in pressure.
Note: Do not go below 120 bar.
– Tighten the locknut after adjustment.

2 3

60 05 005 739
60 05 001 948

397msm09

C3.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
BRAKE VALVE

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Brake valve


– Refer to the overall and exploded views before dismantling.

Dismantling:Power measurement (kW)Brake valve plunger


– Remove the valve head and piston.
– Extract the plunger assembly from the valve body.
– Using a CHC 8 x 20 screw, compress the spring (12).
– Turn the circlip (9) so that one of its ends is opposite the radial
hole in the plunger.
– Push a 2 mm diameter pin drift (with a slightly bevelled end)
into the hole in the plunger to free the circlip from its groove.
– Extract the guide (10), the spring (12) and the shims (11).

397msm04

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Brake valve plunger


– Place the shims (11) at the bottom of the plunger, then the
spring (12) and the guide (10).
– Using a CHC 10 x 25 mm screw, compress the spring until
the circlip 9 can be inserted into the bore of the plunger (14).

397msm05

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Brake valve


– Refer to the overall and exploded views when rebuilding the unit.
– All seals must be replaced.
– Lightly oil the seals and sliding components before refitting.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB C3.19


RECONDITIONING
BRAKE VALVE

C3.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


D1 – FRONT AXLE

D2 – POWER TAKE-OFF

D3 – UNDRIVEN FRONT AXLE

Technical support Chapter D

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
D1 – FRONT AXLE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS ................................... 1

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND DIFFE-
RENTIAL ...........................................................................................................................................................15

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Help with servicing

Tools
Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)6005006527
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Front axle cartridge seal 20.11 and 20.14 assembly tool
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 529
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for installing seal in body of front axles 20.11 and 20.14
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.1


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 530
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for insertion of bush in body of front axles 20.11 and 20.14
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 535
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for insertion of wheel hub seal in front axle 20.19
Scene:

D1.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 537
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Insertion tool for bushes in axle body and steering swivel (Front axle 20.19)
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 539
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Tool for fitting axle body and steering knuckle seals (Front axle 20.19)
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.3


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Exploded view
Front axles 20.11 and 20.14 - Wheel hub and reduction gears

1
2
3
4

5
2
6
7
8

16

18
14
17
15
13
9
10

19
11 12

451msm42

1 – Oil seal 11 – M30 x 2 plug


2 – Bearing 12 – M8 x 20 Screw
3 – Wheel hub 13 – Planet gear shaft
4 – Stud 14 – Needle bearing
5 – Seal 15 – Stop washer
6 – Circlip 16 – Circlip
7 – Ring gear hub 17 – Stop washer
8 – Toothed wheel 18 – Planet gear
9 – Locating peg 19 – Planet carrier cover
10 – M10 x 45 Screw

D1.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Steering swivels - CV drive shafts (Front axle 20.19)

33
32
31

30

29

34
13

35
5

24
14

23
15
10

24
16

25
9

26
8

17
7

27
18

28
20
11
12
8

30
9

2
5
10
7

1
2
3

29

1
22

451msm51

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.5


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

1 – Grease nipple M6 x 1 19 – Shaft


2 – M12 x 30 Screw 20 – Actuator body
3 – Steering swivel 21 – Collection of seals
4 – Left-hand steering swivel 22 – Plug
5 – Nut M18 x 1,5 23 – Centre body
6 – Steering swivel 24 – Spider
7 – Steering arm 25 – Wheel end fork
8 – Ball joint 26 – Stop washer
9 – Nut 27 – Washer
10 – Tie-rod 28 – Circlips
11 – Steering actuator 29 – Ball joint
12 – M12 x 45 Screw 30 – Bush
13 – Right-hand pivot 31 – Belleville washer
14 – Nut M16 32 – Bush
15 – Bush 33 – Seal
16 – M16 x 100 Screw 34 – Belleville washer
17 – Bush 35 – Casing end fork
18 – Compound seal

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

D1.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Specific tightening torque


Wheel hub and reduction gears
front axles 20.11 and 20.14

Loctite (271) 1 daN.m


7 daN.m
60 05 006 525
12 daN.m

Loctite
(271)

9 daN.m

60 05 006 530

60 05 006 529
8 daN.m
12 daN.m
2,5 daN.m

60 05 006 525

60 05 006 527
15 daN.m

451msm49

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.7


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

front axle 20.19

Loctite Loctite (271)


(271) 7 daN.m 19 daN.m 1 daN.m

60 05 006 539

9 daN.m

60 05 006 538
60 05 006 529

8 daN.m

2,5 daN.m
19 daN.m

60 05 006 535

15 daN.m

451msm54

D1.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

front axles 20.11 and 20.14

12 daN.m 30 daN.m

16,5 daN.m

451msm53
Front axle 20.19

25 daN.m 30 daN.m

22 daN.m

451msm55

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.9


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Front wheels


– Position the tractor on flat stable ground.
– Apply the handbrake.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Chock the rear wheels.
– Remove the front balance weights.
– Support the tractor under the body of the front axle using axle stands.
– Remove the 2 wheels.

The front axle must be raised on stands at the same time as the rear axle if the current operation requires the engine
to be started up as the front axle remains engaged when stationary. There is therefore a risk of the tractor moving.

D1.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Wheel hub and reduction gears


– Drain the wheel hub using plug (11).
– Unscrew the 2 screws (12).
– Remove the cover (19).
– Unscrew the screws (10) to extract the ring gear (7). Use the screws (10) as extractors.

Check:Power measurement (kW)Dimensions to be checked before replacement


Front axles 20.11 and 20.14.
– Chgeck the following dimensions:
– A = 12 mm (-0.05, +0.05)
– B = 52,5 mm (0, +0.08)
– C = 20 mm (0, +0.1)

451msm43

Front axle 20.19.


– Chgeck the following dimensions:
– A = 8,4 mm (0, +0.1)
– B = 55 mm (-0,25, +0.25)
– C = 23 mm (0, +0.1)

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Wheel swivel pin


– Using tool n° 60 05 006 529 (ponts 20.11 et 20.14) and n° 60 05 006 539 (Pont 20.19) to remove the seal (18) and the
bush (17).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.11


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Wheel swivel pin


– That part of the ball joint (29) mounted on the shaft must be fitted using a press. That part fitted to the body of the axle must
be cooled in liquid nitrogen.
– The bush (30) must be cooled in liquid nitrogen before insertion.
– All seals must be replaced.
– Oil lightly before refitting.
– Use tool n° 60 05 006 529 (20.11 and 20.14) and n° 60 05 006 539 (20.19) to fit the seal (33).
– Use tool n° 60 05 006 530 (20.11 and 20.14) and n° 60 05 006 538 (20.19) for the bronze bush 32.
– Grease.
– Tighten the screws (2) to a torque of 12 daN.m.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Wheel hub and reduction gears


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
Front axle 20.11 and 20.14.
– Use tool n° 60 05 006 527 to fit the seal (1).
Front axle 20.19.
– Use tool n° 60 05 006 535 to fit the seal (1).

D1.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Wheel alignment


Wheel alignment is adjusted with the wheels fitted to the tractor and resting on the ground. Measurements between wheel rims
are made at the height of wheel horizontal axis, at the rim edge between the two points (X).
– Make a mark at these points.
– Measure (A1) between points (X).
– Move the tractor forward until the wheels have completed a half-rotation (front axle disengaged) and measure (A2) (between
the same points (X)).
– Adjust the track rods (M) so that A1 = A2 or A2 - 4 mm (toe-in).
Note: Dimensions (M) must be equal.
– Tighten the track rod locknuts to the recommended torque.

X
X X
A2

M M

A1
X X

453hsm71

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.13


RECONDITIONING
WHEEL HUBS AND KINGPINS

D1.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND DIFFERENTIAL

Help with servicing

Tools
Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 531
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Wrench for front axle 20.11 and 20.14 bevel pinion nut
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)6005006536
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Wrench for front axle 20.19 bevel pinion nut
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.15


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 008
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Spring balance 0 to 40 daN
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 528
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Front axle 20.11 and 20.14 bevel pinion lip seal assembly tool
Scene:

D1.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 537
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Front axle drive pinion seal insertion tool 20.19
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.17


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Local manufacturing tool


Designation:Power measurement (kW)Seal extractor for axles 20.11 and 20.14
Scene:

2 x M8 x 80

Ø 115 10
60

3
Ø 121
Ø 35
63

This tool, inserted at the bottom of a bearing, enables a depth gauge to be positionned so that measurements can be taken

D1.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Local manufacturing tool


Designation:Power measurement (kW)Locating tool for depth gauge
Scene:

mm
250

mm
90
Ø = 15 mm

Ø = 25 mm
Ø = 50 mm

For axles 20.11 and 20.14 use a locally manufactured tool to remove the drive pinion seal..

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.19


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Exploded view
Front axle crown wheel and pinion and differential
19

18

19

18
17

17
16

16

10
10
21
11

12
11
13
13

14
14

15
15

16

16
17

12

17
12

20
20
B

C
19

18

19

18
1

8
2
3
4
5
4

9
7
21

6
A

451msm50

D1.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

A – Crown wheel and pinion 20.11 and 20.14 8 – Thickness: 3,10 mm


B – Crown wheel and pinion 20.19 8 – Thickness: 3,20 mm
C – Differential for front axles 20.11 and 20.14 8 – Thickness: 3,30 mm
D – Differential for front axle 20.19 8 – Thickness: 3,40 mm
1 – Crown wheel and pinion 9 – Bearing
2 – Lock washer 10 – Pin
3 – Nut M35 x 1,5 11 – Stop washer
4 – Washer 12 – Differential housing
5 – Collapsible spacer 13 – Disc
6 – Lip seal 14 – Bearing
7 – Seal 15 – Disc
8 – Thickness: 2,50 mm 16 – Bearing
8 – Thickness: 2,60 mm 17 – End fitting
8 – Thickness: 2,70 mm 18 – Lockplate
8 – Thickness: 2,80 mm 19 – M6 x 10 Screw
8 – Thickness: 2,90 mm 20 – M10 x 75 Screw
8 – Thickness: 3,00 mm 21 – Cover

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.21


D1.22
14

13
Loctite (271)
Specific tightening torque

9,5 daN.m 15

1,3 daN.m

60 05 006 534 Loctite


(271)
Differential for front axles 20.11 and 20.14

26 daN.m 20 daN.m
RECONDITIONING

Loctite
(510)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Loctite
7 daN.m (510)
7 daN.m 12 daN.m
Loctite
17 daN.m (243)
17 daN.m

Loctite Loctite
(648) (271)
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

20 daN.m
Loctite
Loctite
(243)
60 05 006 531 (648)
60 05 006 528

451msm52
Loctite (271) 20 daN.m
9,5 daN.m 14
Differential for front axle 20.19

1,3 daN.m Loctite


26 daN.m 13 (271)
60 05 006 534
15
RECONDITIONING

Loctite
Loctite
(510)
(510)

Loctite

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Loctite
(510) 7 daN.m
(243)
Loctite 17 daN.m
Loctite (243)
(648)

Loctite 12 daN.m
(271)

60 05 006 536 20 daN.m


FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Loctite 60 05 006 537 Loctite (271)


(243) 9,5 daN.m

451msm48

D1.23
RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Front axle


– Position the tractor on flat stable ground.
– Apply the handbrake.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Chock the rear wheels.
– Remove the front balance weights, the housing and the drive shaft.
– Drain the axle housing and the wheel hubs.
– Chock the tractor under the crankcase with stands.
– Slacken the front wheel nuts, without removing them (the wheels are not removed until after the axle is removed from the
tractor).
– Raise the tractor to clear the front axle.
– Remove the 4 attachment screws for the 2 bearings.
– Disconnect the hydraulic hose connectors.
– Remove the front axle and take off the 2 wheels.
– Support the tractor at the front under the chassis.

The front axle must be raised on stands at the same time as the rear axle if the current operation requires the engine
to be started up as the front axle remains engaged when stationary. There is therefore a risk of the tractor moving.

D1.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Crown wheel and pinion and differential


For axles 21.11 and 21.14 use a locally manufactured tool to remove the drive pinion seal.
– Remove the cover.
– Remove the differential housing.
– Mark the units before dismantling.
– Check the thicknesses of the discs and friction backplates. If required change as a complete set.

Ref Components Thicknesses (mm) Maximum wear


(Proportion of total disc thickness)
13 Disc 2,8 1/10
14 Friction plate 1,5 1/10
15 Disc 1,6 15/100

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Preload on input pinion


Note: The torque setting for the nut is given by measuring
the bearing preload. The measurement is taken without the
seal.
– Gently tighten the nut using tool ° 60 05 006 531 (Pont 20.11
and Pont 20.14) or n° 60 05 006 536 (Pont 20.19) .
IMPORTANT: Compress the bearings then measure the
preload.
– Using a cord and a spring balance (P) measure the force
needed to rotate the pinion.
– This preload value must be between10,5 and 15,7 daN
(20.11 and 20.14) or 9,2 and 13,7 daN (20.19).
P
– Retighten until this prelaod value is obtained.
– If the nut is overtightened, replace the collapsible spacer and
repeat the procedure.
– Fold over the lock washer to lock the nut.
451hsm39

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.25


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Cone distance


– Maintain pressure on the inner cages using an M12 x 110
screw and an M12 nut.
– Tighten the nut just enough the eliminate the play. 60 05 711 573
– It must be possible to turn the bearings by hand.
– Fit a bearing cap and measure diameter (D).
– Position the locally manufatured tool at the bottom of the
bearing block and measure dimension Y using an electronic
depth gauge, with the probe resting on the bearing inner cage.

D
Deduct (B):
B = Y - ø + (D/2)

B
(ø is the diameter of the locally manufactured tool)

Y
M12 x 110

107,00
00

451msm45

– Add shims to the bevel pinion shaft to thickness C:


–C=B-V
Note: V is the value of the cone distance inscribed on the
drive pinion.

451msm46

D1.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Tooth backlash


– Place the dial gauge probe at 90° to the surface of a pinion
tooth.
– Use the bearing nuts (22) to move the crown wheel towards
or away from the drive pinion.
– Tap the bearings lightly with a plastic hammer to ensure
correct seating.
– Check the meshing backlash which should be between 0,18 22
and 0,23 mm.
– Repeat several times by checking a number of teeth.
– Tighten the differential bearing nuts (22) to the same torque
value.

451msm44

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D1.27


RECONDITIONING
FRONT AXLE CROWN WHEEL AND PINION AND

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Preloading the differential bearings


– Adjust the meshing backlash beforehand.
Note: Preload measurement is carried out without the drive
pinion oil seal (6).
– Wind a cord around the splines in the pinion shaft.
– Measure the force required to rotate the crown wheel and
pinion assembly F.
– Depending on the initial preload (B) (measured when 22 23 24
adjusting the preload on the pinion) apply the formula:
– Axles 20.11 and 20.14: F = P + 4 to 6 daN.m
– Axle 20.19: F = P + 3,2 to 4,7 daN.m
– Example: If P = 11 daN, F = 15 to 17 daN
– Tighten the bearing nuts (20) taking care to retain the tooth
backlash set previously.

27
26
3
A
6

25

451msm47

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Crown wheel and pinion and differential


– Coat the bearing contact faces with sealing compound.
– Fit the lip seal (6) to the cover (25) using tool n° 60 05 006 528 (axles 20.11 and 20.14) or n° 60 05 006 537 (axle 20.19).
– Reinstall the cover (25).
– Tighten the screw to a torque of:
– Screw (24) for the bearing caps: 26 daN.m
– Screw (23) nut retainer screw: 1,3 daN.m
– Actuator support screw (26): 17 daN.m
– (27) plug: 7 daN.m

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Crown wheel and pinion and differential


– The crown wheel/pinion assembly must be replaced as a set.
– When refitting the differential housing to the crown wheel, lock the screws (20) using Loctite 242 locking wire and tighten to
a torque of 9,5 daN.m.

D1.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


D2 – POWER TAKE-OFF

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX ....................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Help with servicing

Tools
Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 080
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Torque wrench
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 377
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Compression tool
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.1


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 378
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Pressure plate
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 379
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Rule
Scene:

D2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 380
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Fitting collar
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 380
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Bearing insertion tool
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.3


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 382
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Bearing insertion tool
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 383
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Test end fitting
Scene:

D2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 640
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Retaining pin
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.5


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Exploded view
Power take-off gearbox

5 5
18
17
25

28

16
23 27

26
29
30
21
22
20 11
24 8
38
4
40
19 7

2 14
13
3 12
6
15
1 9
10

38
41 34
32 39
33
35
31

34
43
36

37

463msm18

D2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

1 – Casing 23 – Circlip
2 – Counter shaft 24 – Splined hub
3 – Rotary seals 25 – Piston
4 – Rotary seals 26 – O-ring
5 – Washers 27 – Shim
6 – Tapered roller bearing 28 – Piston cover
7 – Tapered roller bearing 29 – O-ring
8 – Cover 30 – Circlip
9 – Hydraulic coupling 31 – Extension shaft
10 – O-ring 32 – Bearing sleeve
11 – Screw 33 – Grease nipple
12 – Cover 34 – Coupling sleeve
13 – Seal 35 – Self-aligning bearing
14 – Shim 36 – Rear protector
15 – Screw 37 – Front protector
16 – Bell gear 38 – Sleeves
17 – Belleville washer assembly 39 – Screw
18 – Shim 40 – Screw
19 – Plug 41 – Drain plug
20 – Backing plate thickness 1 mm 42 – Countershaft
21 – Backing plate thickness 3,3 mm 43 – Bellows
22 – Friction disc

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.7


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Specific tightening torque

8,5 daN.m

Loctite (518)

CLAAS EP2

Loctite (243) Loctite (243)


7,5 daN.m 7,5 daN.m

J = 0,02 mm/J = 0,10 mm


Loctite (518) Loctite (518)

463msm16

D2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

SETTINGS AND ADJUSTMENTS

+0
B = X – 4,3 – 0,20

F = 1 600 daN.m

F = 250 daN.m

X +0
A = Y – 3 – 0,20

463msm17

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.9


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Power take-off gearbox


– Remove the protective covers.
– Disconnect the front axle drive shaft.
– Drain the sump.
– Uncouple the hydraulic connector.
– Remove the unit.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)PTO gearbox shaft


– Remove covers (8) and (12).
– Extract the shaft assembly.
– Remove the bell housing/clutch assembly through the top of the casing.
– Extract the bearings.
Note: Pair up the bearing cones and cups.

D2.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Removal:Power measurement (kW)PTO gearbox clutch


– Fit tool n° 77 01 388 377 to apply pressure to the clutch discs.
– Extract the circlip (23).

77 01 388 377

23

463msm00

– Remove the back plates and friction discs.


– Fit tool n° 77 01 388 377 to apply pressure to the piston
cover (28) to extract the circlip (30).
77 01 388 377

28

30

463msm01

– Using extractor (A) and the pressure plate


(n° 77 01 388 378), extract the piston assembly.

77 01 388 378

463msm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.11


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

ADJUSTMENT:Power measurement (kW)Flexible assembly


The shim dimension (A) must be equivalent to a force of 1600 daN exerted on the friction block.
The flexible assembly (17) carries an engraved inscription that corresponds to dimension (C) under a load of 1600 daN (e.g.
10,8 mm).
– Measure thickness (D) of the piston:
– Thickness 22 mm.
– Using tool n° 77 01 388 377, pressurise the friction block by
applying a load of 250 daN.
– Measure (E): Example 30,5 mm.

77 01 388 377

463msm03

– Fit spacer 77 01 388 379 by inserting it in the groove of the


77 01 388 379 77 01 388 031
bell and using a dial gauge 60 05 711 573 measure
dimension (F) between the upper face of the spacer and the
10
bottom of the bore of the bell:
– Example: F = 80,25 mm
– Subtract the value of the overlap of the spacer i.e. 10 mm.
– Dimension (F) becomes 70,25 mm.

463msm05

D2.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Calculate the shim thickness (A)


– Calculate G = C + D + E
– Calculate Y = F - G
– Calculate A = Y - 3
Note: 3 mm corresponds to a fixed value of clearance given by the manufacturer.
– Example:
– 10,8 + 22 + 30,5 = 63,3
– 70,25 - 63,3 = 6,95
– 6,95 - 3 = 3,95
– The shim thickness to be used in our example is thus 3,95 mm. Tolerance: 0 ; + 0,20.

463msm04

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.13


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

ADJUSTMENT:Power measurement (kW)Piston stroke


The insertion of shims (B) limits the piston stroke to reduce to a minimum the compression of the flexible assembly (17) in the
declutched position.
– Measure thickness (H) of the piston.
– Using tool n° 77 01 388 377, pressurise the friction block by applying a load of 250 daN. Measure (E): Example 30,5 mm.
– Fit spacer n° 77 01 388 379 by inserting it in the groove in the bell.
– Using an electronic dial gauge measure dimension (L) between the upper face of the spacer and the bottom of the bore of
the bell:
– Example L = 78,72 mm. Subtract the value of the overlap of the spacer i.e. 10 mm. Dimension (L) becomes 68,72 mm.

Calculate the shim thickness (B)


– Calculate K = H + E
– Calculate X = L - K
– Calculate B = X - 4,3
Note: 4,3 mm corresponds to a fixed value of clearance given by the manufacturer.
Example:
32 + 30,5 = 62,5 mm
68.72 - 62,5 = 6,22
6,22 - 4,3 = 1,92
The shim thickness to be used in our example is thus 1,92 mm. Tolerance: 0 ; + 0,20.

77 01 388 379

77 01 388 031

K=H+F
X=L–K
B = X – 4,3 +– 0,20
0

463msm06

D2.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Power take-off gearbox


Refitting the clutch
– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
– Fit the O-ring seals lightly oiled.
– The seal (26) on the piston (25) and the seal (29) on the cover 29
plate (28).
26
– Respect the sequence of assembly of the friction discs and
the back plates.
– Compress the assemblies to facilitate fitting the circlips.

25

28

463msm07

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)PTO gearbox shaft


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
– Use tool n° 77 01 388 382 to fit the bearing on the shaft.
– New rotating seals (3) and (4) (lightly oiled) must be fitted to
the shaft.
– Refit the second washer (5). 5 4
3
– Refit the bearing cup (7) using Loctite (518).
– Refit the cover plate (8) using Loctite Rectijoint (518) using
4 screws (11) locked using Frenetanch (243). Tighten the
screws to a torque of 7,5 daN.m.
– Use tool n° 77 01 388 381 to refit the second bearing in the
casing.

463msm08

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.15


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

– Using tools n° 77 01 388 640 and n° 77 01 388 380, fit a new


seal (13), lightly oiled, to the inside of the cover plate (12).
IMPORTANT: Check that the springs are correctly
installed.
77 01 388 640

77 01 388 380

13

12

463msm09

D2.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

ADJUSTMENT:Power measurement (kW)Bearings


– Position the shims (14) against the bearing (6).
– Temporarily fit the cover plate (12). Insert a socket on the end
of the torque wrench and apply a light preload to the screws.
– Remove the cover (12).

12
463msm10

Calculate the shim thickness


– The shim thickness must ensure an end float of 0,02 to
0,10 mm at the taper bearings:
X
– Formula to be used:
A
– X = B - A - 0,05
B
– (0,05 mm is an average set value for the end float)
– Measure (A).
– Measure the depth (B) (Depth of the bearing in relation to the
edge of the casing).
– Example: A = 6,3; B = 8,1 14
– X = 8,1 - 6,3 - 0,05 = 1,75
12
– In this example, shim thickness (14) to be used is 1,75 mm.

463msm12

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.17


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Final assembly
– Using Loctite (518) fit the bearing cup (6).
– Insert on the shaft (2) the shims (14) required to achieve the
setting calculated earlier.
– Refit the cover plate (12) using Loctite (518). Screw down
the 4 attachment screws (15) locking them using Loctite (243).
– Tighten the screws to a torque of 7,5 daN.m.
– Tap on the back of the bell (16) to put the shims (14) under
pressure.
– Using a dial gauge, check that the endfloat is between 0,02
and 0,10 mm.

463msm11

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Power take-off gearbox


– Apply a bead of Loctite (518) to the contact face of the casing
following the path shown.
– Refit the unit under the gearbox casing and tighten the
attachment screws to a torque of 8,5 daN.m.

463msm13

D2.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

Check:Power measurement (kW)Operation of the PTO gearbox


With the engine stopped
– Fit a torque demultiplier tool at the end of the torque
wrench 77 01 388 080. 77 01 388 080
– Apply a torque of 100 daN.m.
– The shaft should not turn.

77 01 388 383

463msm14

Engine running
IMPORTANT: Declutch the gearbox. The 4 wheel drive
selector button must be released and the light out.
– Apply the maximum torque of 5 daN.m,the shaft should turn.

463msm15

Refitting:Power measurement (kW) Final steps


– Reconnect the hydraulic coupling (9) to the cover plate.
– Refit the gaiter (43), the coupling sleeve (34) and the pin.
– Reconnect the front axle drive shaft.
– Fill and bleed the hydraulic system.
– Check that there are no leaks.
– Test the clutch/declutch operation of the gearbox.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D2.19


RECONDITIONING
POWER TAKE-OFF GEARBOX

D2.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


D3 – UNDRIVEN FRONT AXLE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)UNDRIVEN FRONT AXLE .............................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
UNDRIVEN FRONT AXLE
UNDRIVEN FRONT AXLE

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D3.1


RECONDITIONING
UNDRIVEN FRONT AXLE

Exploded view
Axle assembly

3
6 5
14 daN.m 14 daN.m
11 10 33
7
16

12
4
1
13
9
8
2
13

14

15

14 daN.m
33
27
32 28
23
21 26
20
19
18
40
17
31 daN.m 22
4 daN.m 35
24
41
25
34
32
36
29

38
39
30

37 42 41
31 daN.m

441msm00

D3.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
UNDRIVEN FRONT AXLE

1 – Axle centre pivot 22 – Tapered roller bearing


2 – LH axle head 23 – Washer
3 – RH axle head 24 – Nut
4 – Shims 25 – Nut
5 – Pin 26 – Plug
6 – Pin 27 – Stud
7 – Screw 28 – Nut
8 – Grease nipple 29 – Steering rod
9 – Nut + washer 30 – Left extension
10 – Lever 31 – Right extension
11 – Lever attachment 32 – Ball joints
12 – Seal 33 – Nut
13 – Bush 34 – Nut
14 – Washer 35 – Bolt + nut
15 – Left spindle 36 – Steering actuator
16 – Right spindle 37 – Actuator rod
17 – Wheel hub 38 – Pin
18 – Tapered roller bearing 39 – Grease nipple
19 – Seal 40 – Grease nipple
20 – Deflector 41 – Nut
21 – Protector 42 – Nut

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings

Ref Torque settings


11 14 daN.m
33 14 daN.m
35 4 daN.m
41 31 daN.m

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D3.3


RECONDITIONING
UNDRIVEN FRONT AXLE

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Undriven front axle


– Position the tractor on flat stable ground.
– Apply the handbrake.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Chock the rear wheels.
– Remove the front balance weights.
– Raise the tractor to clear the axle.
– Chock the tractor under the crankcase with stands.
– Support the tractor at the front under the chassis.

Whenever you work on the tractor, you must support it using stands and mark a safety area around the tractor to
avoid accidents.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Steering actuator


– If the actuator is dismantled, the seals must be replaced.

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Undriven front axle


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
Reassembly procedure
– Grease the rollers in the bearings (18) and (22).
– Refit the bearings.
– Fill the hubs (17) and the axle spindle housings (2) and (3) with grease.
– Tighten hub nut (24) or (25) to 5 daN.m while turning the hub backwards and forwards. Slacken the nut 90°.

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Wheel alignment


– Move the actuator to its stop (fully closed).
– Set the angle to 52° by adjusting the RH ball joint.
– Then check and adjust tracking using the LH ball joint.
– Maximum toe-in of 3 mm (measurement taken at the edge of the 18 inch rim).

D3.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


FRONT AXLE

Technical support Chapter D

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
D – FRONT AXLE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

FRONT AXLE

DIFFERENTIAL...................................................................................................................................................7

POWER TAKE-OFF ............................................................................................................................................9

WHEEL SWIVEL PIN ........................................................................................................................................11

UNDRIVEN FRONT AXLE ................................................................................................................................13

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Front axle
Description

Characteristics

Type of axle 20.11 20.14 20.19


Overall width 1836 mm 1860 mm 2045 mm
Width between plates 1700 mm 1700 mm 1900 mm
Maximum steering 55° 55° 55°
angle
Castor angle 10° 10° 10°
Dynamic load 3100 daN 3100 daN 4000 daN
capability at less than
7 km/h
Static load capability 7750 daN 7750 daN 10000 daN
Reducers oil capacity 0,6 L 0,6 L 0,6 L
Oil capacity of 5,5 L 5,5 L 5,5 L
differential housing
Oil type CLAAS Agrishift BLS CLAAS Agrishift BLS CLAAS Agrishift BLS
90 90 90
Type of differential Self-locking Self-locking Self-locking
lock
Number of crown 12/29 teeth 12/29 teeth 12/30 teeth
wheel teeth
Number of epicyclic 12/23/60 teeth 12/23/60 teeth 12/23/60 teeth
reduction gear teeth
Crown wheel 2,42 2,42 2,42
reduction ratio
Epicyclic reduction 6/1 6/1 6/1
ratio
Overall reduction ratio 14,5/1 14,5/1 14,5/1
Wheel alignment Maximum toe-in of Maximum toe-in of Maximum toe-in of
4 mm 4 mm 4 mm

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D.1


Technical description

10°

1
2
3

451msm59

1 – Castor angle 3 – Width between plates


2 – Identification plate 4 – Overall width

5,5 l

0,6 l

55°

451msm60

1 – Steering angle

D.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Castor angle
1

451msm61

A – 2 grease nipples CLAAS Agrigrease EP 2

A
451msm62

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D.3


Schematic diagram

12 60
23

A
12

29

23
12 60

B
33

22

58

451msm63

A – Front axle gear ratio: B – Power take-off - Gear ratio: 1,7576


– Axles 20.11 and 20.14: 14,5
– Axle 20.19: 15

D.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Front/Rear inter-axle ratio

451msm64

As the diamteter of the front and rear wheels is different, the front axle has to turn faster than the
rear axle.
This difference is characterised by the inter-axle ratio.
In order to obtain good balance for the tractor, the front wheel speed needs to be slightly faster
that that for the rear wheels.
This is called preponderance.
Min/Max values fall between 0 % and 5 %.
In the above example, for each 100 meters travelled by the rear wheels, the front wheels have
travelled 103,67 meters, or a preponderance of 3,67 %.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D.5


Calculating preponderance P
P = ((( R x A ) - B ) / B ) x 100
– P : Preponderance (%)
– R : Front/Rear inter-axle ratio
– A : Front circumference
– B : Rear circumference

Calculation of front circumference while respecting the tolerance of 0 to 5 %


A = ( B x ( 1 + 0 or 0,05 ) / R

Calculation of rear circumference while respecting the tolerance of 0 to 5 %


B = ( R x A ) / 0 or 0,05

D.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Differential
Description

Differential

451msm58

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D.7


Technical description

Differential lock

451msm65

The central hub includes the self-locking differential device termed "Blocamatic".
Blocamatic uses the teeth separation force between the planet and sun gears (1) when wheel spin
occurs at a wheel.
The relevant multi-disk clutch (2) then gets compressed, which enables the wheel with adhesion
to transmit virtually all the torque lost by the other wheel.

D.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Power take-off
Description
Power take-off gearbox

42

463msm19

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D.9


1 – Casing 22 – Friction disks
2 – Counter shaft 23 – Circlip
3 – Rotary seals 24 – Splined hub
4 – Rotary seals 25 – Piston
5 – Washers 26 – O-ring
6 – Tapered roller bearing 27 – Shims
7 – Tapered roller bearing 28 – Piston cover
8 – Cover 29 – O-ring
9 – Coupling 30 – Circlip
10 – O-ring 31 – Extension shaft
11 – Screw 32 – Bearing sleeve
12 – Cover 34 – Coupling sleeves
13 – Seal 35 – Self-aligning bearing
14 – Shim 36 – Rear protector
15 – Screw 37 – Front protector
16 – Bell gear 38 – Sleeves
17 – Belleville washer assembly 39 – Screw
18 – Shims 40 – Screw
19 – Plug 41 – Drain plug
20 – Backing plate thickness 1 mm 42 – Shaft pinion
21 – Backing plate thickness 3 mm 43 – Bellows

D.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Wheel swivel pin
Description
Pivot

451msm57

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D.11


King pin spindles run in bushes::
– A cylindrical bush above.
– A spherical bush below.

D.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Undriven front axle
Description

Characteristics
Make CLAAS®
Reference A 06
Type Tubular, sliding and swivel
Gauges, rim inward run out 1300 to 1870 mm
Gauges, rim outward run out Up to 1916 mm
Steering angle 52°
Steering radius 3,9 m
Castor angle 4°
Castor angle 14°
Steering
Type Hydrostatic
Brand of steering-gear housing Danfoss©

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB D.13


Notes

D.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


E1 – HYDRAULICS

E2 – REAR LIFT

E3 – STEERING

E4 – AUXILIARY SPOOL VALVES

Technical support Chapter E

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
E1 – HYDRAULICS

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

48 AND 60 L/MIN HYDRAULICS........................................................................................................................1


TRACTOR WITHOUT TRANSMISSION REVERSHIFT®.................................................................................................... 4

TRACTOR WITH TRANSMISSION REVERSHIFT® ......................................................................................................... 31

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
48 and 60 l/min hydraulics
Description

48 L/min circuit

Without Revershift With Revershift


Type of system Open centre
Pumps
Number 2 2
Type Gears
Location On engine
Circuit 1 Linkage Steering + Linkage
Pump displacement (cm3) 22,5 22,5
Flow rate at rated engine speed 48 48
(l/min)
Flow rate at max. engine speed 55 55
(l/min)
Flow rate at idle (l/min) 19 19
Rated pressure (bar) 180 145 or 175/180 *
Circuit 2 Steering Control
Pump displacement (cm3) 11 22,5
Flow rate at rated engine speed 24 48
(l/min)
Flow rate at max. engine speed 27 55
(l/min)
Flow rate at idle (l/min) 9 19
Rated pressure (bar) 145 or 175 * 20,5
Filters
Suction strainer - Filtration limit 160 microns
High pressure filters - Filtration limit 15 microns
Supplementary filter - Filtration limit - 60 microns
Blockage indicator No
Cooler Yes
Static deliverable fluid volume 10 L
* Different pressure based on power

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.1


60 L/min circuit

Without Revershift With Revershift


Type of system Open centre
Pumps
Number 2 2
Type Gears
Location On engine
Circuit 1 Linkage Steering + Linkage
Pump displacement (cm3) 28 28
Flow rate at rated engine speed 60 60
(l/min)
Flow rate at max. engine speed 69 69
(l/min)
Flow rate at idle (l/min) 23,5 23,5
Rated pressure (bar) 180 145 or 175/180 *
Circuit 2 Steering Control
Pump displacement (cm3) 11 22,5
Flow rate at rated engine speed 24 48
(l/min)
Flow rate at max. engine speed 27 55
(l/min)
Flow rate at idle (l/min) 9 19
Rated pressure (bar) 145 or 175 * 20,5
Filters
Suction strainer - Filtration limit 160 microns
High pressure filters - Filtration limit 15 microns
Supplementary filter - Filtration limit - 60 microns
Blockage indicator No
Cooler Yes
Static deliverable fluid volume 10 L
* Different pressure based on power

E.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Notes on the hydraulic pump replacement
– Slightly lubricate the joints during refitting.
– Drain the hydraulic circuit after refitting (refer
to chapter L of the tractor user's manual). A
Note: The tightening torque of screws (A) is 50
± 2,52,5 daN.m

397msm10

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.3


Tractor without transmission Revershift®
Description

Schematic diagram

6
5

3 4
7

9
2 18

10
11
12
13

15 14
16

17

397msm44

E.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Gearbox reservior 10 – Supply plate
2 – Strainer 11 – Auxiliary distributor 1
3 – Steering system circuit pump 12 – Auxiliary distributor 2
4 – Lift circuit pump 13 – Blanking plate
5 – Steering box and cylinder 14 – Pressure connector (trailer brakes)
6 – High pressure filter 15 – Pressure connector (auxiliary)
7 – Flow divider 16 – Main distributor (linkage)
8 – Cooler 17 – Linkage actuator
9 – Brake valve 18 – To gearbox control

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.5


Component layout

Hydraulic system

10
5

6
7

3
4

13
14
9
10
1

12
2
15

11
11

2
12

3
9
4
5

10
7

397msm15

E.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Steering actuator 9 – Linkage spool valve (TCM or TCE9)
2 – Hydraulic pumps 10 – Cylinder
3 – Brake valve 11 – High pressure filter
4 – Supply plate 12 – Steering unit
5 – Auxiliary spool valve 13 – Flow divider
6 – Blanking plate 14 – Pressure tap T
7 – Auxiliary distributor pressure tap 15 – Suction strainer
8 – Brake valve pressure connector
Note: A charger or other tools must be connected using the tractor hydraulic system after the supply plate (4), so as
to ensure safety by means of its pressure limiter. To connect the frontal loader, refer to chapter J.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.7


Schematic diagram

Hydraulic system

D
B

E
A
A

180 bar
2

2
0

0
1

1
1 0 2

3
3 1 0 2

3 1 0 2
A
B

A
B

A
B

397msm73

E.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


A – 4 wheel drive D – Brake lubrication
B – TWINSHIFT (Hydraulic doubler) E – Gearbox lubrication
C – Twinshift lubrication

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.9


Circuit 1 - Linkage
Measurement and check points

"Inspection results" sheet


This sheet may be copied and should be completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be
sent to CLAAS after-sales department, it is essential to complete:
– Tractor type:
– Serial number:
– Total operating hours:
– Date of operation:
Control conditions:
– Engine running at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 40°C.

E.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


A
B
E

397msm35

A - Lift circuit pump / Brake valve inlet


Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 180 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736

B- Linkage spool valve TCM or TCE9


Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 180 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.11


C- Brake valve outlet
Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 135 ± 15 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736 + couplings 60 05 005 739 and 60 05 001 948

D- Auxiliary spool valves outlet


Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 180 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736

E- Spool valves inlet


Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 180 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736
Note: Minimum flow must be 80 % of nominal flow.

60 05 005 736 60 05 705 076

E.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Circuit 2 - Steering
Schematic diagram
Note: In case function Twinshift® is associated to function Revershift®, refer to the specific chapter for such function.

2WD tractor

12

13

397msm17

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.13


2 wheel drive tractors with assisted power take-off

14

397msm18

1 – Reservoir 10 – Steering actuator


2 – Suction strainer 11 – Cooler
3 – Pumps 12 – Diaphragm Ø3
4 – Hydraulic block 13 – Diaphragm Ø2,3
5 – Flow divider/regulator 14 – Pressure limiter
6 – By-pass filter A – Gearbox lubrication
7 – Power take-off distributor B – Brake lubrication
8 – Servo actuator P – Pressure connector
9 – Steering unit

E.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


4WD tractor

12

13

397msm21

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.15


4 wheel drive tractors with assisted power take-off

12

13

397msm22

1 – Reservoir 10 – Steering actuator


2 – Suction strainer 11 – Cooler
3 – Pumps 12 – Pressure limiter
4 – Hydraulic block 13 – 4-wheel drive solenoid valve
5 – Flow divider/regulator A – Gearbox lubrication
6 – By-pass filter B – Brake lubrication
7 – Power take-off distributor D – 4 wheel drive box clutch supply
8 – Servo actuator P – Pressure connector
9 – Steering unit

E.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


2 wheel drive tractor with Twinshift® doubler

13

12

14

397msm19

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.17


2 wheel drive tractor with assisted power take-off and Twinshift® doubler

13

12

14

397msm20

1 – Reservoir. 11 – Cooler.
2 – Suction strainer. 12 – Pressure limiter
3 – Pumps. 13 – Twinshift® solenoid valve
4 – Hydraulic spool valve. 14 – Pressure switch
5 – Flow divider/regulator. A – Gearbox lubrication.
6 – Filter. B – Brake lubrication.
7 – Power take-off distributor. C – Doubler lubrication.
8 – Servo actuator. E – Clutch and doubler brake power.
9 – Steering unit. P – Pressure connector.
10 – Steering actuator.
Note: Calibrated holes are machined directly in the conduit T.

E.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


4 wheel drive tractor with Twinshift doubler

13
12

14
15

397msm23

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.19


4 wheel drive tractor with assisted power take-off and Twinshift doubler

12 13

14
15

397msm24

1 – Reservoir. 13 – Twinshift® solenoid valve


2 – Suction strainer. 14 – Pressure switch
3 – Pumps. 15 – 4-wheel drive solenoid valve
4 – Hydraulic spool valve. A – Gearbox lubrication.
5 – Flow divider/regulator. B – Brake lubrication.
6 – Filter. C – Doubler lubrication.
7 – Power take-off distributor. D – 4 wheel drive box clutch supply.
8 – Servo actuator. E – Clutch and doubler brake power.
9 – Steering unit. P – Pressure connector.
10 – Steering actuator.
11 – Cooler.
12 – Pressure limiter
Note: Calibrated holes are machined directly in the conduit T.

E.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical specifications

Hydraulic block - 2 wheel drive tractor with mechanical doubler

A-A B-B C-C


A

B C 2

B C

4 A

397msm29

1 – Plug 4 – Supply
2 – Plug 5 – Pressure limiter
3 – Brake lubrication - Gearbox lubrication

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.21


Hydraulic block - 4 wheel drive tractor with mechanical doubler

A-A B-B C-C D-D E-E

E
D 3 4 A
2
B C

B C
A
D
E 7
6 5

397msm30

1 – Plug 6 – Brake lubrication - Gearbox lubrication


2 – Supply 7 – 4 wheel drive box solenoid valve
3 – Plug 8 – Pressure limiter
4 – Supply to 4 wheel drive unit
5 – Plug

E.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Hydraulic block Twinshift®

A–A D–D E–E


A
E 3
D
1 B C 2

10
7

9
B

5
C 6
D
8 E
4
B
3
1
2

10
7

8 10
C
B–B C–C
11
A

12

A
13
397msm31

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.23


A – 4-4-wheel drive tractor 6 – Solenoid valve - 4 wheel drive unit
B – 2-4-wheel drive tractor 7 – Supply
C – Tractor 2 and 4 wheel drive 8 – Diaphragm (Ø 4,5)
1 – Diaphragm (Ø 2,3) 9 – Pressure limiter
2 – Solenoid valve - Dual range unit clutch 10 – Plug
3 – Supply - Dual range unit clutch 11 – Doubler lubrication
4 – Pressure switch 12 – Return to reservoir
5 – Supply - 4 wheel drive unit 13 – Brake lubrication - Gearbox lubrication

Pressure limiter

397msm27

Set at 20,5 bar.

E.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Flow divider/regulator

1 2

397msm28

1 – 13,5 l/min regulated flow outlet.


2 – Surplus flow outlet.
3 – Input.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.25


Measurement and check points
Connection of check devices
The pilot pressure is controlled between the flow divider and the hydraulic block, at the level of the
conduit T (B).

3
9

8
2
C
B
7
1
5
4
D

A
9

397msm33

E.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Hydraulic supply to brake doubler and A – Pump flow: 42 l/min minimum to51 l/min
doubler. maximum. Tester 60 05 005 736.
2 – Flow divider. B – Union - Piloting pressure tap: 20,5 bar -
3 – 4 wheel drive unit. Tester 60 05 705 076.
4 – Control of PTO clutch. – Hydraulic doubler pressure check
5 – Doubler lubrication. (depending on equipment fit).
6 – Brake lubrication. – Power take-off box pressure check
(depending on equipment fit).
7 – Hydraulic block.
C – Flow regulator divider: 13,5 l/min
8 – Supply to 4 wheel drive unit.
D – Checking the steering actuator
9 – Brake lubrication.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.27


"Inspection results" sheet
This sheet may be copied and should be completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be
sent to CLAAS after-sales department, it is essential to complete:
– Tractor type:
– The serial number:
– Total operating hours:
– Date of operation:

Pump flow check


Connect a flowmeter to the pump outlet.

Test conditions Flow rate Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C (l/min)
Engine running 2 350 rpm 51 maximum/42 minimu
m

Divider flow check


Connect a flowmeter to the divider regulated flow outlet.

Test conditions Flow rate Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C (l/min)
Idle steering 13,5
Engine running 2 350 rpm

Checking the steering actuator


Tester 60 05 705 076 - Coupling 60 05 005 718 (see chapter E3 for the working pressure check
procedure).

Nominal value Measured value


145/175 bar *
* 175 bar for tractor with front axle 20.19, 145 bar for the others.

E.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Checking the control pressure
Connect the pressure gauge to the power take-off T (B).

Test conditions Quantity (nominal) Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C (l/min)
Gear lever in "Neutral" 20,5
Mechanical doubler in
"Neutral" or Twinshift® in
"Tortoise"
Front axle engaged
Engine running

Power take-off box pressure check


Connect the pressure gauge to the power take-off T (B).

Test conditions Front axle solenoid valve Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C status (nominal)
Gear lever in "Neutral" Pressure (P)
Mechanical doubler in
"Neutral" or Twinshift® in
"Tortoise"
Engine running
Power take-off disengaged
Front axle contacter Solenoid valve not
engaged engaged (clutching)
Front axle light on P = 0 bar
or
Hand brake engaged
or
Action on brake pedals
Front axle contactor Solenoid valve activated
disengaged (declutching)
Front axle light off P = 20,5 bar
Hand brake release
Brake pedals released

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.29


Twinshift doubler pressure check
Gearbox Twinshift® (with mechanical inverter): Connect the pressure gauge to the power take-off
T (B).

Test conditions Doubler solenoid valve Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C status
Gear lever in "Neutral" Pressure (P)
Engine running
Front axle engaged
Power take-off disengaged
Doubler in "Tortoise" Solenoid valve not
position engaged (clutching)
Doubler light on P = 0 bar
Doubler in "Hare" position Solenoid valve activated
Doubler light on (declutching)
P = 20,5 bar
Note: When shifting from "Tortoise" to "Hare", pressure must fall several bars and rise quickly to 20,5 bar.

E.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Tractor with transmission Revershift®
Description

Schematic diagram

19

7
1

3 4

2 9

10
11
12
13
14

16 15
17

18

397msm45

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.31


1 – Gearbox reservior 11 – Auxiliary distributor 1
2 – Strainer 12 – Auxiliary distributor 2
3 – Pilot circuit pump 13 – Auxiliary distributor 3
4 – Steering + lift circuit pump 14 – Blanking plate
5 – Steering unit 15 – Pressure connector (trailer brakes)
6 – High pressure filter 16 – Pressure connector (auxiliary)
7 – Priority valve 17 – Main distributor (linkage)
8 – Steering actuator 18 – Linkage actuator
9 – Brake valve 19 – To gearbox control
10 – Supply plate

E.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Component layout

Hydraulic system

17

10
3
13
9

16
1

15
12
2
15
11

11
14

2
12

9
3
5
4
7
6

397msm16

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.33


1 – Steering actuator 9 – Linkage spool valve (TCM or TCE9)
2 – Hydraulic pumps 10 – Cylinder
3 – Brake valve 11 – High pressure filter
4 – Supply plate 12 – Steering unit
5 – Auxiliary spool valve 13 – Unit Revershift®
6 – Blanking plate 14 – Priority valve
7 – Auxiliary distributor pressure tap 15 – Suction strainer
8 – Brake valve pressure connector 16 – Power take-off clutch control
Note: A charger or other tools must be connected using the tractor hydraulic system after the supply plate (4), so as
to ensure safety by means of its pressure limiter. To connect the frontal loader, refer to chapter J

E.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Schematic diagram

Hydraulic system

180 bar
2

2
0

0
1

1
1 0 2

3
3 1 0 2

3 1 0 2
A
B

A
B

A
B
A

B
G
G

C
D

397msm72

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.35


A – 4 wheel drive E – Gearbox lubrication
B – TWINSHIFT (Hydraulic doubler) F – Lubrication of forward speed clutches
C – Twinshift lubrication G – Directional clutches (forward and reverse)
D – Brake lubrication

E.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Circuit 1 - Steering / Linkage
Measurement and check points

"Inspection results" sheet


This sheet may be copied and should be completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be
sent to CLAAS after-sales department, it is essential to complete:
– Tractor type:
– Serial number:
– Total operating hours:
– Date of operation:
Control conditions:
– Engine running at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 40°C.

A
F
H

C
D
E

397msm36

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.37


A- Spool valves inlet
Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 180 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736

B- Steering actuator
Nominal value Measured value
Pressure Pressure
145 bar / 175 bar *
* 175 bar for tractor with front axle 20.19, 145 bar for the others.
Tester 60 05 705 076 - Coupling 60 05 005 718 (see chapter E3 for the working pressure check
procedure).

C- Lift pump outlet / Steering


Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 180 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736

D- Load sensing signal


Nominal value Nominal value
Pressure Pressure
145 bar / 175 bar *
* 175 bar for tractor with front axle 20.19, 145 bar for the others.
Tester 60 05 705 076 (see chapter E3 for the working pressure check procedure).

E- Steering unit / Priority valve


Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 180 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736

F- Linkage spool valve TCM or TCE9


Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 180 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736

E.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


G- Brake valve outlet
Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 135 ± 15 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736 + couplings 60 05 005 739 and 60 05 001 948

H- Auxiliary spool valves outlet


Nominal values Recorded values
Flow rate Pressure Flow rate Pressure
48 or 60 l/min 180 bar
Tester 60 05 005 736
Note: Minimum flow must be 80 % of nominal flow.

60 05 005 736 60 05 705 076

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.39


Circuit 2 - Control
Schematic diagram

2 wheel drive tractor with assisted power take-off and inverter Revershift®

C B A
5

ø 2,3 ø3 ø 2,5

J 4 ø 4,5

15 17
16
20,5 bar

13,5 l

7 bar
3

R
14 bar

12

2 ø6
R
H ø6
13 14

R P1 R P2
10

3,5 bar 6
G F E

7
1
1
9
11

397msm25

E.40 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Reservoir. 14 – On/off solenoid valve (doubler).
2 – Suction strainer. 15 – By-pass
3 – Pumps. 16 – Flow regulator
4 – Hydraulic spool valve. 17 – Pressure limiter
5 – Nitrogen accumulator: A – Gearbox lubrication.
– Pressure: 13 bar B – Brake lubrication.
– Capacity: 0,075 L C – Doubler lubrication.
6 – Pressure switch. E – Clutch and doubler brake power.
7 – Power take-off distributor. F – Reverse clutch power.
8 – Power take-off clutch box. G – Forward gear clutch power.
9 – Cooler. H – Inverter clutch lubrication.
10 – Self-sealing check valve. J – To lifting and steering hydraulic circuit
11 – Power take-off pressure switch. R – Return to reservoir.
12 – Accumulator: P1-P2 – Pressure connectors.
– Pressure: 13 bar
– Capacity: 0,5 L
13 – Proportional solenoid valves (reverser).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.41


4 wheel drive tractor with assisted power take-off and inverter Revershift

C B A
5

ø 2,3 ø3 ø 2,5

J ø 4,5

15 17
16
20,5 bar

13,5 l
18
7 bar
3
D
R
R
14 bar

12

2 ø6

H ø6
13 14

R P1 R P2
10

3,5 bar 6
G F E

7
1
1
9
11

397msm26

E.42 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Reservoir. 14 – On/off solenoid valve (doubler).
2 – Suction strainer. 15 – By-pass
3 – Hydraulic pumps. 16 – Flow regulator
4 – Hydraulic spool valve. 17 – Pressure limiter
5 – Nitrogen accumulator: 18 – 4-wheel drive solenoid valve
– Pressure: 13 bar A – Gearbox lubrication.
– Capacity: 0,075 L B – Brake lubrication.
6 – Pressure switch. C – Doubler lubrication.
7 – Power take-off distributor. D – 4 wheel drive box clutch supply.
8 – Power take-off clutch box. E – Clutch and doubler brake power.
9 – Cooler. F – Reverse clutch power.
10 – Self-sealing check valve. G – Forward gear clutch power.
11 – Power take-off pressure switch. H – Inverter clutch lubrication.
12 – Accumulator: J – To lifting and steering hydraulic circuit
– Pressure: 13 bar R – Return to reservoir.
– Capacity: 0,5 L P1-P2 – Pressure connectors.
13 – Proportional solenoid valves (reverser).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.43


Technical specifications

4 wheel drive tractor with assisted power take-off and inverter Revershift®
Hydraulic block:
1 – Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve
2 1 10 4 3 6 5 7
2 – 4 WD gearbox solenoid valve
3 – Reverse solenoid valve
4 – Reverse clutch pressure take-off
5 – Forward drive solenoid valve
6 – Forward drive clutch pressure inlet
7 – Pressure limiter
8 – Cooler power
9 – Flow regulator divider
10 – Oil temperature sensor 8
9

321msm71

1 – Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve


2 – 4 WD gearbox solenoid valve
11 – Pressure switch
12 – Plug
13 – Hydraulic block power inlet 15 2

14 – Doubler supply 14 1
15 – Supply to 4 wheel drive unit 13 11

12

321msm70

E.44 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


16 – Tank and cooler return
17 – Doubler lubrication
18 19
18 – Gearbox lubrication
17 20
19 – Brake lubrication
20 – Power take-off + accumulator power 16

321msm69

Note: Accumulators do not require maintenance or inflation.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.45


Measurement and check points

Connection of check devices ( Revershift tractors only)

8
9
E
4
5

D
6

C
7

2
10

B
1

3
A

397msm34

E.46 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Supply distribution and power take-off. A – Pump flow: 42 l/min minimum to51 l/min
2 – Accumulator: maximum. Tester 60 05 005 736.
– Pressure: 13 bar B – Pressure switch: Piloting pressure tap: 20,5
– Capacity: 0,075 L bar. Tester 60 05 705 076.
3 – Check valve. – Hydraulic doubler pressure check.
4 – Accumulator: – Power take-off box pressure check
(depending on equipment fit).
– Pressure: 13 bar
C – Reverse clutch pressure take-off: 20,5 bar.
– Capacity: 0,5 L
Tester 60 05 705 076.
5 – Check valve.
D – Front clutch pressure connection: 20,5 bar.
6 – Power take-off control. Tester 60 05 705 076.
7 – Power take-off supply. E – Pressure switch: Power take-off
8 – Brake lubrication. engagement: Tester 60 05 705 076.
9 – Doubler supply. – Power take-off pressure check: 20,5 bar.
10 – Return.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.47


"Inspection results" sheet
This sheet may be copied and should be completed for each operation on the tractor. If it is to be
sent to CLAAS after-sales department, it is essential to complete:
– Tractor type:
– The serial number:
– Total operating hours:
– Date of operation:

Pump flow check


Connect a flowmeter to the pump outlet.

Test conditions Flow rate Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C (l/min)
Engine running 2 350 rpm 51 maximum/42 minimu
m

Divider flow check


Connect a flowmeter to the divider regulated flow outlet.

Test conditions Flow rate Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C (l/min)
Idle steering 13,5
Engine running 2 350 rpm

Checking the control pressure


Connect the pressure gauge to the pressure switch (B).

Test conditions Flow rate Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C (l/min)
Gear lever in "Neutral" 20,5
Twinshift® in tortoise
position
Front axle engaged
Engine running

E.48 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Power take-off box pressure check
Connect the pressure gauge to the power take-off T.

Test conditions Front axle solenoid valve Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C status
Gear lever in "Neutral" Pressure (P)
Twinshift® in tortoise
position
Engine running
Power take-off disengaged
Front axle contacter Solenoid valve not
engaged engaged (clutching)
Front axle light on P = 0 bar
or
Hand brake engaged
or
Action on brake pedals
Front axle contactor Solenoid valve activated
disengaged (declutching)
Front axle light off P = 20,5 bar
Hand brake release
Brake pedals released

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.49


Twinshift doubler pressure check
Connect the pressure gauge to the pressure switch (B).

Test conditions Doubler solenoid valve Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C status
Gear lever in "Neutral" Pressure (P)
Engine running
Front axle engaged
Power take-off disengaged
Doubler in "Tortoise" Solenoid valve not
position engaged (clutching)
Doubler light on P = 0 bar
Doubler in "Hare" position Solenoid valve activated
Doubler light on (declutching)
P = 20,5 bar
Note: When shifting from "Tortoise" to "Hare", pressure must fall several bars and rise quickly to 20,5 bar.

E.50 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Revershift clutches pressure check
Connect the tester No. 60 05 705 076 to the hydraulic block forward and reverse gears clutch
power take-off.

Test conditions Solenoid valve status Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C Pressure (P)
Gear lever in "Neutral" Front clutch Rear clutch
Doubler in "Tortoise"
position
Doubler light on
Engine running
Power take-off
disengaged
Front axle engaged
Clutch pedal idle
Reverser in forwards Forward gear Reverse
solenoid valve solenoid valve
engaged not engaged
P = 20,5 bar P = 0 bar
Reverser in reverse Forward gear Reverse
solenoid valve solenoid valve
not engaged engaged
P = 0 bar P = 20,5 bar
Inverter in neutral Forward gear Reverse
position solenoid valve solenoid valve
not engaged not engaged
P = 0 bar P = 0 bar
Reverter lever raised Forward gear Reverse
(declutching) solenoid valve solenoid valve
not engaged not engaged
P = 0 bar P = 0 bar
Clutch pedal fully Forward gear Reverse
engaged solenoid valve solenoid valve
Reverser in "forward" not engaged not engaged
position P = 0 bar P = 0 bar
Clutch pedal fully Forward gear Reverse
engaged solenoid valve solenoid valve
Reverser in "reverse" not engaged not engaged
position P = 0 bar P = 0 bar

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.51


Revershift clutches pressure check (cont)

Test conditions Solenoid valve status Measured value


Oil temperature = 40°C Pressure (P)
Gear lever in "Neutral" Front clutch Rear clutch
Doubler in "Tortoise"
position
Doubler light on
Engine running
Power take-off
disengaged
Front axle engaged
Test potentiometer Progressive Reverse
Clutch pedal engaged forward gear solenoid valve
then gradually released solenoid valve not engaged
Reverser in "forward" P = 0 to 20,5 bar P = 0 bar
position
Reverser in "reverse" Forward gear Progressive
position solenoid valve reverse solenoid
not engaged valve
P = 0 bar P = 0 to 20,5 bar
Reverser in "reverse" Forward gear Reverse
position solenoid valve solenoid valve
Press the declutching not engaged not engaged
button (gear lever knob) P = 0 bar P = 0 bar
Clutch pedal idle
Reverser in "forward" Forward gear Reverse
position solenoid valve solenoid valve
Press the declutching not engaged not engaged
button (gear lever knob) P = 0 bar P = 0 bar
Clutch pedal idle

E.52 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Power take-off hydraulic drive Revershift®
The power take-off hydraulic circuit has a pressure switch that indicates when the power take-off
is engaged. Check the 20,5 bar pressure with a pressure gauge connected at the level of the T to
which the pressure switch is connected. The pressure switch contact opens at 16 ± 0,5 bar and
closes at 14 ± 0,5 bar.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.53


Notes

E.54 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


E2 – REAR LIFT

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

REAR LIFT ..........................................................................................................................................................1


REAR MECHANICAL LIFTER (TCM)................................................................................................................................... 5

ELECTRONIC REAR LIFTER TCE9 .................................................................................................................................. 24

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Rear lift
Rear mechanical lifter (TCM)
MECHANICAL PART
Technical description

Linkage arms and actuator

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.5


68 62 61

67 66 63 64 63 65 60 56

78 76 70 72 73 71 56 14 57 58 74 75 19 77 78

381msm01

E2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Linkage housing 71 – Locking ring
56 – Centre lever 72 – LH seal
57 – Pin 73 – LH bush
58 – External circlip 74 – RH bush
59 – Pin 75 – RH seal
60 – Connecting rod 76 – LH lift arm
61 – O-ring 77 – RH lift arm
62 – Piston 78 – External circlips
63 – Bushes 79 – Pins
64 – Seal 80 – Pins
65 – Cylinder 81 – O-ring seals
66 – O-ring 82 – Bushes
67 – Cover 83 – Pins
68 – Screw 84 – Filler plug
69 – Washer 85 – Fill tube
70 – Linkage shaft 86 – Breather

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.7


Position control

381msm43

Force control

381msm44

E2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Hydraulic part
Technical description

Hydraulic distributor of the rear mechanical lift

1 E G
D
2

1 A

B C

6 5

381msm38

1 – Return to reservoir A – Spool


2 – High pressure power B – Pilot valve
3 – Actuator output C – Flow regulator
4 – Shuttle control D – "UP" valve
5 – Return to reservoir E – "DOWN" valve
6 – Return to reservoir F – Mini-shuttle
G – Valve core

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.9


G 2
1

6 5

381msm39

Operating summary

Neutral position (engine running)

381msm

E2.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


"Down" position

381msm46

"up" position (fast)

381msm47

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.11


"up" position (slow)

381msm48

E2.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical specifications

Hydraulic distributor of the rear mechanical lift

24 23 B–B
26 25

19 20 17 18
A–A

13

12 15

11 14

15

C–C 27 29 28 31

30 32 33

35 34

B C

22 21

16

A A

B C 8
1 9
10

381msm34

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.13


1 – Spool valve 21 – O-ring
2 – Cover 22 – O-ring
8 – Valve core 23 – Flow regulator
9 – O-ring 24 – Spring
10 – Circlip 25 – Plug
11 – "UP" valve 26 – Seal
12 – Spring 27 – Pilot valve
13 – O-ring 28 – Plug
14 – Down valve assembly 29 – Seal
15 – O-rings 30 – Spool
16 – Cover attachment screw 31 – Spool spring
17 – Spring 32 – Mini-shuttle
18 – Spacer 33 – Mini spool spring
19 – Seal 34 – Plug
20 – Plug 35 – Seal

E2.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Degraded modes

Leaflet n° 1 No descent - Towbar loaded


– No descent towbar loaded:
– Position/depth lever in descent position.
– Stress lever in cancellation.
Preliminary operations:

For safety reasons, checks must be performed with the engine stopped.
– Drain the hydraulic circuit (refer to chapter L of the tractor user's manual).
– Clean and check all mechanical articulations.
– Clean the lift rods and the upper link, then check that they have a sliding mechanical clearance
– Check that no part of the tool jams the towbar.
Depositing the load:

The cylinders oil may splash heavily under the stress of the load.
Beware of the risk of load descending rapidly during repairs.
– The tractor wheels must be wedged and the engine stopped.
– Take the necessary safety steps (load shoring and slinging).
– Chock the load with hydraulic jacks.
– The load must descend; dump it before conducting any repair operation..
Note: The bearing surface must be stable. On unconsolidated land (field), wedges must be placed under the jack.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.15


1. CARRY OUT THE PRELIMINARY YES
OPERATIONS Problem solved.
Does descent occur? NO
Go to 2.
2. YES
– Check the cylinders operation status. Go to 3.
– Check the condition and operation of rods, NO
lift rods and the upper link. Problem solved.
– Check the rotation of the lift arms shaft.
– Repair and lubricate the rotating parts.
Does the problem remain ?
3. YES
– Disconnect the towbar at the level of lift Go to 4.
arms. NO
– Check that the position lever drives the lift Problem solved.
shaft correctly.
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?
4.. YES
– Check the lift internal controls. Go to 5.
– Check the lift external controls NO
Problem solved.
– Check the operation and the tightness of the
lift cylinder (Articulated rod, piston, jacket,
joints).
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?
5. HYDRAULIC CHECKS. YES
– Check the status and operation of the air Go to 6.
slide valves push button and pointer NO
(Seizing). Problem solved.
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?

E2.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


6. YES
– Check that the return to the tank occurs Go to 7.
correctly in descent position and check that NO
the descent valve is open (Seizing). Problem solved.
– Check that the valve control pointer is in
good condition and that the slide controls the
valve correctly.
– Check the position of the spacer.
– Repair or change the valve.
Does the problem remain ?
7. YES
– Check the tightness of the distributor. Go to 8.
– Check the status and operation of the flow NO
valve and regulator (Cause of internal Problem solved.
leakage).
– Check that there are no impurities in the
distributor circuits.
– Repair or change the distributor.
Does the problem remain ?
8. – Replace the worn parts of the lift.
– check the hydraulic circuit return to the tank – Couple the towbar again.
(Impurities). – Perform the test with no load.
– Repair or replace the defective – Perform the test in loaded condition.
components. – After full reassembly, perform the
adjustments.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.17


Leaflet n° 2 No ascent or slow ascent
– No ascent or slow ascent - Position/depth lever in climb position.
IMPORTANT: Before dumping the lift case, check the flow and pressure.

Preliminary operations:

For safety reasons, checks must be performed with the engine stopped.
Beware of the risk of oil splashes while pipes are disconnected.
Beware of the risk of the load being lifted suddenly during repairs.
– Clean and check all mechanical articulations.
– Clean the lift rods and the upper link, then check that they have a sliding mechanical clearance
– Check that no part of the tool jams the towbar.
For safety reasons, dump the load from the towbar before conducting repairs:

– Check the oil level and quality, and the general tightness of the circuit.
– Drain the hydraulic circuit.

E2.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1. CARRY OUT THE PRELIMINARY YES
OPERATIONS Problem solved.
Does the lift occur? NO
Go to 2.
2. YES
– Check the tightness of additional cylinders. Go to 3.
– Check the cylinders operation status. NO
Problem solved.
– Check the condition and operation of rods,
lift rods and the upper link.
– Check the rotation of the lift arms shaft.
– Repair and lubricate the rotating parts.
Does the problem remain ?
3. YES
– Disconnect the towbar at the level of lift Go to 4.
arms. NO
– Check that the position lever drives the lift Problem solved.
shaft correctly.
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?
4. YES
– Check the lift internal controls. Go to 5.
– Check the lift external controls NO
Problem solved.
– Check the operation and the tightness of the
lift cylinder (Articulated rod, piston, jacket,
joints).
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?
5. HYDRAULIC CHECKS. YES
– Check the hydraulic circuit powering the Go to 6.
distributor. NO
– Repair or replace the defective Problem solved.
components.
Does the problem remain ?

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.19


6. YES
– Check the status and operation of the air Go to 7.
slide valves push button and pointer NO
(Seizing). Problem solved.
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?
7. YES
– Check the operation of the distributor Go to 8.
ascent valve (Seizing, leakage). NO
– Check that the descent valve is closed. Problem solved.
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?
8. YES
– Check that there is no external leakage at Go to 9.
the level of the lift cylinder (Piston, joints and NO
distributor). Problem solved.
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?
9. – Replace the worn parts of the lift.
– Check the status of the distributor cover. – Couple the towbar again.
– Check the status and operation of the flow – Perform the test with no load.
valve and regulator (Cause of internal – Perform the test in loaded condition.
leakage). – After full reassembly, perform the
– Check that there are no impurities in the adjustments.
distributor circuits.
– Repair or change the distributor.
Does the problem remain ?

E2.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Leaflet n° 3 Lack of stability (spluttering)
– Lack of stability (spluttering):
– Tool jumps during task.
– Irregular ascents/descents.
Note: Before any repair operation, make sure that the load on the towbar does not exceed the maximum hosting
capacity, and drain the hydraulic circuit.

1. PRELIMINARY OPERATIONS Go to 2.
– Check the general hydraulic circuit.
– Make adjustments to the position and stress
checks.
2. MECHANICAL CHECKS YES
– Check the stress lever external controls. Go to 3.
– Check the stress check controls. NO
Problem solved.
– Perform the mechanical adjustments.
– Check the status and operation of the air
slide valves push button and pointer.
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?
3. EXTERNAL LEAKAGES YES
– Check the tightness of pipes between the Go to 4.
cover and the distributor. NO
– Check the tightness of pipes between the Problem solved.
distributor and the lift cylinder.
– Check the tightness of pipes and additional
cylinders
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?
4. CONTROL CONDITIONS PARTIALLY
– Engine off. Go to 5.
– Arm in high position FULLY
Go to 6.
– Load on the towbar equals the weight of the
towbar.
Do arms descend ?

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.21


5. "DOWN" VALVE. YES
– Check the valve seat face. Go to 7.
– Check the condition and operation of the NO
valve pointer needle. Problem solved.
– Repair or change the valve (if required).
"UP" VALVE (BAD BALANCING)
– Repair or change the valve (if required).
Does the problem remain ?
6. "DOWN" VALVE. YES
– Check the spacer (Tightening). Go to 7.
– Check the valve joint. NO
Problem solved.
– Check that there are no impurities on the
valve.
– Check the valve status and operation
(Seizing).
– Check the valve seat face.
– Check the valve spring.
– Check the condition and operation of the
valve pointer needle.
"UP" VALVE.
– Check the valve joint.
– Check that there are no impurities on the
valve.
– Check the valve status and operation
(Seizing).
– Check the valve seat face.
– Check the valve spring.
Repair or change the valve (if required).
Does the problem remain ?
7. LINKAGE ACTUATOR - INTERNAL YES
LEAKAGES Go to 8.
– Check the liner, the piston -for impurities NO
and scratches-, rings and seals. Problem solved.
– Repair or replace the defective
components.
Does the problem remain ?

E2.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


8. YES
– Check the status of the distributor cover. Go to 9.
– Check the status and operation of the flow NO
valve and regulator (Cause of internal Problem solved.
leakage).
– Check that there are no impurities in the
distributor circuits.
– Repair or change the distributor.
Does the problem remain ?
9. – Replace the worn parts of the lift.
– Check the bending bar, its bearings, and the – Couple the towbar again.
tightening of nuts. – After full reassembly, perform the
– Check the rotation and clearance of tow bar adjustments.
swivel joints. The clearance must be low. – Perform the test with no load.
– Check the attachment of the force sensor – Perform the test in loaded condition.
lever.
– Repair or replace the defective
components.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.23


Electronic rear lifter TCE9
MECHANICAL PART
Technical description

Linkage arms and actuator

E2.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


68 62 61

67 66 63 64 63 65 60 56

78 76 70 72 73 71 56 14 57 58 74 75 19 77 78

381msm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.25


1 – Linkage housing 71 – Locking ring
56 – Centre lever 72 – LH seal
57 – Pin 73 – LH bush
58 – External circlip 74 – RH bush
59 – Pin 75 – RH seal
60 – Connecting rod 76 – LH lift arm
61 – O-ring 77 – RH lift arm
62 – Piston 78 – External circlips
63 – Bushes 79 – Pins
64 – Seal 80 – Pins
65 – Cylinder 81 – O-ring seals
66 – O-ring 82 – Bushes
67 – Cover 83 – Pins
68 – Screw 84 – Filler plug
69 – Washer 85 – Fill tube
70 – Linkage shaft 86 – Breather

E2.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Hydraulic part
Operating summary

Neutral position (engine running)

R1 A R2

397msm61

S – Actuator output A – Supply


R1 – Return to reservoir R2 – Return to tank

"up" position

R1 A R2

397msm62

S – Actuator output A – Supply


R1 – Return to reservoir R2 – Return to tank

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.27


"Down" position

R1 A R2

397msm63

S – Actuator output A – Supply


R1 – Return to reservoir R2 – Return to tank

E2.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Electronic components
Description

6 8
i 4
1
2 5

STOP 3
7

9
1 2
12

3
11

13 14
10 4
+ 12 V 17 15

9
5
10
8
6

D+
w

+ 16

11 17

13
25
12
24 18
11
23
10
22
9
21
8
20
7
12 19
6
18
5
17
4
16
3
13 15
2
14
14 1
19

20

15 21

382msm23

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.29


1 – 4-position memory knob 10 – Metadiag 2007© Connector
2 – Position setting instruction knob 11 – Alternator
3 – Control mode setting adjuster (force / 12 – Left back button: Up
position) 13 – Left back button: Down
4 – Upper limit adjustment selector 14 – Right back button: Up
5 – Lowering speed adjustor 15 – Right back button: Down
6 – Shock absorber activator switch with 16 – ECU
associated light 17 – Position sensor
7 – Linkage movement indicator light (up / 18 – Load sensor
down)
19 – UP solenoid valve
8 – Linkage safety mode and warning light
20 – Linkage spool valve
9 – Console
21 – DOWN solenoid valve

E2.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Control

Description

Control panel

1 2 3 4 5

6 7 8

382bsn01

1 – 4-position memory knob 5 – Upper limit adjustment selector


2 – Shock absorber activator switch with 6 – Linkage movement indicator light (up /
associated light down)
3 – Position setting instruction knob 7 – Control mode setting adjuster (force /
4 – Linkage safety mode and warning light position)
8 – Lowering speed adjustor

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.31


Sensors

Technical description

Position/force control

382msm33

1 – Position control 2 – Force control

E2.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Component layout
Access is attained from the opening located to the right of the cabin.
1 – Load sensor
2 – Position sensor

1 2

382msm29

Electrical adjustment of sensors


– Connect the test harness No. 60 05 005 734 (As indicated in the drawing).
– Measure voltage U delivered by the control unit between pin (3) and pin (1).
– Measure voltage Us returned by the sensor between pin (2) and pin (1).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.33


U5

1
6

4 3

2
5

382msm19

1 – Earth (black) 5 – Pins 2 paths (Not used)


2 – Sensor signal (yellow) 6 – Sensor
3 – Signal + delivered by the control unit (red) 7 – Pin 3 paths
4 – Harness 60 05 005 734 8 – Tractor harness

E2.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Position sensor adjustment
With lifting arms in stop limit, the output signal voltage Us must equal 75 % of input voltage U.
– Unlock sensor (1) locknut with a 36 key.
– Connect the test harness No. 60 05 005 734
between the harness and the sensor. 1
– Connect the electrical tester.
Example: With the lift arms in stop limit, the
measured value Us is 9,46 V.
Adjust the sensor so as to obtain around 7,1 V
as output voltage Us, i.e. 75 % of 9,46 V.

382msm20

Adjusting the force sensor


Without load on the detection, the output signal Us voltage must equal 50 % of input voltage U.
– Unlock sensor (2) locknut with a 36 key.
– Connect the test harness No. 60 05 005 734
between the harness and the sensor.
– Connect the electrical tester.
Example: Without load on the detection, the
value U measured is 9,46 V.
Adjust the sensor so as to obtain around 4,73 V
2
as output voltage Us, i.e. 50 % of 9,46 V.

382msm21

Note: When sensors are adjusted, measurements are enabled. No calibration must be performed.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.35


Management

Schematic diagram

J105

10

20
6 J107
3
4
12
2
0,029 ª 1,4 k 2
4
3
0,029 ª 1,4 k 10
24
4
0,029 ª 1,4 k 13
22
5
0,040 ª 1,4 k 7
18
6
0,630 ª 1,17 k 9
8
14
7 75 9
3
11

8 560 16
560 U
9 C
1
21 E
12
10
750 560
11 11

15
1
12 2
6
13 14
13
14 19
15

15 17

+ APC 25
5
D+
17

585msm00

E2.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – External controls 10 – Lifting indicator
2 – Mixed 11 – Lowering indicator
3 – Lowering speed 12 – "UP" proportional solenoid valve
4 – Upper limit 13 – "DOWN" proportional solenoid valve
5 – Setpoint 14 – Position sensor
6 – Selector 15 – Load sensor
7 – Diagnostic indicator 16 – Line K (diagnostic)
8 – Damper warning light 17 – Line L (diagnostic)
9 – Damper activation switch

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.37


Degraded modes
To check the list of error codes, refer to the manual Metadiag 2007®.
On the failure panel, defects are indicated by flashing in sequence:

Long pause Tens figure Short pause Units figure Long pause
1 to 3 1 to 8

Pre-actuator

Technical description

Electro-hydraulic lift - Spool valve

The hydraulic liftng distributor is controlled by 2


proportional solenoid valves controlled by the
electronic lifting box TCE9.
The distributor cover is fastened by 3 screws.
After intervention:
– Coat the Loctite 243 screws.
– Tighten the screw to a torque of: 2 to 3
daN.m.

382msm31

S – Actuator output
A – Supply
R1/R2 – Return to reservoir
CA – Check valve
EV.M – UP solenoid valve
EV.D – DOWN solenoid valve
TB – Pressure balance spool

382msm32

E2.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Component layout
Solenoid valves are located on the right side of the cabin.
A – UP solenoid valve
B – DOWN solenoid valve
C – Main distributor

A B C

382msm25

Check: Solenoid valve power supply (3)


– The supply voltage of the solenoid valve is
checked using the harness 60 05 005 734.
– Use the 22 path pins of the harness
connecting the red and black pins to the tester.
– Cotrol linkage up or down movement.
– The movement warning light must display the
control.
– The multimeter must indicate a
continually-changing voltage. 3

Note: This control allows to check that the solenoid valves


are recieving power supply.

382msm22

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.39


Notes

E2.40 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


E3 – STEERING

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

STEERING ..........................................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Steering
Technical description

Revershift priority valve


It is located on the right side of the gearbox. It allows to give the maximum flow needed for power
steering when required by the driver. When steering is at rest, the oil flow goes to the braking valve,
and to the linkage auxiliary and main spool valve

2
CF EF
1

LS
PP

4
P 3

397msm66

1 – LS signal 3 – Brake valve (EF)


2 – Supply (P) 4 – Steering unit (CF)
IMPORTANT: Check the spool and spring condition, as well as sealing.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.1


4
3
2

5
6
7

491msm14

1 – Valve body 5 – Spring


2 – Spool 6 – Seal
3 – Seal 7 – LS plug
4 – Plug
Note: Tightening torque of plugs (4) (7): 5 ± 1 daN.m.

E.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Steering unit
Tractors with a mechanical gearbox are fitted with a steering unit OSPC 100 ON or OSPC 125 ON
(open centre circuit(O) with no reaction (N)). Oil circulates freely from the pump to the return in the
tank while steering is not requested.
Tractors with transmission Revershift® are fitted with a type OSPF 100 LS - Load Sensing steering
box (load detection). The pump oil only circulates through the box when steering is requested.

With Without Type of Pressure Shockproof rating


Revershi Revershi gearbox limiter
ft ft setting
72hp * X OSPF 100 LS 145 bar 225 to 245 bar
72hp * X OSPC 100 ON 145 bar 200 to 220 bar
80hp * X OSPF 100 LS 145 bar 225 to 245 bar
80hp * X OSPC 100 ON 145 bar 200 to 220 bar
90hp * X OSPF 100 LS 145 bar 225 to 245 bar
90hp * X OSPC 100 ON 145 bar 200 to 220 bar
100hp * X OSPF 125 LS 175 bar 225 to 245 bar
100hp * X OSPC 125 ON 175 bar 225 to 245 bar
* Power: ECE 24

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.3


Degraded modes

Leaflet n° 1 Difficult steering wheel manoeuvres


A- Mechanical checks:
– Check the mechanical condition of swivels, axles, and steering cylinders.
B- Hydraulic checks:
– Before any check, drain the hydraulic circuit.
– Check the oil level and quality, and the general tightness of the circuit.
– Connect the pressure gauge at the box entrance with a tee.
– Accelerate the engine to normal rpm.
– Measure the pressure level. This value corresponds to the charge loss in the battery box return
circuit.
– Connect the pressure gauge 60 05 705 076 to the power supply of the 2 cylinder chambers
– Turn fully and measure pressure in the supplied chamber, while measuring pressure in the
return chamber. The difference in the 2 pressure levels corresponds to the calibration of the
limiter valve.
– Perform the same operation by supplying power to the other chamber.
Note: Pressure limiter valve calibration: 145 or 175 bar

C- Priority valve - Tractors fitted with the REVERSHIFT box - OSPC LS unit:
– Control the seals tightness.
– Check the pump flow at the valve input P and output CF.

2
CF EF
1

LS
PP

4
P 3

397msm66

1 – LS signal 3 – Brake valve (EF)


2 – Supply (P) 4 – Steering unit (CF)

E.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


– Check the mechanical operation of the spool (seizure, spring) in case of defect, or replace the
valve.
– Check the pressure at the valve output LS:
– No pressure when steering is at rest ;
– Pressure must be 145 or 175 bar depending on the case, during any action on steering.
Note: In tractors fitted with the REVERSHIFT box, check the priority valve and the LS signal first.

1. SOURCE OF THE PROBLEM MECHANICAL


Go to 2.
HYDRAULICS
Go to 4.
2. MECHANICAL PROBLEM YES
Check: Go to 3.
– The mounting of the steering column and NO
wheel. Problem solved.
– The column rotation.
– Tie rods.
– Steering track rods.
– Wheels axles and pivots.
Repair and lubricate the rotating parts.
Does the problem remain ?
3. YES
Check: Go to 4.
– The condition and operation of the steering NO
box spool (Seizing, clogged orifices). Problem solved.
– The steering cylinder rods (Seizing).
Remove, clean, repair or replace faulty parts.
Does the problem remain ?
4. HYDRAULIC PROBLEM YES
Carry out the preliminary operations. Go to 5.
Insufficient pressure ? NO
Go to 2.
5. YES
– Check the high pressure filter. Go to 2.
– Check the pump flow between the pump NO
output and the steering box input P. Go to 6.
Is the flow right?

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.5


6. YES
– Replace the cartridge or the filter. Go to 7.
– Repair or replace the pump NO
Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
7. CHECK THE STEERING BOX: YES
– Seals. Replace the steering box.
– Input valve (Seizing, clogged orifices). NO
Problem solved.
– Rotary slide (Seizing, clogged orifices).
– Pressure limiter .
Remove, clean, repair or replace faulty parts.
Adjust the pressure limiter.
Does the problem remain ?

E.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Leaflet n° 2 Abnormal steering wheel vibrations - "Shimmy" (oscillations) in steering -
Inaccurate steering - Shim clearance take-up
OSPC steering boxes are fitted with 2 shockproof valves to limit pressure in case of sudden return
of cylinder rods.
A- Mechanical checks
– Check the mechanical condition of swivels, axles, and steering cylinders.
– Lift the tractor front and chock under the front axle. Move the wheels in order to detect a very
important clearance.
B- Hydraulic checks
– Before any check, drain the hydraulic circuit.
– Check the oil level and quality, and the general tightness of the circuit.
– Check the steering circuit flow and pressure.
– Check the outer condition of the steering cylinder and the rods tightness.

1. MECHANICAL PROBLEM YES


Check: Go to 2.
– Tie rods. NO
– Steering track rods. Problem solved.
– Wheels axles and pivots.
Repair and lubricate the rotating parts.
Does the problem remain ?
2. HYDRAULIC PROBLEM YES
– Carry out the preliminary operations. Go to 4.
– Disconnect the two pipes at the cylinder NO
level and block them. Go to 3.
– Start the engine.
– Turn the stering wheel in one direction and
then in the other
A spring effect must occur.
Is the spring effect sensitive?
3. YES
– A clearance can be felt; the spool does not Cylinder internal leak. Repair or replace the
return to neutral. cylinder.
– Broken spring or seized spool. NO
Problem solved.
Remove the box, repair it if possible, or replace
it.
Carry out the adjustment .
Does the problem remain ?

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.7


4. CHECK THE TIGHTNESS OF THE YES
BOX AND SHOCKPROOF VALVES: Go to 5.
– Check pressure at outputs L and R with a NO
calibration pump by switching the Go to 6.
connections.
– Measure the maximum value obtained.
– Compare the 2 values.
Are pressure levels equal to or near 10 -
15 bar ?
5. YES
Are pressure levels equal to or higher Cylinder internal leak. Repair or replace the
than 220 bar ? cylinder.
NO
Very important internal leak at steering box.
Replace the steering box.
6. YES
One of the 2 valves leaks or is out of Cylinder internal leak. Repair or replace the
adjustment: cylinder.
– Remove the valve and replace the faulty NO
elements. Problem solved.
– Adjust the valve.
Does the problem remain ?

E.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Measurement and check points

Check: Service pressure


– Use and connect the tools as shown in the illustration.
– Measure the pressure by supplying power to the cylinder in (A) then in (B).
– The operating pressure corresponds to the difference between these 2 pressure levels. It must
correspond to 145 or 175 bar depending on the case .

60 05 005 718 x 2

60 05 705 076

A B

491msm23

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.9


Check: Pump flow
Non-Revershift tractor:
– Connect the tester n° 60 05 005 736 as indicated in the illustration.
– Check the flow, which must be 24 l/min at nominal speed and operating pressure (145 or
175 bar).

60 05 005 736

491msm24

E.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Revershift Tractor:
– Connect the tester n° 60 05 005 736 as indicated in the illustration.
– Check the flow, which must be 48 or 60 L/min at nominal speed and operating pressure (145 or
175 bar).

60 05 005 736

491msm25

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E.11


Check: LS signal of priority valve (Revershift tractor)
– Connect the tester n° 60 05 705 076 to the LS output of the priority valve with the
connection n° 60 05 005 718.
– There must be no pressure when steering is not requested.
– Pressure must be equivalent to operating pressure when the steering wheel is handled (145 or
175 bar).

60 05 705 076

60 05 005 718

491msm26

E.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


E4 – AUXILIARY SPOOL VALVES

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

SPOOL VALVES.................................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Spool valves
Description

E A D C

F B

397msm43

A – Double-acting distributor pressure takeoff D – Flow regulator


B – Hydraulic trailer braking connector E – Pressure relief valve
C – Supply to auxiliary spool valves F – Output to linkage spool valve

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E4.1


Technical description

Flow regulator

397msm51

1 – Limiter
2 – Governor
3 – Bracket

E4.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Spool valves
Single/double acting spool valve, 4 positions - Zero leak (1 locked position):

397bsm00

3-position double-acting spool valve (1 locked position):

397msm07

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E4.3


Blanking plate

2
1

6
6

3 5

397msm55

1 – O-ring 4 – Plug
2 – O-ring 5 – Bracket
3 – O-ring 6 – Coupling

E4.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Different auxiliary distributor blocks

2 3 2 3 2 4

7
5

397msm56

1 – Blanking plate 5 – Nuts


2 – Auxiliary spool valves 6 – Washers
3 – Backing plates 7 – Reaction links
4 – Supply plate

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E4.5


Pack 1

B 1 B 0A 2
1 0 2

P T

B 1 B 0A 2
1 0 2
2
P T

180 bar

P T

397msm37

1 – Dual effect distributor - 3 positions -


2 – Single-acting spool valve - 3 positions

E4.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Pack 2

B
3 1 B 0A 2
3 1 0 2

1 P T

B 1 B 0A 2
1 0 2
2
P T

180 bar

P T

397msm38

1 – Single-acting spool valve - 3 positions


2 – Single/double acting spool valve,
4 positions

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E4.7


Pack 3

B
3 1 B 0A 2
3 1 0 2

P T

1
A

B
3 1 B 0A 2
3 1 0 2
2
P T

180 bar

P T
397msm39

1 – Single/double acting spool valve,


4 positions
2 – Single/double acting spool valve,
4 positions

E4.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Pack 4

B 1 B 0A 2
1 0 2

P T

B
3 1 B 0A 2
3 1 0 2

P T
1

2
A
3
B

3 1 B 0A 2
3 1 0 2

P T

180 bar

P T

397msm40

1 – Single/double acting spool valve,


4 positions
2 – Single/double acting spool valve,
4 positions
3 – Single-acting spool valve - 3 positions

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E4.9


Pack 5

B
1 B 0A 2
1 0 2

P T

B
3 1 B 0A 2
3 1 0 2

1 P T

3 A

B
3 1 B 0A 2
3 1 0 2

P T

180 bar

P T
397msm41

1 – Single/double acting spool valve,


4 positions
2 – Single/double acting spool valve,
4 positions
3 – Dual effect distributor - 3 positions

E4.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Pack 6

B
1 B 0A 2
1 0 2

P T

B
3 1 B 0A 2
3 1 0 2

1 P T

3 A

B
3 1 B 0A 2
3 1 0 2

P T

180 bar

P T
397msm42

1 – Single/double acting spool valve,


4 positions
2 – Single/double acting spool valve,
4 positions
3 – Dual effect distributor - 3 positions
Note: Do not switch distributors or intermediate plates in the stack

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E4.11


Controls

Control cable

1 2
4

5 3

397msm12

1 – Retention plate 4 – Sheath stop


2 – Adjuster tube 5 – Fork end
3 – Lock nut
Note: Refer to the work card in chapter E: Auxiliary spool valve control adjustments.

E4.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Linear controllers for the spool valves
Spool valves 1 and 2:

2 1
5
8
6
4

9
10

397msmm13

1 – Bracket 6 – Washer
2 – Operating lever 7 – Handle
3 – Operating lever 8 – Clip
4 – Plain bush 9 – Control cable
5 – Clip 10 – Control cable

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E4.13


Spool valves 3:

1
5
4
8

397msm14

1 – Operating lever 5 – Plain bush


2 – Bracket 6 – Clip
3 – Handle 7 – Control cable
4 – Washer 8 – Fork end

E4.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Cross control box

7
3

397msm60

1 – Bracket 5 – Nut
2 – Control 6 – Control cable
3 – Ball 7 – Ball joint
4 – Operating lever

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E4.15


Torque settings

40 N.m +– 22 18 N.m +– 22

8 N.m +– 11

8 N.m +– 11 60 N.m +– 55

120 N.m +– 10
10
18 N.m +– 22

397msm48

110 N.m +– 10
10

+1
14 N.m –1

60 N.m +– 11

40 N.m +– 22

40 N.m +– 22

397msm49

E4.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


120 N.m +– 10
10

397msm50

Note: Do not switch distributors or intermediate plates in the stack

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E4.17


Notes

E4.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


E2 – AUXILIARY SPOOL VALVES

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

ADJUSTMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)AUXILIARY SPOOL VALVE CONTROLS............................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
AUXILIARY SPOOL VALVE CONTROLS
AUXILIARY SPOOL VALVE CONTROLS

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Exploded view
Control cable

2 1
5
8
6
4

9
10

397msm13

1 – Bracket 6 – Washer
2 – Operating lever 7 – Handle
3 – Operating lever 8 – Clip
4 – Plain bush 9 – Control cable
5 – Clip 10 – Control cable

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.1


ADJUSTMENT
AUXILIARY SPOOL VALVE CONTROLS

1
5
4
8

397msm14

1 – Operating lever 5 – Plain bush


2 – Bracket 6 – Clip
3 – Handle 7 – Control cable
4 – Washer 8 – Fork end

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

E2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


ADJUSTMENT
AUXILIARY SPOOL VALVE CONTROLS

Main operations

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Control for spool valves 1, 2, 3 and 4-way control


– Connect the cable at the control end in the cab and tighten the sheath clamp (4) for the in line controlled spool valves.

1 2
4

5 3

397msm12
1 – Retention plate 4 – Sheath stop
2 – Adjuster tube 5 – Fork end
3 – Lock nut
– Connect the fork end (5) to the spool valve (Spool valve in neutral position).

397bsm03
– Screw down onto the auxiliary spool valve the 2 screws for the retention plate (1) without tightening.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E2.3


ADJUSTMENT
AUXILIARY SPOOL VALVE CONTROLS

– Turn the tube (2) to adjust the position of the lever in the cab (neutral position).
– Tighten the 2 attachment screws for the plate (1).
– Lock the nut (3)
– Check that all spool valve positions can be selected (Floating - Down - Neutral - Up).

1 1 2 3

397msm01

1 – Retention plate 3 – Lock nut


2 – Adjuster tube A – Screw

E2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


E3 – STEERING

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

ADJUSTMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)STEERING UNIT ...................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT
STEERING UNIT

Help with servicing

Tools
Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 726
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Column seal fitting tool
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 005 736
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Hydraulics test set
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E3.1


ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 00 006 962
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Coupling
Scene:

Special tool
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 00 535 249
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Seal
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

E3.2
ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT

Exploded view

9
9a
10
24 11
27 12 OSPF LS
24a 13
25 6 1
26 35
34
33
L
R 7
T
8
P
3
14
23
2
22
21
32
31
5

4
18
20a
15
17
30a
36
29
37
20
16
20
19
30
28

491msm13

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E3.3


ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT

1 – Body 22 – Ball
2 – Spool valve sleeve 23 – Valve
3 – Rotary slide 24 – Plug
4 – Drive shaft 24a – Seal
5 – Spring 25 – Adjustment screw
6 – Spiral shaft seal 26 – Spring
7 – Seal and packing ring 27 – Pressure limiter piston
8 – Roller thrust bearing 28 – Needle screw
9 – Valve plugs 29 – Cover attachment screw
9a – Seals 30 – Washers
10 – Adjustment screw 30a – Seals
11 – Spring 31 – Push button bearing
12 – Valve cones 32 – Ball
13 – Ball 33 – Cam followers
14 – Pin 34 – Spring
15 – Distributor plate 35 – Balls
16 – Stator 36 – O-ring
17 – Rotor 37 – Locking ring
18 – Spacer P – Oil inlet
19 – Cover T – Reservoir
20 – O-rings R – Right
20a – O-ring L – Left
21 – Threaded socket LS – Load signal

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to "Tightening torques" at the beginning of this chapter.

E3.4
ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Steering unit


– Remove the trim under the cab dashboard.
IMPORTANT: Remember to remove the 2 screws located
under the air vents (A) (left and right).

491msm15

– Remove the 4 attachment screws for the steering unit du (B).


– Remove the steering unit.

491msm16

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E3.5


ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT

– Remove the filter and its bracket (C).


– Remove the line (D) after having disconnected it from the
pump.
– Mark the lines connected to the steering unit.
– Remove the lines.

D
C

491msm17

– Withdraw the 4 attachment screws for the steering


column (E).
Note: It is recommended to remove the steering wheel and
the control console to facilitate access to the screws.
– Raise the steering column to release the steering unit.

491msm18

– Remove the steering unit with its bracket (F).


Note: If necessary, change the steering column seal (6).
When refitting, use tool n° 60 05 005 726.

491msm19

E3.6
ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT

Adjustment:Power measurement (kW)Steering unit


Preliminary operations
– Withdraw the supporting bracket for the steering unit (F).
– Connect up the supply and return pipes to the steering unit.
– Replace the HP filter (G) on its bracket. Reassemble.
G

491msm20

Values to be checked
– Carry out the tests described below, referring to the values in the table.

1 – Pressure limiter adjustment screw (1)


2 – Surge valve adjustment screw (2)

2 1

491msm21

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E3.7


ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT

Tractor power With Without Type of gearbox Pressure limiter Shockproof rating
(ECE R24) Revershift Revershift setting
72 ch (53 kW) X OSPF 100 LS 145 bar 225 to 245 bar
72 ch (53 kW) X OSPC 100 ON 145 bar 200 to 220 bar
80 ch (59 kW) X OSPF 100 LS 145 bar 225 to 245 bar
80 ch (59 kW) X OSPC 100 ON 145 bar 200 to 220 bar
90 ch (66 kW) X OSPF 100 LS 145 bar 225 to 245 bar
90 ch (66 kW) X OSPC 100 ON 145 bar 200 to 220 bar
100 ch (74 kW) X OSPF 125 LS 175 bar 225 to 245 bar
100 ch (74 kW) X OSPC 125 ON 175 bar 225 to 245 bar

Pressure limiter
– Connect the tester n° 60 05 005 736 to the steering unit supply lines.
– Open the tester valve.
– The engine should be running at normal rpm.
– Note the pressure loss when the oil temperature is at least 40°C.
– Operate the rotary spool in the unit in either direction using a 6-sided 16 mm spanner.
– While maintaining the torque, turn the adjuster screw (1) on the limiter to obtain the pressure shown in the table after adding
the pressure losses.
– Check that there are no leaks at the seal and that maintaining torque does not cause any significant rotation of the spool
valve. (sign of significant internal leak).

E3.8
ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT

Surge valves
– Use a pump to calibrate the injectors.
– Connect the hose to outlet L or R of the unit using the connector 77 00 006 962 and the seal 77 00 535 249.
– Top up the pump tank with transmission oil.
– Operate the arm of the pump and record the valve opening pressure (Pump rapidly and several times; the pressure will rise
and fall sharply once the valve opens).
– While pomping, adjust the valve screw (2) to obtain a pressure that complies with the table.
– If the pressure cannot be achieved, check the condition of the spring, the ball and the valve seat.
– If the problem persists, change the complete steering unit.

T
L
P
77 00 006 962 R
77 00 535 249

491msm22

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB E3.9


ADJUSTMENT
STEERING UNIT

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Steering unit


– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.

Points to remember when reassembling


– Refit the unit, hand tightening the 4 attachment screws.
– Replace the steering column and then tighten the screws.

E3.10
ELECTRICAL SERVICES

Chapter F

Celtis Edition 09.2007


Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
GENERAL CONTENTS Aid to using the MR - Electricity Chapter
Search from the schematic diagram by function
Facing the schematic diagrams are some connectors that provide additional help in understanding the diagram.
ITEM LIST........................................................................................................................................................................................... F.2 Search from a wire number
WIRING AND GENERAL LISTS......................................................................................................................................................... F.3 Example: 300
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ACCORDING TO FUNCTIONS ............................................................................................................... F.5 Refer to the plate "Wiring and general list", find in the figures in brackets : the example corresponds to the harness 3/1.
CONNECTOR AND HARNESS TRACKING .................................................................................................................................... F.45 Once the connector is identified, go to the chapter "Harness path and connectors" for the identification of the wire.
With this designation, refer to the corresponding function diagram or use the name of the connector.

TOOLS Search from a connector identified by the wiring path


With the designation of the wire, refer to the corresponding function diagram or use the name of the connector.
ELECTRICITY TOOLS ..................................................................................................................................................................... F.73 IMPORTANT: Some diagrams by function represent the versions with a maximum of options.
Wire markers may differ from one option to another or from one variant to another.
Refer to the chapter "Harness path and connectors" for the exact validity of the wire markers according to options.

Colour legend Abbreviations

MR = Brown +AVC = Constant source


BU = Blue +APC = Ignition source
NO = Black MINI = small fuse
RG = Red 4 RM = 4 wheel drive
VE = Green Cde = Controls
GR = Grey Tdb = Instrument panel/dashboard
BC = White ATO = standard fuse
VI = Purple 2 RM = 2 wheel drive
JA = Yellow

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
ITEM LIST
WIRING AND GENERAL LISTS

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.1


Item list
1 Rotating beacon. 188 Reverser control (ISC).
2a RH dipped headlights. 189 ISC clutch release switch.
2b RH headlight. 192 Forward drive solenoid valve.
3a LH dipped headlights.
193 Reverse solenoid valve.
3b LH headlight.
196 PTO safety shunt switch.
4 RH front side light.
197 Accelerator control potentiometer.
5 LH front side light.
8 Outside RH rear work light. 200 Engine oil pressure switch.
10 RH rear side light. 201 Engine water temperature thermistor.
11 LH rear side light. 202 Fuel gauge.
12 Number plate light. 203 Left and right brake pedal contact.
24 Engine computer. 204 Handbrake switch.
25 Injection stop solenoid valve.
205 Starting up safety engaged speed contact (BV).
27 Reverser module speed sensor.
206 Air filter clogging valve.
30 Battery.
226 Preheating spark plug relay.
31 Alternator.
234 Front axle solenoid valve switch.
32 Starter.
244 Instrument panel display selection.
34 Preheating sparking plugs.
262 Diagnostic plug.
37 Tractor advance speed sensor (transmission).
270 Air brake solenoid valve.
40 Front power take-off switch.
315 Switch Control Mowing.
46 Rear work light switch.
405 Air temperature sensor.
47 Front windscreen washer switch.
406 Fuel temperature sensor.
49 Hazard warning lights switch.
52 Rotating beacon switch.
53 Rear PTO clutch switch.
54 Rear PTO selection contact 540.
55 Rear PTO selection contact 1000.
59 Rear power take off clutch.
60 Ignition switch.
63 ISC declutching +/- range control.
65 Lighting switch.
72 Doubler relay.
81 Trailer signalling socket.
82 25 A power socket.
94 Front PTO clutch solenoid valve.
96 Front windscreen washer pump.
96a Rear windscreen washer pump.
101 Front axle solenoid valve.
102 Transmission oil pressure switch.
110 Relay and fuse panel.
117 Preheating fuse (70 A).
125 Electronic doubler solenoid valve.
131 Diode.
139 Engine speed sensor.
170 "Auto 5" units.
173 Horn.
175 Relay.
176 Instrument panel display selection.
185 Instrument panel.
186 On board computer.
187 Clutch potentiometer (ISC).

F.2 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Wiring and general lists

3/3 J68 3/1 34 3/2


405
J39
3A 30
P90 J90 117
2A 32
226 30 265
226

31 J200
173 J225 3/4
96a 270
J67 J38 P38
139 96
J22
J66
3B 2B 201
206 7a 63 7b
P69 J69 J54 J49
37 37
X3 J65
1 E3E J54
11 5 406 59
200 63
25
J31 J49
192 J55 205
X2G 101
205 J57
24 193 J56
J64 125
J04
101 J57 202 J58
P02 J01
110 202
J07 J02 P01 125 J58 102
27
102 J59
P28 J28
J35 J89 59
P69
J69 94
94
E0A 185 J60
J36 J20 J60
X2D 60 P50 P50
E0B J20 52 J50 J50
J79
65 110 110
46 J10 176
8 10 4 J79 189 187
J21 J48 J48
110 J63 J62
J98 J37 J51
59 J05 188
315 197 J21 49 J88
J09
J45 J06
204 234 E0A
J46 J08 244 203 J51
54 40 131 262 E0A
P29 J29 J47
J40 196
55
J41 J29 262
P30 J30
J47
12 J42 P29

J52 J53 8b
5 1 8a 175 72
170 J1
81 82 605bsm00

1 Instrument panel harness (001 to 110/M0A to M1C). 7a Transmission harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" (701 to 727/M7A to M7I).
3/1 Front harness (engine) (300 to 345/M3A to M3L). 7b Transmission harness with mechanical reverser and hydraulic doubler (701 to 715/M7A to M7H).
3/2 Pre-heating control harness (colour). 8a Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" (800 to 879/M8A to M8H).
3/3 Radiator cowling harness (colour). 8b Transmission control harness with mechanical reverser/hydraulic doubler and electrohydraulic lift (800 to 842/M8A to
3/4 Air brake harness (colours). M8H).
5 Platform/Roll bar harness (400 to 425/M4A to M4P). Note: The figures indicated in brackets correspond to the marks of the wires used according to the harness type.

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.3


SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ACCORDING TO
FUNCTIONS

F.4 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


CONTENTS

FUSE AND RELAY BOX.................................................................................................................................................................... F. 6.


CONDUCTOR ALLOCATIONS.......................................................................................................................................................... F. 7.
STARTING/LOAD/PREHEATING/MECHANICAL REVERSER CIRCUIT (ELECTRONIC INJECTION)........................................... F. 8.
STARTING/LOAD/PREHEATING/MECHANICAL REVERSER CIRCUIT (MECHANICAL INJECTION) ........................................ F. 10.
START-UP CIRCUIT/CHARGE/(REVERSHIFT) (ELECTRONIC INJECTION)............................................................................... F. 13.
START-UP CIRCUIT/CHARGE/(REVERSHIFT) (MECHANICAL INJECTION) .............................................................................. F. 15.
SIDE LIGHTS/DIPPED HEADLIGHTS/HEADLIGHTS/CONTROL PANEL LIGHTING/HORN........................................................ F. 16.
REAR WORKING LIGHT/ROTATING BEACON ............................................................................................................................. F. 18.
BRAKE LIGHTS/FRONT AXLE ENGAGEMENT/HAND BRAKE................................................................................................... F. 20.
FLASHING LIGHTS AND WARNING LIGHTS ................................................................................................................................ F. 22.
FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF CONTROL ......................................................................................................................................... F. 24.
FUEL/AIR FILTER CLOGGING/TEMPERATURE/ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR (ELECTRONIC INJECTION).............. F. 26.
FUEL/AIR FILTER CLOGGING/TEMPERATURE/ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR (MECHANICAL INJECTION) ............. F. 29.
ENGINE SPEED .............................................................................................................................................................................. F. 30.
CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY/DIAGNOSTIC SOCKET SELECTION .............................................................................................. F. 31.
25 A POWER SOCKET.................................................................................................................................................................... F. 32.
TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ................................................................................................................................... F. 33.
REAR PTO CONTROLS .................................................................................................................................................................. F. 34.
REVERSHIFT/DOUBLER CLUTCH AND DRIVE CONTROLS ....................................................................................................... F. 36.
HYDRAULIC DUAL RANGE UNIT................................................................................................................................................... F. 38.
ENGINE MANAGEMENT................................................................................................................................................................. F. 40.

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.5


Fuse and relay box
+APC

+AVC

MA S S E

FM16

FM10
FM4

FM5

FM7

FM9

FM8

FM6
FM12

FM13

FM14
FM15
FA2

221

6 5 4
3 2 1

R4 R3 R1 R2

FM11

FM1
FM2

FM3

FA1
D1

7 1 2 6 9 10 11 12 11 12 1 3 5 4 2 9 7 10 6 8 7 10 8 11 9 4 1 2 3 5 6 8 6 10 9 3 1 5 11 2 7 4 12 6 12 10 2 1 8 4 3 5 11 9 7 10 2 1 11

P04 P08 P07 P05 P06 P48

605bsm01

F.6 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Conductor allocations
2 4 6 8 10 12

MINI ATO Fuses Rating Ref P07


Green-P07 + APC
x Flashing indicators / Hazard warning lights 15 FM1 10 10 + AVC
x Right-hand lights 10 FM2 1 LH front light
Left-hand lights

FM2

FM3
x 10 FM3 2 LH rear light 25 FA2
Start FM4 5
x 25 FA1 3 Police plate lighting
ISO / implement electrical socket P04
x 5 FM4 4 Trailer LH light
x Transmission 10 FM5 5 Rear LH brake light 5 R1
x Front power take-off 10 FM6 6 Trailer rear brake light 5 FM16
x Instrument panel 5 FM7 7 Front LH indicator

FM11
Brake light / Front axle engaging 10 FM15
x 15 FM8 8 Trailer rear LH indicator
x Rotating beacon 10 FM9 9 Trailer RH light 10 FM14 P08
Engine computer FM8 15 R4
x 10 FM10 10 LH rear flashing light
Implement electrical socket 15 FM12
x 25 FA2 11 Trailer rear RH indicator
x Rear right working lights 5 FM11 12 --- FM5 10
5 FM13
x Dipped/ road lights 15 FM12
x Instrument panel 5 FM13 Black-P04 FM10 10 P48
x Engine computer 10 FM14 R3 5 FMR1
Transmission computer FM7 5

D1
x 10 FM15 1 + AVC electric tool socket 10 FMR2
2 + AVC electric tool socket
3 --- FM9 10 15 FMR3
MINI ATO Spare fuses Rating Ref 4 --- P05
FM6 10 R2

25
x Spare fuses 10 FM16 5 --- 25 25
6 Rear RH brake light
FM1 15
7 + APC electric tool socket

FA1
8 ---

FAR1
FAR2
MINI ATO Spare fuses Rating Ref
9 RH front light
221 P06
x Spare fuses 15 FMR1 10 RH rear light
x Spare fuses 10 FMR2 11 RH rear flashing light
x Spare fuses 5 FMR3 12 Front RH indicator 1 3 5 7 9 11
x Spare fuses 25 FAR1 606bsm10
x Spare fuses 25 FAR2

Red-P06 Blue-P05
Diodes Ref
Start D1 1 + APC brake lights 1 Starter control
2 Not neutral controls 2 + AVC signalling control
3 Brake light 3 Safety shunt PDF
4 + APC clutch released switch ISC 4 Earth
5 TDB brake lights 5 Start
Relay Ref
6 LH indicator control 6 Lights relay controls
Side light indicator R1 7 APC reverser control ISC 7 ---
Start R2 8 LH indicators/hazard warning lights controls 8 ---
Reverser R3 9 --- 9 ---
Flashing unit 221 10 --- 10 Reverser/BDV engaged
Ref 11 RH indicators/hazard warning lights controls 11 + APC control panel
Spare relays
12 RH indicators control 12 ---
Spare relays 1 R4

Brown-P48 Grey-P06

1 + AVC engine calculator 1 + AVC hazard warning lights controls


2 +AVC (constant source) Auto 5 2 + AVC control panel
3 --- 3 Flashing unit
4 --- 4 + APC front PTO controls
5 --- 5 Tractor steering
6 --- 6 + AVC RH rear working light
7 --- 7 Trailer 1 steering
8 --- 8 + APC front axle controls
9 --- 9 Trailer 2 steering
10 + APC transmission controls 10 + APC rotating beacon controls
11 + APC engine calculator 11 Power supply to indicator unit
12 --- 12 + APC hazard warning lights controls

F.7 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Electronic injection)
Ref Item Wire
24 Engine computer identifica 2 J64 Ending
25 Injection stop solenoid valve tion
341 G3 30 Battery
302 316 K3 31 Alternator A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D
32
32 Starter A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B
205 712 P69 A 323 K1 B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A
34 Preheating sparking plugs
713 D 321 A2
54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B
J69 J64 24
55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm G3 341 1 Engine calculator defect P02 V
31 B+ W D+ M 336 D2 K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P69 A
335 B2 60 Ignition switch
Injection pump

E7A M7D
110 Relay and fuse panel K2 337 1 J31 A
265 338 A3
117 Preheating fuse K3 316 1 Preheating control 226
337 K2

705
+ B A B A M3J J2 139 Engine speed sensor
117
1 J31 185 Instrument panel
J67

M7C
J39 196 PDF safety shunt switch
70 A K J H G F E D C B A
2 E3E 205 Gear engaged contact
226 Pre-heat relay 316 341 326 333 331 338 3
226 P50
J50
337 M3J 308 344 336 335 321 2
5 23 12 13 Wire
25
2
RG

BC
139 identifica J35 Ending 323 307 340 339 334 342 332 1

M8B
805

821
822
OR tion
34
NO 1 009 0.6 Reverser engaged J04 10
324 E3D 5 069 0.6 1000 rpm PTO J35 5
J51** A1 J51* A5 M8A
6 070 0.6 540 rpm PTO J35 6

K
PDF 540-1000 rpm

J
10 047 0.6 196

H
303
341

322
300
301
304

G
30 11 012 0.6 D+ alternator TDB J42 A6

F
A2 A6
33 065 1 Engine calculator defect J02 V
P02 J01

E
D
C
J02 P01

B
A
54 55 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
C V R SU V
008 009 069 078 048 073 065

1 2 3
6 M0G 070 047 028 066 101
J48 J29

M4G

M4F
413

412
003 110 MR 055 054 012 045 074
011
065

001

002 FM14 1 11 P29 EP4 604bsm28


006 FM10 102 059 024 043 042 046
M4P
010

007 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
R2 R3 P28 +APC
E0A
D1 J28
11 3
070 2 +AVC

069
MOL
FA1 110
J41 J28
1 5 3 10 9 196 J42 P28
BU J48
J05 009 J05
196
010
J29
009 P29
013 047 J51
070

069

A5 008
J42 065 065 065 J50
A6 012 012 012 P50
004 11 1 10 33 6 5
J35
58 15 19 50
60 E0A
5
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2 7a
606bsm19

30
185
605bsm02INJEL

F.8 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Electronic injection)

7
110 J35 P69 J69

34
J69

60

205
31

30 606bsm20

226
P01
3/1
265
J39
J02

32

606bsm14

606bsm12 606bsm15

55

54

P28
EP4

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.9


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Mechanical injection)
302 Ref Item
32
205 30 Battery
+APC
31 Alternator
32 Starter +AVC
31 B+ W D+ M 34 Preheating sparking plugs
265 54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm

E7A M7D
55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm 110
60 Ignition switch J41 J28
1 196 J42 P28

705
+ 110 Relay and fuse panel
70 A Preheating fuse
2 J39 117 117
J48
Instrument panel J05

M7C
185
196 PDF safety shunt switch
316 205 Gear engaged contact J29
226 P50 226 Pre-heat relay P29
J50 J51
NO 5 23
Wire J50
BC identifica 2 J35 Ending P50

M8B
805
OR
34 tion
1 009 0.6 Reverser engaged J04 10
324 E3D RG J51** A1 J51* A5 M8A 5 069 0.6 1000 rpm PTO J35 5 E0A
6 070 0.6 540 rpm PTO J35 6 5
7a
303
316

322

304

10 047 0.6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196 606bsm19


A2 A6 11 012 0.6 D+ alternator TDB J42 A6
30 P02 33 065 1 Preheating indicator 60
J01
J02 P01
345

WC V R V 54 55 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
25
009 069 078 048 073 065
6 M0G 070 047 028 066 101
J29

M4G

M4F
413

412
055 054 012 045 074
011
082

001

008
105

P29 EP4
110 102 059 024 043 042 046
M4P
010

4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
R2 R3 P28
E0A
D1 J28
11 3 2

070

069
MOL
FA1
1 5 3 10 9
BU
J05 009
008 196
010
009
013 047
070

069

A5
J42 065 065 065
A6 012 012 012
004 11 1 10 33 6 5
J35
58 15 19 50
60

1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2

30
185
605bsm02INJME

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit

F.10 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Mechanical injection)

7
P69 J69

110 J35 34

J69

60
205
31

30
606bsm20
226

265
P01
J39
3/1

J02
32
606bsm15

606bsm14

55

54
31
32 P28
E3D EP4
J90
P90

J01
3/3
P02
J66

200 P69
206
J65 E3F J38

J31
E3E J200 606bsm17
J67 J64

606bsm22INJEL

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.11


Start-up circuit/charge/(REVERSHIFT) (Electronic injection) Ref Item Wire
24 Engine computer identifica 2 J09 Ending
25 Injection stop solenoid valve tion
712 P69 A 323 K1 30 Battery
205 B1 099 0,6 + APC reverser controls J08 7
713 D 321 A2 31 Alternator
B2 091 0,6 Neutral control P30 6
302 J69 32 Starter
304 B4 103 0,6 Not neutral controls J08 2
336 D2 J64 24 54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm
335 B2 B5 M1B 0,6 Reverser controls earth J40 B5
31 B+ W D+ 55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm
32 338 A3
337 K2 60 Ignition switch
B A B A M3J J2 63 ISC declutching +/- range control 1 2 3 4 5
110 Relay and fuse panel

721
705
+ J67 J31 A 090 092
M 139 Engine speed sensor
E3E 170 "Auto 5" units B 099 091 104 103 M1B

63 185 Instrument panel


188 ISC reverser controls
189 189 ISC clutch release switch
25 196 PDF safety shunt switch
170 139 188

1
205 Gear engaged contact A

4
J49 J1 B

5
324 E3D E D 1419 1 17 Wire
725 846 identifica 2 J1 Ending

723
823 B5 tion
J09
322
300
301
304

824 J63
30 P50 J51
833 J50 1 833 0,75 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9

B5
B1
B2
B4
1 2
874

22 5 21 121333 B4 17 805 0,75 Gearbox engaged J50 5

M1B
099
091
103

097

096
J01 J30 J88 805 19 823 0,75 Neutral control J30 6
B5 Wire
815
P01 P30 B6 845 852
851
099 identifica 2 J35 Ending
R SU V 6 9 103 28 tion
14 42
097 097 M8E
Reverser engaged
001
002
003
008

874 838
091 091 1 009 0,6 J04 10
PTO 1000
822
096 13 870 41 5 069 0,6 J35 5
12 825
821
839 40
6 070 0,6 PTO 540 J35 6
008 B5 54 55
10 047 0,6 PTO 540-1000 196
851 J40
11 840 39

852 10 809 814 38


A1 9 819 37
J48 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33

M4G

M4F
413

412
MOJ
110 8 820 36
MR 869
003 1 11 10 7 35
009 069 078 048 073 065
001 002 EP4 827
FM10 6 812 830 34
006 006 FM14 M4P 823 M0G 070 047 028 066 101
5 810 800 33
007 007 FM5 E0A P28 836

J28 4 811 835 32 055 054 012 045 074


805
R2 R3 11 3 2 3 813 878 31
D1 M0L 2 873
826
868 30
102 059 024 043 042 046
M8F 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
833 837
15
1 29
FA1
070

069

1 5 3 10 4 2 7 009
BU RG
J05 J08 1 10 6 5
004 099 J35
58 15 19 50 103
60 096
009
008
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2
196

30 013 047 185


605bsm03INJEL

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit

F.12 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Start-up circuit/charge/(REVERSHIFT) (Electronic injection)

Wire
identifica 2 J64 Ending 31
tion 32
E3D
A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D J90
A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B P90
B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A
D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B J01
3/3
J2 M3J 1 Engine calculator earth E3E P02
K1 323 1 + APC engine calculator P69 A J66
K2 337 1 Injection pump J31 A P69
200
55 206
J65 E3F J38
54
K J H G F E D C B A J31
P28 E3E J200
316 341 326 333 331 338 3 EP4 J67 J64

337 M3J 308 344 336 335 321 2

323 307 340 339 334 342 332 1

606bsm22INJEL
K
J
H
G
F

606bsm25
E
D

205
C
B
A

J79 J46
J45 J98
1 2 3

J54
59
J49
604bsm28 110 J35
J20 J21 J69
J36

176 J56
60 P50 J69 J55
J57 205
3/1 J89
J58
102
J09 E7A
J60
J37 606bsm18
606bsm28

203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

J02

606bsm83

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.13


Start-up circuit/charge/(REVERSHIFT) (Mechanical injection)
Ref Item Wire
30 Battery identifica 2 J09 Ending
324
31 Alternator tion
32 Starter
205 B1 099 0,6 + APC reverser controls J08 7
30 54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm
B2 091 0,6 Neutral control P30 6
302 55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm
B4 103 0,6 Not neutral controls J08 2
304 60 Ignition switch
B5 M1B 0,6 Reverser controls earth J40 B5
63 ISC declutching +/- range control
31 B+ W D+ 32 110 Relay and fuse panel
170 "Auto 5" units 1 2 3 4 5
185 Instrument panel

721
705
A 090 092
+ M 188 ISC reverser controls
189 ISC clutch release switch B 099 091 104 103 M1B
196 PDF safety shunt switch
63 205 Gear engaged contact

189
170 Wire
188
2

1
identifica J1 Ending A

2
25 J49 J1 tion

4
E3D B
+APC solenoid valve supply

5
E D 1419 1 17 1 833 0,75 J30 9
725 846

723
17 805 0,75 Gearbox engaged J50 5
823 B5
J09 19 823 0,75 Neutral control J30 6
322

304

824 J63
P50 J51
833 J50

B5
B1
B2
B4
1 2
874

22 5 21 33 B4 28

M1B
099
091
103

097

096
14 42
J01 J30 J88 805 M8E
B5 874 838
815
P01 P30 B6 845 099 822
Wire
R V 6 9 103
13
821
870 41
identifica 2 J35 Ending
12 825 839 40
097 097 tion
345

001

008

091 091 11 840 39

096 10 809 814 38 1 009 0,6 Reverser engaged J04 10


P02 9 819 37 5 069 0,6 PTO 1000 J35 5
008 B5 54 55 6 070 0,6 PTO 540 J35 6
J02 8 820 36

W J40 7
869
35 10 047 0,6 PTO 540-1000 196
827
A1 6 812 830 34
105

823
J48 5 810 800 33

M4G

M4F
413

412
110 MR MOJ 4 811
836
835 32 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
10 805
001 EP4 3 813 878 31
009 069 078 048 073 065
826
006 006 FM5 M4P 2 873 868 30

007 007 E0A P28 833


M8F
837
M0G 070 047 028 066 101
J28 1
15
29
R2 R3 11 3 2 055 054 012 045 074
D1 M0L
102 059 024 043 042 046
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
FA1
070

069

1 5 3 10 4 2 7 009
BU RG
J05 J08 1 10 6 5
004 099 J35
58 15 19 50 103
60 096
009
008
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2
196

30 013 047 185


605bsm03INJME

F.14 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Start-up circuit/charge/(REVERSHIFT) (Mechanical injection)

J79 J46
J45 J98 31
32
E3D

110 J35
J20 J21
J36
J01
3/3
176 P02
60 J66
200 J38
206
J09

J37
E3E J200
203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

J02

606bsm83

205

J54
59 J49
55
J69
54

P28
EP4
J56 205
P50 J69 J55
J57
3/1 J89
J58
102
E7A
606bsm28
J60

606bsm25

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.15


Side lights/dipped headlights/headlights/control panel lighting/horn

NO5 NO4 2b
3b
3a NO3 NO2 2a
E3C

BU3
E3B BU2
RG3

RG2
E3A

31 B+ W D+
173
+AVC +AVC
110
+
R1
NO1

NO6
BU1
RG1
BC

185

P90

FM12
J90 FM3 FM2
4 1 2 3 6 J36 J35
M3B
17 20 24
M3C
BU NO VE
311
J05 J04 J07

MOB
022

024
310 2 6 9 10 3 1 2 4 9
023
306
F W X B5 J42

018

418

422

402

400

401

403

404
P02 J01 B2
J02 P01
B4
018

079
018

019

079

020

021

J40
MOB A2 B2 MOM

A1
A1 B3 A5 A4 A2 MOK

MOJ
J10
6 5
65 30 49 58 56b 56a 54s J28
E0A P28
12 10 1 7 4 81
2 3

M41

M40
400

M4B EP5 M4E

401

402 EP3

M4H
M4B

M4J
400

401

418

422
M4H
402

X2G X2D
2 1 5 2 1 5
1 2

5 11 4 10
12
M4B M4J 605bsm04

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.16


Side lights/dipped headlights/headlights/control panel lighting/horn

Ref Item Wire


2a RH dipped headlights identifica 2 J35 Ending
31
2b RH road lights tion
3a LH dipped headlights
24 024 0,6 TDB lighting J42 B6
3b LH road lights
4 RH front side light J90
5 LH front side light 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 P90
10 RH rear side lights 009 069 078 048 073 065
11 LH rear side lights
J01
12 Number plate light M0G 070 047 028 066 101
31 Alternator
E3A 173
65 Lighting switch 055 054 012 045 074 P02
E3B
81 Trailer signalling socket
110 Relay and fuse panel 102 059 024 043 042 046 E3C
173 Horn 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
185 Instrument panel

Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending
tion
2A
17 023 0,6 Headlights indicator J10 A2
20 M0B 0,6 Instrument panel earth J40 A2 2B

3B
1 5 9 13 17
3A
058 052 051 050 022

015 040 056


606bsm30
071 053 044 057
J79 J46
J45 J98
041 016 M0F M0B
4 8 12 16 20

110 J35
J20 J21
J36

176
60
12
X2D
EP3
604bsm11 J09

J37

+APC
203
+AVC E0B
X2G
J63
81
J62 J10
P01
P28
110 J40 3/1
J42 J28 EP5
J07 P28
J04
J02
J05

606bsm83

606bsm31

E0A

5
7a
606bsm32

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.17


Rear working light/rotating beacon
Ref Item
1 Rotating beacon
8 Working light
46 Working light switch
52 Rotating beacon switch
110 Relay and fuse panel
+APC
+AVC

J79 J46 110


1 J45 J98 J40
J28
6 P28
BU
+APC +AVC J05
J05 110 J06

R1 110 J35
J20 J21
X3 J36
1 2
FM9

M4C
176
60
411
EP5 M40 EP3 E0A
FM11
5
M41
414 EP1
7a
606bsm36
J09
GR

M4K
P28 J37
J06
10 6 J28
1 12 10 4
076

BL
EP
039

075

52 46

MR
5 063 5
1 1

J20 J20 J79 J79


068 077
10 9 MOM 10 9

B2
MOH A7 A5 MOD 8

J40
A1
MOK
MOJ

EP3

E0A

X3 EP1 8
EP2

P28
EP5 606bsm34

F.18 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.19


Brake lights/front axle engagement/hand brake

185
026 +
234
203
7
5 073
1 J45 J45

J 35 J 36
18 17 31 2 19 1 7
073 MOG

074

057

058

071
025

027

072

8 17 4 5

028
P29
J29

819 REVERSHIFT 37 J1 170

M8D
808

803

804
8 23 25 3 4
J50
P50
417 J51* J51**
M8B A6 A2

M7C
405
A5 A1
406

M7A

703

704
708
J40 E7A
1 3 5 8 6 5 6
RG GR NO VE

M7F

M8A
J08 J06 J04 J07
B2 A1

1 2 3 1 2

MOJ
R4
J57 J54
J05

E0A
MOM
MOK
MOL

FM16 FM8
406

071

E0A

J28 37
110 P28 101
+APC
11 5 12 10
EP4 M4P
M41

415
EP3
M4A

M40
EP5
M4B
M4E

405

M4J

417

6 5
X2G X2D
1 7 4 1 4 1 4
204
2 3
81
11 10

605bsm06

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit / REVERSHIFT

F.20 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Brake lights/front axle engagement/hand brake

Ref Item
RH rear side lights +APC
10 Wire
11 LH rear side lights identifica 2 J35 Ending
37 Tractor speed sensor 205
tion
81 Trailer signalling socket
2 M0G 0,6 Tractor speed earth P29 17
101 Front axle solenoid valve J1 110 J40
110 Relay and fuse panel 17 073 0,6 Front axle controls J45 5 J28
18 028 0,6 TDB brake lights J08 5 184 J42 P28
170 "Auto 5" units J07 J54
31 074 1 Front axle solenoid valve P29 8 J04
185 Instrument panel
203 Left and right brake pedal contact J05 59
J06
204 Hand brake contact
234 Front axle solenoid valve switch 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 J29
P29
009 069 078 048 073 065 J51
Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending
M0G 070 047 028 066 101 J50
P50
J56
J55
tion 055 054 012 045 074 P50 J69
J57
E0A 3/1
1 058 0,6 Theoretical speed P29 5 102 059 024 043 042 046 J89
7 071 1 Hand brake warning light J28 5 J58
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 102
19 057 0,6 Theoretical speed supply P29 4 5 E7A
7a J60
606bsm39
606bsm18
1 5 9 13 17
058 052 051 050 022

015 040 056

071 053 044 057

041 016 M0F M0B


4 8 12 16 20

J79 J46
J45 J98

X2D
604bsm11
EP3
110 J35
J20 J21
J36

176
60
X2G
204
P28 81
J09
EP4
J37
EP5

203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

606bsm38
J02

606bsm83

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.21


Flashing lights and warning lights

+ AVC

+ APC
110

6 5 1 033

038
221
037

2 3 4 2 8 5 9
J21
49

FM1
VE NO RG BU
J07 J04 J08 J06 J21
8 11 7 10 11 12 6 12 8 11 5 7 9 11 3 1 12 6 3 1 7

035

034

032
185 T 13 050 036

031
030
R1 9 051
A7 A6
J36
R2 5 052 J41

A5 J40
20 MOB A2 A3 MOC

A1 B2

029

MOM
B4 B1 B2
409

410

407

408

420

419

MOK
MOJ
J10
J28
65 P28
30 49 58 56b 56a 54s 54d L
12 10

M41

M40
E0A
M41
EP5
EP3 M40
M4B

M4J

3 1 6 6 1 3
X2G X2D
6 5
5 11 10 4

81 1 7 4
2 3 605bsm07

F.22 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Flashing lights and warning lights

Ref Item
4 RH front side light Wire J79 J46
5 LH front side light identific 2 J21 Ending +APC J45 J98

10 RH rear side lights +AVC


ation 110
11 LH rear side lights
1 035 1,4 LH indicators/warning controls J08 8
49 Hazard warning lights switch
65 Lighting switch 2 037 1,4 + AVC warning controls J06 1 110 J35
3 030 1,4 Indicators/warning supply J41 A6 J40 J20 J21
81 Trailer signalling socket J41 J28 J36

110 Relay and fuse panel 5 033 1,4 RH indicators/warning controls J08 11 P28
6 036 1,4 Central supply J06 11 J04 J07 176
185 Instrument panel J08
8 038 1,4 + APC warning controls J06 12 J05
60
9 M0C 0,6 Warning light earth J40 A3
Wire
identific 2 J06 Ending J09
ation J37
1 037 1,4 + AVC warning controls J21 2 2 4 6 8
3 031 1,4 Flashing unit J41 A7 203

2
037 036 038
5 050 0,6 TA steering J36 13 E0B

4
6
7 051 0,6 REM.1 steering J36 9 035 030 033 J63 J62 J10

8
E0A P01
9 052 0,6 REM.2 steering J36 5
1 3 5 7 5 3/1
11 036 1,4 Power supply to indicator unit J21 6
7a
12 043 1,4 + APC warning controls J21 8 606bsm43
J02

11 9 7 5 3 1
9 10 606bsm83
036 052 051 050 031 037 9
M0C

1
0
038 039 072 075 061 053
12 10 8 6 4 2
604bsm08
11
9
7
5
3
1

604bsm03
X2D
EP3

X2G
204
P28 81

EP4
EP5

606bsm38

F.23 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Front power take-off control
Ref Item
40 PTO switch
94 Front PTO clutch solenoid valve
110 Relay and fuse panel
94 185 + APC 185 Instrument panel
110

+APC
FM6 205
J60
J36
A B 20 10
110 J40
GR J54

J06 59
4 J06
M7H

J29
P29
J51
J56
J55
MOB
J50 P50 J69

040
P50 J57
3/1 J89
711

E7A E0A J58


102
E7A
5 J60
7a 606bsm18
606bsm46
M7C

A2

J40
J79 J46
J45 J98

061
P50 A1
J50
11 23
110 J35
J20 J21
M8B

J36

A6*
849 REVERSHIFT

MOJ

A2** 176
60

J51
814

J09
A5*
A1**
M8A
11
J29
P29
E0A
40

5
1 J46 J46

067 605bsm08

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit / REVERSHIFT

F.24 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.25


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Electronic injection)
Ref Item
24 Engine computer Wire
31 Alternator identifica 2 J35 Ending
110 Relay and fuse panel tion
185 Instrument panel 15 045 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L
201 202 200 Oil pressure switch 25 043 1 Engine water temperature J02 K
201 Engine temperature thermistor 32 042 1 Engine water temperature alert J02 T
202 Fuel gauge 36 046 1 Air filter blocked J02 M
24 206 Air filter clogging valve

Wire
J66 J64 identifica 2 J36 Ending
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33

B A B1 D3 J1 G2 tion 009 069 078 048 073 065


8 041 0,6 Fuel level P29 3 M0G 070 047 028 066 101
12 016 0,6 + APC control panel J05 11

326
328

332

15 044 0,6 Rear work lights controls P29 1 055 054 012 045 074
16 M0F 0,6 Fuel level earth P29 16
102 059 024 043 042 046
E3F 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
1 5 9 13 17
058 052 051 050 022
31 B+ W D+

M7B
307

308

702

710
015 040 056

200 +APC 071 053 044 057


+ 110
041 016 M0F M0B
4 8 12 16 20
FM7

2 10 24
BU P50
305

J05 J50
M3I

11 +APC

206
604bsm11

110
M8C
016

802

800
319

J05

M L K T 3 1 16 J29
J29 P29
P02
J02 P29
J50
P50
MOF
046

045

043

042

041

044

36 15 28 32 12 8 15 16 5
7a
606bsm50
J35 J36

185
605bsm09E

F.26 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Electronic injection)

J79 J46
J45 J98

J66

110 J35
J20 J21
J36

176
60

J49

202
J09
31
J37

203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1
606bsm51

J02

606bsm83 606bsm49

31
32
E3D
J90
P90

J01
3/3
P02
J66

200 P69
206
J65 E3F J38

J31
E3E J200
J67 J64

606bsm22INJEL

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.27


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Mechanical injection)
Ref Item
31 Alternator Wire
201 202 110 Relay and fuse panel identifica 2 J35 Ending
185 Instrument panel tion
200 Oil pressure switch 15 045 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L
201 Engine temperature thermistor 25 043 1 Engine water temperature J02 K
202 Fuel gauge 32 042 1 Engine water temperature alert J02 T
206 Air filter clogging valve 36 046 1 Air filter blocked J02 M
J66
Wire
B A
identifica 2 J36 Ending 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
tion
009 069 078 048 073 065

307

308
8 041 0,6 Fuel level P29 3
12 016 0,6 + APC control panel J05 11 M0G 070 047 028 066 101
15 044 0,6 Rear work lights controls P29 1
16 M0F 0,6 Fuel level earth P29 16 055 054 012 045 074

102 059 024 043 042 046


4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
31 B+ W D+ 1 5 9 13 17

M7B
702

710
058 052 051 050 022
200 +APC
+ 110 015 040 056

071 053 044 057


FM7 041 016 M0F M0B
4 8 12 16 20
2 10 24
BU P50
305

J05 J50
M3I

11

206

+APC

M8C
016

802

800

604bsm11

110
319

M L K T 3 1 16
P02 J29
J05
J02 P29
J29
P29
MOF
046

045

043

042

041

044

J50
P50
36 15 28 32 12 8 15 16

J35 J36

5
7a
606bsm50

185
605bsm09M

F.28 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Mechanical injection)

J79 J46
J45 J98

J66

110 J35
J20 J21 J49
J36
202
176
60

J09
31
J37

606bsm51
203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

J02

606bsm83 606bsm49

31
32
E3D

J01
3/3
P02
J66
200 J38
206

E3E J200

606bsm22INJME

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.29


Engine speed

J41 J79 J46


J45 J98
015 014 J02 J 309
A2 A1 P02
2

J36 A3
110 J35
J20 J21

REVERSHIFT
J36

185
176
60
31 B+ W D+

P02
100 J09
+
J37
1
P30
J30 203
E0B
820

J63 J62 J10


P01

3/1

36
J1 J02

170

606bsm83
605bsm10 606bsm52

28
14 42
M8E
Ref Item 874 838

170 "Auto 5" units 13


822
870 41
+APC
185 Instrument panel 821 P02 J90
12 825 839 40 +AVC
11 840 39

10 809 814 38
Wire J1 110
identific 2 J1 Ending
9 819 37 J41
184
ation 8
869
820 36

7 35
36 820 0,75 Engine speed J30 1 827
6 812 830 34
823
5 810 800 33
J30
836 P30
4 811 835 32
805
3 813 878 31
826
2 873 868 30
M8F
31
833 837
15
1 29
E0A

5
7a
606bsm54

606bsm55

F.30 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Control panel display/diagnostic socket selection

Ref Item
24 Engine computer
110 Relay and fuse panel
J79 J46
170 "Auto 5" units J45 J98
185 Instrument panel
262
262 Diagnostic plug

REVERSHIFT J47
867

866
110 J35
Wire
6 14 7 15 16 5 identific 2 J35 Ending J36
J20 J21
B1 A1
ation

824
823
A2 J88
3 055 0,6 Diag. K P29 9 176
B2 7 054 0,6 Diag. L P29 10 60
839

840

13 048 0,6 IP display selector 176


B3 A3
854
853

40 39 J09

860

861

M8F

M8F
809

809
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
J1 J37
009 069 078 048 073 065
824
823

14 15
170 J50 M0G 070 047 028 066 101 203
14 15
A2 B7 A6 B1 E0B
J50 055 054 012 045 074
P50
J51* J51** 102 059 024 043 042 046
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
714

715

MOJ A3 A5 A7 A1

A1

M8A

M8A
812

812
J40 E0A
714

715

B1 E0A E0A
B C
P69
J69
MOI

P69
860

861
339

340

M8G
842
F1 G1 J29
176 J64 REVERSHIFT
P29 J64
9 10
24 A7 B2
+APC 606bsm57

J51
048

055

054

B4 A1 J1 110 J40 P01


170

J47 7
M8A
845

J48 P69 J69

13 3 7
J29
+ APC P29
J35 110 E0A J51
J88
J48
J50
FM15 P50

185 10
E0A
MR 605bsm11
7a
606bsm59

606bsm58

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.31


25 A power socket
Ref Item
82 25 A power socket
110 Relay and fuse panel

+AVC +APC
110 +APC

+AVC
FA2 FM4

110
J28
P28
J04

NO
J04
1 2 7

J50
P50
416

421

423

E0A

7a
606bsm61

M4M

M4N

13 15
82
P28
J28

82
MOO
MON

P28

E0A

606bsm60
605bsm12

F.32 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Transmission hydraulic pressure

Ref Item
102 102 Transmission oil pressure switch
131 Diode
P 170 "Auto 5" units
185 Instrument panel

J79 J46
J45 J98

M7E
J1
184
110 J35

701
J20 J21
E7A J36

J29
176 P29

M7C
60 J51

J50
1 23 P50
P50
131
J50 E0A
5
7a
606bsm64
M8B
801

A6 A2
J51* J51**

A5 A1
205
M8A

M8A
REVERSHIFT
800
33 E0A
2 2
J1
J29 J29
J54
170 P29
59
056

18 J56
P50 J69 J55
J36
J57
3/1 J89
J58
185 102
605bsm13 E7A
J60
606bsm18
* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit / REVERSHIFT

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.33


Rear PTO controls
Ref Item
54 Selection switch rear PTO 540 rpm
55 Selection switch rear PTO 1000 rpm
54 55 59 Rear PTO clutch J79 J46
59 J45 J98
REVERSHIFT 110 Relay and fuse panel
807 185 Instrument panel

M4F
J51 A5

M4G
Wire
845 B4 B6 816
EP4 identifica 2 J35 Ending
110 J35
J20 J21
59 tion J36

+APC 5 069 0,6 1000 rpm PTO J35 5

M4P

413

412

424

425
110 6 070 0,6 540 rpm PTO J35 6 176
10 047 0,6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196 60
P28 20 059 0,6 PTO engaged P29 7
807
J28
FM5 J51** A5
11 3 2 6 7
812 A7 B4 816 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
707

J09
706 009 069 078 048 073 065
MR
M0G 070 047 028 066 101

MOL

070

069

080

081
J48 P50
055 054 012 045 074
10 J50
807 7 6 102 059 024 043 042 046 110
J28
J51* A1 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 P28
806

812 A3 B1 816

12 7
J29
J29 E0A P29
J51
P29
J50
P50
605bsm02
080

081

059

E0A

5
7a
606bsm67
047

070

069

205
20 10 6 5

J35

J54
59
55

54

P28 59
J56
EP4 J55
P50 J69
J57
3/1 J89
185 J58
102
E7A
J60
606bsm18
605bsm14

606bsm68

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit

F.34 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.35


Revershift/doubler clutch and drive controls
+APC +AVC
110
185

FM5 FM15

J35
4 2 7 10 2
16 34 30

J08 J48

066
101
102
837
875 P29
189
J29

845
B4 J51 13
2 096
A1 B1 M8F
J63
1 097 A6 838
A3 M8E
B4 J88

B7 B5 A2 872 A7 A6
P50

M8A
B5 A5
J40

874

870
822
M1C B6 A1 MOJ 871 27 726 1
J89
869 32 727 2
28 42 15 29 J1 27 14 41 21
B5 192
103
5 810 16 716 A
EOA
099 811 17 717 B
J55
4

878
31
M1B

101 193
J1 J1 812 18 718 A
6
J30 2 821 170
26
813 19 719 B
J56
3
102 3 825 12
868 30
9
187 097 833 1
1 A 106 11 872 27
814 20 720 1
3 C 093 7 830 38
J62 34
2 J59
2 B 090 M7D
4 826 16
092 5 827 20
19 36 2 18 32 J1 10
098 12 873
125
809 9 709 1
M8B
M8B 23 M7C M7G 2
J58
104 108 8
846
E7A
823
63

836

835
091 6
824 22 725 E J49
26 724 A
1 820 28 722 C
B5 B4 B1 B3 A2 A4 B2 33 723

J09 10 879
J50
P30 D
110

J41
P02
100 A3 A1 014 J 309
J02
A1 A3 107 A2 31 B+ W D+

015
1 9
188 A2 109
J36

J42 J98 + –

185
5 10

M1C

605bsm15.eps

F.36 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Revershift/doubler clutch and drive controls
J79 J46
J45 J98
Ref Item Wire +APC
27 Reverser module speed sensor identific 2 J1 Ending
31 Alternator ation +AVC
63 ISC declutching +/- range control 110
1 833 1 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9 J35
110 Relay and fuse panel J20 J21
2 873 0,6 REF+ Clutch potentiometer J30 12 J1
110 J40 J36
125 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve
Return reverse drive solenoid J41
170 "Auto 5" units 3 813 0,6 J50 19 170
valve 176
185 Instrument panel
Return forward drive solenoid J08 60
187 Clutch potentiometer ISC 4 811 0,6 J50 17 J48
valve
188 ISC reverser controls
Return forward drive solenoid J30
189 ISC clutch release switch 5 810 0,6 J50 16
valve J29 P30
192 Forward drive solenoid valve P29
J09
6 812 0,6 EV Reverse J50 18
193 Reverse solenoid valve J51 J37
Hydraulic doubler solenoid
10 809 0,6 J50 9
valve
12 825 0,6 Buzzer control J30 3 J50
Wire 203
identific 2 J62 Ending 14 874 1 +APC auto 5 J88 B5
P50
E0B

ation 15 M8F 1,5 Earth "Auto 5" J51 B1 J63 J62 J10
16 826 0,6 Forward drive control J30 4 P01
A 106 0,6 REF+ ISC potentiometer P30 11 E0A
18 836 0,6 Control - Ranges J50 26 3/1
B 098 0,6 REF- ISC potentiometer P30 12 19 823 0,6 Neutral control J30 6 5
C 125 0,6 Potentiometer ISC curser P30 7 20 827 0,6 Reverse drive control J30 5 7a
21 869 0,6 Transmission temperature J50 32 J02

26 821 0,6 DRIVETRONIC defect J30 2 606bsm73


27 822 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13
C B A 28 M8E 1 Earth "Auto 5" J51 A3
606bsm83
093 098 106 29 837 1 +AVC auto 5 J48 2
C
B
A
30 868 0,6 BOC J30 9
31 878 0,75 Control Mowing J30 8
32 835 0,6 Control + Ranges J50 28
34 830 0,6 Clutch potentiometer cursor J30 7
36 820 0,6 Engine speed J30 1
31
Wire 38 814 0,6 ISC module speed (revershift) J50 20
identific 2 J09 Ending 41 870 0,6 REF- J88 A5
P02
ation 42 838 1 +APC auto 5 J51 A6
A2 090 0,6 Forward drive control P30 4 205
A4 092 0,6 Reverse drive control P30 5
28
B1 090 0,6 +APC reverser controls J09 B1 14 42
M8E
B2 091 0,6 Neutral control P30 6 874 838
B4 103 0,6 Not neutral controls J08 2
822
B5 M1B 0,6 Reverser controls earth J40 B5 J54
13 870 41
821
12 825
59
839 40
1 2 3 4 5
11 840 39
A 090 092
10 809 814 38
B 099 091 104 103 M1B
9 819 37
606bsm70
J56
8 820 36
J55
869 P50 J69
7 35 J57
827 3/1 J89
1

6 812 830 34 J58


A
2

823
102
5 810 800 33 E7A
4

B 836
5

4 811 835 32 J60


805 606bsm18
3 813 878 31
826
2 873 868 30
M8F
833 837
J49
15
1 29 J56 J59

606bsm74

F.37 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Hydraulic dual range unit

185 175 Ref Item


63 ISC declutching +/- range control
1 2 72 Doubler relay J79 J46
J45 J98
110 Relay and fuse panel
J52 J52
125 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve
3
175 Relay
4

837

842
185 Instrument panel
J36 J35 110 J35
J20 J21

M8G
840
20 30 J36
Wire
J40 identifica 2 J53 Ending
MOB

066

tion 176
MOB A2 60
2 838 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13
J51 B6 B2 B5 3 842 0,6 100-101 Relay J52 3
A1 M8A A1 4 839 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J50 9
5 836 0,6 Control + Ranges J50 28

MOJ
6 M8H 0,6 Relay 101 earth J51 B3 J09
P29 7 841 0,75 + APC relay R101 J51 B7
A2 B7 B3 A7
J29 E0A
13
205

812
2 838 1

4 839 842 3 2
72
4
838 2 6 M8H 836 5 1
6 J54
3
839 4 7 841
7 5 59

842 3
604bsm85
M8H 6 J53
J56
+APC P50 J69 J55
110 J57
836 5 3/1 J89
J58
841 7 102
J52 J53 E7A
J40 J60
M8B
835

837
836

839

J48

J50 J29
+APC P29
P50 110 J51
33 26 28 23 9
J50
P50
723

722
724

709
M7C

FM5

E7A
B C A E0A
M7G

MR 5
J49 7a
2 1 J48 606bsm77
10
J58

63 125
605bsm16

F.38 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Notes Notes

F.39 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Engine management

Ref Item Wire


+AVC +APC 24 Engine computer identifica 2 J35 Ending
110 185 25 Injection stop solenoid valve tion
197 31 Alternator
FM14 FM10 37 Tractor forward speed sensor 15 057 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L
110 Relay and fuse panel 2 M0G 0,6 Tractor speed earth P29 17
139 Engine speed sensor 9 078 1 Engine curve change J02 R
170
170 "Auto 5" units 33 065 1 Engine calculator defect J02 V
1 3 2 185 Instrument panel
MR J37 J35 J36 197 Accelerator control potentiometer
J1
405 Air temperature sensor 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
J48 A C B 9 33 2 2 19 1 37 406 Fuel temperature sensor
1 11 009 069 078 048 073 065

MOG
049

017

005

078

065

015

057

058
M0G 070 047 028 066 101

REVERSHIFT
851 REVERSHIFT

852 REVERSHIFT

Wire
J41 A2 identifica 2 J64 Ending
055 054 012 045 074

A3 P29 tion 102 059 024 043 042 046


J29 A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36

REVERSHIFT
821

822

100
A1 17 4 5 819 A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B
B1 332 1 Engine water temperature J66 A

014
12 13
B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A
J50 B3 331 1 Accelerator pot. cursor P02 U
J02
P50 C1 342 1 Engine change curve P02 R

M8D

803

804
P02 C3 333 1 Fuel temperature J65 A
W U P R V J D1 334 1 Air temperature J68 A
25 3 4 D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B
405 J50 D3 326 1 (Ref-) sensors E3F
327

331

344

342

341

309
B 330 F1 339 1 CAN L P69 B
712

713

P50 G1 340 1 CAN H P69 C


J68
Engine water temperature alert

M7A
G2 308 P02 T

703

704
31 B+ W D+
A
G3 341 1 Engine calculator defect P02 V
E3F 3 1 2 J1 307 1 Engine water temperature P02 K
J54 J2 M3J 1 Engine calculator earth E3E
406 + K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P69 A
B 329 K2 337 1 Injection pump J31 A Wire
J69 K3 316 1 Heating control 226 identifica 2 J36 Ending
J65 tion
P69 A
A D B C 1 058 0,6 Theoretical speed P29 5
K J H G F E D C B A 2 015 0,6 TDB alternator speed J41 A2
37 19 057 0,6 Theoretical speed supply P29 4
316 341 326 333 331 338 3
328

25
605bsm11

605bsm02

A 337 M3J 308 344 336 335 321 2


1 5 9 13 17
J31 323 307 340 339 334 342 332 1
605bsm09 B 058 052 051 050 022

139 015 040 056


323

321

339

340

316

333

334

332

308

307

326

331

344

342

341

337

338

335 A
071 053 044 057

K
336 J67
B

J
041 016 M0F M0B

H
G
F
M3J 4 8 12 16 20
K1 A2 F1 G1 K3 C3 D1 B1 G2 J1 D3 B3 E2 C1 G3 K2 A3 B2 D2 J2

E
D
C
B
J64 E3E

A
1 2 3
24

604bsm28

605bsm17
604bsm11

F.40 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Engine management

+APC

+AVC 205

J1
110 J40
J41
170 J54 31
J08 59 32
J48 E3D
J30
J90
J29 P30
P90
P29
J51
J56 J01
J50 P50 J69 J55 3/3
P50 J57 P02
3/1 J89 J66
J58
E0A E7A 102
200 P69
J60 206
5
J65 E3F J38
7a
J31
606bsm73 E3E J200
J67 J64

J79 J46
J45 J98
31
606bsm22INJEL
J68

110 J35
J20 J21
J36
606bsm80
176
60

J09

J37

203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

J02

606bsm83

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.41


Notes Notes

F.42 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


ELECTRICAL SERVICES

Chapter F

Celtis Edition 09.2007


Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1
Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1
GENERAL CONTENTS Aid to using the MR - Electricity Chapter
Search from the schematic diagram by function
Facing the schematic diagrams are some connectors that provide additional help in understanding the diagram.
ITEM LIST .......................................................................................................................................................................................... F.2 Search from a wire number
WIRING AND GENERAL LISTS ........................................................................................................................................................ F.3 Example: 941
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ACCORDING TO FUNCTIONS ............................................................................................................... F.5 Refer to the plate "Wiring and general list", find in the figures in brackets : the example corresponds to the harness 9/1.
CONNECTOR AND HARNESS TRACKING.................................................................................................................................... F.65 Once the connector is identified, go to the chapter "Harness path and connectors" for the identification of the wire.
With this designation, refer to the corresponding function diagram or use the name of the connector.
TOOLS Search from a connector identified by the wiring path
With the designation of the wire, refer to the corresponding function diagram or use the name of the connector.
ELECTRICITY TOOLS ................................................................................................................................................................... F.114 IMPORTANT: Some diagrams by function represent the versions with a maximum of options.
Wire markers may differ from one option to another or from one variant to another.
Refer to the chapter "Harness path and connectors" for the exact validity of the wire markers according to options.

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1
Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1
ITEM LIST
WIRING AND GENERAL LISTS

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.1


Item list 265 Short-circuit.
270 Air brake solenoid valve.
1 Rotating beacon. 83 Left-hand loudspeaker. 315 Mowing control.
2a Cab bottom dipped headlights right. 84 Right-hand loudspeaker. 405 Air temperature sensor.
2aa Dipped beam top of cabin right. 85 Windscreen wiper timer. 406 Fuel temperature sensor.
2b RH headlight. 86 Cigarette lighter.
3a Cab bottom dipped headlights left. 90 Electric fan.
3aa Dipped beam top of cabin left. 92 Front screen wiper.
3b LH headlight. 94 Front PTO clutch solenoid valve.
4 Front right sidelights. 95 Air conditioning compressor.
5 Front left sidelights. 96 Front windscreen washer pump.
6 Outside LH front work light. 96a Rear windscreen washer pump.
7 Outside LH rear work light.
99 Up solenoid valve (TCE).
8 Outside RH front work light.
100 Down solenoid valve (TCE).
9 Outside RH rear work light.
10 RH rear side light. 101 Front axle solenoid valve.
11 LH rear side light. 102 Transmission oil pressure switch.
12 Number plate light. 110 Relay and fuse panel.
12a RH plate light. 117 Preheating fuse (70 A).
12b LH plate light. 119 Air conditioning electronic thermostat.
13 Cab light - contact + light. 123 Pneumatic seat compressor motor.
21 Rear screen wiper.
139 Engine speed sensor.
24 Engine computer.
25 Injection stop solenoid valve. 140 Event counter.
27 Reverser module speed sensor. 170 Auto Control Unit 5.
28 Outside temperature probe. 173 Horn.
30 Battery. 175 Relay.
31 Alternator. 182 Lift central unit (TCE).
32 Starter. 185 Instrument panel.
34 Preheating sparking plugs. 186 On board computer.
37 Tractor advance speed sensor (transmission). 187 Clutch potentiometer (ISC).
40 Front power take-off switch. 188 Reverser control (ISC).
43 Front windscreen wiper switch. 189 Disengagement contact (ISC).
45 Front work light switch. 191 Lift electronic unit (TCE calculator).
46 Rear work light switch. 192 Forward drive solenoid valve.
47 Front windscreen washer switch. 193 Reverse solenoid valve.
49 Hazard warning lights switch. 196 PTO safety shunt switch.
52 Rotating beacon switch. 197 Accelerator control potentiometer.
54 Rear PTO selection contact 540. 200 Engine oil pressure switch.
55 Rear PTO selection contact 1000. 201 Engine water temperature thermistor.
56a Lift RH external switch. 202 Fuel gauge.
56b Lift LH external switch. 203 Left and right brake pedal contact.
57a Lift lower RH external switch. 204 Handbrake switch.
57b Lift lower LH external switch.
205 Starting up safety engaged speed contact (BV).
59 Rear PTO clutch switch.
206 Air filter clogging valve.
60 Ignition switch.
210 Air conditioning system high and low pressure switch.
61 Ventilation switch. 213 Power take-off pressure switch.
63 ISC declutching +/- range control. 220 + / - ranges contact.
64 Rear wiper switch. 226 Preheating spark plug relay.
65 Lighting switch. 234 Front axle solenoid valve switch.
70 Ventilation/air conditioning switch. 236 TCE RH force sensor.
72 Doubler relay. 237 Position sensor (TCE).
79 Radio. 244 Instrument panel display selection.
81 Trailer signalling socket. 250 Recirculating motor.
82 25 A power socket. 262 Diagnostic plug.

F.2 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Wiring and general lists

34
3/3 3/1 3/2
Optional components
J68
405
J39
3A
2A
P90 J90
32
117
J40
Shunts
30
226 30 265
95
Follow the arrow to resume the corresponding interconnection
206 J34 31 J200 J38 P38 J225
173
J67
139
96a
96 270 3/4 Diode
J22
J66 226
3B 2B 201 J60 94
210 J60
7a 94 7b 9/1
P69 J69 102
J74
7 J73
J31 P69
1 25 E3E 125 J58 E9A
200 J69
J75 J72 406 J89 102
28 6 101 J57 J59
J65 J106
27
193 J56 125 J58 182
J76 J116
83 3aa 24
J71 J64 192 J55 101 J57
202 J104
J77 P02 J01
J33 213 59
21 202 J103
J02 P01 250
J32 90 119 70 43 47 205
J12 J13 J14 J10 J15 244
J54 J54 J102 J105 J109 J110
J26 P28 J28 205
92 37 37 191 56A 57A
J35 J17 J20
110 E08
5 185 J20 52
E0A J36
J80 61 P50 P50
13 EOA J03 J115 J21 J50 J50
J70 J70 P70
J79 J81 EOA 110 65 60 P70
J04 J07 J21 49 J45 J107 J108
46 J79 45 P06 56B 57B
J81 J11 234 J45
189 187 J06 170 J1
85 J05 234
J63 J62 J37 203 J46
J85 59 J101
40
J40 J08 J97 J46
79 J09 197 J52 J53 P101
JB JA J51 J98 J97 40
J41 175 72 237
J16
D4 315 J113
188 63
J42 P29 J29
J78 J82 J49 J29 J85 63
84 186 J43 J49
J112
204 P30 J30 P29 J51
J44 100
140 82

J114
J117 4 262 262 236
2aa 196
5 E0A J47 E0A J47
J27
E5A J48 J48 J111
J84 J83 11 J61 J25 J23 54 55 J24 10 86 J88
9 8 12 81 123 1 110 8a 110 8b 99 9/2

334F001a 334F001a

1 Cab bottom harness/Windscreen wiper/Screen washer/Dashboard display selection/Electro-hydraulic lift (001 to 155/M0A to 8a Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" (800 to 880/M8A to M8K).
M1D). 8b Transmission control harness with mechanical reverser/hydraulic doubler and electrohydraulic lift (800 to 880/M8A to M8K).
3/1 Front harness (engine) (300 to 344/M3A to M3L). 9/1 TCE 9 Control harness (900 to 941/M9A to M9D).
3/2 Pre-heating control harness (colour). 9/2 TCE 9 Harness (960 to 969).
3/3 Radiator cowling harness (colour). Note: The figures indicated in brackets correspond to the marks of the wires used according to the harness type
3/4 Harness pneumatic brake (colour).
5 Cab top harnes - On board computer (500 to 537/M5A to M5T).
7a Transmission harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" (701 to 723/M7A to M7H).
7b Transmission harness with mechanical reverser and hydraulic doubler (701 to 715/M7A to M7H)

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.3


F.4 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ACCORDING TO
FUNCTIONS

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.5


CONTENTS

FUSE AND RELAY BOX.....................................................................................................................................................................F.7


FUSE AND RELAY BOX.....................................................................................................................................................................F.8
CONDUCTOR ALLOCATIONS...........................................................................................................................................................F.8
STARTING/LOAD/PREHEATING/MECHANICAL REVERSER CIRCUIT (ELECTRONIC INJECTION) .........................................F.10
STARTING/LOAD/PREHEATING/MECHANICAL REVERSER CIRCUIT (MECHANICAL INJECTION).........................................F.12
START-UP CIRCUIT/REVERSHIFT (ELECTRONIC INJECTION) ..................................................................................................F.15
START-UP CIRCUIT/REVERSHIFT (MECHANICAL INJECTION)..................................................................................................F.16
SIDE LIGHTS / INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHT / HORN ...................................................................................................................F.18
TILTING OF DIPPED HEADLIGHTS HIGH / CAB BOTTOM ...........................................................................................................F.20
ROTATING BEACONS .....................................................................................................................................................................F.22
FRONT WORK LIGHTS / REAR WORK LIGHTS ............................................................................................................................F.24
BRAKE LIGHTS / ENGAGEMENT/FRONT AXLE CONTROLS / AIR BRAKE SYSTEM SOLENOID VALVE
CONTROL / HANDBRAKE / THEORETICAL SPEED......................................................................................................................F.26
FLASHING LIGHTS AND WARNING LIGHTS .................................................................................................................................F.28
CIGAR LIGHTER/RADIO / CAB LIGHT AND SPOT ........................................................................................................................F.30
PNEUMATIC SEAT / FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF CONTROL / LOADER SINGLE LEVER SUPPLY ...........................................F.32
FRONT WINDSCREEN WIPER/WASHER WITH FIXED STEERING COLUMN.............................................................................F.34
FRONT AND REAR WINDSCREEN WIPER/WASHER WITH ADJUSTABLE STEERING COLUMN.............................................F.36
INSTRUMENT PANEL VENTILATION .............................................................................................................................................F.37
INSTRUMENT PANEL VENTILATION / AIR CONDITIONING.........................................................................................................F.38
INFOTRAC ON-BOARD COMPUTER..............................................................................................................................................F.40
FUEL/AIR FILTER CLOGGING/TEMPERATURE/ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR (ELECTRONIC INJECTION) ..............F.41
FUEL/AIR FILTER CLOGGING/TEMPERATURE/ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR (MECHANICAL INJECTION)..............F.43
ENGINE SPEED ...............................................................................................................................................................................F.45
CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY/DIAGNOSTIC SOCKET SELECTION (REVERSHIFT).....................................................................F.46
CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY/DIAGNOSTIC SOCKET SELECTION (MECHANICAL REVERSER) ...............................................F.48
25 A POWER SOCKET ....................................................................................................................................................................F.50
TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ....................................................................................................................................F.51
REAR PTO CONTROLS...................................................................................................................................................................F.54
TCE 9 LIFT........................................................................................................................................................................................F.55
REVERSHIFT/DOUBLER CLUTCH AND DRIVE CONTROLS........................................................................................................F.57
ENGINE MANAGEMENT..................................................................................................................................................................F.59
HYDRAULIC DUAL RANGE UNIT....................................................................................................................................................F.61

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1
Fuse and relay box

+AVC +AVC +AVC

+APC +APC +APC

MASSE MASSE MASSE

FM12

FM29
FM21

FM22

FM10

FM11

FM13

FM24

FM14

FM27
FM4
FM5

FM6

FM7

FM8

FM9
FA2
FM15

FM16

FM17

FM18

FM19

FM23

FM20

FM28
FA3

R6 R7 R11 R8 R10 R9 R3 R1 R2 R4
49 C 49 R12 R14 R15
C3 C2 31

221

6 5 4

FM25a
3 2 1

FA1
FM2
FM3

D1
D3

D2

FM 1

DIAG REH

FM25b

FM26
9 11 12 2 1 4 3 6 8 5 7 10 9 12 10 4 6 5 1 7 11 8 2 3 3 6 12 11 1 9 10 7 5 8 2 4 8 9 10 4 7 6 5 2 3 11 1 12 12 10 2 1 4 6 9 5 11 3 8 7 6 10 9 12 7 2 8 1 3 5 11 9 4 2 6 12 10 11 5 7 1 3 8
P26 P08 P03 P04 P05 P48 P16

334F001b

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.7


Fuse and relay box Conductor allocations
Top view Bottom view
MINI ATO Fuses Rating Ref Connectors Ref
25 25 5 10 15 10 10 Flashing indicators / Hazard Brown P48
2 4 6 8 10 12 x 15 FM1
+ APC + AVC warning lights Black P26

FM3
FM2
Right-hand lights

FMR3
FMR2
FMR1
FAR2
FAR1
P03 x 10 FM2 Blue P04
x Left-hand lights 10 FM3 Grey P05
FA2 25 R3 R7 R1 25 FA3 x Start 25 FA1 Green P03
x ISO / implement electrical socket 5 FM4 Red P08
FM8 10 10 FM17 P26 x Rear screen wiper 10 FM5 White P16
FM9 10 5 FM15 x Transmission 10 FM6
R6 R12
FM5 10 FM26 10 10 FM16 x Cigar lighter/Radio 10 FM7
FM4 5 P16 x Ventilation 25 FA2 Diodes Ref
FM7 10
10 10 FM25 Front windscreen wiper,
R14 R10 R15 x 10 FM8 Start D1
self-parking

A
B
FM21 5
FM28 x Front screen wiper 10 FM9 Recirculation (+) D2
FM27 D3 P08
x Front PTO - Seat 10 FM10 Recirculation (-) D3
FM22 10 D2
R8 R9 x Instrument panel 5 FM11
FM11 5 x Brake light 15 FM12
FM6 10 D1 15 FM18 P04 x Rotating beacon 10 FM13 Relay Ref
FM24 10 10 FM23 x Engine computer 10 FM14
R11 R2 Side light indicator R1
10 10 FM20 x Implement electrical socket 25 FA3
FM14
Start R2
x Roof light/Radio 5 FM15
FM10 10 5 FM19 P48 Ventilation R3
x Front work lights 10 FM16
FM12 15 R4 Brake light R4
x Rear work lights 10 FM17
FM13 10
25 FA1 Front work lights R6
x Dipped/ road lights 15 FM18
15 Rear work lights R7
FM29 P05 x Instrument panel 5 FM19
Air conditioning R8
K221 x Engine computer 10 FM20
Recirculation (+) R9
1 3 5 7 9 11 x On board computer 5 FM21
FM1 15 5 F diag. Recirculation (-) R10
x Air conditioning/Recirculation 10 FM22
Reverser R11
x Transmission computer 10 FM23
606bsm93
Low / high beam R12
x Lift calculator 10 FM24
Flashing unit 221
x Diagnostic REH 5 DIAG
x Up/down low beam 10 FM25b
x Low dipped headlights 10 FM26
x Loader 15 FM29 Spare relays Ref
Spare relays 1 R14
Spare relays 2 R15
MINI ATO Spare fuses Rating Ref
x Spare fuses 10 FM27
x Spare fuses 10 FM28

MINI ATO Spare fuses Rating Ref


x Spare fuses 15 FMR1
x Spare fuses 10 FMR2
x Spare fuses 5 FMR3
x Spare fuses 25 FAR1
x Spare fuses 25 FAR2

F.8 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Conductor allocations (cont)

Brown
Green Blue
1 + AVC engine calculator
Black 2 + AVC transmission calculator
1 3èmerd ventilation speed relay command 1 + AVC signalling control
2 Right hand lights 3 Electro-hydraulic lifting diagnosis
1 +AVC radio/Overhead light 2 Starter control
3 +APC Cigarette lighter 4 -
2 + AVC electric tool socket 3 Start
4 Left hand lights 5 Electro-hydraulic lifting diagnosis
3 + APC radio 4 Rear PTO shunt safety
5 + APC windscreen wiper/washer control 6 D+ electro-hydraulic lifting
4 + AVC electric tool socket 5 D+ on-board computer
6 Panel earth 7 + APC loader
5 + AVC front working lights 6 D+ alternator TDB
7 + APC timer EV front 8 + APC electro-hydraulic lifting
6 + AVC Rear work lights 7 D+ alternator
8 + APC seat 9 + APC PDF front controls
7 Front working lights controls 8 Lights relay controls
9 + APC fixed stop Front wiper motor 10 + APC 4 wheel drive command
8 Rear working lights control 9 BDV
10 +APC Potentiometer Accelerator 11 + APC engine calculator
9 + APC on-board computer/backlight 10 Reverser/BDV engaged
11 3èmerd speed ventilation control 12 + APC transmission control
10 Side light indicator 11 + APC control panel
12 + APC ventilation 12 + APC brake light
11 + APC electric tool socket
12 +APC wiper control Reverse

Red White
Grey
1 Relay control Air conditioning 1 Relay contact 15
2 Recirculating controls 1 + AVC hazard warning lights controls 2 Top dipped headlight
3 + Recirculating 2 + AVC control panel 3 15 relay control
4 EVP ISC clutch release switch 3 Trailer 2 steering 4 Dipped headlights control
5 Air conditioning compressor 4 4 RM brake light controls 5 14 relay control
6 EV - non neutral controls 5 Tractor steering 6 Low dipped headlights
7 Pressure switch 6 Brake light controls 7 Relay coil 14
8 - Recirculating 7 Trailer 1 steering 8 Relay coil 15
9 + APC clutch engaged switch SR 8 + APC brake light controls 9 Main lights control
10 + APC potentiometer ISC 9 Flashing unit 10 Main beam lights
11 + APC controls Recirculating 10 + APC rotating beacon controls 11 Relay contact 14
12 APC reverser control ISC 11 Power supply to indicator unit 12 Low dipped headlights
12 + APC hazard light switch

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.9


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Electronic injection)
54 55

302
32

MOM

MON
025

024
31 B+ W D+
265 M

324
30
J40 B2
117
+ RG RG 1 B3
E3D
J39 70 A
A1
2

226
25
G3 337 A
NO 86 316 K2
K3
J31
205 A3 338 B
87 BC J64
OR 34 712 P69 A 323 K1
J64
30 B2 335
713 D 321 A2
J69 24 336

M7D
D2

MOW
Hydraulic dual Mechanical doubler
322

300

301

304
303

341

E7A
range unit

705

M7C
B A
J51 J51 J67
P02 J01 P50 A1 J2
A5 M8A
J50

M3J
J02 P01
C V R S U V 5 27 12 13 A2 A6 139

M8B

821

822
E0A
E3E
011

115

805 6 P29 010


J29
J48
003 110 MARR
1 11

111
001 002 FM20

006 FM14

007
R11
004 185
6 5 4
R2
1
D1
5
J115
6
FA1 B2
58 15 19 50 B3 113 23
60 J41
B1 196 33 J35
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2 2 7 6 3 4 10 9
BLEU
059 10
30 J04

010
009 1
013 11
008
012

334F001INJEL.eps

F.10 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Electronic injection)

Ref Item Wire J17


24 Engine computer identifica 2 J64 Ending J35
J41
25 Injection stop solenoid valve tion J36
30 Battery 110
31 Alternator A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D
J07
32 Starter A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B J10 J20
34 Preheating sparking plugs B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A E0A 66
J21

54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B J04 J15

55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm G3 341 1 Engine calculator defect P02 V E0A 110 P06
J06
60 Ignition switch K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P69 A
P29
110 Relay and fuse panel K2 337 1 Injection pump J31 A J115 203
117 Preheating fuse K3 316 1 Preheating control 226 60

139 Engine speed sensor J37


185 Instrument panel 196
K J H G F E D C B A
196 PDF safety shunt switch 55
110
205 Gear engaged contact 316 341 326 333 331 338 3 54
226 Pre-heat relay
337 M3J 308 344 336 335 321 2
265 Short-circuit
323 307 340 339 334 342 332 1
Wire 334F100M

identifica 2 J35 Ending


tion 61

K
1 009 0.6 Reverser engaged J04 10 J12
J07

J
H
5 069 0.6 1000 rpm PTO J35 5 E0B

G
F
60
6 070 0.6 540 rpm PTO J35 6
32
10 047 0.6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196

E
D+ alternator TDB

D
11 012 0.6 J42 A6 J90 P01

C
B
23 064 0.6 Info TDB start-up J41 B3 P90 J34

A
J02
33 065 0.6 Preheating indicator J02 V
J01

1 2 3
3/3
P02
J66
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
200
P6 110
009 069 078 048 073 065 206
J31 J3
604bsm28 E3E 34F102M
M0G 070 047 028 066 101 J65
210 J64 J200
055 054 012 045 064 074 24
J67
102 059 024 043 042 046
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 P02 J90

J34

E0A
P01
J48
110
J69 7
J29 31
P69 31
3/4 J68

J38 P38
J51

604bsm10
30
J22 J200
117
J50 J39 32
265
P50

3/2 226

334F310INJEL

334F801M

205
334F311INJEL

334F701M

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.11


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Mechanical injection)

54 55

302
32

MOM

MON
025

024
31 B+ W D+
265 M

324
30
J40 B2
117
+ RG RG 1 B3
E3D
J39 70 A
A1
2

226

NO 86
205
87 BC
OR 34
25 30

M7D

MOW
Mechanical
322

304

E7A
doubler

705

M7C
J51 J51
345

303

316

J01 P50 A1 A5 M8A


P01 J50
P02 R V 5 27 A2 A6
Mechanical
J02

M8B
E0A
W C V
147

011

146

805 6 P29 010


J29

111
001

115

+APC
110

R11
004 185
8 9 4
R2
1 FM14
D1
5
J115
6
FA1 B2
58 15 19 50 B3 113 23
60 J41
B1 196 33 J35
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2 10 2 7 6 3 4 10 9
BLEU
059 10
30 J03 J04
147 010
009 1
013 11
008
012

334F001INJME.eps

F.12 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Mechanical injection)

Ref Item J17


30 Battery J35
31 Alternator 32 J36
32 Starter
J90
34 Preheating sparking plugs P90 J34
J07
J10
54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm J20
J21
J01 66
55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm 3/3 J15
60 Ignition switch P02 P06
110 Relay and fuse panel E0A 200
J06

117 Preheating fuse 206 J115 203


J38
185 Instrument panel J48
110 E3E 60

196 PDF safety shunt switch J37


J29 210 J200
205 Gear engaged contact
226 Pre-heat relay 110
265 Short-circuit
J51

Wire
identifica 2 J35 Ending
tion
J50 P01
1 009 0.6 Reverser engaged J04 10 61

5 024 0.6 1000 rpm PTO 55 P50 J12


J07
6 025 0.6 540 rpm PTO 55 E0B
3/4
10 059 0.6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196 60
J38 P38
11 012 0.6 D+ alternator TDB J04 6
23 113 0.6 Info TDB start-up J41 B3 P01
33 115 0.5 Preheating indicator J115 9 J02
30
J22
117 J200
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 334F801M
J39
265
009 069 078 048 073 065 110

M0G 070 047 028 066 101 3/2 226 334F102M

055 054 012 045 064 074 334F310INJME


J41
102 059 024 043 042 046 110
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
E0A
J04
E0A 110 P02 J90

P29
J34

196
55
54
31
31

604bsm10
334F100M

32

205

334F701M

334F311INJME

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.13


Start-up circuit/REVERSHIFT (Electronic injection)
54 55
324 E3D

30

MOM

MON
302

025

024
32

31 B+ W D+

M J40 B2

B3

+
63 205 A1

MOW
170 J31 25
712 P69 A 323 K1 337 A
K2
J1 713 D 321 J64
19 1 17 A2 338 B
J69 A3
J64

823

833
J49 335

705

721
24 B2
A5 B3 J42
846 D2 336
MOZ B4
322

300

301

304

824
J2
P50 B2
B A

M3J
B7
J50

MOE
J51 J67
5 21 12 13 E0A
J01 J30
B1 B3
P01 P30 188
805 E3E

851

852

845
815
R S U V 6 9 MOY B5 139

133 B1

122 B2
137 B4
J09
J48 189
110 130 1
003 MARR
1 11 12
002 FM20
129 2
001 FM14 J63
FM8
006
007 FM6
185

111
004
R2 D1 R11
1 6 5 4 5

J115
6
FA1 B2
B3 113 23
58 15 19 50 J41
60 J35
B1 196
2 7 6 3 4 10 9 6 4 6 12
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2 BLEU VERT ROUGE
059 10
J04 J03 J08
30
133
137
129 1

MOE
009
013
008

334F002INJEL

F.14 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Start-up circuit/REVERSHIFT (Electronic injection)

Ref Item Wire


identifica 2 J35 Ending
24 Engine computer Wire J17
2 tion
25 Injection stop solenoid valve identifica J64 Ending J35
30 Battery tion 1 009 0,6 Reverser engaged J04 10 J36
31 Alternator 5 024 0,6 1000 tr/mn power take-off 55 J62

32 Starter A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D 6 025 0,6 540 tr/mn power take-off 55 J07
188
54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B 10 059 0,6 540-1000 tr/mn PDF 196
J09 J20
J21
55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A 23 113 0,6 Start info J41 B3
60 Ignition switch D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B J06
63 ISC declutching +/- range control J2 M3J 1 Engine calculator earth E3E
J115 203
110 Relay and fuse panel K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P69 A 60

139 Engine speed sensor K2 337 1 Injection pump J31 A


J37
170 Auto Control Unit 5
185 Instrument panel 110
188 ISC reverser controls
189 Disengagement contact (ISC)
196 PDF safety shunt switch
205 Gear engaged contact
226 Pre-heat relay
J13 J14
J62 187 J12 61
Wire J07
identifica 2 J1 Ending
J63
189a J115
60
tion E0B
17 805 0,75 Gearbox engaged J50 5 P01

19 823 0,75 Neutral control J30 6 J02

1 833 0,75 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9

110

334F101M
1 833 873 813 811 810 812 809 825 874 14
E0A
15 M8F 826 805 836 823 827 869 821 822 M8E 28
29 837 868 875 835 800 830 820 819 814 840 839 870 838 42
J48 110
J47 0,1
32
J85 J29
J90
J51 P90 J34

J01
J30 3/3
P02
J1 J66
200
P69
206
170 J31 J38
E3E
J65
210 J64 J200
J50 24
J67
P50
J49

J41
Wire P01
identifica 2 J09 Ending 110
7
tion P69
J69

B1 133 0,6 + APC reverser controls J08 12 E0A 3/4


J38 P38
B2 122 0,6 Neutral control P30 6 J04
B4 137 0,6 Non-neutral control J08 6 E0A 110
B5 MOY 0,6 Reverser controls earth J42 B7 P29
30
J22 J200
117
Blanc J39
1 2 3 4 5 196 265

123 121 55
1

A
A
2

3/2 226
54
B 133 122 138 137 M0Y
4

B
5

334F310INJEL

334F100M

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.15


Start-up circuit/REVERSHIFT (Mechanical injection)

324 E3D

25 54 55
30
302
32

MOM

MON
025

024
31 B+ W D+

+ 205 J40 B2
63
B3

170 A1

MOW
345
J1
19 1 17

P02

823

833
J49

705

721
A5 B3 J02
824 846 W
B2 J42
P50

147
J50 J51 MOZ B4

J30 5 21
B1 B3 B7

MOE
188

805

815
P30
322

304

E0A

845
6 9 MOY B5
J01
133 B1
P01
R V
122 B2
137 B4
J09
189
130 1
J48
001 +APC 129 2
110 MARR
J63
12
007 FM8

FM6
185

111
004
R2 D1 R11
5
FM14
1 5 4
6
J115 J41 B2
FA1

B3 113 23

58 15 19 50
B1 196 J35
60
2 7 6 3 4 10 9 10 6 4 6 12
BLEU VERT ROUGE
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2 059 10
J04 J03 J08
30 133
137
147 1

MOE
009
013
008

334F002INJME

F.16 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Start-up circuit/REVERSHIFT (Mechanical injection)

Ref Item
24 Engine computer 32
25 Injection stop solenoid valve E0A
J90
30 Battery
P90 J34
31 Alternator
J48 110
32 Starter J47 0,1
3/3
J01
54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm J85 P02
J29
55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm
J51 200
60 Ignition switch
63 ISC declutching +/- range control J30
206
J3
110 Relay and fuse panel E3E
J1
139 Engine speed sensor
210 J200
170 Auto Control Unit 5
185 Instrument panel 170
188 ISC reverser controls
189 Disengagement contact (ISC) J50
196 PDF safety shunt switch
205 Gear engaged contact P50
226 Pre-heat relay J49

P02 J90
Wire P01
identifica 2 J1 Ending
J41 J34
tion
110
17 805 0,75 Gearbox engaged J50 5 3/4
19 823 0,75 Neutral control J30 6 J38 P38
1 833 0,75 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9 E0A
J04
E0A 110 31
30 31
P29 J22
1 833 873 813 811 810 812 809 825 874 14 117 J200
J39
15 M8F 826 805 836 823 827 869 821 822 M8E 28
265
29 837 868 875 835 800 830 820 819 814 840 839 870 838 42
196
55 3/2 226

54
334F310INJME
32

334F100M
J17
J35

Wire J36

identifica 2 J35 Ending J07


J62

188
tion J09 J20
J21

1 009 0,6 Reverser engaged J04 10


5 024 0,6 1000 tr/mn power take-off 55 J06
334F311INJME
6 025 0,6 540 tr/mn power take-off 55 J115
60
203
10 059 0,6 540-1000 tr/mn PDF 196
23 113 0,6 Start info J41 B3 J37

Wire 110
identifica 2 J09 Ending
tion
B1 133 0,6 + APC reverser controls J08 12
B2 122 0,6 Neutral control P30 6
B4 137 0,6 Non-neutral control J08 6 J13 J14
B5 MOY 0,6 Reverser controls earth J42 B7 J62 187 J12 61
J07
J63
189a J115
60
E0B
Blanc P01
1 2 3 4 5
J02
123 121
1

A
A
2

B 133 122 138 137 M0Y


4

B
5

110

334F101M

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.17


Side lights / Instrument panel light / Horn
MOQ 4 087

MOG 5 092 Ref Item


4 Front right sidelights Wire
+AVC
173 110 5 Front left sidelights identifica 2 J35 Ending
10 RH rear side lights tion
31 B+ W D+ R1 R6/R7 11 LH rear side lights
24 027 0,6 TDB lighting J43 B7
12a RH plate light
12b LH plate light
Alternator
NO6

31
BC

+ 185 65 Lighting switch


FM18
81 Trailer signalling socket
FM3 FM2 86 Cigarette lighter
P90
J90 110 Relay and fuse panel
4 6 173 Horn
J36 J35 1 8 4 2 6 185 Instrument panel
M3B 20 24
J04 J03
Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending

MOE
J42

091

086

092
tion
M0B

027
20 M0B 0,6 Instrument panel earth J42 B5
306 B5 B4

MOZ
F
P02
J02 A5 J43
A6
020

019 E0A B7 A7 B5 B6
019

026
026

027
B3 A1 A5 093

086

087
J07 094
095
86
MOO 1
J27

119
MOW

30 49 58 56b 56a 54s


B7 A5
65
A6
J44
A1 B5 B6 A7
089
090

MOG A2 B4 088
MOQ B6
093
J40
11 10
MOH A3 B5 MOP
MOI A5 A6 MOJ
MOR B7
094

2 1 J23
1 2
J61 J25
5 73 81

12b 12a

334F003.eps

F.18 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Side lights / Instrument panel light / Horn

J17
J35

J36
J62
J07
J61 188
J44 5 J09 J20
J43
J21
J42
J41
110
J40
185 J06
85
J11
E0A
P28 J28 J115 203
60
E0A J04 J08 110
J05
P01
J02 J03 J37
P29 P01
J02 4
196
11 8
P30

204
110
86
55 J27
J61
54
J24

J23 81 J25

J13 J14
10 J62 187 J12 61
J07
J63
334F100 189a J115
60
E0B
P01
J02

110

334F101M

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.19


Tilting of dipped headlights High / Cab bottom

NO5 NO4 2b Ref Item


3b
2a Cab bottom dipped headlights right
3a NO3 NO2 2a 2aa Dipped beam top of cabin right
2b RH road lights
RG3
BU3 BU2
3a Cab bottom dipped headlights left
RG2
3aa Dipped beam top of cabin left
3b LH road lights
65 Lighting switch
110 Relay and fuse panel
3aa 2aa 185 Instrument panel

Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending
tion
J116 J117
17 023 0,6 Lamp road J07 A2
1 2 1 2
M5S

M5T
536

537
9
P28
E5A J28
BU1
RG1

NO1

154

P90 155
J90 +AVC
9 1 7 110
1 2 3
R12
M3C

FM25
a
10 J88 5
311 FM26
M1D

310
b
W X
J01 E0A 12 6 2 4 9 10
P01
J16

153
152 185
151
150
021
022
J36
023 17

A4 A2
J07

30 49 58 56b 56a 54s


65

FM25a : Without tilting


334F003b.eps FM25b : With tilting

F.20 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Tilting of dipped headlights High / Cab bottom

J72 3aa
J73
2aa
J75 J116 J17
J117
J74
J76
J83 J35
J78

J36
J77
J71
J33
J84 J62
J32
J82 J07
188
J09 J20
J21

J06

J115 203
60
J61
J44
J43
5 J37
J42
J41
110
J40 5
110
85
J11 P28 J28
E0A

E0A
J05
P01
J02
4
P29 P01
J02
196 J03

11 8
P30

204

86 J13 J14
187 J12
J27
55
J88 J62 61
54
J24 J07
J25
J63
189a J115
60
E0B
P01
10
J02

334F100

110

334F101M

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.21


Rotating beacons
1

J73
2 1

M5K
+APC

110

FM13
E5A

500
10
GRIS
P28
J05
J28
2
044

52
7 5
1
J20
117

10 9
J21
49

MOV 10
MOC

E0A

334F004

F.22 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Rotating beacons
Ref Item
49 Hazard warning lights switch
52 Rotating beacon switch
110 Relay and fuse panel

J72
J73
J75 J116
J117
J74 J83
J76 J78

J71 J77
J84
J33
J32
J82

E0A
J26 P28
J28
110

0,1

334F500M2

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.23


Front work lights / Rear work lights

6 8

J72 J83
2 1 2 1

M5B
M5C
503 502

J71 A7 A6
B6 B5 E5A

B3 B2 B1 A5 B4
J32
A1
A7

A6 A5 A2 A3

512

501
507

515

504
7 5 10 8 6

+AVC
J26
NOIR

R6 R7
506

510
509

514

513

511

505

FM17 FM16

110
VERT
J03
2 086/J44
J33
B3 M5F

B5 B4
46 J79
7 5 M5G
1 E0A 45 J81
7 5
1
9 10

510 10 9 508

506 M5E

505 M5D
2 1 2 1

J74 J84

7 9

334F005.eps

F.24 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Ref Item
6 Outside LH front work light
7 Outside LH rear work light
8 Outside RH front work light
J76
9 Outside RH rear work light
45 Front work light switch
46 Rear work light switch
110 Relay and fuse panel JA
J83 J78
P28
JB

J77

82
J82 140
E5A
5 J81 J79

J80

185

EOA P28 J28


J03
J04J08
J05

110 P29 P01 6


J02 4 J72
196 J73
11 8 P30
J75 J116
8
204 J117
86 7 J74 J83
J76 J78
J61 55 J27
54
J24
J23 81 J25 J71 J77
J84
J33 9
J32
J82

E0A
10 P28
J26
606bsm98 J28
110

0,1

334F500

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.25


Brake lights / Engagement/front axle controls / Air brake system solenoid valve control / Handbrake / Theoretical speed

029

185 185
J35 J35 J36
18 18 17 31 2 19 1 +APC 12 7
MOT

069

070
104

120
100

031
12 8 17 4 5
029
234 234 P29
J29
7 5 817 203 817
5
1 1
7***
J45
J45
030

A2
J42
J42 J1
A1

M8H
819 REVERSHIFT

808

803

804
37
A1
170
028

A3 B2 B1 B3
M8B
A3 B2 B1 B3
101

103

102

118
816

816

101

103

102

118
100
124

028

030

016
A 8 27 25 3 4
J02 J50
P02 P50

343
M3L

M7C
204 J51*
A B A2

M7A
708

703

704
J38 E7A
P38
A1

M7F
MA

BU
E3E

J51**

MOK
A6
1 2 1 2 3 1 2

J225 J57 J54 A5

M8A
12 10 4 6 8 12 11 10
J04 J48 J05 J04 J48
P05 P04 P48

270 101
FM12 FM10
37

J23 10 A7 J40
110 R4 B5
MOP
+APC FM10 MOR B7
FM12 6 3 81 A1 MOW
11
MOH A3
EOA
110

+APC

605bsm19

F.26 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Brake lights / Engagement/front axle controls / Air brake system solenoid valve
control / Handbrake / Theoretical speed
220 J97

Ref Item
E0A
10 RH rear side lights Wire
11 LH rear side lights identifica 2 J35 Ending J48 110
J49

37 Tractor speed sensor tion


J47 0,1

J85
81 Trailer signalling socket J29
J45

101 Front axle solenoid valve 2 M0T 0,6 Tractor speed earth P29 17 J51
J46 9/2

110 Relay and fuse panel 17 104 0,6 Front axle controls P29 12 J30
J98

170 Auto Control Unit 5 18 100 0,6 Brake light controls Front axle J42 A2 J1

185 Instrument panel 31 120 0,6 Front axle solenoid valve P29 8 P70
170 J70
203 Left and right brake pedal contact
204 Hand brake contact J50 J50

234 Front axle solenoid valve switch P50


J49
270 Air brake solenoid valve
7a

Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending
tion
1 070 0,6 Tractor speed P29 5
334F800M
7 031 0,6 Hand brake warning light 204 10
19 069 0,6 Tractor speed power supply P29 4

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.27


Flashing lights and warning lights

+ AVC
+ APC
Ref Item
110
4 4 Front right sidelights Wire
5 Front left sidelights identifica 2 J21 Ending
6 MOE RH rear side lights

MOV 10/52
10 tion
C3 C2 C 221 49a 11 LH rear side lights
J03 1 039 1,4 LH indicators/warning controls J43 A2
5 49 Hazard warning lights switch
t 65 Lighting switch 2 042 0,6 + AVC warning controls J05 1
81 Trailer signalling socket 3 033 1,7 Indicators/warning supply J41 A6
86 Cigarette lighter 5 036 1,4 RH indicators/warning controls J44 A2
110 Relay and fuse panel 6 041 1,4 Central supply J05 1
185 Instrument panel 8 043 1,4 + APC warning controls J05 12
9 M0C 0,6 Warning light earth E0A
31 49 2 8 5 49 9 J21 Rotating beacon warning light
9 M0V 0,6 J20 10
Wire earth

FM1
identifica 2 J05 Ending
tion
1 042 0,6 + AVC warning controls J21 2
5 7 3 11 9 1 12
3 064 0,6 REM.2 steering J36 5
6 3 1 7
5 062 0,6 Tractor steering J36 13
J05 7 063 0,6 REM.1 steering J36 9
185

033

039
037
043 9 034 1,4 Flashing unit J41 A7
T 13 062 042 11 041 1,4 Power supply to indicator unit J21 6
034 12 043 1,4 + APC warning controls J21 8
R1 9 063
041
J36
R2 5 064 J41 A6 A7
J42
20 MOB B5 B4 MOZ

036
A5
J44 A2
A3

A1 B2 B1
035

097

096

032 J43
040 A3 A2

038 A1 B1 098

B4 B1 B2 099 B2

J07
65
MOQ
30 49 58 56b 56a 54s 54d L
J40 B6
MOR B7

A1 A2 A3 B5
MOW

MOC

81
3 1 EOA
4
J23
MOG
10
11

---- = Old fuses and relay plate J51* = Hydraulic doubler J51** = Mechanical doubler *** = Electro-hydraulic lift version

334F007.eps

F.28 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Flashing lights and warning lights

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.29


Cigar lighter/Radio / Cab light and spot

79

83 84
JA 7 4 8 6 5 4 3 JB
J76 J78
2 1 523 2 1
520
522
521

M5H
516

518
+ AVC + APC
110

NOIR
J33
FA3 FM7 A3 B4 M5M

3
1 517
J26
3
VERT
J03 A1 A2

J71

A3
105

86

J27
519

3 1

J40
M0O B4 A1 M0W

13 2

J80
E0A

1 3
M5O
M5N

E5A

334F008

F.30 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Cigar lighter/Radio / Cab light and spot
Ref Item
13 Cab light - contact + light
79 Radio
83 Left-hand loudspeaker
84 Right-hand loudspeaker
86 Cigarette lighter
110 Relay and fuse panel

J76

J83 JA J78 J61


P28
JB J44 5
J43
J42
J77
J41
110
J40
82 185
J82 140 85
E5A
J81 J79 J11 P28 J28
E0A

J80 E0A J04 J08 110


J05
P01
J02 J03
P29 P01
J02 4
196
11 8
P30

204

86
55 J27
J72 J61
J73 54
J24
J75 J116
J23 81 J25
J117
J74 J83
J76 J78

J71 J77
J84
J33 10
J32
J82

E0A 334F100

J26 P28
J28
110

0,1

334F500M

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.31


Pneumatic seat / Front power take-off control /
Loader single lever supply
+ APC
94 110

FM10

J60
7 9 8
A B
MARRON VERT
185 J48 J03

C
M7H

880
711

J36 J97
10 20 A B
E7A
MOB
M7C

M8K REVERSHIFT

P50 J42
J50 B5 B4

11 27
045

MOW
M8B

MOZ
M8K

A2
A6 REVERSHIFT A1 J40
849 REVERSHIFT

J51
A7**
107

A3*
814

A1 B1
A5 REVERSHIFT M8A

11
MOL

P29
J29 E0A
850 REVERSHIFT

40
815

J46 2 1
7 5
1
813 J24
848 REVERSHIFT 123

334F009.eps

* = Hydraulic doubler ** = Mechanical doubler

F.32 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Pneumatic seat / Front power take-off control /
Loader single lever supply

220 J97

E0A

J49
J48 110
J47 0,1

J85 J29
J45
J51
J46 9/2
J98
J30
J1

P70
170 J70

J50 J50

P50
J49

7a

334F800M

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.33


Front windscreen wiper/washer with fixed steering column
92
1 047

4 109
M J17
3 110 96
2 MOD
M

+ APC J22
110 E0A 2 1

M3K
FM9 FM8

320
E3E
9
J03
7 108

5 046
VERT
P02
J02
H
J41 B7

B6 B5

051
049

050

B3 B4 A2 B2 B1 A1
J06
P06
BU

VE

JA

GR
OR

MA

RG

BC

5 8 1 6 8 2 1 4 3

J10 J15

43 47

334F010.eps

F.34 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Front windscreen wiper/washer with fixed steering column
Ref Item
43 Front windscreen wiper switch
47 Front windscreen washer switch
92 Front screen wiper
96 Front windscreen washer pump
110 Relay and fuse panel

7
J69
P69

3/4

J38 P38

30
J22
117 J200
J39
265

334F310 96

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.35


Front and rear windscreen wiper/washer with adjustable steering column
92 21 Ref Item
1 047
+ - 21 Rear screen wiper Wire
J17
4 109 M 64 Rear wiper switch identifica 2 J11 Ending
M 3 110 C1 66 Windscreen wiper / washer control/Selector tion
L1 85 Windscreen wiper timer
2 MOD
1 M0F 1 Earth Timer E0A
92 Front screen wiper
96 Front windscreen washer pump 2 050 1 Front screen washer control J06 B4
64 96a Rear windscreen washer pump 3 049 1 Intermittent control J06 B3
110 Relay and fuse panel 4 109 1 Windscr. wiper eng. park. pos. J17 4
+ APC
5 108 1 + APC timer EV front J03 7
110 Windscr. wiper ctrl park. pos.
6 048 1 J06 B2
forwards

J26 J77
FM9 FM8 FM5
2 3 1
12
524

NOIR

M5L
525
9
J03
7 108 J33
A5
5 046
VERT
MOF M5M B4
B4

85

5 E0A 1
1 P28
4 J28
J11
6

2
050

049

048

052

M 96

J02
S
J22
1 2
H 051
M3K

320
P02 B4 B3 B2 B1 A1
J06
P06

E3E
7
J69
P69
LAV A 1 AF 2 66
96a 3/4

J38 P38
2 1 0
M

J200 30
1 2 J22
B + 117 J200
M3G 325 J39
265

334F310 96

334F011

F.36 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Instrument panel ventilation
Ref Item
M 61 Ventilation switch
90 90 Electric fan
110 Relay and fuse panel

J12
1 2 4 3

MOA

+ APC
110
E0B

R3
FA2
073

076

074

J03 EOA

6 12 11 1

J03 110
MOE

E0A

072

075
606bsm97

L B H M

3
2
61 1

334F012.eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.37


Instrument panel ventilation / Air conditioning
+ APC
90 110

M FM22

FA2
R3 R9 R10 R8

J12
1 2 4 3

D2 D3
MOA

6 12 11 1 2 3 8 1 11 5 7 210 31 B+ W D+

J03 J08
P P
+
E0B HP BP

M3H
073

074

083

084

085
119

250
080 N J02 317
95
076 081 X 318 A J34

082
M
MOE P02

072
J13
075
3 4 2 1

078
079
077

J42
A6 M1C
A5 REVERSHIFT

A7 M1B
A6 REVERSHIFT
1 4 5 3 6 2
B4
J14
MOZ

70
L B H M C 61
3
2 E0A
0 1
605bsm18

F.38 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Instrument panel ventilation / Air conditioning

Ref Item
31 Alternator Wire
61 Ventilation switch identifica 2 J14 Ending
70 Ventilation/air conditioning switch tion
90 Electric fan
1 M1B 0,6 Recirculation display grounding J42 A7
95 Air conditioning compressor
110 Relay and fuse panel 1 M1B 0,6 Recirculation display grounding J42 A6
119 Air conditioning electronic thermostat 2 082 0,6 + APC recirculation controls J08 11
210 Air conditioning system high and low pressure switch 3 083 0,6 Recirculating controls J08 2
250 Recirculating motor Air conditioning display
4 M1C 0,6 J42 A6
grounding
Air conditioning display
4 M1C 0,6 J42 A5
grounding
5 077 0,6 + APC air conditioning control 61 C
6 078 0,6 Air conditioning control J13 2

1 M1B M1C 7

2 082 077 8

3 083 078 9

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.39


INFOTRAC on-board computer
31 B+ W D+
185

+ –

J35

303
29

P02

011
J02
C

011
+ APC
110

114
J04

7
FM21
5 017

BLEU
9
NOIR J28
J26 P28
3 4
529

B1 J32

186 B2 B3

8 530

11 531

4 535
J82 1 534
28
5 532 A

10 M5P T°
J75
2 533 M5R B

140 J33 A1
M5Q A2 B1
M5M

EOA

334F014.eps

F.40 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Electronic injection)
202

201

24

J66 B1 D3 J1 J64 G2
B A
328

332

326
E3F

31

M7B
307

308

702

710
200 +APC
+ 110

FM11

11 2 10 26
P50
305
M3I

J04 J50

206

M8C
016

802

800
319

M L K T 3 1 16
P02 J29
J02 P29
MOS
058

057

055

054

053

056

36 15 28 32 12 8 15 16

J35 J36

185

334F015INJEL.eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.41


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Electronic injection)
Ref Item
28 Outside temperature probe
Ref Item 31 Alternator
24 Engine computer 110 Relay and fuse panel
31 Alternator 140 Events counter
110 Relay and fuse panel 185 Instrument panel
185 Instrument panel 186 On board computer
200 Oil pressure switch
201 Engine temperature thermistor
202 Fuel gauge
206 Air filter clogging valve

Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending
tion
8 053 0,6 Fuel level P29 3
12 016 0,6 + APC control panel J04 11
15 056 0,6 Fuel low level warning P29 1
16 M0S 0,6 Fuel level earth P29 16

E0A

J48 110
J47 0,1

J85 J29
J51

Wire J30
identifica 2 J35 Ending J1
tion
15 057 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L 170
25 055 1 Engine water temperature J02 K
32 051 1,4 Engine water temperature alert J02 T
J50
36 058 1 Air filter blocked J02 M
P50
J4

Brown

F.42 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Mechanical injection)
202

201

J66
2 1

31

M7B
307

308

702

710
200 +APC
+ 110

FM11

11 2 10 26
BLEU P50
305
M3I

J04 J50

206

M8C
016

802

800
319

M L K T 3 1 16
P02 J29
J02 P29
MOS
058

057

055

054

053

056

36 15 28 32 12 8 15 16

J35 J36

185

334F015INJME.eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.43


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Mechanical injection)

Ref Item
31 Alternator
110 Relay and fuse panel
185 Instrument panel
200 Oil pressure switch
201 Engine temperature thermistor
202 Fuel gauge
206 Air filter clogging valve

Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending
tion
8 053 0,6 Fuel level P29 3
12 016 0,6 + APC control panel J04 11
15 056 0,6 Fuel low level warning P29 1
16 M0S 0,6 Fuel level earth P29 16

E0A

J48 110
J47 0,1

J85 J29
J51
Wire
identifica 2 J35 Ending J30
tion J1
15 057 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L
25 055 1 Engine water temperature J02 K
170
32 051 1,4 Engine water temperature alert J02 T
36 058 1 Air filter blocked J02 M
J50

P50 32
J4
J90
P90 J34

J01
3/3

P02

200
P69
206
Brown E3E
J38

210 J200

334F310M

F.44 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Engine speed Engine speed

J40 Ref Item


170 Auto Control Unit 5
185 Instrument panel
204 Hand brake contact
A1 A7 31 B+ W D+

Wire
identifica 2 J1 Ending
MOW tion

MOK
+
36 820 0,75 Engine speed J30 1

EOA
1 833 873 813 811 810 812 809 825 874 14
15 M8F 826 805 836 823 827 869 821 822 M8E 28
29 837 868 875 835 800 830 820 819 814 840 839 870 838 42

309

170

36 J1

204
820

J 1
P02 J30
J02 P30
E0A

J48 110
031

014

134

J47 0,1

J85 J29
J51

J30
J41 A1 J1
A3 REVERSHIFT

170
A2

J50
015

P50
2

J36

185

334F016.eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.45


Control panel display/diagnostic socket selection (REVERSHIFT)
Adjustable column

262

J47
15 14

M8G
866
861

867

860

842
Fixed column
A3 B5

J1
853
854
170
B1 A5 39 40
14 15

840

839
B3 A5
714

715

863

864

857

B C

859

862
339

340

F1 G1
858

845

334F017ISC

F.46 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Control panel display/diagnostic socket selection (REVERSHIFT)

Ref Item
24 Engine computer Wire
66 Fixed or adjustable column identifica 2 J106 Ending
110 Relay and fuse panel tion
170 Auto Control Unit 5
3 921 0,75 Transport mode indicator P70 3
182 Lift central unit (TCE)
185 Instrument panel
191 Lift electronic unit (TCE calculator)
262 Diagnostic plug

Wire
identifica 2 J35 Ending
tion
3 067 0,6 Diag. K P29 9
7 066 0,6 Diag. L P29 10
13 060 0,6 IP display selector J06 A4

Brown

E0A

J48 110
J47 0,1

J85 J29
Wire J51
identifica 2 J105 Ending
tion J30
7 922 0,75 Line L P70 5 J1
11 920 0,75 Line K P70 4

170

J50

P50

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.47


Control panel display/diagnostic socket selection (Mechanical reverser)

Adjustable column

7 16 5

M8F
831*

830*
824

823

811

810

809
Fixed column
A2 B7 A6 B1

** *

A3 A5 A7 A1
14 15
714

715

833*

834*

827*

B C

829*

832*
810

811
339

340

F1 G1
828*

* * *
812

334F017INVME

F.48 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Control panel display/diagnostic socket selection (Mechanical reverser)

Ref Item Wire


24 Engine computer identifica 2 J106 Ending
66 Fixed or adjustable column tion
110 Relay and fuse panel
3 921 0,75 Transport mode indicator P70 3
170 Auto Control Unit 5
182 Lift central unit (TCE)
185 Instrument panel
191 Lift electronic unit (TCE calculator)
262 Diagnostic plug

Wire
identifica 2 J35 Ending
tion
3 067 0,6 Diag. K P29 9
7 066 0,6 Diag. L P29 10
13 060 0,6 IP display selector J06 A4

Brown

E0A

J48 110
Wire J47 0,1
identifica 2 J105 Ending
J85 J29
tion
7 922 0,75 Line L P70 5 J51
11 920 0,75 Line K P70 4
J30
J1

170

J50

P50

J51* = Hydraulic doubler J51** = Mechanical doubler * = Electro-hydraulic lift version

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.49


25 A power socket
Ref Item
+AVC +APC
82 25 A power socket
110 110 Relay and fuse panel

FA3 FM15 FM4

2 4 11
J76

J26

J83 JA J78
P28
JB

526

527

528
J77

82
J82 140
E5A
J81 J79

J80

J72
J73
J75 J116
J117
J74 J83
J76 J78

82 M5I

J71 J77
J84
15/30 31 J33
M5J J32
J82
82
E0A
J26 P28
J28
110

E5A

0,1

334F500M

F.50 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Transmission hydraulic pressure

102
P

M7E
701
E7A

M7C
1 27
P50
J50
M8B

M8B
801

REVERSHIFT
REVERSHIFT // Hydraulic dual
Mechanical doubler
Mechanical range unit
doubler
A6 A2
J51 J51
A5 A1
M8A

M8A

REVERSHIFT EOA
800

2
J1 33 J29
170 P29
068

18

J36

185

334F019.eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.51


Transmission hydraulic pressure

Ref Item
102 Transmission oil pressure switch
170 Auto Control Unit 5
185 Instrument panel
D4 Diode

E0A

J48 110
J47 0,1

J85 J29
J51

J30
J1

170

J50

P50

F.52 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Rear PTO controls

COMMANDE D'EMBRAYAGE MECANIQUE COMMANDE D'EMBRAYAGE ASSISTEE

+APC 213 +APC


110 54 55 110 54 55
P

FM8 FM8

MOM

MOM
MON

MON
025

024

025

024
12 12
MARR MARR

706

707
J48 J48
J40 B3 J40 B3
B2 B2

REVERSHIFT
A1 6 7 A1
J50
DOUBLEUR DOUBLEUR P50
DOUBLEUR 6 7

MOW

MOW
HYDRAULIQUE MECANIQUE J50 HYDRAULIQUE 12 J48

812
812

812

845
806

807
J51 A7 J51 A3 J51 A7 J51 B1

807
B4 B1 819 A5 A1
E0A E0A

806
819
7
820
J29
7 59 7
J29 J29
P29 P29
P FXX circuit 1/2

P FXX circuit 1/2


071

071
20 10 6 5 20 10 6 5

J35 J35

185 185

334F020.eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.53


Rear PTO controls

Ref Item
54 Selection switch rear PTO 540 rpm
55 Selection switch rear PTO 1000 rpm 220
J97
59 Rear PTO clutch switch
110 Relay and fuse panel
E0A
185 Instrument panel
213 Power take-off pressure switch J49
J48 110
J47 0,1

Wire J85 J29


identifica 2 J35 Ending J51
J45
J46
9/2
tion
J52
5 024 0,6 1000 rpm PTO 55 J53
6 025 0,6 540 rpm PTO 55
10 059 0,6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196 P70
J70
20 071 0,6 PTO engaged P29 7 59

J50 J50

P50
J49

7b

Brown 334F801

F.54 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


TCE 9 Lift
57b 56b 57a 56a
99 100 236 237

J111 J112 J114 J113


2 1 2 1 1 3 2 1 3 2
J108 J107 J110 J109

966

965

964
963

962
960
961

969
967
968
B A B A B A B A
31 B+ W D+

P101
J101

917
913

916
911

914
912

915
910
10 9 6 5 3 1 2 14 12 13
+ – 924

939

934

940

937

930
927
931

929
926
17 19
J105

303
900
10

C 901
20
P02 B3 B7 A7 A3 J104 A6 A2
A7 A3 A6 A2 A1 A5 B2

011
J02 A1 925 13
J102 B2 A3 B3 A5 901 15
B1 936 B6
B3

M9D
A2 A1 J103 B4 B7 B6 B5 B1 B2 B5 B1 932 2
011

935 14
938
E9A

M9C
6
M9B
1
+ APC

905
110 904
12

933
BLEU
7 4 15 11
J106
12 J105
FM24
J04 14
919
9

918
9 8
8 6
906
MARR 2 4
191
J51* J51** J106
J48 182
A3 B4 903
6 3

907
10 24
M8A

A1 A5 908
13 22

923
1 21
EOA
P70 J106 7
909
16
3
M8I 9 M9A

Voir prise diagnostique 858 Revershift / 828 3 921

Voir prise diagnostique 859 Revershift / 829 4 920 11

Voir prise diagnostique 862 Revershift / 832 5 922 7

855 Revershift / 825 1 902 5

856 Revershift / 826 2 941 25


J70

334F021 eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.55


TCE 9 Lift

Ref Item
31 Alternator Wire
56a Lift RH external switch identifica 2 J106 Ending
56b Lift LH external switch tion
57a Lift lower RH external switch 1 923 0,75 Transport mode control J105 21
57b Lift lower LH external switch 2 906 0,75 Mixed J105 4
99 Up solenoid valve (TCE) 3 921 0,75 Transport mode indicator P70 3
100 Down solenoid valve (TCE) 4 905 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J102 A2
110 Relay and fuse panel 6 903 0,75 + VREF (1,6 V) J105 3
182 Lift central unit (TCE) 7 909 0,75 Depth setpoint J105 16
191 Electronic linkage control unit (TCE calculator) 9 918 0,75 Selector J105 8
236 TCE RH force sensor 10 907 0,75 Lowering speed J105 24
237 Position sensor (TCE) 11 936 0,75 Down leds control J104 B6
12 933 0,75 Up leds control J104 B2
Wire 13 908 0,75 Upper limit J105 22
identifica 2 J105 Ending 14 919 0,75 Diagnostic indicator J105 9
tion 15 M9C 0,75 REH ctrl elec. unit earth J103 B6

1 M9B 0,75 ECU earth REH J103 B5


2 932 0,75 Up valve control J104 B1
3 903 0,75 + VREF (1,6 V) J106 6
4 906 0,75 Mixed J106 2
5 902 0,75 D+ alternator P70 1
6 938 0,75 Valves return J103 B1
7 922 0,75 Line L P70 5
8 918 0,75 Selector J106 9
9 919 0,75 Diagnostic indicator J106 14
10 900 0,75 Up control J103 A1
11 920 0,75 Line K P70 4
12 904 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J102 A1
13 925 0,75 + VREF sensors J104 A1
14 935 0,75 Down valve control J104 B5
15 928 0,75 - VREF sensors J104 A5
16 909 0,75 Depth setpoint J106 7
17 931 0,75 Stress signal J101 2
19 924 0,75 Position signal J101 13
20 901 0,75 Down control J103 A5
21 923 0,75 Transport mode control J106 1
22 908 0,75 Upper limit J106 13
24 907 0,75 Lowering speed J106 10
25 941 0,75 + APC electro-hydraulic lift P70 2

F.56 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Revershift/doubler clutch and drive controls
+APC +AVC
110
185
P FXX
circuit 1/2 876
FM8 FM23
9 1
J35
4 6 12 12 2
ROUGE MARR 16 34 30

J08 J48
10 J98 5

189 837

875

136

135

116
877
2 129
J51 B1
1 130 A5 P29
B6 M8F
J63 J29
A2 838
13
B3 874

M8A
B7 M8E
M8J P50
B2 A6

822
J42
B4 MOZ 871 871 28 723 2
J89
869 22 722 1
28 14 42 15 29 J1 31 27 21
B7 192
137
5 810 16 716 A
EOA
133 811 17 717 B
J55
4
MOY

135 193
J1 J1 812 18 718 A
6
J30 2 821 170
26
813 19 719 B
J56
3
136 3 825 12
130 868 30
9
187 833
1
1 J62 A 148 11 872 870
41 27
E8A 814 20 720 1
3 C 125 7 830 34 38
2 J59
2 B 123 4 826 M7D
16
121 5 827 20
19 36 2 18 32 J1 10
132 12 873
125
809 9 709 1
M8B
M8B 27 M7C M7G 2
J58
846
E7A
823 J50
63
836

835

122 6 824 A5 309


J49
A2
1 820 A4
31 B+ W D+
B5 B4 B1 A2 A4 B2 P30
J09
B3 + –
J41
P02
134 A3 A1 014 J

J02

015
A2
P FXX circuit 16
188
334F022.eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.57


Revershift/doubler clutch and drive controls

Ref Item Wire


27 Reverser module speed sensor identifica 2 J62 Ending
31 Alternator tion
220 J97
63 ISC declutching +/- range control A 148 0,6 Ref. - potentiometer engaged P30 11
110 Relay and fuse panel B 132 0,6 Ref. + potentiometer engaged P30 12
125 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve C 125 0,6 Potentiometer cursor P30 7 E0A
170 Auto Control Unit 5
185 Instrument panel J49
187 Clutch potentiometer ISC J48 110
J47 0,1
188 ISC reverser controls
189 Disengagement contact (ISC) J85 J29
192 Forward drive solenoid valve J45
J51
J46
193 Reverse solenoid valve 9/2
J98
J30
J1
Wire
identifica 2 J1 Ending P70
tion 170 J70
Wire
1 833 0,75 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9 identifica 2 J09 Ending
2 873 0,6 Clutch potent. + REF J30 12 J50 J50
tion
Return reverse drive solenoid
3 813 0,75 J50 19 P50
valve A2 123 0,6 Forward drive control P30 4
Return forward drive solenoid A4 121 0,6 Reverse drive control P30 5 J49
4 811 0,75 J50 17
valve B1 133 0,6 +APC reverser controls J08 12
5 810 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J50 16 B2 122 0,6 Neutral control P30 6
6 812 0,75 Reverse solenoid valve J50 18 B4 137 0,6 Non-neutral control J08 6 7a
10 809 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J50 9 B5 M0Y 0,6 Reverser controls earth J42 B7
12 825 0,75 Buzzer control J30 3
14 874 1 + APC Drivetronic J51 B3
15 M8F 1,5 DRIVETRONIC earth J51 B6
16 826 0,75 Forward drive control J30 4
18 836 0,75 Control - Ranges J49 A4
19 823 0,75 Neutral control J30 6
20 827 0,75 Reverse drive control J30 5 334F800M
21 869 0,6 Transmission temperature J50 22 White
26 821 0,75 DRIVETRONIC defect J30 2
27 822 0,75 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13
28 M8E 1 Clutch output sensor grounding J51 B7 J17
29 837 1,5 + AVC DRIVETRONIC J48 2 J35
30 868 0,6 BOC J30 9
J36
31 875 0,75 Mowing control J98 1 J62
32 835 0,75 Control + Ranges J49 A2 J07
34 830 0,75 Clutch potent. cursor J30 7 188
J09 J20
36 820 0,75 Engine speed J30 1 J21
38 814 0,75 ISC module speed (revershift) J50 20
41 870 0,6 Clutch potent. - REF E8A J06
42 838 1,5 + APC Drivetronic J51 A2
J115 203
60

J37
1 833 873 813 811 810 812 809 825 874 14
15 M8F 826 805 836 823 827 869 821 822 M8E 28
29 837 868 875 835 800 830 820 819 814 840 839 870 838 42 110

J13 J14
J62 187 J12 61
J07
J63
189a J115
60
E0B
P01
J02

J1-77 00 066 273


110

334F101M

F.58 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Engine management

185
+AVC +APC 197
110

FM20 FM14 1 3 2
J37
A C B J115 J35 J36
1 11 10
MARR VERT 8 9 33 2 2 19 1
J48

015
J03

061

018
005
MOT

146

106

115

069

070
J41 A2
851 REVERSHIFT

852 REVERSHIFT

A3

REVERSHIFT
147

A1

014
17 4 5
821

822

J02 P29
P02 J29
819 REVERSHIFT
W U P R V J
405

327

331
344

342

341
B 330

12 13 J68
A 334
J50

M8H

803

804
P50 E3F

309
406
B 329

328
25 3 4
J65
A 333 J50
31 B+ W D+ P50
P FXX
circuit 15

M7A

703

704
+ –

332

308

307

326
3 1 2

J54

D1 C3 B1 G2 J1 D3 B3 E2 C1 G3
J64
316
P FXX K3
circuit 1
25
337 A
K2 37

J64 A3 338 B
P69
713 D 321 A2 24 J64
139
712 A 323
K1 B2 335 A
339 F1 J67
336 B
P FXX D2
340 G1
J69 circuit 17

M3J
J2 E3E

334F023.eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.59


Engine management
E0A

Ref Item
24 Engine computer Wire J48 110
25 Injection stop solenoid valve identifica 2 J64 Ending
J47 0,1

31 Alternator tion J85 J29


37 Tractor forward speed sensor A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D J51
110 Relay and fuse panel A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B
139 Engine speed sensor B1 332 1 Engine water temperature J66 A J30
185 Instrument panel B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A J1
197 Accelerator control potentiometer B3 331 1 Accelerator pot. cursor P02 U
405 Air temperature sensor C1 342 1 Engine change curve P02 R
406 Fuel temperature sensor C3 333 1 (Ref-) fuel temperature J65 A 170
D1 334 1 Air temperature J68 A
Wire D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B J50
identifica 2 J35 Ending D3 326 1 (Ref-) sensors E3F
E2 344 1 (Ref+) accelerator potentiometer P02 P P50
tion J4
F1 339 1 CAN L P69 B
2 M0T 0,6 Tractor speed earth P29 17 G1 340 1 CAN H P69 C
9 106 1 Engine curve change J02 R G2 308 Engine water temperature alert P02 T
33 115 0,6 Preheating indicator J02 V G3 341 1 Engine calculator defect P02 V
J1 307 1 Engine water temperature P02 K
J2 M3J 1 Engine calculator earth E3E
K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P69 A
K2 337 1 Injection pump J31 A
K3 316 1 Heating control 226

Brown

Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending
tion
1 070 0,6 Tractor speed P29 5
2 015 0,6 TDB alternator speed J41 A2
19 069 0,6 Tractor speed power supply P29 4

Brown

F.60 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Hydraulic dual range unit Hydraulic dual range unit

63 Ref Item Wire


836 A2
P49
4 63 ISC declutching +/- range control identifica 2 J53 Ending
72 Doubler relay tion
837 A4 3 110 Relay and fuse panel
2 838 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13
125 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve
3 842 0,6 Relay J52 3
185 175 Relay
4 839 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J50 9
185 Instrument panel
835 B3 5 5 836 0,6 Control + Ranges J49 A2
175 6 M8H 0,6 Relay earth J51 B3
J49 7 841 0,75 + APC relay J51 B7
1 2 M8G
J52
J36 J35 842 3
4 840
20 30 J42
MOB

116

MOB B5

J51 B6 B2 B5
B4

MOZ
A1 807

P29 A2 B7 B3 A7
J29 E0A
13
812

72
838 2

839 4

220
3 J97

J53
M8H 6 E0A

J49

5 J48 110
J47 0,1
J85 J29
841 7 J45
J51 J46
9/2
M8B

839

J52
J53

P70
J70
J50 +APC
59
P50 110 J50
J50
23 9
P50
J49
M7C

FM8
709

E7A 7b
12
M7G

J48
2 1

J58

334F801

125 334F024.eps

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.61


Hydraulic dual range unit

F.62 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


HARNESS AND CONNECTOR PATHS

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.65


F.66 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1
CONTENTS

0/1 - CAB BOTTOM HARNESS....................................................................................................................................................... F.71


WINDSCREEN WIPER/SCREEN WASHER/DASHBOARD DISPLAY SELECTION ..................................................................... F.79
3/1 - ELECTRONIC INJECTION ENGINE....................................................................................................................................... F.80
3/1 - MECHANICAL INJECTION ENGINE ...................................................................................................................................... F.84
3/2 - PREHEATING CONTROL HARNESS .................................................................................................................................... F.87
3/3 - RADIATOR COWLING HARNESS.......................................................................................................................................... F.88
3/4 - AIR BRAKE HARNESS ........................................................................................................................................................... F.89
5 - CAB TOP HARNES .................................................................................................................................................................... F.90
7A - TRANSMISSION HARNESS WITH REVERSER UNDER TORQUE "REVERSHIFT" ............................................................ F.94
7B - TRANSMISSION HARNESS, MECHANICAL REVERSER WITH MECHANICAL OR HYDRAULIC DOUBLER.................... F.97
8A - TRANSMISSION CONTROL HARNESS WITH REVERSER UNDER TORQUE "REVERSHIFT" ......................................... F.99
8B - TRANSMISSION CONTROLS HARNESS, MECHANICAL INVERTER WITH MECHANICAL OR HYDRAULIC
DOUBLER / ELECTRO-HYDRAULIC LIFT ................................................................................................................................... F.103
9/1 - GROUND OF ELECTROHYDRAULIC LIFTING COMMAND HARNESS............................................................................. F.109
9/2 - GROUND OF FRONT ELECTROHYDRAULIC LIFTING...................................................................................................... F.111

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.67


Harness and connector paths

Connectors Pages Connectors Pages Connectors Pages Connectors Pages Connectors Pages
Connectors Pages J21 ............................................. F.79 J41 .............................................F.76 J54..............................................F.99 J69........................................... F.101 J89 ........................................... F.100
JA .............................................. F.94 J22 ............................................. F.85 J41 .............................................F.80 J54............................................F.101 J69........................................... F.102 J90 ............................................. F.85
JA .............................................. F.95 J22 ............................................. F.89 J42 .............................................F.76 J54............................................F.102 J70........................................... F.103 J90 ............................................. F.86
JB .............................................. F.94 J23 ............................................. F.76 J42 .............................................F.81 J55..............................................F.98 J70........................................... F.106 J90 ............................................. F.89
JB .............................................. F.95 J23 ............................................. F.79 J43 .............................................F.76 J55..............................................F.99 J70........................................... F.107 J90 ............................................. F.90
J01............................................. F.85 J24 ............................................. F.76 J43 .............................................F.81 J56..............................................F.98 J70........................................... F.110 J97 ........................................... F.103
J01............................................. F.89 J24 ............................................. F.79 J44 .............................................F.76 J56..............................................F.99 J71............................................. F.94 J97 ........................................... F.106
J02............................................. F.76 J25 ............................................. F.76 J44 .............................................F.81 J57..............................................F.98 J71............................................. F.95 J97 ........................................... F.107
J02............................................. F.77 J25 ............................................. F.79 J45 ...........................................F.103 J57..............................................F.99 J72............................................. F.94 J97 ........................................... F.111
J03............................................. F.76 J26 ............................................. F.94 J45 ...........................................F.104 J57............................................F.101 J72............................................. F.95 J98 ........................................... F.103
J03............................................. F.77 J26 ............................................. F.95 J45 ...........................................F.107 J57............................................F.102 J73............................................. F.94 J98 ........................................... F.106
J04............................................. F.76 J27 ............................................. F.76 J45 ...........................................F.108 J58..............................................F.98 J73............................................. F.95 J101 ......................................... F.112
J04............................................. F.77 J27 ............................................. F.79 J46 ...........................................F.103 J58..............................................F.99 J74............................................. F.94 J101 ......................................... F.113
J05............................................. F.76 J28 ............................................. F.76 J46 ...........................................F.104 J58............................................F.101 J74............................................. F.96 J102 ......................................... F.112
J05............................................. F.77 J28 ............................................. F.79 J46 ...........................................F.107 J58............................................F.102 J75............................................. F.94 J102 ......................................... F.113
J06............................................. F.76 J29 ........................................... F.103 J46 ...........................................F.108 J59..............................................F.98 J75............................................. F.96 J103 ......................................... F.112
J06............................................. F.77 J29 ........................................... F.104 J47 ...........................................F.103 J59..............................................F.99 J76............................................. F.94 J103 ......................................... F.113
J07............................................. F.76 J29 ........................................... F.107 J47 ...........................................F.105 J60..............................................F.98 J76............................................. F.96 J104 ......................................... F.112
J07............................................. F.78 J29 ........................................... F.108 J47 ...........................................F.107 J60..............................................F.99 J77............................................. F.94 J104 ......................................... F.113
J08............................................. F.76 J30 ........................................... F.103 J47 ...........................................F.108 J60............................................F.101 J77............................................. F.96 J105 ......................................... F.112
J08............................................. F.78 J30 ........................................... F.104 J48 ...........................................F.103 J60............................................F.102 J78............................................. F.94 J105 ......................................... F.113
J09............................................. F.76 J31 ............................................. F.85 J48 ...........................................F.105 J61..............................................F.76 J78............................................. F.96 J106 ......................................... F.112
J09............................................. F.78 J32 ............................................. F.94 J48 ...........................................F.107 J61..............................................F.81 J79............................................. F.94 J106 ......................................... F.114
J1............................................. F.103 J32 ............................................. F.95 J48 ...........................................F.109 J62..............................................F.76 J79............................................. F.96 J107 ......................................... F.112
J1............................................. F.104 J33 ............................................. F.94 J49 ...........................................F.103 J62..............................................F.81 J80............................................. F.94 J107 ......................................... F.114
J10............................................. F.83 J33 ............................................. F.95 J49 ...........................................F.105 J63..............................................F.76 J80............................................. F.96 J108 ......................................... F.112
J11............................................. F.76 J34 ............................................. F.85 J49 ...........................................F.107 J63..............................................F.81 J81............................................. F.94 J108 ......................................... F.114
J11............................................. F.78 J34 ............................................. F.89 J49 ...........................................F.109 J64..............................................F.85 J81............................................. F.96 J109 ......................................... F.112
J12............................................. F.76 J35 ............................................. F.76 J50 ...........................................F.103 J64..............................................F.86 J82............................................. F.94 J109 ......................................... F.114
J12............................................. F.78 J35 ............................................. F.80 J50 ...........................................F.105 J65..............................................F.85 J82............................................. F.96 J110 ......................................... F.112
J13............................................. F.76 J36 ............................................. F.76 J50 ...........................................F.107 J65..............................................F.86 J83............................................. F.94 J110 ......................................... F.114
J13............................................. F.78 J36 ............................................. F.80 J50 ...........................................F.109 J66..............................................F.85 J83............................................. F.97 J111 ......................................... F.115
J14............................................. F.76 J37 ............................................. F.76 J51 ...........................................F.103 J66..............................................F.86 J84............................................. F.94 J111 ......................................... F.116
J14............................................. F.78 J37 ............................................. F.80 J51 ...........................................F.105 J66..............................................F.89 J84............................................. F.97 J112 ......................................... F.115
J15............................................. F.83 J38 ............................................. F.85 J51 ...........................................F.107 J66..............................................F.90 J85........................................... F.103 J112 ......................................... F.116
J16............................................. F.76 J38 ............................................. F.86 J51 ...........................................F.110 J67..............................................F.85 J85........................................... F.106 J113 ......................................... F.115
J16............................................. F.82 J38 ............................................. F.89 J52 ...........................................F.107 J67..............................................F.86 J85........................................... F.107 J113 ......................................... F.116
J17............................................. F.76 J38 ............................................. F.90 J52 ...........................................F.110 J68..............................................F.85 J85........................................... F.110 J114 ......................................... F.115
J17............................................. F.79 J39 ............................................. F.91 J53 ...........................................F.107 J68..............................................F.86 J88............................................. F.76 J114 ......................................... F.116
J20............................................. F.76 J40 ............................................. F.76 J53 ...........................................F.110 J69..............................................F.98 J88............................................. F.82 J115 ........................................... F.76
J20............................................. F.79 J40 ............................................. F.80 J54 .............................................F.98 J69..............................................F.99 J89............................................. F.98 J115 ........................................... F.82
J21............................................. F.76

F.68 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Connectors Pages
J116........................................... F.94
J116........................................... F.97
J117........................................... F.94
J117........................................... F.97
J200........................................... F.85
J200........................................... F.86
J200........................................... F.89
J200........................................... F.90
J225........................................... F.93
P01 ............................................ F.76
P01 ............................................ F.82
P02 ............................................ F.85
P02 ............................................ F.87
P02 ............................................ F.89
P02 ............................................ F.90
P06 ............................................ F.83
P16 ............................................ F.91
P28 ............................................ F.94
P28 ............................................ F.97
P29 ............................................ F.76
P29 ............................................ F.82
P30 ............................................ F.76
P30 ............................................ F.82
P38 ............................................ F.93
P50 ............................................ F.98
P50 ............................................ F.99
P50 .......................................... F.101
P50 .......................................... F.102
P69 ............................................ F.85
P69 ............................................ F.87
P70 .......................................... F.112
P70 .......................................... F.114
P90 ............................................ F.92
P101 ........................................ F.115
P101 ........................................ F.116

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.69


F.70 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1
0/1 - Cab bottom harness 0/1 - Cab bottom harness (Clutchless reverser)

J61
J44 5
J43 J17
J42
J35
J41
110
J40
185 J36
85
J62
J11 P28 J28
E0A J07
188
E0A J04 J08 110 J09 J20
P01
J05 J21
J02 J03
P29 P01
J02 4
196
11 P30 J06
8
204
J115 203
86 60
55 J27
J61
54
J24
J37
J23 81 J25

110

10

334F100

J13 J14
J62 187 J12 61
J07
J63
189a J115
60
E0B
P01
J02

110

334F101M

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.71


0/1 - Cab bottom harness (mechanical reverser) 0/1 - Cab bottom harness

Connectors Designation
J02 Engine front harness connection
J03 Interconnection panel
J17
J04 Interconnection panel
J35
J05 Interconnection panel

J36 J06 Wiper/washer control Forwards


J07 Signalling control
J08 Interconnection panel
J07
J10 J09** ISC controls
J20
J21 J11 Windscreen wiper timer Forwards
66
J12 Fan
J15
J13* Fan
P06
J06 J14* Air conditioning control - recycling
J16 Interconnection panel

J115 203 J17 Windscreen wiper motor


60 J20 Rotating beacon switch
J21 Hazard warning lights switch
J37 J23 Trailer socket
J24 Seat
J25 RH plate light
110
J27 Cigarette lighter
J28 Cab top harness connection
J35 Instrument panel
J36 Instrument panel
J37 Potentiometer Accelerator
J40 Shunt receptacle (brown)
J41 Shunt receptacle (grey)
J42 Shunt receptacle (black)

61 J43 Shunt receptacle (black)


J44 Shunt receptacle (black)
J12 LH plate light
J07 J61
E0B J62** ISC potentiometer
60 J63** ISC clutch release switch
J88 Low beam switch
J115 Key operated ignition
P01 P01 Engine front harness connection
P29 Transmission control harness connection
J02
P30** Transmission control harness connection
* Version with air conditioning only
** Reverser under torque version

110

334F102M

F.72 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


0/1 - Cab bottom harness 0/1 - Cab bottom harness

Wire X
H
J Wire
identi 2 051
identif
11 9 7 5 3 1
J02 Ending 081 014 K 2 J04 Ending
ficati 061 G B icatio
016 010 011 017 008 019
055
on W
147 n 028 009 026 012 013 004
A 118 1 Air brake solenoid valve J42 B3 V 115 F A C 057 L 1 019 3 + AVC signalling control J07 A1 12 10 8 6 4 2
B --- --- --- 146
020 118 011 2 004 5 Starter control J115 4
C 011 1 D+ alternator J04 7 Start
U 018 058 M 3 008 3 J41 B1
D --- --- --- Rear PTO shunt safety
4 013 0,6 196

11
E --- --- ---

9
054 080 5 017 0,6 D+ on-board computer J28 3

7
F 020 1 Horn J07 B3 E D
D+ alternator TDB
6 012 0,6 J35 11

5
T 052 005 N
---

3
G --- --- 106 7 011 1 D+ alternator J02 C

1
051 1 Front windscreen washer pump J06 B4 S P Lights relay controls
H R 8 026 0,6 J07 A5
051*** 1 Front windscreen washer pump J06 A1 BDV
9 010* 0,6 P29 6
J 014 1 Alternator speed J41 A1 Reverser engaged
10 009 0,6 J35 1
K 055 1 Engine water temperature J35 28 + APC control panel
11 016 0,6 J36 12
L 027 1 Engine oil pressure J35 15 + APC brake light
12 028 2 203
M 058 1 Air filter blocked J35 36
N 080* 1 Pressure switch J08 7
* Version with mechanical reverser only
P 005 1 +APC accelerator pot J37 B 11 9 7 5 3 1
R 106 1 Engine curve change J35 9
041 034 063 062 064 042
S 052 1 Rear windscreen washer pump J28 1
T 054 1 Engine water temperature alert J35 32
Wire 043 044 100 124 100 065
Accelerator pot. cursor identif 2 12 10 8 6 4 2
U 018 1 J37 C J05 Ending
115 0.6 Preheating indicator J35 33 icatio
V n
146** 1 Preheating control J115 8

11
061 1 Accelerator potentiometer J37 A 1 042 1,4 + AVC warning controls J21 2

9
W
Electric stop + AVC Instrument panel

7
147** 1 J03 10 2 065 0,6 J36 11

5
Compressor 3 064 0,6 REM.2 steering J36 5

3
X 081* 1 J08 5

1
* Version with air conditioning only 4 100 0,6 Front axle stop control J35 18
** Version with mechanical injection engine 5 062 0,6 Tractor steering J36 13
6 124 1 Brake light controls 203
*** Switch EV/LV front version
7 063 0,6 REM.1 steering J36 9
8 100* 0,6 Front axle stop control J42 A2
Wire 11 9 7 5 3 1 9 034 1,4 Flashing unit J41 A7
identif 076 110 108 046 105 075 10 044 1,4 + APC rotating beacon controls J20 1
2 J03 Ending 11 041 1,4 Central supply J21 6
icatio
072 147 107 M0E 091 086 12 043 1,4 + APC warning controls J21 8
n
1 075 0,6 3rd gear relay controls 61 H
12 10 8 6 4 2 * Reverser under torque version
2 086 1,4 Right hand lights J44 A5
3 105 1 + APC cigar lighter J27 3
4 091 1,4 Left hand lights J43 A5 windscreen wiper switch / Without timer
11

+ APC control EV/LV front Wire


9

5 045 1,4 J06 A1


identif
7

5 046 1,4 + APC control EV/LV front J41 B5 2 J06 Ending 1 2 3 4 5


5

Panel earth icatio


3

6 M0E 1 E0A A 051 108 060 M0X


n
1

7 108 1 + APC timer EV front J11 5


8 107 1 + APC seat J24 1 A1 046 1,4 + APC control EV/LV J03 5 B 047 109 049 050
9 110 1 +APC wiper park position J17 3 A1 051* 1 Front windscreen washer pump J02 H
10 147** 1 Electric stop J02 W A2 108* 1 + APC control EV front J03 7 Windscreen wiper / washer control
11 076 3 3rd speed ventilation control J12 4 A3 --- --- ---
12 072 1 + APC fan 61 B A4 060 0,6 IP display selector J35 13
* Switch EV/LV front version (control panel selector) Instrument panel display selector 1 2 3 4 5
A5 M0X 0,6 J42 B6
earth
** Version with mechanical injection engine A 046 060 M0X

B1 047 1 1st speed screen wiper control J17 1 B 047 048 049 050
051
Windscr. wiper ctrl park. pos.
B2 048 1 J11 6
forwards
B2 109* 1 Windscr. wiper eng. park. pos. J17 4
B3 049 1 Intermittent control J11 3
Intermittent control

1
B3 049* 1 J41 B6 A

2
B4 050 1 Front screen washer control J11 2

4
B4 050* 1 Front screen washer control J11 2 B

5
B4 051 1 Front windscreen washer pump J02 H
B5 --- --- ---
* Switch EV/LV front version / Without timer

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.73


0/1 - Cab bottom harness 0/1 - Cab bottom harness

Wire Wire
identif 2 J07 Ending identif 2
icatio J11 Ending
icatio
n n
A1 019 3 + AVC signalling control J04 1
1 M0F 1 Earth E0A
A2 022 2 Main lights control J16 9
2 050 1 Front screen washer control J06 B4
A2 023 0,6 Lamp road J36 17
3 049 1 Intermittent control J06 B3
A3 --- --- ---
4 109 1 Windscr. wiper eng. park. pos. J17 4
A4 021 2 Dipped headlights control J16 4
5 108 1 + APC timer EV front J03 7
A5 026 0,6 Lights relay controls J04 8 Front screen wiper park pos.
6 048 1 J06 B2
control
B1 035 1,4 Right flashing lights control J44 A1
B2 032 1,4 Flashing light supply J41 A5
B3 020 1 Horn J02 F
B4 038 1,4 LH indicators controls J43 A1
B5 --- --- ---
Mechanical reverser + Air conditioning

Wire
identif 2
11 9 7 5 3 1 J12 Ending
Wire icatio
identif 2 082 080 081 084 079 n
J08 Ending
icatio 1 M0A 3 Ventilation earth E0B
085 083
n 2 073 1 1st ventilation speed command 61 L
12 10 8 6 4 2
1 079 0,6 Air conditioning relay controls J13 1 3 074 2 2nd ventilation speed command 61 M
2 083 0,6 Recirculation control J14 3 4 076 3 3rd speed ventilation control J03 11
3 084 0,6 + Recirculating J13 4
+ APC declutch contact Shuttle
9 reverser
4 129* 0,6 J63 2 11 7 5 3 1
5 081 1 Compressor J02 X
6 137* 0,6 Non-neutral control J09 B4
082 080 081 084 079
7 080 1 Pressure switch J02 N 133 085 137 129 083
8 085 0,6 - Recirculating J13 3
9 --- --- ---
12 10 8 6 4 2 Wire
--- identif 2
10 --- --- J13 Ending
11 082 0,6 + APC recirculation controls J14 2 11 9 7 5 3 1
icatio
12 133* 0,6 + APC reverser controls J09 B1 n
* Reverser under torque version 1 079 0,6 Air conditioning relay controls J08 1
Shuttle reverser
133
+ Air
137 conditioning
129 2 078 0,6 Air conditioning control J14 6
12 10 8 6 4 2 3 085 0,6 - Recirculating J08 8
4 084 0,6 + Recirculating J08 3
11
9
7
5
3
1

Wire
identif 2 J14 Ending
icatio
Wire
n
identif 2 J09 Ending 1 M1B* 0,6 Recirculation display grounding J42 A7
icatio 1 2 3 4 5
1 M1B** 0,6 Recirculation display grounding J42 A6
n A 123 121 2 082 0,6 + APC recirculation controls J08 11
A1 --- --- --- 1 M1B M1C 7
B 133 122 137 M0Y 3 083 0,6 Recirculating controls J08 2
A2 123 0,6 Forward drive control P30 4
4 M1C* 0,6 Air conditioning display grounding J42 A6 2 082 077 8
A3 --- --- ---
4 M1C** 0,6 Air conditioning display grounding J42 A5
A4 121 0,26 Reverse drive control P30 5 3 083 078 9
5 077 0,6 + APC A/C command 61 C
A5 --- --- ---
6 078 0,6 Air conditioning control J13 2
1

A
2

7 --- --- ---


B1 133 0,6 + APC reverser controls J08 12
4

B 8 --- --- ---


5

B2 122 0,6 Neutral control P30 6


9 --- --- ---
B3 --- --- ---
B4 137 0,6 Non-neutral control J08 6 * Mechanical reverser version
B5 M0Y 0,6 Reverser controls earth J42 B7 ** Reverser under torque version

F.74 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


0/1 - Cab bottom harness 0/1 - Cab bottom harness

Wire Wire
identif 2 identif
J17 Ending 2 J24 Ending
icatio icatio
n n
1 047 1 1st speed screen wiper control J06 B1 1 107 1 + APC seat J03 8
2 M0D 1 Windscreen wiper earth E0A 2 M0L 1 Seat earth J40 B1
3 110 1 +APC wiper park position J03 9
4 109 1 Windscr. wiper eng. park. pos. J11 4
4 109* 1 Windscr. wiper eng. park. pos. J06 B2
* Fixed column

Wire
identif 2 J20 Ending
icatio
n Wire
identif 2
1 044 1,4 + APC rotating beacon controls J05 10 J25 Ending
icatio
2 --- --- ---
n
3 --- --- ---
4 --- --- --- 1 M0J 0,6 RH plate light earth J40 A6
5 112 1,4 Rotating beacon control J28 2 2 089 1 RH plate light J44 B5
5 117 0,6 Rotating beacon indicator J20 9
6 --- --- ---
7 --- --- ---
8 --- --- ---

9 117 0,6 Rotating beacon indicator J20 5


Wire
Rotating beacon warning light
10 M0V 0,6 J21 10 identif 2
earth J27 Ending
icatio 1 2 3
n M0O 105
1
Wire 1 M0O 1 Cigar lighter earth J40 B4 2
3
identif 2 2 --- --- ---
J21 Ending
icatio 3 105 2 + APC cigar lighter J03 3
n
1 039 1,4 LH indicators/warning controls J43 A2
2 4 6 8
2 042 1,4 + AVC warning controls J05 1
2

042 041 043


3 033 1,4 Indicators/warning supply J41 A6
4
6

4 --- --- --- 039 033 036


8

5 036 1,4 RH indicators/warning controls J44 A2 1 3 5 7


6 041 1,4 Central supply J05 11
7 --- --- ---
8 043 1,4 + APC warning controls J05 12

9 --- --- --- 9 10


10 M0C 0,6 Warning light earth E0A M0C
9
Wire
1

M0V
0

Rotating beacon warning light identif 2


10 M0V 0,6 J20 10 J28 Ending
earth icatio 1 052 114 7
n
2 112 8
1 052 1 Rear windscreen washer pump J02 S 7
3 017 154 9 8
2 112 1,4 Rotating beacon control J20 5
Wire 3 017 0,6 D+ on-board computer J04 5
9

identif 2 4 114 0,6 Trip computer tractor speed J35 29


J23 Ending
icatio 5 --- --- ---
n 6 --- --- ---
1 099 1 Trailer LH flashing light J43 B2 7 --- --- ---
2 --- --- --- 8 --- --- ---
3 M0R 2 Trailer socket earth J40 B7 9 154 2 Top dipped headlight J88 1
4 097 1 Trailer RH flashing light J44 B2
5 090 1 Trailer RH light J44 B6
6 106 1,4 Trailer stop J42 B2
7 095 1 Trailer LH light J43 B6

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.75


0/1 - Cab bottom harness 0/1 - Cab bottom harness

Wire
identif 2 Wire
J35 Ending identif
icatio 2 J37 Ending
n icatio
1 009 0,6 Reverser engaged J04 10 n
2 M0T 0,6 Tractor speed earth P29 17 A 061 1 Ref- pot. Accelerator J02 W
3 067 0,6 Diag. K P29 9 B 005 1 + APC pot. Accelerator J02 P
4 --- --- --- C 018 1 Accelerator potent. cursor J02 U
5 024 0,6 1000 rpm PTO 55
6 025 0,6 540 rpm PTO 54
7 066 0,6 Diag. L P29 10
8 --- --- ---
9 106 1 Engine curve change J02 R
10 059 0,6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196
11 012 0,6 D+ alternator TDB J04 6
12 --- --- ---
13 060 0,6 IP display selector J06 A4
14 --- --- --- Wire
15 057 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L identif 2
Buzzer control
J40 Ending
16 136* 0,6 P30 3 icatio
17 104 0,6 Front axle controls P29 12 n
18 100 0,6 Front axle stop control J05 4
A1 M0W 3 Rear earth E0A
19 --- --- ---
A2 M0G 0,6 Left front light grounding 5
20 071 0,6 PTO engaged P29 7
A3 M0H 1 LH rear light earth 11
21 --- --- ---
22 --- --- --- A4 --- --- ---
23 113 0,6 Starter information J41 B3 A5 M0I 0,6 LH plate light earth J61 1
24 027 0,6 TDB lighting J43 B7 A6 M0J 0,6 RH plate light earth J25 1
25 --- --- --- A7 M0K 0,6 Handbrake earth 204
26 --- --- ---
27 --- --- --- B1 M0L 1 Seat earth J24 2
28 055 1 Engine water temperature J02 K B2 M0M 0,6 PDF 540 tr/mn Grounding 54
29 114 0,6 Trip computer tractor speed J28 4 B3 M0N 0,6 PDF 1000 tr/mn Grounding 55
30 116 0,6 Doubler warning light P29 13 B4 M0O 1 Cigar lighter earth J27 1
31 120 1 Front axle solenoid valve P29 8 B5 M0P 1 RH rear light earth 10
32 054 1 Engine water temperature alert J02 T B6 M0Q 0,6 Right front light grounding 4
33 115 0,6 Preheating indicator J02 V B7 M0R 2 Trailer socket earth J23 3
33 115** 0,5 Preheating indicator J115 9
34 135* 0,6 DRIVETRONIC defect P30 2
36 058 1 Air filter blocked J02 M
* Reverser under torque version
** Version with mechanical injection engine
Wire
identif 2 J36 Ending
icatio Wire
n identif 2 J41 Ending
1 070 0,6 Tractor speed P29 5 icatio
2 015 0,6 TDB alternator speed J41 A2 n
3 --- --- ---
A1 014 1 Alternator speed J02 J
4 --- --- ---
A2 015 0,6 TDB alternator speed J36 2
5 064 0,6 REM.2 steering J05 3
A3 134* 0,6 Engine speed P30 1
6 --- --- ---
A4 --- --- ---
7 031 0,6 Hand brake warning light 204
8 053 0,6 Fuel level P29 3 A5 032 1,4 Indicator power supply J07 B2
9 063 0,6 REM.1 steering J05 7 A6 033 1,4 Indicator/warning power supply J21 3
10 045 0,6 Front PTO warning light P29 11 A7 034 1,4 Flashing unit J05 9
11 065 0,6 + AVC control panel J05 2
12 016 0,6 + APC control panel J04 11 B1 008 3 Start J04 3
13 062 0,6 Tractor steering J05 5 B2 111 3 Start-up solenoid P01 V
14 --- --- --- B3 113 0,6 Start info J35 23
15 056 0,6 Fuel low level warning P29 1 B4 --- --- ---
16 M0S 0,6 Fuel level earth P29 16 B5 050** 1 Front screen washer control J06 B4
17 023 0,6 Lamp road J07 A2 B6 049** 1 Intermittent control J06 B3
18 068 0,6 Transmission hydraulic pressure P29 2 B7 046** 1,4 + APC control EV front J03 5
19 069 0,6 Tractor speed power supply P29 4
* On-board computer
20 M0B 0,6 Instrument panel earth J42 B5
** Switch EV/LV front version (control panel selector)

F.76 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


0/1 - Cab bottom harness 0/1 - Cab bottom harness
Mechanical reverser
Wire 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
identif Wire
2 J42 Ending identif
icatio A 2 J44 Ending
n icatio
B
n
A1 030 2 Brake light 203
A2 --- --- --- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A1 035 1,4 Right flashing lights control J07 B1
A3 101 0,6 LH rear brake light 11 A 030 101 M1C M1B A2 036 1,4 Right flashing lights control J21 5
A4 --- --- --- A3 037 1,4 Front RH indicator 4
B 102 103 118 M0Z M0B M0X
A5 --- --- --- A4 --- --- ---
A6 M1C* 0,6 Air conditioning display grounding J14 4 A5 086 0,6 Right-hand lights J03 2
A7 M1B* 0,6 Recirculation display grounding J14 1 A6 087 0,6 Front RH sidelight 4
A7 088 0,6 Right rear light 10

1
2
B1 102 0,6 RH rear brake light 10 A

3
B2 103 1,4 Trailer stop J23 6 B1 096 0,6 RH rear flashing light 10
B

5
Air brake solenoid valve B2 097 1 Trailer RH flashing light J23 4

6
B3 118 1 J02 A

7
B4 M0Z** 1 Cab bottom grounding E0A B3 --- --- ---
B5 M0B** 0,6 Instrument panel earth J36 20 B4 --- --- ---
Instrument panel display selector B5 089 0,6 RH plate light J25 2
B6 M0X** 0,6 J06 A5 B6 090 1 Trailer RH light J23 5
earth
* Version with air conditioning B7 119 0,6 Cigarette lighter light 86
** Timer
Reverser under torque version
Wire 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
identif 2 J42 Ending A
Wire
icatio
n B identif 2 J61 Ending
A1 030 2 Brake light 203 icatio
A2 100 0,6 Front axle stop control--- J35 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 n
A3 101 0,6 LH rear brake light 11 A 030 100 101 M1C M1B 1 M0I 0,6 LH plate light earth J40 A5
A4 --- --- --- B 102 103 118 M0Z M0B M0X M0Y 2 094 0,6 LH plate light J43 B5
Air conditioning display
A5 M1C* 0,6 J14 4
grounding---
A6 M1B* 0,6 Air conditioning display grounding J14 1
A7 --- --- ---
1
2

A Wire
3

B1 102 0,6 RH rear brake light 10


Trailer stop B identif 2
5

B2 103 1,4 J23 6


J62 Ending C B A
6

Air brake solenoid valve icatio


7

B3 118 1 J02 A
125 132 148 C
B4 M0Z** 1 Cab bottom grounding E0A n B
A
B5 M0B** 0,6 Instrument panel earth J36 20 A 148 0,6 Ref. - potentiometer engaged P30 11
B6 M0X** 0,6 Instrument panel display selection J06 A5
B 132 0,6 Ref. + potentiometer engaged P30 12
B7 M0Y 0,6 Inverter control J09 B5
C 125 0,6 Potentiometer cursor P30 7
* Version with air conditioning
** Timer

Wire
identif 2 Wire
J43 Ending
icatio identif 2 J63 Ending
n icatio
A1 038 1,4 LH indicators controls J07 B4 n
A2 039 1,4 LH indicators controls J21 1 1 130 0,6 Declutched position P30 9
A3 040 1,4 Front LH indicator 5 2 129 0,6 + APC declutch contact J08 4
A4 --- --- --- 3 --- --- ---
A5 091 1,4 Left-hand lights J03 4
A6 092 0,6 Front LH sidelight 5
A7 093 0,6 Left rear light 11

B1 098 0,6 LH rear flashing light 11


B2 099 1 Trailer LH flashing light J23 1
B3 --- --- ---
B4 --- --- ---
B5 094 0,6 LH plate light J61 2
B6 095 0,6 Trailer LH light J23 7
B7 027 0,6 TDB lighting J35 24

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.77


0/1 - Cab bottom harness 0/1 - Cab bottom harness

Wire Wire 1 3 5 6 7
identif 2 identif 2 001 007 006
P01 Ending J115 Ending
icatio S T U icatio
n 002 003 n 004 115 146
R 2 4 10 9 8
R 001 10 + AVC general J115 1 1 001 10 + AVC general P01 R
S 002 7 + AVC general 109 Z 001 111 V 2 --- --- ---
T --- --- --- 3 --- --- ---
U 003 7 + AVC general 109 151 150 4 004 5 Starter control J04 2
V 111 3 Starter solenoid J41 B2 Y X W 5 007 5 + APC panel 109
W 150 2 Low dipped headlights J16 12 6 006 5 + APC panel 109
X 151 2 Main beam lights J16 10 7 --- --- ---

5
Preheating control

1
Y --- --- --- 8 146* 1 J02 V

6
Z --- --- --- 9 115* 0,5 Preheating indicator J35 33 2 10 9
7
* Version with mechanical injection engine 4 3 8

Wire
identif 2 P29 Ending
icatio 11 9 7 5 3 1
n
Wire 022
1 056 0,6 Fuel low level warning J36 15
Transmission hydraulic pressure
identif 2
2 068 0,6 J36 18 J16 Ending 150 151 153 021 152
3 053 0,6 Fuel level J36 8 icatio
12 10 8 6 4 2
4 069 0,6 Tractor speed power supply J36 19 n
5 070 0,6 Tractor speed J36 1 1 --- --- ---
6 010* 0,6 Gearbox J04 9 2 152 2 Top dipped headlight J88 5

11
7 071 0,6 PTO engaged J35 20 3 --- --- ---

9
Front axle solenoid valve Dipped headlights control

7
8 120 1 J35 31 4 021 2 J07 A4

5
9 067 0,6 Diag. K J35 3 5 --- --- ---

3
Diag. L Low dipped headlights

1
10 066 0,6 J35 7 6 153 2 J88 7
11 045 0,6 Front PTO warning light J36 10 7 --- --- ---
12 104 0,6 Front axle controls J35 17 8 --- --- ---
13 116 0,6 Doubler warning light J35 30 9 022 2 Main lights control J07 A2
14 --- --- --- 10 151 2 Main beam lights P01 X
15 --- --- --- 11 --- --- ---
16 M0S 0,6 Fuel level earth J36 16 12 150 2 Low dipped headlights P01 W
17 M0T 0,6 Tractor speed earth J35 2
18 --- --- ---
* Reverser under torque version

10 7 4 1 Wire 2 4 6 8
Wire identif

2
identif
125 123 134 2 J88 Ending

4
2 Ending icatio

6
P30 154 152 153
icatio

8
148 121 135 n 155
n 1 3 5 7
132 130 122 136 1 154 2 Top dipped headlight J28 9
1 134 0,6 Engine speed J41 A3 1 155 2 Dipped headlights display J88 9
12 9 6 3
2 135 0,6 DRIVETRONIC defect J35 34 2 --- --- ---
3 136 0,6 Buzzer control J35 16 3 --- --- ---
4 123 0,6 Forward drive control J09 A2 4 --- --- ---
9 10 9

10
5 121 0,6 Reverse drive control J09 A4 10 5 152 2 Top dipped headlight J16 2 155 M1D
6 122 0,6 Neutral control J09 B2 7
4 6 --- --- ---
7 125 0,6 Potentiometer cursor J62 C 1
7 153 2 Low dipped headlights J16 6
8 --- --- --- 8 --- --- ---
9 130 0,6 Declutched position J63 1 9 155 2 Dipped headlights display J88 1
10 --- --- ---
Dipped headlights display
11 148 0,6 Ref. - potentiometer engaged J62 A 10 M1D 0,5 E0A
grounding
12 132 0,6 Ref. + potentiometer engaged J62 B

F.78 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Windscreen wiper/Screen washer/Dashboard display selection Windscreen wiper/Screen washer/Dashboard display selection

Connectors Designation Wire


identif 2
J10 Windscreen wipers J10 Ending
icatio
J15 Windscreen washers n
P06 Connection to J06 windscreen wiper connector, front windscreen washer 1 RG 1 Speed 1 control P06 B1
1 GR 1 Windscreen washers J15 4
2 --- --- --- P62 A3
3 --- --- ---
4 --- --- ---
5 OR 1 +APC Speed 1 control P06 B3
6 BC 1 EV entine fixed stop control J15 8
7 --- --- ---
8 MA 1 Windscr. wiper eng. park. pos. P06 B2

Wire
identif 2 J15 Ending
icatio
n
1 BU 1 Front screen washer control P06 A1
+ APC EV engine fixed stop
2 VE 1 P06 A2
control
+ APC front windscreen washer
3 JA 1 P06 B4
control
4 GR 1 Windscreen washers J10 1
5 --- --- ---
6 --- --- ---
7 --- --- ---
8 BC 1 EV entine fixed stop control J10 6

Wire
identif 2 P06 Ending
icatio
n
A1 BU 1 Front screen washer control P06 A1
+ APC EV engine fixed stop
A2 VE 1 P06 A2
control
A3 --- --- ---
A4 VI 0,6 Instrument panel display selection 66
A5 NO 0,6 Instrument panel display selection 66

B1 RG 1 Speed 1 control J10 1


B2 MA 1 Windscr. wiper eng. park. pos. J10 8
B3 OR 1 +APC Speed 1 control J10 6
+ APC front windscreen washer
B4 JA 1 J15 3
control
B5 --- --- ---

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.79


3/1 - electronic injection engine 3/1 - electronic injection engine

Version Air conditioning compressor (on


Version Air conditioning compressor
the side)
(top)

32
P02 J90
J90
P90 J34

J01 J34
3/3
P02
J66
200
P69
206
J31 J38
E3E
J65
210 J64 J200 31
24 31
J67 J68

P01

32
J69 7
P69
3/4
J38 P38

30
J22 J200
117
J39
265

3/2 226
334F311INJEL
334F310INJEL

F.80 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


3/1 - electronic injection engine 3/1 - electronic injection engine

Connectors Designation Wire


identif 2
J01 Cab bottom harness connection J01 Ending
icatio
J22 Front windscreen washer pump n
J31 Injection pump R 322 10 + AVC general E3D
S 300 7 + AVC general E3D
J34* Compressor
T --- --- ---
J38** Air brake harness connection U 301 7 + AVC general E3D
V 304 3 Starter solenoid 32
J64 Engine computer
W 310 2 Dipped headlights J90 1
J65 Fuel temperature X 311 2 Main beam lights J90 2
J66 Engine water temperature Y --- --- ---
Z --- --- ---
J67 Engine speed
J68 Air temperature
J90 Radiator cowling harness connection
J200 Rear windscreen washer pump
P02 Cab bottom harness connection
P69 Transmission harness connection
Wire
* Version with air conditioning identif 2 J22 Ending
** Pneumatic braking version icatio
n 1 2
1
1 M3K 1 FR windscr. washer pump earth E3E M3K 320

2
2 320 1 Front windscreen washer pump P02 H

Wire
identif 2 J31 Ending
icatio
n
A 337 1 Injection pump J64 K2
B 338 1 Injection pump J64 A3

Version with air conditioning


Wire
identif 2 J34 Ending
icatio
n
A 318 1 Air conditioning compressor P02 X

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.81


3/1 - electronic injection engine 3/1 - electronic injection engine
Pneumatic braking version
Wire Wire
identif 2 identif
icatio
J38 Ending 2 J66 Ending
icatio
n n
A 343 1 Air brake solenoid valve P02 A A 332 1 Engine water temperature J64 B1
B M3L 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth E3E B 328 1 (Ref-) Engine water temperature E3F
C --- --- ---

Wire
identif 2 J64 Ending Wire
icatio
n identif 2 J67 Ending
A1 --- --- --- icatio
A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D n
A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B A 335 1 Engine speed J64 B2
B 336 1 Engine speed J64 D2
B1 332 1 Engine water temperature J66 A
B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A K J H G F E D C B A
B3 331 1 Accelerator potent. cursor P02 U
316 341 326 333 331 338 3

C1 342 1 Engine change curve P02 R 337 M3J 308 344 336 335 321 2
C2 --- --- ---
323 307 340 339 334 342 332 1
C3 333 1 Fuel temperature J65 A
Wire
D1 334 1 Air temperature J68 A identif 2 J68 Ending
D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B icatio
D3 326 1 (Ref-) sensors E3F n
A 334 1 Air temperature J64 D1
E1 --- --- --- B 330 1 (Ref-) Air temperature E3F
E2 344 1 (Ref+) accelerator pot P02 P
K

E3 --- --- ---


J
H
G
F

F1 339 1 CAN L P69 B


F2 --- --- ---
E
D

F3 --- --- ---


C
B
A

G1 340 1 CAN H P69 C Wire


1 2 3

G2 308 1 Engine water temperature alert P02 T


identif 2
G3 341 1 Engine calculator defect P02 V J90 Ending
icatio
n
H1 --- --- ---
H2 --- --- --- 1 310 2 Dipped headlights J01 W
H3 --- --- --- 2 311 2 Main beam lights J01 X
3 M3C 2 Front optics earth 31
J1 307 1 Engine water temperature P02 K 4 306 1 Horn P02 F
J2 M3J 1 Engine calculator earth E3E 5 --- --- ---
J3 --- --- --- 6 M3B 1 Horn earth 31

K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P69 A


K2 337 1 Injection pump J31 A
K3 316 1 Heating control 226
Wire
identif 2 1 2
J200 Ending
icatio 1
Wire n M3G 325

2
identif 2 RR windscr. washer pump earth
J65 Ending 1 M3G 1 E3E
icatio 2 325 1 Rear windscreen washer pump P02 S
n
A 333 1 Fuel temperature J64 C3
B 329 1 (Ref-) fuel temperature E3F

F.82 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


3/1 - electronic injection engine

Wire
identif 2 P02 Ending
icatio H
X J
n 320
318 309 K
A 343* 1 Air brake solenoid valve J38 A B
G
B --- --- --- W 327 307
C 303 1 D+ alternator 31
V 341 F A C 305 L
D --- --- ---
E --- --- --- 306 343 303
F 306 1 Horn J90 4 U 331 319 M
G --- --- ---
H 320 1 Front windscreen washer pump J22 2 308 317
E D
J 309 1 Alternator 31 T 325 344 N
342
K 307 1 Engine water temperature J64 J1 S P
R
L 305 1 Oil pressure 200
M 319 1 Air filter 206
N 317** 1 Pressure switch 210
P 344 7 (Ref+) accelerator pot J64 E2
R 342 1 Engine curve change J64 C1
S 325 1 Rear windscreen washer pump J200 2
T 308 1 Engine water temperature alert J64 G2
U 331 1 Accelerator pot. cursor J64 B3
V 341 1 Engine calculator defect J64 G3
W 327 1 Accelerator potentiometer E3F
X 318** 1 Air conditioning compressor J34 A
* Pneumatic braking version
** Version with air conditioning

Wire
identif 2 P69 Ending
icatio
n
A 323 1 + AVC engine calculator J64 K1
B 339 1 CAN L J64 F1
C 340 1 CAN H J64 G1
D 321 1 + APC engine calculator J64 A2

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.83


3/1 - mechanical injection engine 3/1 - mechanical injection engine
Version Air conditioning
compressor (on the side)
Version Air conditio-
ning compressor (top)

32
P02 J90
J90
P90 J34

J01 J34
3/3
P02
200

206
J38
E3E

210 J200 31
31

P01

32

3/4
J38 P38

30
J22
117 J200
J39
265

3/2 226
334F311INJME

334F310INJME

F.84 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


3/1 - mechanical injection engine 3/1 - mechanical injection engine

Connectors Designation Wire


identif 2
J01 Cab bottom harness connection J01 Ending
icatio
J22 Front windscreen washer pump n
J34* Compressor R 322 10 + AVC general E3D
S 300 7 + AVC general E3D
J38** Air brake harness connection
T --- --- ---
J66 Engine water temperature U 301 7 + AVC general E3D
V 304 3 Starter solenoid 32
J90 Radiator cowling harness connection
W 310 2 Dipped headlights J90 1
J200 Rear windscreen washer pump X 311 2 Main beam lights J90 2
P02 Cab bottom harness connection Y --- --- ---
Z --- --- ---

* Version with air conditioning


** Pneumatic braking version

Wire
identif 2 J22 Ending
icatio
n 1 2
1
1 M3K 1 FR windscr. washer pump earth E3E M3K 320

2
2 320 1 Front windscreen washer pump P02 H

Version with air conditioning


Wire
identif 2 J34 Ending
icatio
n
A 318 1 Air conditioning compressor P02 X

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.85


3/1 - mechanical injection engine 3/1 - mechanical injection engine
Pneumatic braking version
Wire Wire
identif 2 identif 2
J38 Ending P02 Ending
icatio icatio H
X J
n n 320
318 309 K
A 343 1 Air brake solenoid valve P02 A A 343* 1 Air brake solenoid valve J38 A G B
B M3L 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth E3E B --- --- --- W 345 307
C --- --- --- C 303 1 D+ alternator 31
V 316 F A C 305 L
D --- --- ---
E --- --- --- 306 343 303
F 306 1 Horn J90 4 U 319 M
G --- --- ---
H 320 1 Front windscreen washer pump J22 2 308 317
E D
J 309 1 Alternator 31 T 325 344 N
K 307 1 Engine water temperature J66 2 S P
Wire L 305 1 Oil pressure 200
R

identif 2 M 319 1 Air filter 206


J66 Ending
icatio N 317** 1 Pressure switch 210
n P --- --- ---
1 308 1 Engine water temperature alert P02 T 1 2
R --- --- ---
2 307 1 Engine water temperature P02 K S 325 1 Rear windscreen washer pump J200 2
308 307 T 308 1 Engine water temperature alert J66 1

1
U --- --- ---
V 316 1 Preheating control 226

2
W 345 1 Electric stop 25
X 318** 1 Air conditioning compressor J34 A
* Pneumatic braking version
** Version with air conditioning
Wire
identif 2 J90 Ending
icatio
n
1 310 2 Dipped headlights J01 W
2 311 2 Main beam lights J01 X
3 M3C 2 Front optics earth 31
4 306 1 Horn P02 F
5 --- --- ---
6 M3B 1 Horn earth 31

Wire
identif 2 J200 Ending
icatio
1 2
n 1
M3G 325
2

1 M3G 1 RR windscr. washer pump earth E3E


2 325 1 Rear windscreen washer pump P02 S

F.86 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


3/2 - Preheating control harness 3/2 - Preheating control harness

Connectors Designation
J39 Preheating fuse
P16 Front harness connection (Disconnect)

Wire
identifi 2 J39 Ending
cation
1 RG 10 + Battery 265
2 OR 10 Pre-heat relay 226 30

P16
34

3/1

Wire
J39 identifi 2 P16 Ending
265 cation
A VE 1 Preheating control 226

226

334F320

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.87


3/3 - Radiator cowling harness 3/3 - Radiator cowling harness

3/1 Connectors Designation


P90 Front harness connection

J90
P90

173

Wire
identifi 2 P90 Ending
cation
1 RG1 2 Dipped headlights E3A
2 BU1 2 Main beam lights E3B
3 NO1 2 Cowling earth E3C
4 BC 1 Horn 173
5 --- --- ---
6 NO6 1 Horn 173

2A

2B

3B
3A

334F330

F.88 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


3/4 - Air brake harness 3/4 - Air brake harness

Connectors Designation
J225 Air brake solenoid valve
P38 Front harness connection

3/1

J38 Wire
P38 identifi 2 J225 Ending
cation
1 MA 1 Air brake solenoid valve P38 A
2 BU 1 Air brake solenoid valve P38 B

J225

Wire
identifi 2 P38 Ending
cation
A MA 1 Air brake solenoid valve J225 1
B BU 1 Air brake solenoid valve J225 2
C --- --- ---

334F340

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.89


5 - Cab top harnes 5 - Cab top harnes

Connectors Designation

J76 JA Radio
JB Radio
J26 Interconnection panel
J83 JA J78 J32 Shunt base
P28
JB J33 Shunt base
J71 Shunt base
J77 J72 front left working light
J73 Rotating beacon
82
140 J74 Rear left working light
J82
E5A J75* Outside air temperature probe
J81 J79
J76 Left-hand loudspeaker

J80 J77 Rear screen wiper/washer


J78 Right-hand loudspeaker
J79 Rear working lights control
J80 Overhead light
J81 Front working lights controls
J82* On board computer
J83 RH work light
J84 Rear right working lights
J72 J116 Dipped beam top of cabin left
J73
J117 Dipped beam top of cabin right
J75 J116
P28 Cab bottom harness connection
J117
J74 J83 * On board computer
J76 J78

J71 J77
J84
J33
J32
J82

E0A
J26 P28
J28
110

0,1

334F500M

F.90 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


5 - Cab top harnes 5 - Cab top harnes

Wire
identifi 2 JA Ending Wire
cation identif 2 J33 Ending
1 --- --- --- icatio
2 --- --- --- n
3 --- --- --- A1 M5P* 0,6 On-board computer earth J82 10
4 518 0,6 +AVC radio J71 A2 A2 M5Q* 0,6 Earth 140
5 --- --- --- A3 M5H 0,6 Radio earth JA 7
6 --- --- --- A4 --- --- ---
7 516 0,6 +AVC radio J26 3 Windscreen wiper earth/Rear
A5 M5L 1 J77 1
8 M5H 0,6 Radio earth J33 A3 screen washer
A6 --- --- ---
Wire A7 --- --- ---
identifi 2 JB Ending
cation B1 M5R* 0,6 Ext. air temp. probe earth J75 B
1 --- --- --- B2 --- --- ---
2 --- --- --- B3 M5F 0,6 Earth J81 5
3 520 0,6 + RH loudspeaker J78 2 B4 M5M 1,4 Cab top earth E0A
4 521 0,6 - Right loudspeaker J78 1 B5 M5G 0,6 Earth J79 5
5 522 0,6 + LH loudspeaker J76 2 B6 --- --- ---
6 523 0,6 - Left loudspeaker J76 1 B7 --- --- ---
7 --- --- --- * On board computer
8 --- --- ---

Wire
identifi 2 J26 Ending Wire
cation identif 2 J71 Ending
1 517 0,6 + AVC radio/roof light J71 A1 icatio
2 526 3 + AVC electric tool socket 82 n
3 516 0,6 + APC radio JA 7
A1 517 0,6 + AVC radio/roof light J26 1
4 527 3 + AVC electric tool socket 82
A2 518 0,6 +AVC radio JA 4
5 501 3 + AVC front working lights J71 A5 A3 519 0,6 + AVC cab light J80 2
6 504 3 + AVC Rear work lights J71 B1 A4 --- --- ---
7 512 0,6 Front working lights controls J32 A3 A5 501 3 +APC J26 5
8 515 0,6 Rear working lights control J32 A7 A6 502 1 Front right working light J83 2
+ APC On-board A7 503 1 front left working light J72 2
9 529* 0,6 J32 B1
computer / backlight
10 507 0,6 Side light indicator J71 B4 B1 504 3 + AVC front working lights J26 6
11 528 1 + APC electric tool socket 82 B2 505 1 Rear right working light J84 2
12 524 1 Rear screen wiper controls J77 2 B3 506 1 Rear left working light J74 2
* On board computer B4 507 0,6 Side light indicator J26 10
B5 508 0,6 Front work light indicator J81 9
* On board computer B6 509 0,6 Rear work light indicator J79 9
Wire B7 --- --- ---
identifi 2 J32 Ending
cation
A1 510 0,6 Lamp J81 10
Wire
A2 511 0,6 Front working lights controls J81 1
Front working lights controls
identif 2
A3 512 0,6 J26 7 J72 Ending
A4 --- --- --- icatio
A5 513 0,6 Lamp J79 10 n
A6 514 0,6 Rear working lights control J79 1 1 M5C 1 LH work light earth E5A
A7 515 0,6 Rear working lights control J26 8 2 503 1 front left working light J71 A7

+ APC On-board
B1 529* 0,6 J26 9
computer / backlight
B2 530* 0,6 + APC On-board computer J82 8 Wire
B3 531* 0,6 +APC On-board computer J82 11 identif 2 J73 Ending
B4 --- --- --- icatio
B5 --- --- --- n
B6 --- --- --- 1 M5K 1,4 Rotating beacon earth E5A
2 500 1,4 Rotating beacon control P28 2

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.91


5 - Cab top harnes 5 - Cab top harnes

Wire Wire
identif 2 identif 2
J74 Ending J79 Ending
icatio icatio
n n
1 M5E 1 LH work light earth E5A 1 514 0,6 Rear work lights controls J32 A6
2 506 1 Rear left working light J71 B3 2 --- --- ---
3 --- --- ---
4 --- --- ---
5 M5G 0,6 Earth J33 B5
6 --- --- ---
7 --- --- ---
On board computer 8 --- --- ---
Wire
identif 9 509 0,6 Rear work light indicator J71 B6
2 J75 Ending 10 513 0,6 Lamp J32 A5
icatio
n
A 532 0,6 Outside air temperature probe J82 5
Outside air temperature probe Wire
B M5R 0,6 J33 B1
earth
identif 2 J80 Ending
icatio
n
1 M5N 0,6 Ceiling light earth E5A
2 519 0,6 + AVC cab light J71 A3
3 M5O 0,6 Ceiling light earth E5A

Wire
identif 2 J76 Ending Wire
icatio
identif 2
n J81 Ending
icatio
1 523 0,6 - Left loudspeaker JB 6
n
2 522 0,6 + LH loudspeaker JB 5
1 511 0,6 Front working lights controls J32 A2
2 --- --- ---
3 --- --- ---
4 --- --- ---
5 M5F 0,6 Earth J33 B3
6 --- --- ---
7 --- --- ---
8 --- --- ---

Wire 9 508 0,6 Front work light indicator J71 B5


identif 10 510 0,6 Lamp J32 A1
2 J77 Ending
icatio
n On board computer
1 M5L 1 Rear windscreen wiper earth J33 A5 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
Wire
2 524 1 Rear screen wiper controls J26 12 531 M5P 530 532 535 533 534
identif 2
3 525 0,6 Rear windscreen wiper control P28 1 J82 Ending
icatio
n
1 534 0,6 Speed TA P28 4

14
2 533 0,6 Events counter 140

13
12
3 --- --- ---

11
D+ on-board computer

10
4 535 0,6 P28 3

9
5 532 0,6 Outside air temperature probe J75 A

8
7
Wire 6 --- --- ---

6
5
identif 7 --- --- ---
2

4
J78 Ending 8 530 0,6 + APC On-board computer J32 B2

3
icatio

2
n 9 --- --- ---

1
10 M5P 0,6 On-board computer earth J33 A1
1 521 0,6 - Right loudspeaker JB 4
11 531 0,6 +APC On-board computer J32 B3
2 520 0,6 + RH loudspeaker JB 3
12 --- --- ---
13 --- --- ---
14 --- --- ---

F.92 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


5 - Cab top harnes

Wire
identif 2 J83 Ending
icatio
n
1 M5B 1 RH work light earth E5A
2 502 1 Front right working light J71 A6

Wire
identif 2 J84 Ending
icatio
n
1 M5B 1 RH work light earth E5A
2 505 1 Rear right working light J71 B2

Wire
identif 2 P28 Ending
icatio
n 7 534 525 1
1 525 0,6 Rear windscreen wiper control J77 3
8 500 2
2 500 1,4 Rotating beacon control J73 2
3 535* 0,6 D+ on-board computer J82 4 9 536 535 3
4 534* 0,6 Speed TA J82 1 537 1
5 --- --- --- 2
6 --- --- --- 3
7 --- --- ---
8 --- --- ---
9 536 1 LH dipped headlights J116 2
9 537 1 RH dipped headlights J117 2
* On board computer

Wire
identif 2 J116 Ending
icatio 2 1 2
n
1

536 M5S
1 M5S 1 LH dipped beam earth E5A
2 536 1 LH dipped headlights P28 9

Wire
identif 2 J117 Ending
icatio
2 1 2
n
1

1 M5T 1 RH dipped beam earth E5A 537 M5T


2 537 1 RH dipped headlights P28 9

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.93


7a - Transmission harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" 7a - Transmission harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT"

Connectors Designation
J54 TA speed sensor
J55 Forward drive solenoid valve
J56 Reverse solenoid valve
J57 Front axle solenoid valve
P50 202 J58 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve

J59 J59 ISC module speed sensor (REVERSHIFT)


J60 Front PTO solenoid valve
J69 Engine front harness connection
J89 Transmission oil temperature sensor
205
P50 Transmission control harness connection

8a

J50

P50

205 E7A

J54

J57
J58
213

J55
J56
J69
J89
102

3/1

J60
94

334F700

F.94 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


7a - Transmission harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" 7a - Transmission harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT"

Wire Wire
identif 2 identif
J54 Ending 2 J60 Ending
icatio icatio
n n
1 703 0,75 TA speed supply P50 3 A 711 0,75 Front power take-off control P50 11
2 704 0,75 TA speed signal P50 4 B M7H 0,75 Front PTO earth E7A
3 M7A 0,75 TA speed earth P50 25

Wire
identif 2
Wire J69 Ending
icatio
identif 2 n
J55 Ending
icatio A 712 1,4 + AVC engine calculator P50 12
n B 714 0,75 CAN L engine calculator P50 14
A 716 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve P50 16 C 715 0,75 CAN H engine calculator P50 15
B 717 0,75 Return forward drive solenoid valve P50 17 D 713 1,4 + APC engine calculator P50 13

Wire
identif 2 P50 Ending
icatio
Wire
n
identif 2 J56 Ending 1 701 0,75 Hydraulic pressure 102
icatio
2 702 0,75 Fuel level 202
n 3 703 0,75 TA speed supply J54 1
A 718 0,75 Reverse solenoid valve P50 18 4 704 0,75 TA speed signal J54 2
Return reverse drive solenoid 5 705 0,75 Gearbox engaged 205
B 719 0,75 P50 19
valve 6 706 0,75 Rear PTO clutch engaged 59
+ APC rear PTO clutch
7 707 0,75 59
engagement
4 704 703 702 701 1
8 708 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J57 1
9 709 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J58 1 9 709 708 707 706 705 5
10 710 0,75 Mini fuel 202 15 715 714 713 712 711 710 10
Wire
11 711 0,75 Front power take-off control J60 A
identif 2 + AVC engine calculator
22 722 721 720 719 718 717 716 16
J57 Ending 12 712* 1,4 J69 A
icatio 13 713* 1,4 + APC engine calculator J69 D 28 723 M7C M7B M7A 23
n 14 714* 0,75 CAN L engine calculator J69 B 33 29

1 708 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve P50 8 15 715* 0,75 CAN H engine calculator J69 C 37 34
2 M7F 0,75 Front axle EV earth E7A 16 716 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J55 A
Return forward drive solenoid
17 717 0,75 J55 B
valve
18 718 0,75 Reverse solenoid valve J56 A
Return reverse drive solenoid
19 719 0,75 J56 B
valve
Wire 20 720 0,75 Module speed ISC J59 1
identif 2 21 721 0,75 Module speed ISC 205
J58 Ending
icatio 22 722 0,75 Transmission temperature J89 1
n 23 --- --- ---
1 709 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve P50 9 24 --- --- ---
25 M7A 0,75 TA speed earth J54 3
2 M7G 0,75 EV hydraulic doubler earth E7A
26 M7B 0,75 Fuel level earth 202
27 M7C 1,4 Transmission earth E7A
28 723 0,75 Transmission temperature J89 2
29 --- --- ---
30 --- --- ---
Wire 31 --- --- ---
identif 2 2 32 --- --- ---
J59 Ending
icatio 33 --- --- ---
M7D 2 1 34 --- --- ---
n
35 --- --- ---
1 720 0,75 Module speed ISC P50 20 720 1 36 --- --- ---
2 M7D 0,75 Earth E7A 37 --- --- ---
* Electronic injection engine version

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.95


7a - Transmission harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT"

Wire
identif 2 J89 Ending
icatio 1 2
n
722 723
1 722 0,75 Transmission temperature P50 22
2 723 0,75 Transmission temperature P50 28

1
2

F.96 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


7b - Transmission harness, mechanical reverser with mechanical or hydraulic doubler 7b - Transmission harness, mechanical reverser with mechanical or hydraulic
doubler

Connectors Designation
J54 TA speed sensor
J57 Front axle solenoid valve

P50 J58* Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve


202
J60 Front PTO solenoid valve
J69 Engine front harness connection
P50 Transmission control harness connection
205 * Hydraulic doubler

8b

J50

P50

205 E7A

J54

J58 125
101
J69 J57
102

3/1

J60
94

334F701

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.97


7b - Transmission harness, mechanical reverser with mechanical or hydraulic 7b - Transmission harness, mechanical reverser with mechanical or hydraulic doubler
doubler
Wire
identif 2
Wire P50 Ending
icatio
identif 2 J54 Ending n
icatio
1 701 0,75 Hydraulic pressure 102
n
2 702 0,75 Fuel level 202
1 703 0,75 TA speed supply P50 3
3 703 0,75 TA speed supply J54 1
2 704 0,75 TA speed signal P50 4
4 704 0,75 TA speed signal J54 2
3 M7A 0,75 TA speed earth P50 25
5 705 0,75 Gearbox engaged 205
4 704 703 702 701 1
6 706 0,75 Rear PTO clutch engaged 59
+ APC rear PTO clutch 9 709 708 707 706 705 5
7 707 0,75 59
engagement 15 715 714 713 712 711 710 10
8 708 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J57 1 22 16
9 709* 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J58 1
28 M7C M7B M7A 23
Wire 10 710 0,75 Mini fuel 202
11 711 0,75 Front power take-off control J60 A 33 29
identif 2 J57 Ending 12 712** 1,4 + AVC engine calculator J69 A
icatio 37 34
13 713** 1,4 + APC engine calculator J69 D
n
14 714** 0,75 CAN L engine calculator J69 B
1 708 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve P50 8 15 715** 0,75 CAN H engine calculator J69 C
2 M7F 0,75 Front axle EV earth E7A 16 --- --- ---
17 --- --- ---
18 --- --- ---
19 --- --- ---
20 --- --- ---
21 --- --- ---
Hydraulic doubler 22 --- --- ---
23 --- --- ---
Wire 24 --- --- ---
identif 2 25 M7A 0,75 TA speed earth J54 3
J58 Ending
icatio 26 M7B 0,75 Fuel level earth 202
n 27 M7C 1,4 Transmission earth E7A
1 709 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve P50 9 28 --- --- ---
2 M7G 0,75 EV hydraulic doubler earth E7A 29 --- --- ---
30 --- --- ---
31 --- --- ---
32 --- --- ---
33 --- --- ---
34 --- --- ---
35 --- --- ---
Wire 36 --- --- ---
identif 2 37 --- --- ---
J60 Ending
icatio
* Hydraulic doubler
n
** Electronic injection engine version
A 711 0,75 Front power take-off control P50 11
B M7H 0,75 Front PTO earth E7A

Wire
identif 2 J69 Ending
icatio
n
A 712 1,4 + AVC engine calculator P50 12
B 714 0,75 CAN L engine calculator P50 14
C 715 0,75 CAN H engine calculator P50 15
D 713 1,4 + APC engine calculator P50 13

F.98 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


8a - Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" 8a - Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT"

9/2
Connectors Designation

P70
J1 Transmission electronic control unit
J97

J98

J70
J46
Cab bottom harness connection

J45
J29
J30 Cab bottom harness connection
J45 Front axle controls
J46 Front power take-off control
220

J47 CAN network socket and diagnostic socket


J49

J48 Interconnection panel


J49 Range and declutching control SR (REVERSHIFT)
J50 Transmission harness connection

J50
J51 Shunt base
J70 Electrohydraulic spool valve (DEH) control harness connection
J85 Shunt base
J97 Control
J98 Mowing control

J49
J1

170
0,1

J30
J29

7a
110
E0A

J85
J51

P50
J50
J48
J47

334F800M

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.99


8a - Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" 8a - Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT"
Wire 28
identif 2 14 42
J1 Ending M8E
icatio 874 838
Wire
n 822 identif
1 833 0,75 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9 13 870 41
2 J30 Ending
821
icatio 1 820 826 830 10
2 873 0,6 Ref. + potentiometer engaged J30 12
12 825 839 40 n
3 813 0,75 Return reverse drive solenoid valve J50 19 2 821 827 872 11
4 811 0,75 Return forward drive solenoid valve J50 17 11 840 39 1 820 0,75 Engine speed J1 36
5 810 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J50 16 2 821 0,75 DRIVETRONIC defect J1 26 3 825 823 833 873 12
10 809
824 868
814 38
6 812 0,75 Reverse solenoid valve J50 18 3 825 0,75 Buzzer control J1 12
7 --- --- --- 9 819 37 4 826 0,75 Forward drive control J1 16
8 --- --- --- 8 827 0,75 Reverse drive control J1 20
8 820 36
9 --- --- --- 869 6 823 0,75 Neutral control J1 19
10 809 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J50 9 7 35 6 824 0,6 Controls declutch ISC J49 A5
11 --- --- --- 827 7 830 0,75 Clutch potent. cursor J1 34
6 812 830 34
12 825 0,75 Buzzer control J30 3 823 8 --- --- ---
10
13 --- --- --- 5 810 800 33 9 833 0,75 +APC solenoid valve supply J1 1
14 874 1 + APC Drivetronic J51 B3 836 11
4 811 835 32
9 868 0,6 BOC J1 30
15 M8F 1,5 DRIVETRONIC earth J51 B6 805 10 --- --- --- 12
16 826 0,75 Forward drive control J30 4 3 813 875 31 11 872 0,6 Ref. - potentiometer engaged E8A
17 805 0,75 Gearbox engaged J50 5 826
12 873 0,6 Ref. + potentiometer engaged J1 2
18 836 0,75 Control - Ranges J49 A4 2 873 868 30

19 823 0,75 Neutral control J30 6 M8F


833 837
20 827 0,75 Reverse drive control J30 5 15
21 869 0,6 Transmission temperature J50 22 1 29
22 --- --- ---
23 --- --- ---
24 --- --- ---
25 --- --- ---
26 821 0,75 DRIVETRONIC defect J30 2
27 822 0,75 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13 Wire
28 M8E 1 Clutch output sensor grounding J51 B7 identif
29 837 1,5 + AVC DRIVETRONIC J48 2
2 J45 Ending
icatio
30 868 0,6 BOC J30 9 n
31 875 0,75 Mowing control J98 1
32 835 0,75 Control + Ranges J49 A2 1 816 0,6 + APC front axle control J48 10
33 800 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J29 2 2 --- --- ---
34 830 0,75 Clutch potentiometer cursor J30 7 3 --- --- ---
35 --- --- --- 4 --- --- ---
36 820 0,75 Engine speed J30 1 5 817 0,6 Front axle controls J29 12
37 819 0,75 Speed TA J29 5 6 --- --- ---
38 814 0,75 ISC module speed (revershift) J50 20 7 --- --- ---
39 840 0,75 CAN L J85 B2 8 --- --- ---
40 839 0,75 CAN H J85 A6
41 870 0,6 Ref. - E8A
42 838 1,5 + APC Drivetronic J51 A2

Wire
identif 2 J29 Ending
icatio
n Wire
1 847 0,6 Fuel low level warning J50 10 identif 2 J46 Ending
2 800 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J1 33 icatio
2 801 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J50 1 n
3 802 0,6 Fuel level J50 2 1 849 0,6 Front PTO EV controls J50 11
4 803 0,6 TA speed supply J50 3 1 850 0,6 Front PTO warning light J29 11
5 804 0,6 Speed TA J50 4
2 --- --- ---
5 819 0,75 Speed TA J1 37
3 --- --- ---
7 806 0,6 Rear PTO clutch engagement lever J50 6
4 --- --- ---
8 808 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J50 8
5 848 0,6 + APC PDF front controls J48 9
9 863 0,6 Line K J85 B4
6 --- --- ---
10 864 0,6 Line L J85 A1
11 850 0,6 Front PTO warning light J46 1 7 --- --- ---
12 817 0,6 Front axle controls J45 5 8 --- --- ---
13 822 0,75 Hydraulic doubler warning light J1 27
16 M8C 0,6 Fuel level earth J50 26
17 M8H 0,6 TA speed earth J50 25
18 --- --- ---

F.100 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


8a - Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" 8a - Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT"

Wire
Wire
9 867 861 842 16 identif 2
identif 2 J50 Ending
J47 Ending icatio
icatio 1 8
M8G 866 860 n
n
1 801 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J29 2
1 --- --- --- 2 802 0,6 Fuel level J29 3
2 --- --- --- 3 803 0,6 TA speed supply J29 4
3 --- --- --- 4 804 0,6 Speed TA J29 5
4 --- --- --- 5 805 0,75 Gearbox engaged J1 17
5 M8G 1 Diagnostic socket earth J51 B5 Rear PTO clutch engagement
6 806 0,6 J29 7
6 866 1 CAN H J85 A5 switch
7 860 0,6 Line K J85 B7 + APC rear PTO clutch
7 807 0,6 J51 A1
8 --- --- --- engagement switch
9 --- --- --- 8 808 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J29 8
10 --- --- --- 9 809 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J1 10
11 --- --- --- 10 847 0,6 Fuel low level warning J29 1
11 849 0,6 Front PTO EV controls J46 1
12 --- --- ---
12 851* 1,5 + AVC engine calculator J48 1
13 --- --- ---
13 852* 1,5 + APC engine calculator J48 11
14 867 1 CAN L J85 B1
14 853* 0,6 CAN L engine calculator J85 B3
15 861 0,6 Line L J85 A2 15 854* 0,6 CAN H engine calculator J85 A7
16 842 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J51 A3 16 810 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J1 5
Return forward drive solenoid 1 801 802 803 804 4
17 811 0,75 J1 4
valve
18 812 0,75 Reverse solenoid valve J1 6 5 805 806 807 808 809 9
Return reverse drive solenoid 10 847 849 851 852 853 854 15
11 9 7 5 3 1 19 813 0,75 J1 3
valve
852 848 880 858 857 851 20 814 0,75 ISC module speed (revershift) J1 38 16 810 811 812 813 814 815 869 22
Wire 21 815 0,75 +APC J51 B3 23 M8H M8C M8B 871 28
identif 845 816 856 855 837
2 22 869 0,6 Transmission temperature J1 21
J48 Ending 29 33
icatio 12 10 8 6 4 2 23 --- --- ---
n 24 --- --- --- 34 37
25 M8H 0,6 TA speed earth J29 17
1 851* 1,5 + AVC engine calculator J50 12
26 M8C 0,6 Fuel level earth J29 16
11

2 837 1,5 + AVC DRIVETRONIC J1 29


27 M8B 1,5 Transmission earth J51 A6
9

3 857 0,6 Transport mode K line J85 B5 backlight


7
5 28 871 0,6 E8A
4 --- --- --- 29 --- --- ---
3
5 858 0,6 Transport mode indicator J70 3 30 --- --- ---
6 855 0,6 D+ electro-hydraulic lifting J70 1 1
31 --- --- ---
7 880 1,5 + APC loader J97 A 32 --- --- ---
8 856 1 + APC electro-hydraulic lifting J70 2 33 --- --- ---
9 848 0,6 + APC PDF front controls J46 5 34 --- --- ---
10 816 0,6 + APC front axle control J45 1 35 --- --- ---
11 852 1,5 + APC engine calculator J50 13 36 --- --- ---
12 845 1,5 + APC transmission control J51 B1 37 --- --- ---
* Electronic injection engine version
* Electronic injection engine version 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wire
identif A
2 J51 Ending
icatio B
Wire n
identif 2 J49 Ending 1 2 3 4 5 + APC rear PTO clutch
icatio A1 807 0,6
engagement switch
J50 7
n A 835 836 824
A2 838 1,5 + APC Drivetronic J1 42

1
A1 --- --- --- A3 842 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J47 16

2
B 846 A

3
A2 835 0,75 Control + Ranges J1 32 A4 --- --- ---
A5 M8A 1,5 Transmission control earth E0A B

5
A3 --- --- ---

6
Control - Ranges A6 M8B 1,5 Transmission earth J50 27

7
A4 836 0,75 J1 18
A5 824 0,6 Controls declutch ISC J30 6 A7 --- --- ---
1

A B1 845 1,5 + APC transmission control J48 12


2

B2 846 0,6 + APC range controls J49 B3


B1 --- --- ---
4

B B2 877 0,75 + APC mowing control J98 5


5

B2 --- --- ---


B3 815 0,75 +APC J50 21 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B3 846 0,6 + APC range controls J51 B2 B3 874 1 + APC Drivetronic J1 14
B4 --- --- --- A 807 838 842 M8A M8B
B4 M8I 1 Ground of electrohydraulic lifting J70 9
B5 --- --- --- Diagnostic socket earth
B5 M8G 1 J47 5 B 845 846 815 M8I M8G M8F M8E
B6 M8F 1,5 DRIVETRONIC earth J1 15 877 874 M8J
B7 M8E 1 Clutch output sensor grounding J1 28
B7 M8J 0,75 Mowing display grounding J98 10

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.101


8a - Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT"

Wire
identif 2 J70 Ending
icatio
n
1 855 0,6 D+ electro-hydraulic lifting J48 6
2 856 1 + APC electro-hydraulic lifting J48 8
3 858 0,6 Transport mode indicator J48 5
4 859 0,6 Line K J85 B6
5 862 0,6 Line L J85 A3
6 --- --- ---
7 --- --- ---
8 --- --- ---
9 M8I 1 Ground of electrohydraulic lifting J51 B4

Wire 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
identif 2 J85 Ending A
icatio
n B

A1 864 0,6 Line L J29 10


A2 861 1 Line L J47 15
A3 862 0,6 Line L J70 5

1
A4 --- --- ---

2
A

3
A5 866 1 CAN H J47 6
B

5
A6 839 0,75 CAN H J1 40

6
7
A7 854* 0,6 CAN H engine calculator J50 15

B1 867 1 CAN L J47 14


B2 840 0,75 CAN L J1 39
B3 853* 0,6 CAN L engine calculator J50 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B4 863 0,6 Line K J29 9 A 864 861 862 866 839 854
B5 857 0,6 Transport mode K line J48 3
B 867 840 853 863 857 859 860
B6 859 0,6 Line K J70 4
B7 860 1 Line K J47 7
* Electronic injection engine version

Wire
identif 2 J97 Ending
icatio A B
n 880 M8K
A 880 1,5 + APC loader J48 7
B M8K 1,5 Earth E0A

Wire
identif 2 J98 Ending
icatio 2 4 6 8
n
2
4

1 875 0,75 Mowing control J1 31


6

875 877
8

1 876 0,75 Lamp J98 9 876


2 --- --- --- 1 3 5 7
3 --- --- ---
4 --- --- ---
5 877 0,75 + APC mowing control J51 B2
6 --- --- ---
7 --- --- --- 9 10 9
10

8 --- --- --- 876 M8J


9 876 0,75 Lamp J98 1
10 M8J 0,75 Mowing display grounding J51 B7

F.102 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or hydraulic 8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or
doubler / Electro-hydraulic lift hydraulic doubler / Electro-hydraulic lift

9/2
Connectors Designation

P70
J97
J29 Cab bottom harness connection

J70
J46
J45
J45 Front axle controls
J46 Front power take-off control
J47 CAN network socket and diagnostic socket
J48 Interconnection panel
220

J49 Range control*


J49

J50 Transmission harness connection


J51 Shunt base
J52* Doubler relay

J50
J53* Doubler relay
J70** Electrohydraulic spool valve (DEH) control harness connection
J85** Shunt base
J97 Control
* Hydraulic doubler
** version with electro-hydraulic control

J49
0,1

59
J52
J29

7b
J53
110
E0A

J85
J51

P50
J50
J48
J47

334F801

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.103


8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or 8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or hydraulic
hydraulic doubler / Electro-hydraulic lift doubler / Electro-hydraulic lift

Wire
Wire version with mechanical linkage identif 2 J46 Ending
identif 2 icatio
J29 Ending
icatio n
n 1 814 0,6 Front PTO EV controls J50 11
1 800 0,6 Fuel low level warning J50 10 2 815 0,6 Front PTO warning light J29 11
2 801 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J50 1 2 --- --- ---
3 802 0,6 Fuel level J50 2 3 --- --- ---
4 803 0,6 TA speed supply J50 3 4 --- --- ---
5 804 0,6 Speed TA J50 4 5 813 0,6 + APC PDF front controls J48 9
6 805 0,6 Gearbox engaged J50 5 6 --- --- ---
7 806 0,6 PTO engaged J50 6 7 --- --- ---
7 820 0,6 PTO engaged 59 8 --- --- ---
8 808 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J50 8
9 810 1 Line K J47 7
10 811 1 Line L J47 15 version with mechanical linkage
11 815 0,6 Front PTO warning light J46 1
Wire 9 823 811 809 16
12 817 0,6 Front axle controls J45 5
13 838* 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J53 2 identif 2 1 8
J47 Ending M8F 824 810
14 --- --- --- icatio
15 --- --- --- n
16 M8C 0,6 Fuel level earth J50 24 1 --- --- ---
17 M8D 0,6 TA speed earth J50 25 2 --- --- ---
18 --- --- --- 3 --- --- ---
* Hydraulic doubler version with electro-hydraulic control 4 --- --- ---
5 M8F* 1 Diagnostic socket earth J51 B1
Wire 6 824* 1 CAN H engine calculator J50 15
identif 2 7 810* 1 Line K J29 9
J29 Ending
icatio 8 --- --- ---
n 9 --- --- ---
10 --- --- ---
1 800 0,6 Fuel low level warning J50 10
11 --- --- ---
2 801 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J50 1
12 --- --- ---
3 802 0,6 Fuel level J50 2
13 --- --- ---
4 803 0,6 TA speed supply J50 3
14 823* 1 CAN L engine calculator J50 14
5 804 0,6 Speed TA J50 4
15 811* 1 Line L J29 10
6 805 0,6 Gearbox engaged J50 5
16 809* 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J51 A6
7 806 0,6 PTO engaged J50 6
7 820 0,6 PTO engaged 59 * Hydraulic doubler
8 808 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J50 8
9 833 0,6 Line K J85 B4
10 834 0,6 Line L J85 A1 version with electro-hydraulic control
11 815 0,6 Front PTO warning light J46 1 Wire
12 817 0,6 Front axle controls J45 7
identif 2
13 838* 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J53 2 J47 Ending
14 --- --- ---
icatio 9 823 831 809 16
15 --- --- --- n
1 M8F 824 830 8
16 M8C 0,6 Fuel level earth J50 26 1 --- --- ---
17 M8D 0,6 TA speed earth J50 25 2 --- --- ---
18 --- --- --- 3 --- --- ---
* Hydraulic doubler 4 --- --- ---
5 M8F* 1 Diagnostic socket earth J51 B1
Wire 6 824* 1 CAN H engine calculator J50 15
identif 2 7 830* 1 Line K J85 B7
J45 Ending
icatio 8 --- --- ---
n 9 --- --- ---
10 --- --- ---
1 816 0,6 + APC front axle control J48 10
11 --- --- ---
2 --- --- ---
12 --- --- ---
3 --- --- ---
13 --- --- ---
4 --- --- ---
14 823* 1 CAN L engine calculator J50 14
5 817 0,6 Front axle controls J29 12
15 831* 1 Line L J85 A2
6 --- --- ---
16 809* 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J51 A6
7 817** 0,6 Front axle controls J29 12
8 --- --- --- * Hydraulic doubler
** Version with electro-hydraulic control

F.104 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or hydraulic 8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or
doubler / Electro-hydraulic lift hydraulic doubler / Electro-hydraulic lift

Wire Wire
identif 2 identif 2
J48 Ending J50 Ending
icatio 11 9 7 5 3 1
icatio
n 822 813 880 828 827 821 n
1 821*** 1,5 + AVC engine calculator J50 12 1 801 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J29 2
812 816 826 825
2 --- --- --- 2 802 0,6 Fuel level J29 3
3 827** 0,6 Transport mode K line J85 B5 12 10 8 6 4 2
3 803 0,6 TA speed supply J29 4
4 --- --- --- 4 804 0,6 Speed TA J29 5
5 828** 0,6 Transport mode indicator J70 3 5 805 0,75 Gearbox engaged J29 6
6 825** 0,6 D+ electro-hydraulic lifting J70 1 Rear PTO clutch engagement

11
+ APC loader 6 806 0,6 J29 7
7 880 1,5 J97 A switch

9
7
8 826** 1 + APC electro-hydraulic lifting J70 2 + APC rear PTO clutch

5
7 807 0,6 J51 A1
9 813 0,6 + APC PDF front controls J46 5 engagement switch

3
1
10 816 0,6 + APC front axle control J45 1 + APC rear PTO clutch
7 807* 0,6 J51 A5
11 822*** 1,5 + APC engine calculator J50 13 engagement switch
12 812 1 + APC transmission control J51 A3 8 808 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J29 8
12 812* 1 + APC transmission control J51 A7 9 839* 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J53 4
* Hydraulic doubler 10 800 0,6 Fuel low level warning J29 1
** Version with electro-hydraulic control 11 814 0,6 Front PTO EV controls J46 1
*** Electronic injection engine version 12 821** 1,5 + AVC engine calculator J48 1
13 822** 1,5 + APC engine calculator J48 11
14 823** 1 CAN L engine calculator J47 14
15 824** 1 CAN H engine calculator J47 6
16 --- --- ---
17 --- --- --- 1 801 802 803 804 4
18 --- --- --- 5 805 806 807 808 839 9
19 --- --- ---
20 --- --- --- 10 800 814 821 822 823 824 15
Hydraulic doubler
21 --- --- --- 16 22
Wire 22 --- --- --- 23 M8D M8C M8B 28
identif 2 J49 Ending 23 --- --- ---
icatio 24 --- --- ---
29 33
n 25 M8D 0,6 TA speed earth J29 17 34 37
A1 --- --- --- 26 M8C 0,6 Fuel level earth J29 16
A2 836 0,6 Control + Ranges J53 5 27 M8B 1 Transmission earth J51 A6
A3 --- --- --- 27 M8B* 1 Transmission earth J51 A2
A4 837 0,6 Control - Ranges J52 1 28 --- --- ---
A5 --- --- --- 29 --- --- ---
30 --- --- ---
B1 --- --- --- 31 --- --- ---
B2 --- --- --- 32 --- --- ---
B3 835 0,6 + APC range controls J51 B5 33 --- --- ---
B4 --- --- --- 34 --- --- ---
B5 --- --- --- 35 --- --- ---
36 --- --- ---
37 --- --- ---
* Hydraulic doubler
** Electronic injection engine version

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.105


8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or 8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or hydraulic
hydraulic doubler / Electro-hydraulic lift doubler / Electro-hydraulic lift
version with mechanical linkage Hydraulic doubler
Wire Wire
identif 2 identif 2
J51 Ending J53 Ending
icatio icatio
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
n n
+ APC rear PTO clutch A 1 --- --- ---
A1 807 0,6 J50 7
engagement switch 2 838 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13
A2 809 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J47 16 B 3 842 0,6 Relay J52 3
A3 812 1 + APC transmission control J48 12 4 839 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J50 9
A4 --- --- --- 5 836 0,6 Control + Ranges J49 A2
A5 M8A 3 Transmission control earth E0A 6 M8H 0,6 Relay earth J51 B3
A6 M8B 1 Transmission earth J50 27 7 841 0,75 + APC relay J51 B7

1
Earth

2
A7 M8K 1,5 J97 B A

3
+ APC rear PTO clutch B

5
6
B1 819 0,6 59
engagement switch

7
B2 --- --- ---
B3 --- --- ---
B4 M8I** 1 Ground of electrohydraulic lifting J70 9
B5 --- --- ---
B6 --- --- --- 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Version with electro-hydraulic control
B7 M8F 1 Diagnostic socket earth J47 5 A 807 809 812 M8A M8B M8K Wire
** Version with electro-hydraulic control identif 2
B 819 M8I M8F J70 Ending
icatio
n
1 825 0,6 D+ electro-hydraulic lifting J48 6
2 826 1 + APC electro-hydraulic lifting J48 8
Hydraulic doubler 3 828 0,6 Transport mode indicator J48 5
4 829 0,6 Line K J85 B6
Wire 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 5 832 0,6 Line L J85 A3
identif 2 J51 Ending 6 --- --- ---
icatio A
7 --- --- ---
n
B 8 --- --- ---
A1 M8A 3 Transmission control earth E0A 9 M8I 1 Ground of electrohydraulic lifting J51 B4
A2 M8B 1 Transmission earth J50 23 9 M8I* 1 Ground of electrohydraulic lifting J51 A3
A3 M8I** 1 Ground of electrohydraulic lifting J70 9
A3 M8K 1,5 Earth J97 B * Hydraulic doubler
1

A4 --- --- ---


2

+ APC rear PTO clutch A


3

A5 807 0,6 J50 7


engagement switch
B
5

Diagnostic socket power supply


6

A6 809 1 J47 16
7

A7 812 1 + APC transmission control J48 12 Version with electro-hydraulic control


B1 M8F 1 Diagnostic socket earth J47 5 Wire
B2 M8G 0,6 Relay 100 earth J52 2 identif 2 J85 Ending
B3 M8H 0,6 Relay 101 earth J53 6 icatio
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
+ APC rear PTO clutch n
B4 819 0,6 59 A M8A M8B
M8I
engagement switch 807 809 812
M8K A1 834 0,6 Line L J29 10
B5 835 0,6 + APC range controls J49 B3 A2 831 1 Line L J47 15
B M8F M8G M8H 819 835 840 841
B6 840 0,6 + APC relay 100 J52 4 A3 832 0,6 Line L J70 5
B7 841 0,75 + APC relay 101 J53 7 A4 --- --- ---
** Version with electro-hydraulic control A5 --- --- ---
A6 --- --- ---
A7 --- --- ---
Hydraulic doubler
Wire B1 --- --- ---
identif 2 B2 --- --- ---
J52 Ending
icatio B3 --- --- ---
n B4 833 0,6 Line K J29 9
1 837 0,6 Control - Ranges J49 A4 B5 827 0,6 Transport mode K / V line J48 3
2 M8G 0,6 Relay earth J51 B2 B6 829 0,6 Line K J70 4
3 842 0,6 Relay J53 3 B7 830 1 Line K J47 7
4 840 0,6 + APC relay J51 B6
5 --- --- ---

F.106 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or hydraulic
doubler / Electro-hydraulic lift

Wire
identif 2 J97 Ending
icatio
n A B
A 880 1,5 + APC loader J48 7
880 M8K
B M8K 1,5 Earth J51 A7
B M8K* 1,5 Earth J51 A3
B M8K** 1,5 Earth E0A
* Hydraulic doubler
** Hydraulic doubler + Electro-hydraulic lift

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.107


9/1 - Ground of electrohydraulic lifting command harness 9/1 - Ground of electrohydraulic lifting command harness

J106
Connectors Designation
Front lift harness connection

P70
J70
J101

8
J102 Shunt base

J101
J103 Shunt base

P70
J70
J104 Shunt base

J105
J105 Lift calculator
J106 Control box for electro-hydraulic linkage
J107 Left up command
J108 Left down command

191
J104

J109 Right up command


J110 Right down command
P70 Transmission control harness connection
J103

J109
182

J102
J106

J110
9/2
J101

P101
J108

334F910
J107

F.108 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


9/1 - Ground of electrohydraulic lifting command harness 9/1 - Ground of electrohydraulic lifting command harness

Wire Wire
identif 2 identif
J101 Ending 2 Ending
icatio icatio
J104
n n
1 927 0,75 Stress signal J104 A3
A1 925 0,75 + VREF sensors J105 13
2 931 0,75 Stress signal J105 17
A2 926 0,75 Position signal J101 12
3 930 0,75 Stress signal J104 A7
A3 927 0,75 Stress signal J101 1
4 --- --- ---
5 937 0,75 Down valve control J104 B7 A4 --- --- ---
6 940 0,75 Down valve return J103 B3 A5 928 0,75 - VREF sensors J105 15
7 --- --- --- A6 929 0,75 Position signal J101 14
8 --- --- --- A7 930 0,75 Stress signal J101 3
9 934 0,75 Up valve control J104 B3 --- --- ---
10 939* 0,75 Up valve return J103 B2 B1 932 0,75 Up valve control J105 2
11 --- --- --- B2 933 0,75 Up leds control J106 12
12 926 0,75 Position signal J104 A2 B3 934 0,75 Up valve control J101 9
13 924 0,75 Position signal J105 19 B4 --- --- ---
14 929 0,75 Position signal J104 A6 B5 935 0,75 Down valve control J105 14
B6 936 0,75 Down leds control J106 11
B7 937 0,75 Down valve control J101 5

Wire
identif 2 J102 Ending
icatio
n
A1 904 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J105 12
A2 905 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J106 4
A3 914 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J110 B Wire
A4 --- --- --- identif 2 J105 Ending
A5 --- --- --- icatio
A6 --- --- --- n
A7 --- --- ---
Ground of electrohydraulic lifting
1 M9B 0,75 J103 B5
command harness
B1 915 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J109 B
2 932 0,75 Up valve control J104 B1
B2 916 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J107 B
3 903 0,75 + VREF (1,6 V) J106 6
B3 917 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J108 B
B4 --- --- --- 4 906 0,75 Mixed J106 2
B5 --- --- --- 5 902 0,75 D+ alternator P70 1
B6 --- --- --- 6 938 0,75 Valves return J103 B1
B7 --- --- --- 7 922 0,75 Line L P70 5
8 918 0,75 Selector J106 9
9 919 0,75 Diagnostic indicator J106 14
10 900 0,75 Up control J103 A1
Wire 11 920 0,75 Line K P70 4
identif 12 904 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J102 A1
2 J103 Ending 13 925 0,75 + VREF sensors J104 A1
icatio
n 14 935 0,75 Down valve control J104 B5
15 928 0,75 - VREF sensors J104 A5
A1 900 0,75 Up control J105 10
16 909 0,75 Depth setpoint J106 7
A2 910 0,75 Up control J109 A
17 931 0,75 Stress signal J101 2
A3 911 0,75 Up control J107 A
18 --- --- ---
A4 --- --- ---
19 924 0,75 Position signal J101 13
A5 901 0,75 Down control J105 20
20 901 0,75 Down control J103 A5
A6 912 0,75 Down control J110 A
21 923 0,75 Transport mode control J106 1
A7 913 0,75 Down control J108 A
22 908 0,75 Upper limit J106 13
23 --- --- ---
B1 938 0,75 Valves return J105 6
24 907 0,75 Lowering speed J106 10
B2 939 0,75 Up valve return J101 10
25 941 0,75 + APC electro-hydraulic lifting P70 2
B3 940 0,75 Down valve return J101 6
Ground of electrohydraulic lifting
B4 M9A 0,75 P70 9
command harness
Ground of electrohydraulic lifting
B5 M9B 0,75 J105 1
command harness
Electrohydraulic spool valve control
B6 M9C 0,75 J106 15
unit
B7 M9D 0,75 Earth 182

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.109


9/1 - Ground of electrohydraulic lifting command harness 9/1 - Ground of electrohydraulic lifting command harness

Wire Wire
identif 2 1
identif
icatio
J106 Ending 12 2 2 P70 Ending
923 icatio
n 11
933 906
3 n
14
1 923 0,75 Transport mode control J105 21 936 908 919 921 1 902 0,75 J105 21
2 906 0,75 Mixed J105 4 13
16 15 2 941 0,75 J105 4
7 920 902 1
4
3 921 0,75 Transport mode indicator P70 3 10 907 905
M9C 3 921 0,75 Transport mode indicator J106 3 8 922 941 2
4 905 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J102 A2
918 17 4 920 0,75 J102 A2
5 --- --- --- 9 5 9 M9A 921 3
5 922 0,75
6 903 0,75 + VREF (1,6 V) J105 3 903 1
909 6 --- --- ---
7 909 0,75 Depth setpoint J105 16 8 6 2
7 --- --- ---
8 --- --- --- 7
3
9 918 0,75 Selector J105 8 8 --- --- ---
10 907 0,75 Lowering speed J105 24 9 M9A 0,75 J105 8
11 936 0,75 Down leds control J104 B6
12 933 0,75 Up leds control J104 B2
13 908 0,75 Upper limit J105 22
14 919 0,75 Diagnostic indicator J105 9
15 M9C 0,75 REH ctrl elec. unit earth J103 B6
16 --- --- ---
17 --- --- ---
18 --- --- ---

Wire
identif 2 J107 Ending
icatio C B A
n 916 911 C
B
A 911 0,75 Up control J103 A3 A

B 916 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J102 B2


C --- --- ---

Wire
identif 2 J108 Ending
icatio C B A
n
917 913 C
A 913 0,75 Down control J103 A7 B
A
B 917 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J102 B3
C --- --- ---

Wire
identif 2 J109 Ending
icatio
C B A
n
915 910 C
A 910 0,75 Up control J103 A2 B
A
B 915 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J102 B1
C --- --- ---

Wire
identif 2 J110 Ending
icatio
n C B A

A 912 0,75 Down control J103 A6 914 912 C


B
A
B 914 0,75 + VREF (9,5 V) J102 A3
C --- --- ---

F.110 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


9/2 - Ground of front electrohydraulic lifting 9/2 - Ground of front electrohydraulic lifting

Connectors Designation
J111 Lift valve
J112 Lowering valve
J113 Position sensor
J114 Load sensor
P101 Front lift harness connection

J111
J112
J113

J114
9/1

P101
J101

334F920

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.111


9/2 - Ground of front electrohydraulic lifting

Wire
identif 2 J111 Ending
icatio 1 2
n 965 966
1 965 0,75 Up valve control P101 9

1
2 966 0,75 Up valve return P101 10

2
Wire
identif 2 J112 Ending
icatio
n
1 2
1 963 0,75 Down valve control P101 5
963 964
2 964 0,75 Down valve return P101 6

1
2
Wire
identif 2 J113 Ending
icatio
n
1 969 0,75 Position signal P101 14
1 2 3
2 968 0,75 Position signal P101 13
3 967 0,75 Position signal P101 12 969 968 967
1
2
3

Wire
identif 2 J114 Ending
icatio
n
1 2 3
1 962 0,75 Stress signal P101 3
962 961 960
2 961 0,75 Stress signal P101 2
1
3 960 0,75 Stress signal P101 1 2
3

Wire
identif 2 P101 Ending
icatio
n 1 960 961 962 3

1 960 0,75 Stress signal J114 3 4 963 964 7


2 961 0,75 Stress signal J114 2
8 965 966 11
3 962 0,75 Stress signal J114 1
4 --- --- --- 12 967 968 969 14
5 963 0,75 Down valve control J112 1
6 964 0,75 Down valve return J112 2
7 --- --- ---
8 --- --- ---
9 965 0,75 Up valve control J111 1
10 966 0,75 Up valve return J111 2
11 --- --- ---
12 967 0,75 Position signal J113 3
13 968 0,75 Position signal J113 2
14 969 0,75 Position signal J113 1

F.112 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.113
TOOLS

F.114 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1


Electricity tools Electricity tools

60 05 006 703 6703 60 05 006 704 6704 77 00 065 236 5236

607msm01 607msm02
607msm06

Crimping pliers Pin extractor Extractor for relay panel switches and interconnections

60 05 006 707 6707 60 05 006 744 6744

607msm03 607msm04

Ammeter pliers (a.c. and d.c.) 0 to 2 A - 0 to 200 A Multimeter (except temperature)

60 05 006 758 6758 77 00 065 236 5236

607msm05 607msm07

Extractor to unlock clips and tabs of MIC type Extractor to unlock terminals on control panel switches

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1 F.115


F.116 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 1
ELECTRICAL SERVICES

Chapter F

Celtis Edition 09.2007


Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
GENERAL CONTENTS Aid to using the MR - Electricity Chapter
Search from the schematic diagram by function
Facing the schematic diagrams are some connectors that provide additional help in understanding the diagram.
ITEM LIST........................................................................................................................................................................................... F.2 Search from a wire number
WIRING AND GENERAL LISTS......................................................................................................................................................... F.3 Example: 300
SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ACCORDING TO FUNCTIONS ............................................................................................................... F.5 Refer to the plate "Wiring and general list", find in the figures in brackets : the example corresponds to the harness 3/1.
CONNECTOR AND HARNESS TRACKING .................................................................................................................................... F.45 Once the connector is identified, go to the chapter "Harness path and connectors" for the identification of the wire.
With this designation, refer to the corresponding function diagram or use the name of the connector.

TOOLS Search from a connector identified by the wiring path


With the designation of the wire, refer to the corresponding function diagram or use the name of the connector.
ELECTRICITY TOOLS ..................................................................................................................................................................... F.73 IMPORTANT: Some diagrams by function represent the versions with a maximum of options.
Wire markers may differ from one option to another or from one variant to another.
Refer to the chapter "Harness path and connectors" for the exact validity of the wire markers according to options.

Colour legend Abbreviations

MR = Brown +AVC = Constant source


BU = Blue +APC = Ignition source
NO = Black MINI = small fuse
RG = Red 4 RM = 4 wheel drive
VE = Green Cde = Controls
GR = Grey Tdb = Instrument panel/dashboard
BC = White ATO = standard fuse
VI = Purple 2 RM = 2 wheel drive
JA = Yellow

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
ITEM LIST
WIRING AND GENERAL LISTS

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.1


Item list
1 Rotating beacon. 188 Reverser control (ISC).
2a RH dipped headlights. 189 ISC clutch release switch.
2b RH headlight. 192 Forward drive solenoid valve.
3a LH dipped headlights.
193 Reverse solenoid valve.
3b LH headlight.
196 PTO safety shunt switch.
4 RH front side light.
197 Accelerator control potentiometer.
5 LH front side light.
8 Outside RH rear work light. 200 Engine oil pressure switch.
10 RH rear side light. 201 Engine water temperature thermistor.
11 LH rear side light. 202 Fuel gauge.
12 Number plate light. 203 Left and right brake pedal contact.
24 Engine computer. 204 Handbrake switch.
25 Injection stop solenoid valve.
205 Starting up safety engaged speed contact (BV).
27 Reverser module speed sensor.
206 Air filter clogging valve.
30 Battery.
226 Preheating spark plug relay.
31 Alternator.
234 Front axle solenoid valve switch.
32 Starter.
244 Instrument panel display selection.
34 Preheating sparking plugs.
262 Diagnostic plug.
37 Tractor advance speed sensor (transmission).
270 Air brake solenoid valve.
40 Front power take-off switch.
315 Switch Control Mowing.
46 Rear work light switch.
405 Air temperature sensor.
47 Front windscreen washer switch.
406 Fuel temperature sensor.
49 Hazard warning lights switch.
52 Rotating beacon switch.
53 Rear PTO clutch switch.
54 Rear PTO selection contact 540.
55 Rear PTO selection contact 1000.
59 Rear power take off clutch.
60 Ignition switch.
63 ISC declutching +/- range control.
65 Lighting switch.
72 Doubler relay.
81 Trailer signalling socket.
82 25 A power socket.
94 Front PTO clutch solenoid valve.
96 Front windscreen washer pump.
96a Rear windscreen washer pump.
101 Front axle solenoid valve.
102 Transmission oil pressure switch.
110 Relay and fuse panel.
117 Preheating fuse (70 A).
125 Electronic doubler solenoid valve.
131 Diode.
139 Engine speed sensor.
170 "Auto 5" units.
173 Horn.
175 Relay.
176 Instrument panel display selection.
185 Instrument panel.
186 On board computer.
187 Clutch potentiometer (ISC).

F.2 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Wiring and general lists

3/3 J68 3/1 34 3/2


405
J39
3A 30
P90 J90 117
2A 32
226 30 265
226

31 J200
173 J225 3/4
96a 270
J67 J38 P38
139 96
J22
J66
3B 2B 201
206 7a 63 7b
P69 J69 J54 J49
37 37
X3 J65
1 E3E J54
11 5 406 59
200 63
25
J31 J49
192 J55 205
X2G 101
205 J57
24 193 J56
J64 125
J04
101 J57 202 J58
P02 J01
110 202
J07 J02 P01 125 J58 102
27
102 J59
P28 J28
J35 J89 59
P69
J69 94
94
E0A 185 J60
J36 J20 J60
X2D 60 P50 P50
E0B J20 52 J50 J50
J79
65 110 110
46 J10 176
8 10 4 J79 189 187
J21 J48 J48
110 J63 J62
J98 J37 J51
59 J05 188
315 197 J21 49 J88
J09
J45 J06
204 234 E0A
J46 J08 244 203 J51
54 40 131 262 E0A
P29 J29 J47
J40 196
55
J41 J29 262
P30 J30
J47
12 J42 P29

J52 J53 8b
5 1 8a 175 72
170 J1
81 82 605bsm00

1 Instrument panel harness (001 to 110/M0A to M1C). 7a Transmission harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" (701 to 727/M7A to M7I).
3/1 Front harness (engine) (300 to 345/M3A to M3L). 7b Transmission harness with mechanical reverser and hydraulic doubler (701 to 715/M7A to M7H).
3/2 Pre-heating control harness (colour). 8a Transmission control harness with reverser under torque "REVERSHIFT" (800 to 879/M8A to M8H).
3/3 Radiator cowling harness (colour). 8b Transmission control harness with mechanical reverser/hydraulic doubler and electrohydraulic lift (800 to 842/M8A to
3/4 Air brake harness (colours). M8H).
5 Platform/Roll bar harness (400 to 425/M4A to M4P). Note: The figures indicated in brackets correspond to the marks of the wires used according to the harness type.

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.3


SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS ACCORDING TO
FUNCTIONS

F.4 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


CONTENTS

FUSE AND RELAY BOX ..................................................................................................................................... F. 6.


CONDUCTOR ALLOCATIONS ........................................................................................................................... F. 7.
STARTING/LOAD/PREHEATING/MECHANICAL REVERSER CIRCUIT (ELECTRONIC INJECTION) ............ F. 8.
STARTING/LOAD/PREHEATING/MECHANICAL REVERSER CIRCUIT (MECHANICAL INJECTION) ..............................F. 10.
START-UP CIRCUIT/CHARGE/(REVERSHIFT) (ELECTRONIC INJECTION) ................................................ F. 13.
START-UP CIRCUIT/CHARGE/(REVERSHIFT) (MECHANICAL INJECTION) ................................................ F. 15.
SIDE LIGHTS/DIPPED HEADLIGHTS/HEADLIGHTS/CONTROL PANEL LIGHTING/HORN ......................... F. 16.
REAR WORKING LIGHT/ROTATING BEACON ............................................................................................... F. 18.
BRAKE LIGHTS/FRONT AXLE ENGAGEMENT/HAND BRAKE ...................................................................... F. 20.
FLASHING LIGHTS AND WARNING LIGHTS .................................................................................................. F. 22.
FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF CONTROL........................................................................................................... F. 24.
FUEL/AIR FILTER CLOGGING/TEMPERATURE/ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR (ELECTRONIC
INJECTION) ....................................................................................................................................................... F. 26.
FUEL/AIR FILTER CLOGGING/TEMPERATURE/ENGINE OIL PRESSURE INDICATOR (MECHANICAL
INJECTION) ....................................................................................................................................................... F. 29.
ENGINE SPEED ................................................................................................................................................ F. 30.
CONTROL PANEL DISPLAY/DIAGNOSTIC SOCKET SELECTION ................................................................ F. 31.
25 A POWER SOCKET ..................................................................................................................................... F. 32.
TRANSMISSION HYDRAULIC PRESSURE ..................................................................................................... F. 33.
REAR PTO CONTROLS.................................................................................................................................... F. 34.
REVERSHIFT/DOUBLER CLUTCH AND DRIVE CONTROLS......................................................................... F. 36.
HYDRAULIC DUAL RANGE UNIT .................................................................................................................... F. 38.
ENGINE MANAGEMENT .................................................................................................................................. F. 40.

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
Fuse and relay box
+APC

+AVC

MA S S E

FM16

FM10
FM4

FM5

FM7

FM9

FM8

FM6
FM12

FM13

FM14
FM15
FA2

221

6 5 4
3 2 1

R4 R3 R1 R2

FM11

FM1
FM2

FM3

FA1
D1

7 1 2 6 9 10 11 12 11 12 1 3 5 4 2 9 7 10 6 8 7 10 8 11 9 4 1 2 3 5 6 8 6 10 9 3 1 5 11 2 7 4 12 6 12 10 2 1 8 4 3 5 11 9 7 10 2 1 11

P04 P08 P07 P05 P06 P48

605bsm01

F.6 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Conductor allocations
2 4 6 8 10 12

MINI ATO Fuses Rating Ref P07


Green-P07
x Flashing indicators / Hazard warning lights 15 FM1 + APC 10 10 + AVC
x Right-hand lights 10 FM2 1 LH front light
x Left-hand lights 10 FM3 2 LH rear light

FM2

FM3
25 FA2
x Start 25 FA1 3 Police plate lighting FM4 5
x ISO / implement electrical socket 5 FM4 4 Trailer LH light P04
x Transmission 10 FM5 5 Rear LH brake light R1
5
x Front power take-off 10 FM6 6 Trailer rear brake light 5 FM16
x Instrument panel 5 FM7 7 Front LH indicator

FM11
x Brake light / Front axle engaging 15 FM8 8 Trailer rear LH indicator 10 FM15
x Rotating beacon 10 FM9 9 Trailer RH light P08
10 FM14
x Engine computer 10 FM10 10 LH rear flashing light FM8 15 R4
x Implement electrical socket 25 FA2 11 Trailer rear RH indicator 15 FM12
x Rear right working lights 5 FM11 12 --- FM5 10
5 FM13
x Dipped/ road lights 15 FM12
x Instrument panel 5 FM13 Black-P04 FM10 10 P48
x Engine computer 10 FM14 R3 5 FMR1
x Transmission computer 10 FM15 1 + AVC electric tool socket FM7 5

D1
2 + AVC electric tool socket 10 FMR2
3 --- FM9 10 15 FMR3
MINI ATO Spare fuses Rating Ref 4 ---
FM6 10 R2 P05
Spare fuses 5 ---

25
x 10 FM16 25 25
6 Rear RH brake light
7 + APC electric tool socket FM1 15
8 ---

FA1
MINI ATO Rating Ref

FAR1
Spare fuses

FAR2
9 RH front light
x Spare fuses 15 FMR1 10 RH rear light 221 P06
x Spare fuses 10 FMR2 11 RH rear flashing light
x Spare fuses 5 FMR3 12 Front RH indicator 1 3 5 7 9 11
x Spare fuses 25 FAR1
606bsm10
x Spare fuses 25 FAR2

Diodes Ref Red-P06 Blue-P05

Start D1 1 Starter control


1 + APC brake lights
2 Not neutral controls 2 + AVC signalling control
3 Brake light 3 Safety shunt PDF
4 + APC clutch released switch ISC 4 Earth
Relay Ref 5 TDB brake lights 5 Start
6 LH indicator control 6 Lights relay controls
Side light indicator R1 7 ---
7 APC reverser control ISC
Start R2 8 ---
8 LH indicators/hazard warning lights controls
Reverser R3 9 ---
9 ---
Flashing unit 221 10 Reverser/BDV engaged
10 ---
Spare relays Ref 11 RH indicators/hazard warning lights controls 11 + APC control panel
12 RH indicators control 12 ---
Spare relays 1 R4

Brown-P48 Grey-P06

1 + AVC engine calculator 1 + AVC hazard warning lights controls


2 +AVC (constant source) Auto 5 2 + AVC control panel
3 --- 3 Flashing unit
4 --- 4 + APC front PTO controls
5 --- 5 Tractor steering
6 --- 6 + AVC RH rear working light
7 --- 7 Trailer 1 steering
8 --- 8 + APC front axle controls
9 --- 9 Trailer 2 steering
10 + APC transmission controls 10 + APC rotating beacon controls
11 + APC engine calculator 11 Power supply to indicator unit
12 --- 12 + APC hazard warning lights controls

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.7


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Electronic injection)
Ref Item Wire
24 Engine computer identifica 2 J64 Ending
25 Injection stop solenoid valve tion
341 G3 30 Battery
302 316 K3 31 Alternator A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D
32
32 Starter A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B
205 712 P69 A 323 K1 B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A
34 Preheating sparking plugs
713 D 321 A2
54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B
J69 J64 24
55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm G3 341 1 Engine calculator defect P02 V
31 B+ W D+ M 336 D2 K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P69 A
335 B2 60 Ignition switch
Injection pump

E7A M7D
110 Relay and fuse panel K2 337 1 J31 A
265 338 A3
117 Preheating fuse K3 316 1 Preheating control 226
337 K2

705
+ B A B A M3J J2 139 Engine speed sensor
117
1 J31 185 Instrument panel
J67

M7C
J39 196 PDF safety shunt switch
70 A
2 E3E 205 Gear engaged contact K J H G F E D C B A
226 Pre-heat relay 316 341 326 333 331 338 3
226 P50
J50
337 M3J 308 344 336 335 321 2
5 23 12 13
25 Wire
2
RG

BC
139 identifica J35 Ending 323 307 340 339 334 342 332 1

M8B
805

821
822
OR tion
34
NO 1 009 0.6 Reverser engaged J04 10
324 E3D 5 069 0.6 1000 rpm PTO J35 5
J51** A1 J51* A5 M8A
6 070 0.6 540 rpm PTO J35 6

K
J
10 047 0.6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196

H
303
341

322
300
301
304

G
D+ alternator TDB

F
30 A2 A6 11 012 0.6 J42 A6
33 065 1 Engine calculator defect J02 V
P02 J01

E
D
C
B
J02 P01

A
54 55 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
C V R SU V

1 2 3
008 009 069 078 048 073 065

6 M0G 070 047 028 066 101


J48 J29

M4G

M4F
413

412
003 110 MR 055 054 012 045 074
011
065

001

604bsm28
002 FM14 1 11 P29 EP4
006 FM10 102 059 024 043 042 046
M4P
010

007 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
R2 R3 P28 +APC
E0A
D1 J28
11 3
070 2 +AVC

069
MOL
FA1 110
J41 J28
196 J42 P28
1 5 3 10 9
BU J48
J05 009 J05
196
010 J29
009 P29
013 047 J51
070

069

A5 008
J42 065 065 065 J50
A6 012 012 012 P50
004 11 1 10 33 6 5
J35
58 15 19 50 E0A
60
5
7a
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2 606bsm19

30
185
605bsm02INJEL

F.8 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Electronic injection)

7
110 J35 P69 J69

34
J69

60

205
31

30 606bsm20

226
P01
3/1
265
J39
J02

32

606bsm14

606bsm12 606bsm15

55

54

P28
EP4

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.9


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Mechanical injection)
302 Ref Item
32
205 30 Battery
+APC
31 Alternator
32 Starter +AVC
31 B+ W D+ M 34 Preheating sparking plugs
265 54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm

E7A M7D
55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm 110
60 Ignition switch J41 J28
1 196 J42

705
+ 110 Relay and fuse panel P28
70 A Preheating fuse
2 J39 117 117
J48
Instrument panel

M7C
185 J05
196 PDF safety shunt switch
316 205 Gear engaged contact J29
226 P50 226 Pre-heat relay P29
J50 J51
NO 5 23
Wire J50
BC identifica 2 J35 Ending P50

M8B
805
OR
34 tion
1 009 0.6 Reverser engaged J04 10
324 E3D RG E0A
J51** A1 J51* A5 M8A 5 069 0.6 1000 rpm PTO J35 5
6 070 0.6 540 rpm PTO J35 6 5
303
316

322

7a
304

10 047 0.6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196 606bsm19


A2 A6 11 012 0.6 D+ alternator TDB J42 A6
30 P02 33 065 1 Preheating indicator 60
J01
J02 P01
345

WC V R V 54 55 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
25
009 069 078 048 073 065
6 M0G 070 047 028 066 101
J29

M4G

M4F
413

412
055 054 012 045 074
011
082

001

008
105

P29 EP4
110 102 059 024 043 042 046
M4P
010

4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
R2 R3 P28
E0A
D1 J28
11 3 2

070

069
MOL
FA1
1 5 3 10 9
BU
J05 009
008 196
010
009
013 047
070

069

A5
J42 065 065 065
A6 012 012 012
004 11 1 10 33 6 5
J35
58 15 19 50
60

1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2

30
185
605bsm02INJME

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit

F.10 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Starting/load/preheating/mechanical reverser circuit (Mechanical injection)

7
P69 J69

34
110 J35
J69

60
205
31

30
606bsm20
226

265
P01 J39
3/1

J02
32
606bsm15
606bsm14

55

54
31 P28
32
E3D EP4
J90
P90

J01
3/3
P02
J66

200 P69
206
J65 E3F J38

J31 606bsm17
E3E J200
J67 J64

606bsm22INJEL

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.11


Start-up circuit/charge/(REVERSHIFT) (Electronic injection) Ref Item Wire
24 Engine computer identifica 2 J09 Ending
25 Injection stop solenoid valve tion
30 Battery
712 P69 A 323 K1 B1 099 0,6 + APC reverser controls J08 7
205 31 Alternator
713 D 321 A2 B2 091 0,6 Neutral control P30 6
32 Starter
302 J69 B4 103 0,6 Not neutral controls J08 2
54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm
304 336 D2 J64 24 B5 M1B 0,6 Reverser controls earth J40 B5
335 B2 55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm
B+ W D+ 32 338 A3 60 Ignition switch
337 K2 63 ISC declutching +/- range control 1 2 3 4 5
B A B A M3J J2 110 Relay and fuse panel
A 090 092
Engine speed sensor

721
139

705
J67 J31
M 170 "Auto 5" units B 099 091 104 103 M1B
E3E 185 Instrument panel
63 188 ISC reverser controls
189 ISC clutch release switch
189 196 PDF safety shunt switch
25

1
170 205 Gear engaged contact A

2
139 188

4
B

5
J49 J1 Wire
324 E3D E D 1419 1 17 identifica 2 J1 Ending
725 846

723
tion
823 B5
J09
322
300
301
304

824 J63 1 833 0,75 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9


30 P50 J51
833 J50 Gearbox engaged

B5
B1
B2
B4
1 2 17 805 0,75 J50 5
874

22 5 21 1213 33 B4 19 823 0,75 Neutral control J30 6


Wire

M1B
099
091
103

097

096
J01 J30 J88 805
B5
815
852
identifica 2 J35 Ending
851

P01 P30 B6 845 099 28 tion


14 42
R SU V 6 9 103 M8E

097 097
874 838
1 009 0,6 Reverser engaged J04 10
PTO 1000
822
001
002
003
008

091 091 13 870 41 5 069 0,6 J35 5


096 12 825
821
839 40
6 070 0,6 PTO 540 J35 6
11 840 39
10 047 0,6 PTO 540-1000 196
008 B5 54 55
851 J40
10 809 814 38
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
852 9 819 37
A1 8 820 36 009 069 078 048 073 065
J48 869

M4G

M4F
413

412
MOJ

7 35
110 MR 827 M0G 070 047 028 066 101
003 1 11 10 6 812 830 34

001 002 EP4 823


FM10 5 810 800 33
055 054 012 045 074
006 006 FM14 M4P 836
4 811 835 32
007 007 FM5 E0A P28 805
102 059 024 043 042 046
3 813 878 31
J28 826
R2 R3 11 3 2 2 873 868 30 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
D1 M0L M8F
833 837
15
1 29

FA1
070

069

1 5 3 10 4 2 7 009
BU RG
J05 J08 1 10 6 5
004 099 J35
58 15 19 50 103
096
009
008
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2
196

30 013 047 185


605bsm03INJEL

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit

F.12 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Start-up circuit/charge/(REVERSHIFT) (Electronic injection)

Wire
identifica 2 J64 Ending 31
tion 32
E3D
A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D J90
A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B P90
B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A
D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B J01
3/3
J2 M3J 1 Engine calculator earth E3E P02
K1 323 1 + APC engine calculator P69 A J66
K2 337 1 Injection pump J31 A P69
200
55 206
J65 E3F J38
54
K J H G F E D C B A J31
P28 E3E
316 341 326 333 331 338 3 J200
EP4 J67 J64

337 M3J 308 344 336 335 321 2

323 307 340 339 334 342 332 1

606bsm22INJEL
K
J
H
G
F

606bsm25
E
D

205
C
B
A

J79 J46
1 2 3

J45 J98
J54
59
J49
604bsm28 110 J35
J20 J21 J69
J36

176 J56
60 P50 J69 J55
J57 205
3/1 J89
J58
102
J09 E7A
J60
J37 606bsm18
606bsm28

203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

J02

606bsm83

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.13


Start-up circuit/charge/(REVERSHIFT) (Mechanical injection)
Ref Item Wire
30 Battery identifica 2 J09 Ending
324
31 Alternator tion
32 Starter
205 B1 099 0,6 + APC reverser controls J08 7
30 54 Rear PDF switch 540 rpm
B2 091 0,6 Neutral control P30 6
302 55 Rear PDF switch 1000 rpm
B4 103 0,6 Not neutral controls J08 2
304 60 Ignition switch
B5 M1B 0,6 Reverser controls earth J40 B5
63 ISC declutching +/- range control
31 B+ W D+ 32 110 Relay and fuse panel
170 "Auto 5" units 1 2 3 4 5
185 Instrument panel
090 092

721
A

705
+ M 188 ISC reverser controls
189 ISC clutch release switch B 099 091 104 103 M1B
196 PDF safety shunt switch
63 205 Gear engaged contact

189
170 188 Wire
2

1
identifica J1 Ending A

2
25 J49 J1 tion

4
E3D
B

5
E D 1419 1 17 1 833 0,75 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9
725 846

723
17 805 0,75 Gearbox engaged J50 5
823 B5
J09 19 823 0,75 Neutral control J30 6
322

304

824 J63
P50 J51
833 J50

B5
B1
B2
B4
1 2
874

22 5 21 33 B4 28

M1B
099
091
103

097

096
14 42
J01 J30 J88 805 M8E
B5 874 838
815
P01 P30 B6 845 099 822 Wire
R V 6 9 103
13
821
870 41
identifica 2 J35 Ending
12 825 839 40
097 097 tion
345

001

008

091 091 11 840 39

096 10 809 814 38 1 009 0,6 Reverser engaged J04 10


P02 9 819 37 5 069 0,6 PTO 1000 J35 5
008 B5 54 55 6 070 0,6 PTO 540 J35 6
J02 8 820 36

W J40 7
869
35
10 047 0,6 PTO 540-1000 196
827
A1 6 812 830 34
105

823
J48 5 810 800 33

M4G

M4F
413

412
110 MR MOJ 4 811
836
835 32 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
10 805
001 EP4 3 813 878 31 009 069 078 048 073 065
826
006 006 FM5 M4P 2 873 868 30

007 007 E0A P28 M8F M0G 070 047 028 066 101
833 837
J28 1
15
29
R2 R3 11 3 2 055 054 012 045 074
D1 M0L
102 059 024 043 042 046
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
FA1
070

069

1 5 3 10 4 2 7 009
BU RG
J05 J08 1 10 6 5
004 099 J35
58 15 19 50 103
60 096
009
008
1P2 1P2 1P2 1P2
196

30 013 047 185


605bsm03INJME

F.14 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Start-up circuit/charge/(REVERSHIFT) (Mechanical injection)

31
J79 J46 32
J45 J98 E3D

110 J35
J20 J21 J01
J36 3/3
P02
J66
176
60 200 J38
206

J09

J37
E3E J200

203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

J02

606bsm83

205

J54
59 J49

J69

55

54 J56 205
P50 J69 J55
P28 J57
EP4 3/1 J89
J58
102
E7A
606bsm28
J60

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.15


Side lights/dipped headlights/headlights/control panel lighting/horn

NO5 NO4 2b
3b
3a NO3 NO2 2a
E3C

BU3
E3B BU2
RG3

RG2
E3A

31 B+ W D+
173
+AVC +AVC
110
+
R1
NO1

NO6
BU1
RG1
BC

185

P90

FM12
J90 FM3 FM2
4 1 2 3 6 J36 J35
M3B
17 20 24
M3C
BU NO VE
311
J05 J04 J07

MOB
022

024
310 2 6 9 10 3 1 2 4 9
023
306
F W X B5 J42

018

418

422

402

400

401

403

404
P02 J01 B2
J02 P01
B4
018

079
018

019

079

020

021

J40
MOB A2 B2 MOM

A1
A1 B3 A5 A4 A2 MOK

MOJ
J10
6 5
65 30 49 58 56b 56a 54s J28
E0A P28
12 10 1 7 4 81
2 3

M41

M40
400

M4B EP5 M4E

401

402 EP3

M4H
M4B

M4J
400

401

418

422
M4H
402

X2G X2D
2 1 5 2 1 5
1 2

5 11 4 10
12
M4B M4J 605bsm04

F.16 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Side lights/dipped headlights/headlights/control panel lighting/horn

Ref Item Wire


2a RH dipped headlights identifica 2 J35 Ending 31
2b RH road lights tion
3a LH dipped headlights
24 024 0,6 TDB lighting J42 B6
3b LH road lights
J90
4 RH front side light
P90
5 LH front side light 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
10 RH rear side lights 009 069 078 048 073 065
11 LH rear side lights J01
12 Number plate light M0G 070 047 028 066 101
31 Alternator E3A 173 P02
65 Lighting switch 055 054 012 045 074 E3B
81 Trailer signalling socket E3C
110 Relay and fuse panel 102 059 024 043 042 046
173 Horn 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
185 Instrument panel

Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending
tion
2A
17 023 0,6 Headlights indicator J10 A2
20 M0B 0,6 Instrument panel earth J40 A2 2B

3B
1 5 9 13 17 3A

058 052 051 050 022

015 040 056 606bsm30

071 053 044 057

041 016 M0F M0B


J79 J46
J45 J98
4 8 12 16 20

110 J35
J20 J21
J36

176 12
60 X2D
EP3

604bsm11
J09

J37
+APC
+AVC X2G
203 81
E0B
P28
110 J63 J62 J10
J40 P01 EP5
J42 J28
J07 P28 3/1
J04
J05
J02

606bsm31

E0A

5
7a
606bsm32

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.17


Rear working light/rotating beacon
Ref Item
1 Rotating beacon
8 Working light
46 Working light switch
52 Rotating beacon switch +APC
110 Relay and fuse panel +AVC

110 J40
J28
P28
J79 J46
1 J45 J98
J05
6 J06
BU
+APC +AVC
J05 110
110 J35
R1
J20 J21
X3 J36
1 2 E0A
FM9 176

M4C
60 5
7a
411

EP5 M40 EP3 606bsm36


FM11
M41

414 EP1
J09
GR

M4K
P28 J37
J06
10 6 J28
1 12 10 4
076

BL
EP2
039

075

52 46

MR
5 063 5
1 1

J20 J20 J79 J79


068 077
10 9 MOM 10 9

B2
MOH A7 A5 MOD 8

J40
A1
MOK EP3
MOJ

X3 EP1 8
E0A EP2

P28
EP5 606bsm34

F.18 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.19


Brake lights/front axle engagement/hand brake

185
026 +
234
203
7
5 073
1 J45 J45

J 35 J 36
18 17 31 2 19 1 7
073 MOG

074

057

058

071
025

027

072

8 17 4 5

028
P29
J29

819 REVERSHIFT 37 J1 170

M8D
808

803

804
8 23 25 3 4
J50
P50
417 J51* J51**
M8B A6 A2

M7C
405
A5 A1
406

M7A

703

704
708
J40 E7A
1 3 5 8 6 5 6
RG GR NO VE

M7F

M8A
J08 J06 J04 J07
B2 A1

1 2 3 1 2

MOJ
R4
J57 J54
J05

E0A
MOM
MOK
MOL

FM16 FM8
406

071

E0A

J28 37
110 P28 101
+APC
11 5 12 10
EP4 M4P
M41

415
EP3
M4A

M40
EP5
M4B
M4E

405

M4J

417

6 5
X2G X2D
1 7 4 1 4 1 4
204
2 3
81
11 10

605bsm06

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit / REVERSHIFT

F.20 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Brake lights/front axle engagement/hand brake

Ref Item
RH rear side lights +APC
10 Wire
11 LH rear side lights identifica 2 J35 Ending
37 Tractor speed sensor 205
tion
81 Trailer signalling socket
2 M0G 0,6 Tractor speed earth P29 17
101 Front axle solenoid valve J1 110 J40
110 Relay and fuse panel 17 073 0,6 Front axle controls J45 5 J28
18 028 0,6 TDB brake lights J08 5 184 J42 P28
170 "Auto 5" units J07 J54
31 074 1 Front axle solenoid valve P29 8 J04
185 Instrument panel
203 Left and right brake pedal contact J05 59
J06
204 Hand brake contact
234 Front axle solenoid valve switch 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33 J29
P29
009 069 078 048 073 065 J51
Wire
2 M0G 070 047 028 066 101 J50 J56
identifica J36 Ending P50 J55
tion 055 054 012 045 074 P50 J69
J57
E0A 3/1
1 058 0,6 Theoretical speed P29 5 102 059 024 043 042 046 J89
7 071 1 Hand brake warning light J28 5 J58
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 102
19 057 0,6 Theoretical speed supply P29 4 5 E7A
7a J60
606bsm39
606bsm18
1 5 9 13 17
058 052 051 050 022

015 040 056

071 053 044 057

041 016 M0F M0B


4 8 12 16 20

J79 J46
J45 J98

X2D
604bsm11
EP3
110 J35
J20 J21
J36

176
60
X2G
204
P28 81
J09
EP4
J37 EP5

203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

606bsm38
J02

606bsm83

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.21


Flashing lights and warning lights

+ AVC

+ APC
110

6 5 1 033

038
221
037

2 3 4 2 8 5 9
J21
49

FM1
VE NO RG BU
J07 J04 J08 J06 J21
8 11 7 10 11 12 6 12 8 11 5 7 9 11 3 1 12 6 3 1 7

035

034

032
185 T 13 050 036

031
030
R1 9 051
A7 A6
J36
R2 5 052 J41

A5 J40
20 MOB A2 A3 MOC

A1 B2

029

MOM
B4 B1 B2
409

410

407

408

420

419

MOK
MOJ
J10
J28
65 P28
30 49 58 56b 56a 54s 54d L
12 10

M41

M40
E0A
M41
EP5
EP3 M40
M4B

M4J

3 1 6 6 1 3
X2G X2D
6 5
5 11 10 4

81 1 7 4
2 3 605bsm07

F.22 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Flashing lights and warning lights

Ref Item
4 RH front side light Wire
5 LH front side light identific 2 J21 Ending +APC J45 J98
J79 J46

10 RH rear side lights ation 110 +AVC


11 LH rear side lights
1 035 1,4 LH indicators/warning controls J08 8
49 Hazard warning lights switch
65 Lighting switch 2 037 1,4 + AVC warning controls J06 1 110 J35
81 Trailer signalling socket 3 030 1,4 Indicators/warning supply J41 A6 J40 J20 J21
5 033 1,4 RH indicators/warning controls J08 11 J41 J28 J36
110 Relay and fuse panel P28
185 Instrument panel 6 036 1,4 Central supply J06 11 J04 J07 176
J08
8 038 1,4 + APC warning controls J06 12 60
9 M0C 0,6 Warning light earth J40 A3 J05
Wire
identific 2 J06 Ending
J09
ation
J37
1 037 1,4 + AVC warning controls J21 2 2 4 6 8
3 031 1,4 Flashing unit J41 A7

2
037 036 038 203
5 050 0,6 TA steering J36 13

4
E0B

6
7 051 0,6 REM.1 steering J36 9 035 030 033 J63 J62

8
J10
E0A P01
9 052 0,6 REM.2 steering J36 5
1 3 5 7
11 036 1,4 Power supply to indicator unit J21 6 5 3/1

12 043 1,4 + APC warning controls J21 8 7a


606bsm43
J02

11 9 7 5 3 1
9 10
036 052 051 050 031 037 9 606bsm83
M0C

1
0
038 039 072 075 061 053
12 10 8 6 4 2
604bsm08
11
9
7
5
3
1

604bsm03

X2D
EP3

X2G
204
P28 81

EP4
EP5

606bsm38

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.23


Front power take-off control
Ref Item
40 PTO switch
94 Front PTO clutch solenoid valve
110 Relay and fuse panel
94 185 + APC 185 Instrument panel
110

+APC
FM6 205
J60
J36
A B 20 10
110 J40
GR J54

J06 59
4 J06
M7H

J29
P29
J51
J56
J55
MOB
J50 P50 J69

040
P50 J57
3/1 J89
711

E7A E0A J58


102
E7A
5 J60
7a 606bsm18
606bsm46
M7C

A2

J40
J79 J46
J45 J98

061
P50 A1
J50
11 23
110 J35
J20 J21
M8B

J36

A6*
849 REVERSHIFT

MOJ

A2** 176
60

J51
814

J09
A5*
A1**
M8A
11
J29
P29
E0A
40

5
1 J46 J46

067 605bsm08

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit / REVERSHIFT

F.24 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.25


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Electronic injection)
Ref Item
24 Engine computer Wire
31 Alternator identifica 2 J35 Ending
110 Relay and fuse panel tion
185 Instrument panel 15 045 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L
201 202 200 Oil pressure switch 25 043 1 Engine water temperature J02 K
201 Engine temperature thermistor 32 042 1 Engine water temperature alert J02 T
202 Fuel gauge 36 046 1 Air filter blocked J02 M
24 206 Air filter clogging valve

Wire
J66 J64
identifica 2 J36 Ending 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
B A B1 D3 J1 G2 tion 009 069 078 048 073 065
8 041 0,6 Fuel level P29 3
M0G 070 047 028 066 101
+ APC control panel

326
328

332

12 016 0,6 J05 11


15 044 0,6 Rear work lights controls P29 1 055 054 012 045 074
16 M0F 0,6 Fuel level earth P29 16
102 059 024 043 042 046
E3F
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
1 5 9 13 17
31 B+ W D+ 058 052 051 050 022

M7B
307

308

702

710
015 040 056
200 +APC
+ 110 071 053 044 057

041 016 M0F M0B


FM7 4 8 12 16 20

2 10 24
BU P50
305

J05 J50
M3I

11
+APC
206

M8C
016

802

800

604bsm11
110
319

M L K T 3 1 16 J05
P02 J29
J29
J02 P29 P29
MOF

J50
046

045

043

042

041

044

P50

36 15 28 32 12 8 15 16

J35 5
J36
7a
606bsm50

185
605bsm09E

F.26 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Electronic injection)

J79 J46
J45 J98

J66

110 J35
J20 J21
J36

176
60

J49

202
J09
31
J37

203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1
606bsm51

J02

606bsm83 606bsm49

31
32
E3D
J90
P90

J01
3/3
P02
J66

200 P69
206
J65 E3F J38

J31
E3E J200
J67 J64

606bsm22INJEL

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.27


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Mechanical injection)
Ref Item
31 Alternator Wire
201 202 110 Relay and fuse panel identifica 2 J35 Ending
185 Instrument panel tion
200 Oil pressure switch 15 045 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L
201 Engine temperature thermistor 25 043 1 Engine water temperature J02 K
202 Fuel gauge 32 042 1 Engine water temperature alert J02 T
206 Air filter clogging valve 36 046 1 Air filter blocked J02 M
J66
B A Wire
identifica 2 J36 Ending 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
tion
009 069 078 048 073 065

307

308
8 041 0,6 Fuel level P29 3
12 016 0,6 + APC control panel J05 11 M0G 070 047 028 066 101
15 044 0,6 Rear work lights controls P29 1
16 M0F 0,6 Fuel level earth P29 16 055 054 012 045 074

102 059 024 043 042 046


4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
31 B+ W D+ 1 5 9 13 17

M7B
702

710
058 052 051 050 022
200 +APC
+ 110 015 040 056

071 053 044 057


FM7 041 016 M0F M0B
4 8 12 16 20
2 10 24
BU P50
305

J05 J50
M3I

11

206

+APC

M8C
016

802

800

604bsm11
319

110

M L K T 3 1 16
P02 J29
J02 J05
P29

J29
P29
MOF
046

045

043

042

041

044

J50
36 15 28 32 12 8 15 16 P50

J35 J36

5
7a
606bsm50

185
605bsm09M

F.28 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Fuel/air filter clogging/temperature/engine oil pressure indicator
(Mechanical injection)

J79 J46
J45 J98

J66

110 J35
J20 J21 J49
J36
202
176
60

J09
31
J37

606bsm51
203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

J02

606bsm83 606bsm49

31
32
E3D

J01
3/3
P02
J66
200 J38
206

E3E J200

606bsm22INJME

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.29


Engine speed

J41
J79 J46
J45 J98
015 014 J02 J 309
A2 A1 P02
2

J36 A3
110 J35
J20 J21

REVERSHIFT
J36
185
176
31 B+ W D+ 60

P02
100
+ J09

1 J37
P30
J30
203
E0B
820

J63 J62 J10


P01

3/1
36
J1
J02

170

605bsm10 606bsm52 606bsm83

822
13 870 41
821
12 825 839 40
Ref Item
11 840 39
170 "Auto 5" units
10 809 814 38
185 Instrument panel P02 J90 +APC
9 819 37

8 820 36
+AVC
869
Wire 7 35

identific 2 J1 Ending 6 812


827

823
830 34
J1 110
ation 5 810 800 33 J41
836 184
4 811 835 32
36 820 0,75 Engine speed J30 1 805
3 813 878 31
826
2 873 868 30
J30
M8F
833 837 P30
15
1 29

31

E0A

5
7a
606bsm54

606bsm55

F.30 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Control panel display/diagnostic socket selection

Ref Item
24 Engine computer
110 Relay and fuse panel
J79 J46
170 "Auto 5" units J45 J98
185 Instrument panel
262
262 Diagnostic plug

REVERSHIFT J47
867

866
110 J35
Wire
2 J20 J21
B1 A1
6 14 7 15 16 5 identific J35 Ending J36
ation

824
823
A2 J88
3 055 0,6 Diag. K P29 9 176
B2 7 054 0,6 Diag. L P29 10 60
839

840

13 048 0,6 IP display selector 176


B3 A3
854
853

40 39 J09

860

861

M8F

M8F
809

809
1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
J1 J37
009 069 078 048 073 065
824
823

14 15
170 J50 M0G 070 047 028 066 101 203
14 15
A2 B7 A6 B1 E0B
J50 055 054 012 045 074
P50
J51* J51** 102 059 024 043 042 046
4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
714

715

MOJ A3 A5 A7 A1

A1

M8A

M8A
812

812
J40 E0A
714

715

B1 E0A E0A
B C
P69
J69
MOI

P69
860

861
339

340

M8G
842
F1 G1 J29
176 J64 REVERSHIFT
P29 J64
9 10
24 A7 B2
+APC 606bsm57

J51
048

055

054

B4 A1 J1 110 J40 P01


170

J47 7
M8A
845

J48 P69 J69

13 3 7
J29
+ APC P29
J35 110 E0A J51
J88
J48
J50
FM15 P50

185 10
E0A
MR 605bsm11
7a
606bsm59

606bsm58

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.31


25 A power socket
Ref Item
82 25 A power socket
110 Relay and fuse panel

+AVC +APC
110 +APC

+AVC
FA2 FM4

110
J28
P28
J04

NO
J04
1 2 7

J50
P50
416

421

423

E0A

7a
606bsm61

M4M

M4N

13 15
82
P28
J28

82

P28
MOO
MON

E0A

606bsm60

605bsm12

F.32 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Transmission hydraulic pressure

Ref Item
102 102 Transmission oil pressure switch
131 Diode
P 170 "Auto 5" units
185 Instrument panel

J79 J46
J45 J98

M7E
J1
184
110 J35

701
J20 J21
E7A J36

J29
176 P29

M7C
60 J51

J50
1 23 P50
P50
131
J50 E0A
5
7a
606bsm64
M8B
801

A6 A2
J51* J51**

A5 A1
205
M8A

M8A
REVERSHIFT
800
33 E0A
2 2
J1
J29 J29
J54
170 P29
59
056

18 J56
P50 J69 J55
J36
J57
3/1 J89
J58
185 102
605bsm13 E7A
J60
606bsm18
* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit / REVERSHIFT

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.33


Rear PTO controls
Ref Item
54 Selection switch rear PTO 540 rpm
55 Selection switch rear PTO 1000 rpm
54 55 59 Rear PTO clutch J79 J46
59 J45 J98
REVERSHIFT 110 Relay and fuse panel
807 185 Instrument panel

M4F
J51 A5

M4G
845 B4 B6 816 Wire 110
EP4 identifica 2 J35 Ending
J35
J20 J21
59 tion J36

+APC 5 069 0,6 1000 rpm PTO J35 5

M4P

413

412

424

425
110 6 070 0,6 540 rpm PTO J35 6 176
10 047 0,6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196 60
P28 20 059 0,6 PTO engaged P29 7
807
J28
FM5 J51** A5
11 3 2 6 7
812 A7 B4 816 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
707

J09
706 009 069 078 048 073 065
MR
M0G 070 047 028 066 101

MOL

070

069

080

081
J48 P50
055 054 012 045 074
10 J50
807 7 6 102 059 024 043 042 046 110
J28
J51* A1 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 P28
806

812 A3 B1 816

12 7
J29
J29 E0A P29
J51
P29
J50
P50
605bsm02
080

081

059

E0A

5
7a
606bsm67
047

070

069

205
20 10 6 5

J35

J54
59
55

54

P28 59
J56
EP4 J55
P50 J69
J57
3/1 J89
185 J58
102
E7A
J60
606bsm18
605bsm14

606bsm68

* Mechanical doubler
** Hydraulic dual range unit

F.34 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.35


Revershift/doubler clutch and drive controls
+APC +AVC
110
185

FM5 FM15

J35
4 2 7 10 2
16 34 30

J08 J48

066
101
102
837
875 P29
189

845
J29
B4 J51 13
2 096
A1 B1 M8F
J63
1 097 A6 838
A3 M8E
B4 J88

B7 B5 A2 872 A7 A6
P50

M8A
B5 A5
J40

874

870
822
M1C B6 A1 MOJ 871 27 726 1
J89
869 32 727 2
28 42 15 29 J1 27 14 41 21
B5 192
103
5 810 16 716 A
EOA
099 811 17 717 B
J55
4

878
31
M1B

101 193
J1 J1 812 18 718 A
6
J30 2 821 170
26
813 19 719 B
J56
3
102 3 825 12
868 30
9
187 097 833 1
1 A 106 11 872 27
814 20 720 1
3 C 093 7 830 38
J62 34
2 J59
2 B 090 M7D
4 826 16
092 5 827 20
19 36 2 18 32 J1 10
098 12 873
125
809 9 709 1
M8B
M8B 23 M7C M7G 2
J58
104 108 8
846
E7A
823
63

836

835
091 6
824 22 725 E J49
26 724 A
1 820 28 722 C
B5 B4 B1 B3 A2 A4 B2 33 723

J09 10 879
J50
P30 D
110

J41
P02
100 A3 A1 014 J 309

A1 A3
J02
107 31 B+ W D+

015
A2
1 9
188 A2 109
J36

J42 J98 + –

185
5 10

M1C

605bsm15.eps

F.36 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Revershift/doubler clutch and drive controls
J79 J46
J45 J98
Ref Item Wire +APC
27 Reverser module speed sensor identific 2 J1 Ending
31 Alternator ation +AVC
63 ISC declutching +/- range control
1 833 1 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9 110 J35
110 Relay and fuse panel J20 J21
2 873 0,6 REF+ Clutch potentiometer J30 12 J1
125 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve 110 J40 J36
Return reverse drive solenoid J41
170 "Auto 5" units 3 813 0,6 J50 19 170
valve
185 Instrument panel 176
Return forward drive solenoid 60
187 Clutch potentiometer ISC 4 811 0,6 J50 17 J08
valve J48
188 ISC reverser controls
Return forward drive solenoid
189 ISC clutch release switch 5 810 0,6 J50 16 J30
valve
192 Forward drive solenoid valve J29 P30 J09
6 812 0,6 EV Reverse J50 18 P29
193 Reverse solenoid valve
Hydraulic doubler solenoid J51 J37
10 809 0,6 J50 9
valve
Wire 12 825 0,6 Buzzer control J30 3 J50
203
identific 2 J62 Ending 14 874 1 +APC auto 5 J88 B5 P50
E0B
ation 15 M8F 1,5 Earth "Auto 5" J51 B1
J63 J62
16 826 0,6 Forward drive control J30 4 P01
J10
A 106 0,6 REF+ ISC potentiometer P30 11 18 836 0,6 Control - Ranges J50 26 E0A
B 098 0,6 REF- ISC potentiometer P30 12 19 823 0,6 Neutral control J30 6
3/1
5
C 125 0,6 Potentiometer ISC curser P30 7 20 827 0,6 Reverse drive control J30 5 7a
21 869 0,6 Transmission temperature J50 32 J02
26 821 0,6 DRIVETRONIC defect J30 2 606bsm73
27 822 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13
C B A 28 M8E 1 Earth "Auto 5" J51 A3
093 098 106 29 837 1 +AVC auto 5 J48 2 606bsm83
C
B
A
30 868 0,6 BOC J30 9
31 878 0,75 Control Mowing J30 8
32 835 0,6 Control + Ranges J50 28
34 830 0,6 Clutch potentiometer cursor J30 7
36 820 0,6 Engine speed J30 1
Wire 38 814 0,6 ISC module speed (revershift) J50 20 31
identific 2 J09 Ending 41 870 0,6 REF- J88 A5
ation 42 838 1 +APC auto 5 J51 A6 P02
A2 090 0,6 Forward drive control P30 4
A4 092 0,6 Reverse drive control P30 5 205
28
B1 090 0,6 +APC reverser controls J09 B1 14 42
M8E
B2 091 0,6 Neutral control P30 6 874 838
B4 103 0,6 Not neutral controls J08 2
822
B5 M1B 0,6 Reverser controls earth J40 B5 13 870 41 J54
821
12 825 839 40 59
1 2 3 4 5
11 840 39
A 090 092
10 809 814 38
B 099 091 104 103 M1B
9 819 37
606bsm70
8 820 36
J56
869 P50 J69 J55
7 35 J57
827 3/1 J89
1

6 812 830 34
A J58
2

823
5 810 800 33 102
E7A
4

B 836
5

4 811 835 32 J60


805 606bsm18
3 813 878 31
826
2 873 868 30
M8F
833 837 J49
15
1 29
J56 J59

606bsm74

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.37


Hydraulic dual range unit

185 175 Ref Item


63 ISC declutching +/- range control
1 2 72 Doubler relay J79 J46
J45 J98
110 Relay and fuse panel
J52 J52
125 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve
3
175 Relay
4

837

842
185 Instrument panel
J36 J35 110 J35
J20 J21

M8G
840
20 30 J36
Wire
J40 identifica 2 J53 Ending
MOB

066

tion 176
MOB A2 60
2 838 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13
J51 B6 B2 B5 3 842 0,6 100-101 Relay J52 3
A1 M8A A1 4 839 0,75 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J50 9
5 836 0,6 Control + Ranges J50 28

MOJ
6 M8H 0,6 Relay 101 earth J51 B3 J09
P29 7 841 0,75 + APC relay R101 J51 B7
A2 B7 B3 A7
J29 E0A
13
205

812
2 838 1

4 839 842 3 2
72
4
838 2 6 M8H 836 5 1
6
J54
3
839 4 7 841
7 5 59

842 3
604bsm85
M8H 6 J53
J56
+APC P50 J69 J55
J57
836 5 110 3/1 J89
J58
841 7 102
E7A
J52 J53
J40 J60
M8B
835

837
836

839

J48

J50
+APC J29
P50 110 P29
33 26 28 23 9 J51

J50
723

722
724

709
M7C

FM5 P50

E7A
B C A
M7G

E0A
MR
5
J49 7a
2 1 J48
606bsm77
10
J58

63 125
605bsm16

F.38 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Notes Notes

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.39


Engine management

Ref Item Wire


+AVC +APC 24 Engine computer identifica 2 J35 Ending
110 185 25 Injection stop solenoid valve tion
197 31 Alternator
FM14 FM10 37 Tractor forward speed sensor 15 057 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L
110 Relay and fuse panel 2 M0G 0,6 Tractor speed earth P29 17
139 Engine speed sensor 9 078 1 Engine curve change J02 R
170
170 "Auto 5" units 33 065 1 Engine calculator defect J02 V
1 3 2 185 Instrument panel
MR J37 J35 J36 197 Accelerator control potentiometer
J1
405 Air temperature sensor 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33
J48 A C B 9 33 2 2 19 1 37 406 Fuel temperature sensor
1 11 009 069 078 048 073 065

MOG
049

017

005

078

065

015

057

058
M0G 070 047 028 066 101

REVERSHIFT
851 REVERSHIFT

852 REVERSHIFT

Wire 055 054 012 045 074


J41 A2 identifica 2 J64 Ending
A3 P29 tion 102 059 024 043 042 046
J29 A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36

REVERSHIFT
821

822

100
A1 17 4 5 819 A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B
B1 332 1 Engine water temperature J66 A

014
12 13
B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A
J50 B3 331 1 Accelerator pot. cursor P02 U
J02
P50 C1 342 1 Engine change curve P02 R

M8D

803

804
P02 C3 333 1 Fuel temperature J65 A
W U P R V J D1 334 1 Air temperature J68 A
25 3 4 D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B
405 J50 D3 326 1 (Ref-) sensors E3F
327

331

344

342

341

309
B 330 F1 339 1 CAN L P69 B
712

713

P50 G1 340 1 CAN H P69 C


J68
Engine water temperature alert

M7A
G2 308 P02 T

703

704
31 B+ W D+
A
G3 341 1 Engine calculator defect P02 V
E3F 3 1 2 J1 307 1 Engine water temperature P02 K
J54 J2 M3J 1 Engine calculator earth E3E
406 + K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P69 A
B 329 K2 337 1 Injection pump J31 A Wire
J69 K3 316 1 Heating control 226 identifica 2 J36 Ending
J65 tion
P69 A
A D B C 1 058 0,6 Theoretical speed P29 5
K J H G F E D C B A 2 015 0,6 TDB alternator speed J41 A2
37 19 057 0,6 Theoretical speed supply P29 4
316 341 326 333 331 338 3
328

25
605bsm11

605bsm02

A 337 M3J 308 344 336 335 321 2


1 5 9 13 17
J31 323 307 340 339 334 342 332 1
605bsm09 B 058 052 051 050 022

139 015 040 056


323

321

339

340

316

333

334

332

308

307

326

331

344

342

341

337

338

335 A
071 053 044 057

K
336 J67
B

J
041 016 M0F M0B

H
G
F
M3J 4 8 12 16 20
K1 A2 F1 G1 K3 C3 D1 B1 G2 J1 D3 B3 E2 C1 G3 K2 A3 B2 D2 J2

E
D
C
B
J64 E3E

A
1 2 3
24

604bsm28

605bsm17
604bsm11

F.40 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


Engine management

+APC

+AVC 205

J1
110 J40
J41
170 J54 31
J08 59 32
J48 E3D
J30
J90
J29 P30
P90
P29
J51
J56 J01
J50 P50 J69 J55 3/3
P50 J57 P02
3/1 J89 J66
J58
E0A E7A 102
200 P69
J60 206
5
J65 E3F J38
7a
J31
606bsm73 E3E J200
J67 J64

J79 J46
J45 J98
31

J68 606bsm22INJEL

110 J35
J20 J21
J36
606bsm80
176
60

J09

J37

203
E0B
J63 J62 J10
P01

3/1

J02

606bsm83

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.41


Notes Notes

F.42 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


HARNESS AND CONNECTOR PATHS

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.45


CONTENTS

0/1 - INSTRUMENT PANEL HARNESS............................................................................................................................... F.48


3/1 - ELECTRONIC INJECTION ENGINE............................................................................................................................ F.53
3/1 - MECHANICAL INJECTION ENGINE ........................................................................................................................... F.56
3/2 - PREHEATING CONTROL HARNESS ......................................................................................................................... F.58
3/3 - RADIATOR COWLING HARNESS .............................................................................................................................. F.59
3/4 - AIR BRAKE HARNESS ................................................................................................................................................ F.60
0/5 - PLATFORM/ROLL BAR HARNESS............................................................................................................................. F.61
7A - TRANSMISSION HARNESS, REVERSHIFT REVERSER........................................................................................... F.63
7B - TRANSMISSION HARNESS, MECHANICAL REVERSER WITH MECHANICAL OR HYDRAULIC DOUBLER......... F.65
8A - TRANSMISSION CONTROLS HARNESS, REVERSHIFT INVERTER ....................................................................... F.67
8B - TRANSMISSION CONTROLS HARNESS, MECHANICAL INVERTER WITH MECHANICAL OR HYDRAULIC DOUBLER
F.70

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2
Connectors Pages Connectors Pages Connectors Pages

Connectors Pages J39..............................................F.58 J60............................................. F.63 P28 ............................................ F.62


J01............................................. F.53 J40..............................................F.48 J60............................................. F.64 P29 ............................................ F.48
J01............................................. F.56 J40..............................................F.50 J60............................................. F.65 P29 ............................................ F.52
J01............................................. F.67 J41..............................................F.48 J60............................................. F.66 P30 ............................................ F.48
J02............................................. F.48 J41..............................................F.51 J60............................................. F.67 P30 ............................................ F.52
J04............................................. F.61 J42..............................................F.48 J62............................................. F.48 P38 ............................................ F.60
J05............................................. F.48 J42..............................................F.51 J62............................................. F.51 P50 ............................................ F.63
J05............................................. F.49 J45..............................................F.48 J63............................................. F.48 P50 ............................................ F.64
J06............................................. F.48 J45..............................................F.51 J63............................................. F.52 P50 ............................................ F.65
J06............................................. F.49 J46..............................................F.48 J64............................................. F.53 P69 ............................................ F.53
J07............................................. F.61 J46..............................................F.51 J64............................................. F.54 P69 ............................................ F.55
J08............................................. F.48 J47..............................................F.67 J65............................................. F.53 P90 ............................................ F.59
J08............................................. F.49 J47..............................................F.68 J65............................................. F.54
J09............................................. F.48 J47..............................................F.70 J66............................................. F.53 X2D............................................ F.61
J09............................................. F.49 J48..............................................F.67 J66............................................. F.54 X2D............................................ F.62
J10............................................. F.48 J48..............................................F.68 J66............................................. F.56 X2G............................................ F.61
J10............................................. F.49 J48..............................................F.70 J67............................................. F.53 X2G............................................ F.62
J20............................................. F.48 J49..............................................F.63 J67............................................. F.54 X3 .............................................. F.61
J20............................................. F.49 J49..............................................F.65 J68............................................. F.53 X3 .............................................. F.62
J21............................................. F.48 J50..............................................F.69 J68............................................. F.54
J21............................................. F.50 J50..............................................F.70 J69............................................. F.63
J22............................................. F.53 J50..............................................F.71 J69............................................. F.64
J22............................................. F.56 J51..............................................F.67 J69............................................. F.65
J28............................................. F.48 J51..............................................F.68 J69............................................. F.66
J28............................................. F.50 J51..............................................F.70 J79............................................. F.48
J29............................................. F.67 J51..............................................F.71 J79............................................. F.52
J29............................................. F.68 J52..............................................F.70 J88............................................. F.67
J29............................................. F.70 J52..............................................F.71 J88............................................. F.68
J200........................................... F.53 J53..............................................F.70 J89............................................. F.63
J200........................................... F.54 J53..............................................F.71 J89............................................. F.64
J200........................................... F.56 J54..............................................F.63 J90............................................. F.53
J200........................................... F.57 J54..............................................F.65 J90............................................. F.54
J225........................................... F.60 J55..............................................F.63 J90............................................. F.56
J30............................................. F.67 J56..............................................F.63 J90............................................. F.57
J30............................................. F.68 J57..............................................F.63 J98............................................. F.48
J31............................................. F.53 J57..............................................F.64 J98............................................. F.52
J35............................................. F.48 J57..............................................F.65
J35............................................. F.50 J57..............................................F.66 P01 ............................................ F.48
J36............................................. F.48 J58..............................................F.63 P01 ............................................ F.52
J36............................................. F.51 J58..............................................F.64 P02 ............................................ F.53
J37............................................. F.48 J58..............................................F.65 P02 ............................................ F.55
J37............................................. F.50 J58..............................................F.66 P02 ............................................ F.56
J38............................................. F.53 J59..............................................F.63 P02 ............................................ F.57
J38............................................. F.56 J59..............................................F.64 P28 ............................................ F.61

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.47


0/1 - Instrument panel harness
Connectors Designation
J02 Engine front harness connection
J05 Interconnection panel
J06 Interconnection panel
J08 Interconnection panel
J09 ISC controls
J79 J46 J10 Signalling control
J45 J98 J20 Rotating beacon switch
J21 Hazard warning lights switch
J28 Cab top harness connection
J35 Instrument panel
J36 Instrument panel
J37 Potentiometer Accelerator
J40 Shunt receptacle (brown)
J41 Shunt receptacle (grey)
110 J35 J42 Shunt receptacle (grey)
Front axle switch
J20 J21 J45
J46 Front PTO switch
J36 J62 ISC potentiometer
J63 ISC clutch release switch
J79 Work working light control switch
J98 Mowing control
176 P01 Engine front harness connection
60 P29 Transmission control harness connection
P30 Transmission control harness connection

Wire
identi 2 J02 Ending
ficati
J09 on
A --- --- --- H
X J
B --- --- ---
J37 C 011 1 D+ alternator J42 A5 014 K
D --- --- --- G B
W 049 043
E --- --- ---
F 019 1 Horn J10 B3 V 085 F A C 045 L
G --- --- --- 019 011
203 H --- --- --- U 017 046 M
J 014 1 Alternator speed J41 A1
E0B K 043 1 Engine water temperature J35 28 042 E D
L 045 1 Engine oil pressure J35 15 T N
J63 J62 J10 M 046 1 Air filter blocked J35 36 078 005
S P
P01 N --- --- --- R
P 005* 1 +APC accelerator pot J37 B
R 078* 1 Engine curve change J35 9
3/1 S --- --- ---
T 042 1 Engine water temperature alert J35 32
U 017* 1 Accelerator pot. cursor J37 C
065* 1 Engine computer faults display J35 33
V
082** 1 Preheating control 60
J02 049* 1
REF- Accelerator
J37 A
W potentiometer
105** 1 Electric stop 60 604bsm01
X --- --- ---
* Only electronic injection engine version
** Only mechanical injection engine version

606bsm83

F.48 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


0/1 - Instrument panel harness
Reverser under torque version
Wire
Wire 11 9 7 5 3 1 identif 2 J09 Ending
identif 2 016 008 013 004 icatio
J05 Ending n
icatio 1 2 3 4 5
n 009 023 M0E 018 A1 --- --- --- A 090 092
1 004 5 Starter control 60 50 12 10 8 6 4 2 A2 090 0,6 Forward drive control P30 4
A3 --- --- --- B 099 091 104 103 M1B
2 018 3 + AVC command signal J10 A1
3 013 0,6 Safety shunt PDF 196 A4 092 0,6 Reverse drive control P30 5
4 M0E 1 Panel J40 A6 A5 --- --- ---

11
5 008 3 Start P01 V

9
+ APC reverser controls

7
6 023 0,6 Lights relay controls J42 B5 B1 099 0,6 J08 7

1
5
B2 091 0,6 Neutral control P30 6 A

2
7 --- --- ---

3
B3 104 0,6 + APC ISC controls J42 A1

1
8 --- --- ---

4
B
B4 103 0,6 Not neutral controls J08 2

5
9 --- --- ---
10 008 0,6 Reverser/BDV engaged J35 1 B5 M1B 0,6 Reverser controls earth J40 B5
11 016 0,6 + APC control panel J36 12
12 --- --- ---

Wire
identif 2 J10 Ending 1 2 3 4 5
icatio 021
11 9 7 5 3 1 A 018 022 020 079
Wire n
036 052 051 050 031 037 + AVC signalling control
identif 2 A1 018 3 J05 2 B 032 029 019 034
J06 Ending Main lights control
icatio 038 039 072 075 061 053 A2
021 2 P01 X
n 022 0,6 Headlights indicator J36 17
12 10 8 6 4 2
A3 --- --- ---
1 037 1,4 + AVC warning controls J21 2
A4 020 2 Dipped headlights P01 W
2 053 0,5 + AVC control panel J36 11

1
A5 079 0,6 Side lights controls J42 B4 A

2
3 031 1,4 Flashing unit J41 A7
11

4 061 0,5 + APC front PTO controls J46 5

4
Control RH flashing lights B
9

B1 032 1,4 J08 12

5
5 050 0,6 TA steering J36 13
7

B2 029 1,4 Flashing light supply J41 A5


5

+ AVC rear working lights


6 075 1 J79 1 Horn
3
B3 019 1 J02 F
controls 1
B4 034 1,4 LH indicators controls J06 6
7 051 0,6 REM 1 steering J36 9
B5 --- --- ---
8 072 0,6 + APC front axle controls J45 1
9 052 0,6 REM 2 steering J36 5
10 038 1,4 + APC rotating beacon controls J20 1
604bsm03
11 036 1,4 Power supply to indicator unit J21 6
12 038 1,4 + APC warning controls J21 8

Wire
Wire
identif 2
identif 2 11 9 7 5 3 1 J20 Ending 2 4 6 8
J08 Ending icatio
icatio
n

2
033 099 028 027 025
n

4
063

6
+ APC rotating beacon 039
+ APC brake lights 032 035 034 096 103

8
1 025 1 203 1 039 1,4 J06 10 068
controls
2 103 0,6 Not neutral controls J09 B4 12 10 8 6 4 2 1 3 5 7
2 --- --- ---
3 027 1 Brake light 203
3 --- --- ---
4 096* 1 + APC declutch contact J63 2
4 --- --- ---
5 028 0,6 TDB brake lights J35 18
063 1,4 Rotating beacon control J28 1
11

6 034 1,4 LH indicators controls J10 B4 5


Rotating beacon indicator
9

068 0,6 J20 9


7 099 0,6 + APC reverser controls J09 B1
7

6 --- --- --- 9 10


5

8 035 1,4 LH indicators/warning controls J21 1 9


3

7 --- --- --- 068 M0H

1
9 --- --- ---

0
1

8 --- --- ---


10 --- --- ---
9 068 0,6 Rotating beacon indicator J20 5
11 033 1,4 RH indicators/warning controls J21 5
Rotating beacon warning light
12 032 1,4 RH indicators control J10 B1 10 M0H 0,6 J40 A7
earth
* Reverser under torque version

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.49


0/1 - Instrument panel harness
Wire
identif 2 J35 Ending
Wire icatio
identif 2 n
J21 Ending
icatio 1 009 0,6 Reverser engaged J05 10
n 2 M0G 0,6 Tractor speed earth P29 17 1 5 9 13 17 21 25 29 33

1 035 1,4 LH indicators/warning controls J08 8 2 4 6 8 3 055 0,6 Diag. K P29 9 009 069 078 048 073 065
2 037 1,4 + AVC warning controls J06 1 4 --- --- ---

2
037 036 038 M0G 070 047 028 066 101
Indicators/warning supply 1000 rpm PTO

4
3 030 1,4 J41 A6 5 069 0,6 J28 2

6
4 --- --- --- 035 030 033 6 070 0,6 540 rpm PTO J28 3

8
055 054 012 045 074
5 033 1,4 RH indicators/warning controls J08 11 1 3 5 7 7 054 0,6 Diag. L P29 10
6 036 1,4 Central supply J06 11 8 --- --- --- 102 059 024 043 042 046
7 --- --- --- 9 078 1 Engine curve change J02 R 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36
8 038 1,4 + APC warning controls J06 12 10 047 0,6 PDF 540-1000 rpm 196
9 M0C 0,6 Warning light earth J40 A3 11 012 0,6 D+ alternator TDB J42 A6
10 --- --- --- 12 --- --- ---
9 10
9 13 048 0,6 IP display selector 244 A4
M0C 14 --- --- ---

1
0
15 045 1 Engine oil pressure J02 L
16 102 0,6 Buzzer control P30 3
604bsm08
17 073 0,6 Front axle controls J45 5
18 028 0,6 TDB brake lights J08 5
19 --- --- ---
20 059 0,6 PTO engaged P29 7
21 --- --- ---
22 --- --- ---
Wire 23 --- --- ---
identif 2 24 024 0,6 TDB lighting J42 B6
J28 Ending
icatio 25 --- --- ---
n 26 --- --- ---
1 063 076 081 M0M M0N 13
1 063 1,4 Rotating beacon control J20 5 27 --- --- ---
2 069 0,6 Socket 1000 rpm J35 5 2 069 071 M0L 14 28 043 1 Engine water temperature J02 K
3 070 0,6 Socket 540 rpm J35 6 29 --- --- ---
4 076 1 Rear working light controls J79 5 3 070 080 M0K M0D 15 30 066 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light P29 13
5 071 1 Hand brake warning light J36 7 31 074 1 Front axle solenoid valve P29 8
+ APC rear PTO clutch 32 042 1 Engine water temperature alert J02 T
6 080 0,6 P29 12 Engine calculator defect
engaged controls 065 1 J02 V
33
7 081 0,6 PTO engaged P29 7 065* 1 Preheating indicator 60
8 --- --- --- 34 101 0,6 DRIVETRONIC defect P30 2
9 --- --- --- 35 --- --- ---
10 M0M 0,6 RH wing earth J40 B2 36 045 1 Air filter blocked J02 M
11 M0L 1,4 LH wing earth E0A 13 * Version with mechanical injection engine
12 M0K 2 RH wing earth E0A
14
13 M0N 3 25 A socket earth E0A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
15
14 --- --- --- Wire
A
15 M0O 3 25 A socket earth E0A 604bsm09
identif 2 J40 Ending
icatio B
n
A1 M0J 3 Rear earth E0A 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
A2 M0B 0,6 Instrument panel earth J36 20 A M0J M0B M0C M0Q M0E M0H
A3 M0C 0,6 Warning light earth J21 9
A4 --- --- --- B M0I M0M M1B M1C
A5 M0D 0,6 Rear working light earth J79 10
Electronic injection engine version A6 M0E 1 Panel earth J05 4
Wire A7 M0H 0,6 Rotating beacon warning light J20 10
earth
identif

1
2 J37 Ending

2
icatio A

3
C B A Instrument panel display
n B1 M0I 0,6 selector earth 244
B

5
6
017 005 049
A 049 1 Accelerator pot. reference J02 W C B2 M0M 0,6 RH wing earth J25 10

7
B
B 005 1 + APC pot. Accelerator J02 P A B3 --- --- ---
C 017 1 Accelerator potent. cursor J02 U B4 --- --- ---
604bsm12 B5 M1B* 0,6 Reverser controls earth J09 B5
B6 M1C 0,6 Mowing display grounding J98 10
B7 --- --- ---

F.50 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


0/1 - Instrument panel harness
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wire
identif 2 A
Wire J42 Ending
icatio
identif 2 B
J36 Ending n
icatio
n A1 104 0,6 + APC controls SR J09 B3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1 5 9 13 17 A2 109 0,6 + APC mowing control J98 5 A 104 109 110 011 012
1 058 0,6 Theoretical speed P29 5
058 052 051 050 022 A3 110 0,6 + APC controls SR Mowing P30 10
2 015 0,6 TDB alternator speed J41 A2 B 079 023 024
A4 --- --- ---
3 --- --- --- 015 040 056 A5 011 1 D+ alternator J02 C
4 --- --- ---
071 053 044 057 A6 012 0,6 D+ alternator TDB J35 11
5 052 0,6 REM 2 steering J06 9
A7 --- --- ---
6 --- --- ---

1
041 016 M0F M0B

2
7 071 1 Hand brake warning light J28 5 A

3
4 8 12 16 20 B1 --- --- ---
8 041 0,6 Fuel level P29 3
B2 --- --- --- B

5
REM 1 steering

6
9 051 0,6 J06 7
B3 --- --- ---

7
10 040 0,6 Front PTO warning light J46 1
B4 079 0,6 Side lights controls J10 A5
11 053 0,6 + AVC control panel J06 2
B5 023 0,6 Lights relay controls J05 6
12 016 0,6 + APC control panel J05 11
B6 024 0,6 Instrument panel light J35 24
13 050 0,6 Tractor steering J06 5
B7 --- --- ---
14 --- --- ---
15 044 0,6 Rear work lights controls P29 1
16 M0F 0,6 Fuel level earth P29 16
17 022 0,6 Headlights indicator J10 A2
Transmission hydraulic 604bsm11
Wire
18 056 0,6 P29 2 identif
pressure 2 J45 Ending 2 4 6 8
19 057 0,6 Theoretical speed supply P29 4 icatio

2
n

4
20 M0B 0,6 Instrument panel earth J40 A2

6
+ APC front axle controls

8
1 072 0,6 J06 8 072 073
2 --- --- ---
1 3 5 7
3 --- --- ---
4 --- --- ---
5 073 0,6 Front axle controls J35 17 604bsm16
6 --- --- ---
7 --- --- ---
8 --- --- ---

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
Wire Wire
identif 2 A identif 2
J41 Ending J46 Ending 2 4 6 8
icatio icatio

2
n B
n

4
6
Alternator speed

8
A1 014 1 J02 J 040 0,6 Front PTO warning light J36 10 040 061
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 067
A2 015 0,6 TDB alternator speed J36 2 067 1 Front power take-off control P29 11
1 3 5 7
A3 100* 0,6 Engine speed P30 1 A 014 015 100 029 030 031 2 --- --- ---
A4 --- --- --- 3 --- --- ---
B
A5 029 1,4 Indicator power supply J10 B2 4 --- --- --- 604bsm17
A6 030 1,4 Indicator/warning power supply J21 3 5 061 0,6 + APC front PTO controls J06 4
A7 034 1,4 Flashing unit J06 3 6 --- --- ---
7 --- --- ---
1

B1 --- --- --- 8 --- --- ---


2

A
3

B2 --- --- ---


B3 --- --- --- B
5

Reverser under torque version


6

B4 --- --- ---


7

B5 --- --- --- Wire


B6 --- --- --- identif
B7 --- --- ---
2 J62 Ending
icatio C B A
* REVERSHIFT version only n
093 098 106 C
A 106 0,6 REF.- Clutch potentiometer P30 11 B
A
B 098 0,6 REF.+ Clutch potentiometer P30 12
C 093 0,6 Potentiometer cursor P30 7

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.51


0/1 - Instrument panel harness
Reverser under torque version Wire S T U

Wire identif 2 002 003


P01 Ending
identif icatio
2 J63 Ending
R
icatio n Z 001 008 V
n 1 2 3 R 001 10 + AVC general 60 30
1 097 0,6 Declutched position P30 9 097 096 S 002 7 + AVC general 110 021 020
2 096 1 + APC clutch released switch J08 4 1 T --- --- ---
2 U 003 7 + AVC general 110 Y X W
3 --- --- --- 3
V 008 3 Start J05 5
604bsm19 W 020 2 Dipped headlights J10 A4
X 021 2 Main beam lights J10 A2
Y --- --- ---
Z --- --- ---

Wire 16 13 10 7 4 1
059
identif 2 M0F 066 054 057 044
Wire P29 Ending 081
icatio
identif M0G 067 074 058 056
2 J79 Ending n
icatio 1 044 0,6 Rear work light controls J36 15 080 055 041
n 2 4 6 8
Transmission hydraulic 18 15 12 9 6 3
2 056 0,6 J36 18

2
+ AVC rear working light pressure

4
1 075 1 J06 6
controls Fuel level

6
076 3 041 0,6 J36 8
075

8
2 --- --- --- 077 4 057 0,6 Theoretical speed supply J36 19
3 --- --- --- 1 3 5 7 5 058 0,6 Theoretical speed J36 1 16
13
4 --- --- --- 6 --- --- --- 10
7
076 1 RH rear working light controls J28 4 059 0,6 PTO engaged J35 20 4
1
7
5 RH rear working light warning 081 0,6 PTO engaged J28 7
077 0,6 J79 9
light 8 074 1 Front axle solenoid valve J35 31
6 --- --- --- 9 10 9 9 055 0,6 Diag. K J35 3

10
7 --- --- --- 077 M0D 10 054 0,6 Diag. L J35 7
8 --- --- --- 11 067 1 Front power take-off control J46 1
RH rear working light warning 604bsm20 12 080 0,6 + APC RR PTO clutch ctrl J28 6
9 077 0,6 J79 5 604bsm23
light 13 066 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J35 30
10 M0D 0,6 RH rear working light earth J40 A5 14 --- --- ---
15 --- --- ---
16 M0F 0,6 Fuel level earth J36 16
17 M0G 0,6 Tractor speed earth J35 2
18 --- --- ---

10 7 4 1

110 093 090 100


Reverser under torque version
Wire Wire
106 092 101
identif 2 identif
J98 Ending 2 Ending
098 097 091 102
icatio icatio
P30
2 4 6 8 12 9 6 3
n n
2

Control Mowing
4

108 0,6 P30 8


1 1 100 0,6 Engine speed J41 A3
6

107 0,6 Lamp Mowing J98 9 107 109


8

108 2 101 0,6 DRIVETRONIC defect J35 34


2 --- --- --- 10
1 3 5 7 3 102 0,6 Buzzer control J35 16 7
3 --- --- --- 4
4 090 0,6 Forward drive control J09 A2 1
4 --- --- ---
5 092 0,6 Reverse drive control J09 A4
5 109 0,6 + APC mowing control J42 A2
6 091 0,6 Neutral control J09 B2
6 --- --- ---
7 093 0,6 Potentiometer cursor J62 C
7 --- --- --- 9 10 9 8 108 0,6 Control Mowing J98 1
8 --- --- ---
10

107 M1C 9 097 0,6 Declutched position J63 1


9 107 0,6 Lamp Mowing J98 1 10 110 0,6 + APC ISC controls/Mowing J42 A3
10 M1C 0,6 Earth Lamp Mowing J40 B6 11 106 0,6 REF.-Clutch potentiometer J62 A
12 098 0,6 REF.+Clutch potentiometer J62 B

F.52 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


3/1 - electronic injection engine
Connectors Designation
J01 Cab bottom harness connection
S T U
J22 Front windscreen washer pump
300 301
J31 Injection pump
J38 Air brake harness connection
J64 Engine computer Z R 322 V 304
J65 Fuel temperature

606bsm22INJEL
J66 Engine water temperature 311 310
J67 Engine speed Y X W
J68 Air temperature
J90 Radiator cowling harness connection
Rear windscreen washer pump

J38
J200
Cab bottom harness connection

P69
P02
P69 Transmission harness connection

J200
P02
J01 Wire
604bsm25
identif 2 J01 Ending
icatio
n
R 322 10 + AVC general E3D
E3D

S 300 7 + AVC general E3D 3 2 1


T --- --- --- 320 M3K

E3E
U 301 7 + AVC general E3D 3
200
V 304 3 Starter solenoid 32 2
1
W 310 2 Dipped headlights J90 1
X 311 2 Main beam lights J90 2 604bsm26
Y --- --- ---
E3F

J64 Z --- --- ---


J66

J65

J31

Wire A B
identif 2 337 338 A
J22 Ending
icatio B
n
1 M3K 1 FR windscr. washer pump earth E3E
2 --- --- ---
3 320 1 Front windscreen washer pump P02 H
31
32

604bsm27
J67

Wire
206

identif 2 J31 Ending


icatio
C B A
n
A 337 1 Injection pump J64 K2 M3L 343 C
B
B 338 1 Injection pump J64 A3 A
J90
P90

3/3

Wire
identif 2 J38 Ending
icatio
n
A 343 1 Air brake solenoid valve P02 A
B M3L 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth E3E
C --- --- ---

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.53


3/1 - electronic injection engine
Wire
identif 2 J66 Ending
icatio
Wire A B
n
identif 2 J64 Ending A 332 1 Engine water temperature J64 B1 335 336
icatio K J H G F E D C B A (Ref-) Engine water

A B
n B 328 1 E3F
316 341 326 333 331 338 3 temperature
A1 --- --- ---
A2 321 1 + APC engine calculator P69 D 337 M3J 308 344 336 335 321 2
604bsm31
A3 338 1 Injection pump J31 B
323 307 340 339 334 342 332 1
B1 332 1 Engine water temperature J66 A
B2 335 1 Engine speed J67 A Wire
B3 331 1 Accelerator potent. cursor P02 U identif 2 J67 Ending
icatio A B

K
n

J
C1 342 1 Engine change curve P02 R

H
G
332 328

F
C2 --- --- --- A 335 1 Engine speed J64 B2

A B
C3 333 1 Fuel temperature J65 A B 336 1 Engine speed J64 D2

E
D
C
B
D1 334 1 Air temperature J68 A 604bsm30

A
D2 336 1 Engine speed J67 B

1 2 3
D3 326 1 (Ref-) sensors E3F

E1 --- --- ---


E2 344 1 (Ref+) accelerator pot P02 P Wire
604bsm identif A B
E3 --- --- --- 2 J68 Ending
icatio 334 330
CAN L n

A
F1 339 1 P69 B
F2 --- --- --- Air temperature

B
A 334 1 J64 D1
F3 --- --- --- 604bsm32
B 330 1 (Ref-) Air temperature E3F

G1 340 1 CAN H P69 C


G2 308 1 Engine water temperature alert P02 T
G3 341 1 Engine calculator defect P02 V
Wire
H1 --- --- ---
identif 2
H2 --- --- --- J90 Ending
H3 --- --- ---
icatio 1 2 3
n 1
310 311 M3C 2
J1 307 1 Engine water temperature P02 K 1 310 2 Dipped headlights J01 W 3
J2 M3J 1 Engine calculator earth E3E 2 311 2 Main beam lights J01 X 306 M3B
J3 --- --- --- 3 M3C 2 Front optics earth 31 4 5 6
4 306 1 Horn P02 F
K1 323 1 + AVC engine calculator P69 A 5 --- --- ---
604bsm33
K2 337 1 Injection pump J31 A 6 M3B 1 Horn earth 31
K3 316 1 Heating control 226

Wire
Wire identif 2 J200 Ending
identif 2 icatio
J65 Ending 3 2 1
icatio n
n 325 M3G
A B RR windscr. washer pump
1 M3G 1 E3E 3
A 333 1 Fuel temperature J64 C3 earth 2
333 329 2 --- --- --- 1
B 329 1 (Ref-) fuel temperature E3F
A B

604bsm34
3 325 1 Rear windscreen washer pump P02 S

605bsm29

F.54 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


3/1 - electronic injection engine

Wire
identif 2 P02 Ending
icatio
n H
X J
A 343 1 Air brake solenoid valve J38 A 320
B --- --- --- 309 K
C 303 1 D+ alternator 31 G B
W 327 307
D --- --- ---
E --- --- --- V 341 F A C 305 L
F 306 1 Horn J90 4 306 343 303
G --- --- --- U 331 319 M
H 320 1 Front windscreen washer pump J22 3
J 309 1 Alternator 31 308
E D
K 307 1 Engine water temperature J64 J1 T N
325 344
L 305 1 Oil pressure 200 342
S P
M 319 1 Air filter 206 R
N --- --- ---
P 344 1 (Ref+) accelerator pot J64 E2
R 342 1 Engine curve change J64 C1
S 325 1 Rear windscreen washer pump J200 3
T 308 1 Engine water temperature alert J64 G2
U 331 1 Accelerator pot. cursor J64 B3
V 341 1 Engine calculator defect J64 G3
REF.- Accelerator
W 327 1 E3F
potentiometer
X --- --- ---

Wire
D C B A
identif 2 P69 Ending
icatio 321 340 339 323
n
A 323 1 + AVC engine calculator J64 K1
B 339 1 CAN L J64 F1
C 340 1 CAN H J64 G1
D 321 1 + AVC engine calculator J64 A2 D
C
B
A

605bsm36

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.55


3/1 - mechanical injection engine
Connectors Designation
J01 Cab bottom harness connection
J22 Front windscreen washer pump
J38 Air brake harness connection

606bsm22INJME
J66 Engine water temperature
J90 Radiator cowling harness connection
J200 Rear windscreen washer pump
P02 Cab bottom harness connection

J38
Wire S T U
identif

J200
2 J01 Ending 300 301
icatio

P02
J01
n
Z R 322 V 304
R 322 10 + AVC general E3D
S 300 7 + AVC general E3D
T --- --- --- 311 310
U 301 7 + AVC general E3D Y X W
E3D

V 304 3 Starter solenoid 32


W 310 2 Dipped headlights J90 1

E3E
X 311 2 Main beam lights J90 2
Y --- --- ---
200

Z --- --- ---

604bsm25
Wire
identif 2
J66

J22 Ending
icatio
n 3 2 1
1 M3K 1 FR windscr. washer pump earth E3E
320 M3K
2 --- --- ---
3
3 320 1 Front windscreen washer pump P02 H 2
1

604bsm26
31
32

Wire
identif 2 J38 Ending
icatio C B A
n M3L 343 C
206

B
A 343 1 Air brake solenoid valve P02 A A
B M3L 1 Air brake solenoid valve earth E3E
C --- --- ---
3/3

Wire 1 2
identif 2 J66 Ending 308 307
icatio

1
n

2
1 308 1 Engine water temperature alert P02 T
2 307 1 Engine water temperature P02 K

F.56 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


3/1 - mechanical injection engine

Wire
identif 2 J90 Ending
icatio
n
1 310 2 Dipped headlights J01 W
2 311 2 Main beam lights J01 X
3 M3C 2 Front optics earth 31 1 2 3
4 306 1 Horn P02 F 1
5 --- --- --- 310 311 M3C 2
3
6 M3B 1 Horn earth 31 306 M3B
4 5 6

Wire
identif 2 J200 Ending
icatio
n
1 M3G 1 RR windscr. washer pump earth E3E
3 2 1
2 --- --- ---
3 325 1 Rear windscreen washer pump P02 S 325 M3G
3
2
1
604bsm34

Wire
identif 2 P02 Ending
icatio
H
n X J
320
A 343 1 Air brake solenoid valve J38 A 309 K
B --- --- --- G B
W 345 307
C 303 1 D+ alternator 31
D --- --- --- V 316 F A C 305 L
E --- --- ---
306 343 303
F 306 1 Horn J90 4 U 319 M
G --- --- ---
H 320 1 Front windscreen washer pump J22 3 308
J 309 1 Alternator 31 E D
T 325 N
K 307 1 Engine water temperature J66 2
L 305 1 Oil pressure 200 S
R
P
M 319 1 Air filter 206
N --- --- ---
P --- --- ---
R --- --- ---
S 325 1 Rear windscreen washer pump J200 3
T 308 1 Engine water temperature alert J66 1
U --- --- ---
V 316 1 Preheating control 226
W 345 1 Electric stop 25
X --- --- ---

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.57


3/2 - Preheating control harness

34

30

226

265
J39

606bsm85

Connectors Designation
J39 Preheating fuse

Wire
identifi 2 J39 Ending 1
cation 1 2
1 RG 10 + Battery 265 RG OR
2 OR 10 Pre-heat relay 226 2

604bsm37

F.58 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


3/3 - Radiator cowling harness
Connectors Designation
P90 Front harness connection

4 5 6 4
Wire 5
BC NO6
3/1 identifi 2 P90 Ending
6

cation RG1 BU1 NO1


1 RG1 2 Dipped headlights E3A 1 2 3
J90
2 BU1 2 Main beam lights E3B 604bsm38
P90 3 NO1 2 Cowling earth E3C
4 BC 1 Horn 173
5 --- --- ---
6 NO6 1 Horn 173

173
E3A
E3B
E3C

2A

2B

3B
3A

606bsm86

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.59


3/4 - Air brake harness

Connectors Designation
J225 Air brake solenoid valve
P38 Front harness connection

3/1

Wire
identifi 2 J225 Ending
J38
P38 cation
1 MA 1 Air brake solenoid valve P38 A
2 BU 1 Air brake solenoid valve P38 B

J225

Wire
identifi 2 P38 Ending
cation
A MA 1 Air brake solenoid valve J225 1
B BU 1 Air brake solenoid valve J225 2
C --- --- ---

334F340

F.60 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


0/5 - Platform/Roll bar harness

Connectors Designation
J04 Interconnection panel
J07 Interconnection panel
X2D RH lights
X2G LH lights
+APC
+AVC
X3 Rotating beacon
P28 Instrument panel harness connection
110
J28
P28
J07
J04

11 9 7 5 3 1
420 418 423 418
E0A Wire
identifi 2 J04 Ending 419 422 417 421
5
cation 12 10 8 6 4 2
1 416 3 + AVC electric tool socket 82 +
2 421 3 + AVC electric tool socket 82 +
3 --- --- ---

11
9
4 --- --- ---

7
5 --- --- ---

5
6 417 1 Rear RH brake light X2D 4

3
1
7 423 1 + APC electric tool socket 82 +ap
8 --- --- ---
9 418 1 RH front light X2D 2
10 422 1 RH rear light X2D 5
604bsm39
11 420 1 RH rear flashing light X2D 6
12 419 1 Front RH indicator X2D 3

12
X2D
EP3 11 9 7 5 3 1
Wire 410 404 407 405 402 400
identifi 2 J07 Ending
10
5 cation 408 409 406 403 401
EP1 8
X3 55 EP2 1 400 1 LH front light X2G 2 12 10 8 6 4 2
X2G
204 54 82 2 401 1 LH rear light X2G 5
P28 81 3 402 1 Police plate lighting 12 1
59
110 4 403 1 Trailer LH light 81 7

11
EP4
EP5 5 405 1 Rear LH brake light X2G 4

9
Trailer rear brake light

7
6 406 1,5 81 6

5
7 407 1 Front LH indicator X2G 3

3
Trailer rear LH indicator

1
8 409 1 81 1
11 9 404 1 Trailer RH light 81 5
10 408 1 LH rear flashing light X2G 6
11 410 1 Trailer rear RH indicator 81 4
604bsm40
12 --- --- ---

606bsm87

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.61


0/5 - Platform/Roll bar harness

Wire 5 6 7 8 Wire
identifi 2 X2D Ending identifi 2 P28 Ending
422 420 13 M4N M40 425 414 411 1
cation cation
1 M4J 1,5 RH light earth Ep3 M4J 418 419 417 1 411 1,5 Rotating beacon control X3 1 14 M4P 415 412 2
2 418 1 RH front light J04 9 1 2 3 4 2 412 1 Socket 1000 rpm 54 +
15 M4M M4I 424 413 3
3 419 1 Front RH indicator J04 12 3 413 1 Socket 540 rpm 55 +
4 417 1 Rear RH brake light J04 6 4 414 1 Rear working light controls Ep1
5 422 1 RH rear light J04 10 5 415 1 Hand brake warning light 204
6 420 1 RH rear flashing light J04 11 + APC rear PTO clutch
6 424 1 59
7 --- --- --- engaged controls 13

5
6
10
8 --- --- --- 7 425 1 PTO engaged 59 7

7
4
8 --- --- --- 1

8
9 --- --- ---
10 M4O 1,5 RH wing earth Ep3
11 M4P 1 LH wing earth Ep4
604bsm 12 M4I 2 RH wing earth Ep5
13 M4N 3 25 A socket earth 82
14 --- --- --- 604bsm52
15 M4M 3 25 A socket earth 82

Wire 5 6 7 8
identifi 2 X2G Ending 401 408
cation
1 M4B 1,5 LH light earth Ep5 M4B 400 407 405
2 400 1 LH front light J07 1 1 2 3 4
3 407 1 Front LH indicator J07 7
4 405 1 Rear LH brake light J07 5
5 401 1 LH rear light J07 2
6 408 1 LH rear flashing light J07 10
5
6

7 --- --- ---


7

8 --- --- ---


8

604bsm

Wire 1 2

identifi 2 X3 Ending 411 M4C


cation
1 411 1,5 Rotating beacon controls P28 1
2 M4C 1,5 Rotating beacon earth Ep5
1
2

604bsm51

F.62 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


7a - Transmission harness, REVERSHIFT reverser

Connectors Designation
J49 + / - range controls - Controls declutch ISC
J54 TA speed sensor
J55 Forward drive solenoid valve
J56 Reverse solenoid valve
205 J57 Front axle solenoid valve
J49 J58 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve
J59 ISC module speed sensor
J60 Front PTO solenoid valve
J69 Engine front harness connection
J89 Transmission oil temperature sensor
J54 P50 Transmission control harness connection

59
H G F E
P50 Wire
identifi 2 J49 Ending
725

cation 724 722 723


A 724 0,75 Controls + P50 28 A B C D
B --- --- ---
3/1 J69 C 722 0,75 Controls - P50 26
D 723 0,75 + APC controls P50 33
102 J56 E 725 0,75 Controls declutch ISC P50 22
J55 F --- --- ---
J89
J57 G --- --- ---
E7A H --- --- ---
J58

A
B
J60

C
D
604bsm53

Wire
identif 2 J54 Ending
icatio
n
1 703 0,75 TA speed supply P50 3
2 704 0,75 TA speed signal P50 4
3 M7A 0,75 TA speed earth P50 25

Wire
identif 2
J49 J59 J55 Ending
icatio
n
202
A 716 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve P50 16
Return forward drive solenoid
B 717 0,75 P50 17
valve
205

Wire
identif 2 J56 Ending
icatio
n
606bsm88
A 718 0,75 Reverse solenoid valve P50 18
Return reverse drive solenoid
B 719 0,75 P50 19
valve

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.63


7a - Transmission harness, REVERSHIFT reverser

Wire Wire
identif 2 identif 2
J57 Ending P50 Ending
icatio icatio
n n
1 708 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve P50 8 1 701 0,75 Hydraulic pressure 102
2 M7F 0,75 Front axle EV earth E7A 2 702 0,75 Fuel level 202 4 704 703 702 701 1

3 703 0,75 TA speed supply J54 1 9 709 708 707 706 705 5
4 704 0,75 TA speed signal J54 2 15 715 714 713 712 711 710 10
5 705 0,75 Gearbox engaged 205
22 725 721 720 719 718 717 716 16
Wire 6 706 0,75 Rear PTO clutch engaged 59
28 724 726 722 M7A M7B M7C 23
identif 2 + APC rear PTO clutch
J58 Ending 7 707 0,75
engagement
59
icatio 33 723 727 29

n 8 708 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J57 1 37 34


Hydraulic doubler solenoid
Hydraulic doubler solenoid 9 709 0,75 J58 1
1 709 0,75 P50 9 valve
valve
10 710 0,75 Mini fuel 202
2 M7G 0,75 EV hydraulic doubler earth E7A
11 711 0,75 Front power take-off control J60 A
12 712 1,4 + AVC engine calculator J69 A
13 713 1,4 + APC engine calculator J69 D
14 714 0,75 CAN L engine calculator J69 B
Wire
15 715 0,75 CAN H engine calculator J69 C
identif 2 J59 Ending 16 716 0,75 Forward drive solenoid valve J55 A
icatio
Return forward drive solenoid
n 2 17 717 0,75
valve
J55 B
1 720 0,75 Module speed ISC P50 20 M7D 2 1 18 718 0,75 Reverse solenoid valve J56 A
2 M7D 0,75 Earth Gearbox engaged E7A Return reverse drive solenoid
720 1 19 719 0,75 J56 B
valve
20 720 0,75 Module speed ISC J59 1
21 721 0,75 Gearbox engaged 205
22 725 0,75 Controls declutch ISC J49 E
Wire 23 M7C 1,4 Transmission earth E7A
identif 24 M7B 0,75 Fuel level earth 202
2 J60 Ending 25 M7A 0,75 TA speed earth J54 2
icatio
26 722 0,75 Controls - J48 C
n
27 726 0,75 Transmission temperature J89 1
A 711 0,75 Front power take-off control P50 11
28 724 0,75 Controls + J49 A
B M7H 0,75 Front PTO earth E7A
29 --- --- ---
30 --- --- ---
31 --- --- ---
REF.- Transmission
32 727 0,75 J89 2
temperature
Wire 33 723 0,75 + APC controls J49 D
identif 2 34 --- --- ---
J69 Ending
icatio 35 --- --- ---
n 36 --- --- ---
37 --- --- ---
A 712 1,4 + AVC engine calculator P50 12
B 714 0,75 CAN L engine calculator P50 14
C 715 0,75 CAN H engine calculator P50 15
D 713 1,4 + APC engine calculator P50 13

Wire
identif 2 J89 Ending
icatio
1 2
n
726 727
1 726 0,75 Transmission temperature P50 27
REF.- Transmission
1

2 727 0,75 P50 32


temperature
2

F.64 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


7b - Transmission harness, mechanical reverser with mechanical or hydraulic doubler

Wire
identif 2 P50 Ending
icatio
n
J49 1 701 0,75 Hydraulic pressure 102
2 702 0,75 Fuel level 202
3 703 0,75 TA speed supply J54 1
4 704 0,75 TA speed signal J54 2
5 705 0,75 Gearbox engaged 205
J54 6 706 0,75 Rear PTO clutch engaged 59
4 704 703 702 701 1
+ APC rear PTO clutch
P50 7 707 0,75 59 9 709 708 707 706 705 5
engagement
8 708 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J57 1 15 715 714 713 712 711 710 10
Hydraulic doubler solenoid 22 16
9 709** 0,75 J58 1
valve 28 724 722 M7A M7B M7C 23
10 710 0,75 Mini fuel 202
33 723 29
J69 J57 11 711 0,75 Front power take-off control J60 A
3/1
12 712 1,4 + AVC engine calculator J69 A 37 34

J58 13 713 1,4 + APC engine calculator J69 D


14 714 0,75 CAN L engine calculator J69 B
15 715 0,75 CAN H engine calculator J69 C
16 --- --- ---
17 --- --- ---
J60
18 --- --- ---
19 --- --- ---
20 --- --- ---
606bsm89 21 --- --- ---
22 --- --- ---
23 M7C 1,4 Transmission earth E7A
Connectors Designation 24 M7B 0,75 Fuel level earth 202
J49 + / - range controls 25 M7A 0,75 TA speed earth J54 3 604bsm69
J54 TA speed sensor 26 722** 0,75 Controls - J49 C
J57 Front axle solenoid valve 27 --- --- ---
J58 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve 28 724** 0,75 Controls + J49 A
J60 Front PTO solenoid valve 29 --- --- ---
J69 Engine front harness connection 30 --- --- ---
P50 Transmission control harness connection 31 --- --- ---
32 --- --- ---
33 723** 0,75 + APC range controls J49 B
34 --- --- ---
Hydraulic doubler version only 35 --- --- ---
36 --- --- ---
Wire 37 --- --- ---
identif 2 J49 Ending ** Hydraulic doubler version only
icatio
n A B C
A 724 0,75 Controls + P50 28 724 723 722 C
+ APC range controls B
B 723 0,75 P50 33 A Wire
C 722 0,75 Controls - P50 26 identif 2 J54 Ending
604bsm63 icatio
n
1 703 0,75 TA speed supply P50 3
2 704 0,75 TA speed signal P50 4
3 M7A 0,75 TA speed earth P50 25

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.65


7b - Transmission harness, mechanical reverser with mechanical or hydraulic
doubler

Wire
identif 2 J57 Ending
icatio
n
1 708 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve P50 8
2 M7F 0,75 Front axle EV earth E7A

Hydraulic doubler version only


Wire
identif 2 J58 Ending
icatio
n
Hydraulic doubler solenoid
1 709 0,75 P50 9
valve
2 M7G 0,75 EV hydraulic doubler earth E7A

Wire
identif 2 J60 Ending
icatio
n
A 711 0,75 Front power take-off control P50 11
B M7H 0,75 Front PTO earth E7A

Wire
identif 2 J69 Ending
icatio
n
A 712 1,4 + AVC engine calculator P50 12
B 714 0,75 CAN L engine calculator P50 14
C 715 0,75 CAN H engine calculator P50 15
D 713 1,4 + APC engine calculator P50 13

F.66 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


8a - Transmission controls harness, Revershift inverter
Wire
identif 2 J1 Ending
icatio
n
1 833 1 +APC solenoid valve supply J30 9
2 873 0,6 REF.+ Clutch potentiometer J30 12 28
14 42
Return reverse drive solenoid M8E
3 813 0.6 J50 19
valve 874 838

Return forward drive solenoid 822


4 811 0,6 J50 17
valve 13 870 41
821
5 810 0,6 Forward drive solenoid valve J50 16 12 825 839 40
6 812 0,6 Reverse solenoid valve J50 18
7 --- --- --- 11 840 39
J1
8 --- --- --- 10 809 814 38
9 --- --- ---
9 819 37
J47 110 10 809 0,6 Hydraulic doubler solenoid valve J50 9
11 --- --- --- 8 820 36
J48
12 825 0,6 Buzzer control J30 3 869
7 35
13 --- --- --- 827
131 J30 14 874 1 +APC auto 5 J88 B5 6 812 830 34
823
J29 15 M8F 1,5 Auto 5 earth J51 B1
5 810 800 33
16 826 0,6 Forward drive control J30 4 836
J51 E0A 17 805 0,6 Gearbox engaged J50 5 4 811 835 32
J88 18 836 0,6 Control - Ranges J50 26
805
3 813 878 31
J50 19 823 0,6 Neutral control J30 6 826
20 827 0,6 Reverse drive control J30 5 2 873 868 30

21 869 0,6 Transmission temperature J50 32 M8F


833 837
22 --- --- --- 15
23 --- --- --- 1 29
24 --- --- ---
25 --- --- ---
26 821 0,6 Auto fault 5 J30 2
7a
27 822 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13
606bsm90 28 M8E 1 Auto 5 earth J51 A3
29 837 1 +AVC auto 5 J48 2
30 868 0,6 BOC J30 9
31 878 0,75 Control Mowing J30 8
32 835 0,6 Control + Ranges J50 28
33 800 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J29 2
34 830 0,6 Clutch potentiometer cursor J30 7
Connectors Designation
35 --- --- ---
J1 Transmission electronic control unit 36 820 0,6 Engine speed J30 1
J29 Instrument panel harness connection 37 819 0,6 Speed TA J29 5
J30 Instrument panel harness connection 38 814 0,6 ISC module speed (revershift) J50 20
J47 CAN network socket and diagnostic socket 39 840 0,6 CAN L J88 B2
J48 Interconnection panel 40 839 0,6 CAN H J88 A2
J51 Shunt base 41 870 0,6 REF.- J88 A5
J60 Transmission harness connection 42 838 1 +APC auto 5 J51 A6
J88 Shunt base

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.67


8a - Transmission controls harness, Revershift inverter
Wire
identif 2 J47 Ending
icatio
Wire 9 16
n 867 861 842
identif 2 J29 Ending 1 --- --- --- 1 8
icatio M8G 866 860
n 1 847 803 806 861 822 M8C 16 2 --- --- ---
3 --- --- ---
1 847 0,6 Fuel low level warning J50 10 2 800 804 808 849 M8H 17 4 --- --- ---
801 819
800 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J1 33
2 3 802 860 816 18 5 M8G 1 Diagnostic socket earth J51 B2
801 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J50 1
6 866 1 CAN H J88 A1
3 802 0,6 Fuel level J50 2
7 860 1 Line K J29 9
4 803 0,6 TA speed supply J50 3
8 --- --- ---
5 804 0,6 Speed TA J50 4
9 --- --- ---
5 819 0,75 Speed TA J1 37
10 --- --- ---
6 --- --- ---
11 --- --- ---
Rear PTO clutch engagement
7 806 0,6 J50 6 12 --- --- ---
lever
13 --- --- ---
8 808 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J50 8
14 867 1 CAN L J88 B1
9 850 1 Line K J47 7 16
15 861 1 Line L J29 10
10 861 1 Line L J47 15 17
16 842 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J51 A7
11 849 0,6 Front PTO EV controls J50 11 18
+ APC rear PTO clutch
12 816 0,6 J51 B6
engagement switch
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
13 822 0,75 Hydraulic doubler warning light J1 27
Wire
14 --- --- --- A
identif 2
15 --- --- --- J51 Ending
16 M8C 0,6 Fuel level earth J50 24 icatio B

17 M8H 0,6 TA speed earth J50 25 n


18 --- --- --- A1 M8A 1,5 Transmission control earth E0A
A2 M8B 1,5 Transmission earth J50 23

1
2
A3 M8E 1 Auto 5 earth J1 28 A

3
A4 --- --- --- B

5
1 820 826 830 879 10

6
Wire + APC rear PTO clutch

7
A5 807 0,6 J50 7
identif 2 821 827 878 872 11 engagement switch
2 J30 Ending A6 838 1 +APC auto 5 J1 42
icatio
3 825 823 833 873 12 A7 842 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J47 16
n 824 868
1 820 0,6 Engine speed J1 36 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B1 M8F 1,5 Earth "Auto 5" J1 15
2 821 0,6 Auto fault 5 J1 26 A M8A M8B M8E 807 838 842
B2 M8G 1 Diagnostic socket earth J47 5
3 825 0,6 Buzzer control J1 12 B M8F M8G 875
B3 --- --- --- 845 846 816 879
4 826 0,6 Forward drive control J1 16
B4 845 1,5 + APC transmission controls J48 10
5 827 0,6 Reverse drive control J1 20
B5 846 0,6 + APC range controls J50 33
823 0,6 Neutral control J1 19
6 10
+ APC rear PTO clutch
824 0,6 Controls declutch ISC J50 22 B6 816 0,6 J29 12
engagement switch
7 830 0,6 Clutch potent. cursor J1 34 11
B7 879 0,75 +APC J30 10
8 878 0,75 Control Mowing J1 31 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

833 1 +APC solenoid valve supply J1 1 A


9
868 0,6 BOC J1 30 Wire
B
10 879 0,75 +APC J51 B7 identif 2 J88 Ending
11 872 0,6 J88 A7 icatio
12 873 0,6 REF.+ Clutch potentiometer J1 2 n
11 9 7 5 3 1
A1 866 1 CAN H J47 6

1
852

2
851 A
A2 839 0,75 CAN H J1 40

3
A3 854 0,6 CAN H engine calculator J50 15 B

5
845 837
Wire

6
A4 --- --- ---

7
identif 12 10 8 6 4 2
2 J48 Ending A5 870 0,6 REF.- J1 41
icatio A6 871 0,6 REF.- Transmission J50 27
n A7 872 0,6 --- J30 11
11

1 851 1,5 + AVC engine calculator J50 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7


9

2 837 1 +AVC auto 5 J1 29 B1 867 1 CAN L J47 14 A 866 839 854 870 871 872
7

10 845 1,5 + APC transmission controls J51 B4 B2 840 0,75 CAN L J1 39


5

B 867 840 853 875 874 815


3

11 852 1,5 + APC engine calculator J50 13 B3 853 0,6 CAN L engine calculator J50 14
1

B4 875 1 +APC J51 B7


B5 874 1 +APC auto 5 J1 14
B6 815 0,75 Module speed ISC J50 21
B7 --- --- ---

F.68 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


8a - Transmission controls harness, Revershift inverter

Wire
identif 2 J50 Ending
icatio
n
1 801 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J29 2
2 802 0,6 Fuel level J29 3
3 803 0,6 TA speed supply J29 4
4 804 0,6 Speed TA J29 5
5 805 0,6 Gearbox engaged J1 17
Rear PTO clutch engagement
6 806 0,6 J29 7
switch
+ APC rear PTO clutch
7 807 0,6 J51 A5
engagement switch
8 808 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J29 8
Hydraulic doubler solenoid
9 809 0,6 J1 10
valve
10 847 0,6 Fuel low level warning J29 1
11 849 0,6 Front PTO EV controls J29 11
12 851 1,5 + AVC engine calculator J48 1
13 852 1,5 + APC engine calculator J48 11
14 853 0,6 CAN L engine calculator J86 B3
15 854 0,6 CAN H engine calculator J86 A3
16 810 0,6 Forward drive solenoid valve J1 5
Return forward drive solenoid
17 811 0,6 J1 4
valve
18 812 0,6 Reverse solenoid valve J1 6 1 801 802 803 804 4
Return reverse drive solenoid 5 805 806 807 808 809 9
19 813 0,6 J1 3
valve
10 847 849 851 852 853 854 15
20 814 0,6 ISC module speed (revershift) J1 38
21 815 0,75 ISC module speed (revershift) J88 B6 16 810 811 812 813 814 815 824 22

22 824 0,6 Controls declutch ISC J30 6 23 M8B M8C M8H 836 871 835 28
23 M8B 1,5 Transmission earth J51 A2 29 869 846 33
24 M8C 0,6 Fuel level earth J29 16
34 37
25 M8H 0,6 TA speed earth J29 17
26 836 0,6 Control - Ranges J1 18
27 871 0,6 REF.- Transmission J88 A6
28 835 0,6 Control + Ranges J1 32
29 --- --- ---
30 --- --- ---
31 --- --- ---
32 869 0,6 Transmission temperature J1 21
33 846 0,6 + APC range controls J51 B5
34 --- --- ---
35 --- --- ---
36 --- --- ---
37 --- --- ---

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.69


8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or hydrau-
lic doubler

Wire
identif 2 J29 Ending
icatio
n
J53 1 800 0,6 Fuel low level warning J50 10
J52
2 801 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J50 1
3 802 0,6 Fuel level J50 2
4 803 0,6 TA speed supply J50 3
J47 5 804 0,6 Speed TA J50 4
J48 6 805 0,6 Gearbox engaged J50 5
7 806 0,6 Rear PTO clutch engaged J50 6
1 800 803 806 811 838 M8C 16
8 808 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J50 8
J29
9 810 1 Line K J47 7 2 801 804 808 814 M8D 17
J51 E0A 10 811 1 Line L J47 15
11 814 0,6 Front PTO EV controls J50 11 3 802 805 810 18
J50 + APC rear PTO clutch
816 0,6 J51 B1
engagement
12
+ APC rear PTO clutch
816** 0,6 J51 B4
engagement
13 838** 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J53 2
14 --- --- ---
7a 15 --- --- ---
606bsm91 16 M8C 0,6 Fuel level earth J50 24
17 M8D 0,6 TA speed earth J50 25 16
18 --- --- --- 17
** Hydraulic doubler version only 18
Connectors Designation 604bsm79
J29 Cab bottom harness connection
J47 CAN network socket and diagnostic socket
J48 Interconnection panel Wire
J50 Transmission harness connection identif 2 J47 Ending
J51 Shunt base icatio
J52 Doubler relay n
J53 Doubler relay 1 --- --- ---
2 --- --- ---
3 --- --- ---
4 --- --- --- 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
Wire M8F 1 Diagnostic socket earth J51 B7
5 823 811 809
identif 2 M8F** 1 Diagnostic socket earth J51 B1
J48 Ending 11 9 7 5 3 1
icatio 6 824 1 CAN H engine calculator J50 15 M8F 824 810
n 812 7 810 1 Line K J29 9
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
1 821 1,5 + AVC engine calculator J50 12 8 --- --- ---
821 822
2 --- --- --- 9 --- --- ---
12 10 8 6 4 2 10 --- --- ---
3 --- --- ---
4 --- --- --- 11 --- --- ---
5 --- --- --- 12 --- --- ---
13 --- --- ---
11

6 --- --- ---


9

7 --- --- --- 14 823 1 CAN L engine calculator--- J50 14


7

15 811 1 Line L J29 10


5

8 --- --- ---


3

9 --- --- --- 809 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J51 A2


1

16
812* 1 + APC transmission controls J51 A7 809** 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J51 A6
10
812 1 + APC transmission controls J51 A3 ** Hydraulic doubler version only
11 822 1,5 + APC engine calculator J50 13 604bsm80
12 --- --- ---
604bsm78
* Hydraulic doubler version only

F.70 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


8b - Transmission controls harness, mechanical inverter with mechanical or hydraulic
doubler Mechanical doubler
Wire 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
identif 2
Wire J51 Ending A
icatio
identif 2 n
J50 Ending B
icatio + APC rear PTO clutch
n A1 807 0,6
engagement switch
J50 7
1 801 0,6 Hydraulic pressure J29 2 A2 809 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J47 16
2 802 0,6 Fuel level J29 3 A3 812 1 + APC transmission controls J48 10

1
TA speed supply

2
3 803 0,6 J29 4 A4 --- --- --- A

3
4 804 0,6 Speed TA J29 5 A5 M8A 1 Transmission control earth E0A
B

5
5 805 0,6 Gearbox engaged J29 6 A6 M8B 1 Transmission earth J50 23

6
7
6 806 0,6 Rear PTO clutch engaged J29 7 A7 --- --- ---
+ APC rear PTO clutch
807 0,6 J51 A1
engagement switch + APC rear PTO clutch
7 B1 816 0,6 J29 12
+ APC rear PTO clutch engagement
807* 0,6 J51 A5
engagement switch B2 --- --- ---
1 2 3 4 5 6 7
8 808 0,75 Front axle solenoid valve J29 8 B3 --- --- ---
Hydraulic doubler solenoid 1 801 802 803 804 4 B4 --- --- --- A 807 809 812 M8A M8B
9 839* 0,75 J53 4
valve 5 805 806 807 808 839 9 B5 --- --- --- B 816 M8F
10 800 1 Fuel low level warning J29 1 10 800 814 821 822 823 824 15 B6 --- --- ---
11 814 0,6 Front PTO EV controls J29 1 B7 M8F 1 Diagnostic socket earth J47 5 604bsm82
16 22
12 821 1,5 + AVC engine calculator J48 1
13 822 1,5 + APC engine calculator J48 11 23 M8B M8CM8D 837 836 28
14 823 1 CAN L engine calculator J47 14 29 835 33 Hydraulic dual range unit
15 824 1 CAN H engine calculator J47 6 34 37 Wire 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
16 --- --- --- identif 2
17 --- --- --- J51 Ending A
icatio
18 --- --- --- n B
604bsm81
19 --- --- ---
A1 M8A 1 Transmission control earth E0A
20 --- --- ---
A2 M8B 1 Transmission earth J50 23
21 --- --- ---
A3 --- --- ---
22 --- --- ---
A4 --- --- ---

1
M8B 1 Transmission earth J51 A6

2
23 + APC rear PTO clutch A

3
M8B* 1 Transmission earth J51 A2 A5 807 0,6 J50 7
engagement switch
24 M8C 0,6 Fuel level earth J29 16 B

5
A6 809 1 Diagnostic socket power supply J47 16

6
25 M8D 0,6 TA speed earth J29 17

7
A7 812 1 + APC transmission controls J48 10
26 837* 0,6 Control - Ranges J52 1
27 --- --- ---
B1 M8F 1 Diagnostic socket earth J47 5
28 836* 0,6 Control + Ranges J53 5
B2 M8G 0,6 Relay 100 earth J52 2
29 --- --- ---
B3 M8H 0,6 Relay 101 earth J53 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
30 --- --- ---
+ APC rear PTO clutch
31 --- --- --- B4 819 0,6 J29 12 A M8A M8B 807 809 812
engagement
32 --- --- ---
B5 835 0,6 + APC + / - ranges controls J50 33 B M8F M8G M8H 816 835 840 841
33 835* 0,6 + APC + / - ranges controls J51 B5
B6 840 0,6 + APC relay 100 J52 4
34 --- --- ---
B7 841 0,75 + APC relay 101 J53 7 604bsm83
35 --- --- ---
36 --- --- ---
37 --- --- ---
* Hydraulic doubler version only Hydraulic doubler version only
Wire
Hydraulic doubler version only identif 2 2 838 1
J53 Ending
icatio 2
Wire 4 839 842 3
5 n 4
identif 2 Ending
5

J52 1 --- --- --- 6 M8H 836 5 1


icatio 2 M8G 840 837 1 6
2 838 0,6 Hydraulic doubler warning light J29 13 3
n 4 7 841
4 3 842 0,6 100-101 Relay J52 3 7 5
1 837 0,6 Control - Ranges J50 25 1 Hydraulic doubler solenoid
2 M8G 0,6 Relay 100 earth J51 B2 842 4 839 0,75 J50 9
3 valve
3 842 0,6 100-101 Relay J53 3 3
5 836 0,6 Control + Ranges J50 28 604bsm85
4 840 0,6 + APC relay 100 J51 B6 604bsm84
6 M8H 0,6 Relay 101 earth J51 B3
5 --- --- --- 7 841 0,75 + APC relay 101 J51 B7

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.71


Notes Notes

F.72 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


TOOLS

Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2 F.73


Electricity tools Electricity tools

60 05 006 703 6703 60 05 006 704 6704 77 00 065 236 5236

607msm01 607msm02 607msm06

Crimping pliers Pin extractor Extractor for relay panel switches and interconnections

60 05 006 707 6707 60 05 006 744 6744

607msm03 607msm04

Ammeter pliers (a.c. and d.c.) 0 to 2 A - 0 to 200 A Multimeter (except temperature)

60 05 006 758 6758 77 00 065 236 5236

607msm05 607msm07

Extractor to unlock clips and tabs of MIC type Extractor to unlock terminals on control panel switches

F.74 Celtis - 09.2007 - GB - 2


G1 – INSTRUMENT PANEL

G2 – INFOTRAC

G3 – METADIAG 2007® MANUAL

Technical support Chapter G

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
G1 – INSTRUMENT PANEL

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

INSTRUMENT PANEL ........................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Instrument panel
Description

Indicator and control lights

6 7 8 9 10 11 B 11 12 13 14 15 16

5 17

4 18
10
3 19

2 20

1 21

A E D C
761bsn03

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G1.1


1 – Fuel low level warning light 18 – Transmission computer defect warning
2 – Main beam indicator 19 – Hydraulic doubler warning (reduced
3 – 2nd trailer direction indicators repeater speed)
4 – 1st trailer direction indicators repeater 20 – Front axle engagement indicator light
5 – Tractor direction indicators repeater 21 – Engine coolant temperature warning light
6 – Rear power take-off indicator A – Fuel gauge
7 – Front power take-off indicator B – Engine tachometer
8 – Not used C – Engine coolant temperature gauge
9 – Hand brake warning light D – Theoretical forward speed indicator in km/h
10 – Battery charge warning light or mph
11 – Emergency stop light E – Display:
12 – Engine oil pressure warning light – Trip hour meter
13 – "Hydraulic doubler" oil pressure warning – Total hour meter
light – Rear power take-off speed
14 – Transmission oil temperature warning light – Engine speed in rpm
15 – Blocked dry type air filter warning light – Digital clock
16 – Automatic preheating / engine computer
defect warning light (only on Celtis 456)
17 – Not used

G1.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Technical description

Fuel gauge - Coolant temperature indicator

185

J35 J36
28 32 12 8 15 16

+ APC

201 24 J1 G2

B A B1
D3
J64 202

842msm30

185 – Instrument panel J64 – Engine computer


202 – Fuel gauge 201 – Coolant temperature probe

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G1.3


51 mm
1/1

108 mm
5 ø3
135 l 0m
184 mm m

3/4
4
114 l
266 mm
298 mm
327 mm

1
/2 3
82,5 l

m
m
12

50
,1°
1 23
,5°
/4 2 50
,4 °
43 l 75
,7°
10
0 1 0°

27 l
0 0
16,5 l

842msm31

Position Angle Resistance (Ohm)


5 100° 7±7
4 75,7° 46 ± 11
3 50,4° 92,5 ± 14
2 23,5° 182,3 ± 19
1 12,1° 266,3 ± 30
0 0° 320

Engine speed indicator

At the alternator output, the signal from terminal


W or R (depending on the type of alternator) has
the following waveform. The frequency is
0,38 Hz per rpm.
U
– f = 760 Hz at 2000 rpm (v)
– f = 380 Hz at 1000 rpm

f (Hz)

842msm28

G1.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Instrument panel management

+ AVC 11 A
+ APC 12 3
20 7
B 11

19
2
1
2
29
23 C
DE10
15
9
28
32 36

33
8
16

15

Auto 5 D
30 18

16 1

34

5 E
1000/540 eco
13
6
540
1 20
+ APC
10
2 10

F
17 31

18 3

5 G 7
13
9 17

24

584msm10

1 – Starter 3 – 4 Wheel drive control


2 – Display of PTO speed

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G1.5


Channel No Function Wire No Electrical state
A - Supply / Diagnostics
11 (J36) +12 V AVC 065 +12 V AVC
12 (J36) +12 V APC 016 +12 V APC
20 (J36) Earth M0B Earth
3 (J35) Line K 067
7 (J35) Line L 066
B - Speed data
2 (J36) Engine speed 015 Frequency
(terminal W)
19 (J36) Supply of forward 069 +12 V APC
speed sensor
1 (J36) Forward speed signal 070 Frequency
2 (J35) Forward speed sensor M0T Earth
return line
11 (J35) Battery charge 012 + 12 V Engine running
warning light
29 (J36) Forward speed signal 114 Frequency
(IP)
C - Engine information
23 (J35) Starter information 113 +12 V APC / on start
9 (J35) Injection pump curve 106 If speed is lower than
selection or equal to 25 km/h:
5V
If speed is lower than
or equal to 33 km/h:
2,5 V
28 (J35) Engine coolant T° 055 PWM
gauge
32 (J35) Engine coolant T° 054 Earth (warning)
warning LED
33 (J35) Engine ECU defect 115 Earth (warning)
(preheat warning)
15 (J35) Oil pressure warning 057 Earth
light
36 (J35) Air filter blockage 058 Earth
warning

G1.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


8 (J36) Fuel gauge 053 Variable voltage
16 (J35) Fuel gauge sensor M0S Earth
return line
15 (J36) Fuel low level warning 056 Earth
light
D - Information AUTO 5
30 (J35) Low range doubler 116
warning light
16 (J35) Buzzer 136
34(J35) Transmission ECU 135
defect warning
18 (J36) Operating pressure 068 Earth
defect warning
1 (J35) Speed selected (not 009 Earth
neutral)
E - Display selection
5 (J35) Selection 1000 rpm or 024 Earth
540 Eco
6 (J35) Selection 540 rpm 025 Earth
10 (J35) Starter safety relay 059 Earth
input
13 (J35) LCD display info 060 Earth
selection
20 (J35) Rear PTO engaged 071 +12 V APC
10 (J36) Front power take-off 045 +12 V APC
indicator
F - 4 Wheel drive control
17 (J35) 4-wheel drive switch 104 +12 V APC
18 (J35) Brake contactor light 100 +12 V APC
31 (J35) Supply to the 4-wheel 120 + 12 V
drive solenoid valve
G - Lights / Handbrake
5 (J36) 2nd trailer direction 064 + 12 V
indicator warning light
9 (J36) 1st trailer direction 063 + 12 V
indicator warning light

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G1.7


13 (J36) Tractor direction 062 + 12 V
indicator
7 (J36) Parking brake light 031 Earth
17 (J36) Headlight main beam 023 Earth
warning
24 (J35) Side light indicator 027 + 12 V
25 Spare orange warning Earth
light
14 Spare red warning Earth
light
J35: 36-pin connector
J36: 20-pin connector

Degraded modes
When the engine is running, the buzzer sounds and the two "Danger" warning lights flash if:
– Engine oil pressure falls
– Hydraulic pressure fault
– Handbrake and gearbox contactor are operated
– Engine water temperature warning
– Transmission oil temperature warning (not used)
– Brake fluid level low (not used)
– Maximum forward speed exceeded with speed display flashing light (If the speed is higher than
or equal to 45 km/h).
– Warning cancelled (If the speed is lower than or equal to 45 km/h).

G1.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Removing/Reinstalling the instrument panel
– With a suction cap recommended in
chapter H for the windscreen (assembly
reference No. 60 05 020 187) remove the
instrument panel.
– Tilt the steering wheel backwards with the
adjustable column.

842msm26

– To replace the bulbs, unscrew the screw at


the back of the instrument panel.

842msm27

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G1.9


Notes

G1.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


G2 – INFOTRAC

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

INFOTRAC ..........................................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
INFOTRAC
Description

Functions of the on-board computer


It provides the user with information on the following functions:
– Events counter
– Distance travelled
– Area worked
– Time worked
– Area worked per hour
– Outside temperature

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G2.1


Description of the front panel

13

3 12

4
11

6 7 8 9 10
581msm00

1 – Total counter symbol 8 – Start/stop and decrement key


2 – Partial counter symbol 9 – Instantaneous surface worked per hour
3 – Events counter 10 – Outside temperature
4 – Distance travelled 11 – Function scroll key
5 – Zero and decrement key 12 – Work width programming
6 – Area worked 13 – Calibration
7 – Time worked

G2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Summary of functions and measurement ranges

Events Distance Area wor- Timer Area wor- Outside Imple-


counter travelled ked ked per tempera- ment
hour ture width
Unit No unit m and km Hectare 0,1 hour Hec- °C Metre
and 1 tare/hour
hour
Measure- 0 to 9999 0 to 0 to 99,9 0 to 99,9 0 to 50 -40 to +60 0 to 99,9
ment 999 m 100 to
range 1 to 999
99,99 km
100 to
999 km
Stop con- - Counter Counter Counter Counter - -
ditions "on/off" "on/off" "on/off" "on/off"
key key key key

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G2.3


Technical description

14-pin connector - On board computer (J82)

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
531 M5P 534 530 532 535 533

14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1

581msm17

Channel number Wire marking Function Type of signal


1 - Not used -
2 533 Events counter -
3 - Not used -
4 535 D+ on-board -
computer
5 532 Outside air -
temperature probe
6 - Not used -
7 - Not used -
8 530 +APC +
9 534 Tractor speed PWM
10 M5P On-board computer -
earth
11 531 +APC +
12 - Not used -
13 - Not used -
14 - Not used -

G2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Component layout

1 2

581msm14

1 – Infotrac connector 3 – Outside temperature probe


2 – Event counter socket

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G2.5


Schematic diagram

Electrical diagram

31 B+ W D+
185

+ –

J35

303
29

P02
J02
C

011
+ APC
110

114
J04

7
FM21
5 017

9 J28

P28
J26 3 4
529

B1 J32

186 B2 B3

8 530

11 531

4 535
J82 9 534
28
5 532 A

10 M5P J75 C°
2 533 M5R B

140 J33 A1
M5Q A2 B7
M5M

EOA

581msm18

G2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


28 – Outside temperature probe 140 – Events counter
31 – Alternator 185 – Instrument panel
110 – Relay and fuse panel 186 – On board computer

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G2.7


Degraded modes

Electric checks

Outside air temperature switch


The air temperature probe consists of a material whose electrical resistance varies with
temperature.
It can detect temperatures over the range -40°C to +70°C.
The resistance tolerance is ±1%.

581msm16

Adjustments

Forward speed calibration


Refer to the user manual.

G2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Setting "Infotrac" parameters

13

3 12

4
11

6 7 8 9 10
581msm00

The computer must enable the technician to change the speed calibration parameters without
running the calibration procedure, or to display the installed software version. The procedure to be
carried out is as follows:
The user turns the unit on, by starting up the engine, at the same time holding down the function
selection key for at least 4 seconds after turning the unit on.
– While the key is depressed all the segments are lit up.
– When the function menu key is released, all the segments on the display are lit for 3 seconds,
then the indication P1 appears for 3 seconds and the calibration parameter of the "theoretical
speed" is displayed and becomes accessible.
– The calibration parameter of the theoretical speed flashes if its value is modifed by pressing
the +/-keys, the parameter is validated after a short press on the function selection key (11).
– A second short press on the function selection key enables you to go to the calibration
parameter of the "real speed" after the display of the identification P2 for 3 seconds, the real
speed parameter is then displayed.
– The real speed calibration parameter flashes if its value is modified by pressing the +/- keys,
the parameter is validated after a short press on the functions key (11).
– A third short press on the function selection key takes you to parameter P3.
– The parameter "d - on" appears, by pressing the keys +/- "d - off" appears and flashes.
– "d - on" = configuration to function with the D+ coming from the alternator.
– "d - off" = configuration to function with a +APC.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G2.9


– A fourth short press on the function scroll key takes you to the "software version" display.
– If the function scroll key is held down for 4 seconds, then the onboard computer returns to the
implement width function.

G2.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Maintenance

Changing bulbs
– Remove the box clipped in the cab.

601msm39

– Remove the bulbs (A).

601msm40

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G2.11


Notes

G2.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


G3 – METADIAG 2007® MANUAL

Technical support Chapter G3

Celtis 00 11 359 400 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

METADIAG 2007© MANUAL

METADIAG 2007© VERSION UPDATE .............................................................................................................1

CONNECTIONS METADIAG 2007© ..................................................................................................................9

ENGINE APPLICATION....................................................................................................................................12
METADIAG 2007 ENGINE APPLICATION ........................................................................................................................ 12

ENGINE OVERVIEW.......................................................................................................................................................... 14

HISTORY OF FAULTS ....................................................................................................................................................... 15


LIST OF ERROR CODES............................................................................................................................................................. 17

PROGRAMMING THE DE 10 ELECTRONIC UNIT ........................................................................................................... 55

TRANSMISSION APPLICATION......................................................................................................................63
APPLICATION TO METADIAG 2007© TRANSMISSION .................................................................................................. 63

TRANSMISSION BLOCK DIAGRAM ................................................................................................................................. 65

ELECTRICAL TESTS ......................................................................................................................................................... 67

HISTORY OF FAULTS ....................................................................................................................................................... 69

ADJUSTMENTS ................................................................................................................................................................. 73

PROGRAMMING................................................................................................................................................................ 74

PARAMETER SETTING..................................................................................................................................................... 77

CALIBRATION.................................................................................................................................................................... 80

REAR LINKAGE APPLICATION ......................................................................................................................85


TCE9 APPLICATION.......................................................................................................................................................... 85

LIFT OVERVIEW ................................................................................................................................................................ 87

ERROR CODES ................................................................................................................................................................. 89

INSTRUMENT PANEL APPLICATION.............................................................................................................90


METADIAG 2007© INSTRUMENT PANEL APPLICATION ............................................................................................... 90

OVERVIEW ........................................................................................................................................................................ 92

PARAMETER SETTING..................................................................................................................................................... 94

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
METADIAG 2007© MANUAL
METADIAG 2007© VERSION UPDATE
OPERATION
PROCEDURE ON A COMPUTER WITH AN INTERNET CONNECTION
Connection to the tractor is not necessary for this operation.
– Run the METADIAG 2007© program.

– Click the "Mise à jour" (Update) (1) button.


clqi uersurlebouton"miseàoj ur"(1)

586hsm0w

– Answer "Yes" when asked "voulez-vous quitter et mettre à jour" ? (Exit and update ?).
Répondre"ou"i àlaquestoi n"voulezvousquiteretmetreàjour"?

586hsm0v
– Enter your Internet access (if prompted).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.1


– Example of an Internet connection.

586msm01

– Enter your "Login" and "Password" and click "OK".


You will find your "Login" and "Password" in Appendix 2 to your METADIAG 2007© contract.

586msm02

G3.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


– Click the button (1) to download the update ready for installation (update 22 in the example).
The system completes the updates one at a time. If you have several updates to do, you will need to go through the procedure
as many times as necessary to bring your METADIAG 2007© unit up to date (in this example: 22=>23=>24).
The right-hand side of the screen indicates, in the example, that you are about to proceed with update 22 (2). You will be up to
date when you have completed updates 23 and 24 (3).

2
1
3

586msm03

Note: To save you having to log back onto the Internet, you can "reduce" the Internet window after the first update and
run METADIAG 2007© to request the following update.

– If METADIAG 2007© already includes the latest upgrade, the following screen will be displayed when you request another
update.

586msm04

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.3


– Heed the warning in the top left-hand corner before clicking "Continue the update".

586msm05

– Do not confirm the default selection but click the "Open" or "Run" depending on the type of computer.

586msm06

G3.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


– Your computer prepares the update.

586msm07
– If a security warning is displayed, do not confirm the default
selection but click "Yes".

586msm08

– This message indicates the number of the update and its contents.

586msm09

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.5


– If you accept the agreement granting permission to use the METADIAG 2007© software, select "I understand and accept
the terms of the license agreement" and click "Next".

586msm10
– Enter your Internet access (if prompted).

– Your computer downloads the update.

586msm11

G3.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


– Click the "Finish" button.

586msm12

– Run METADIAG 2007© and check that the update or updates have been accepted.

586hsm2o

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.7


PROCEDURE ON A COMPUTER WITHOUT AN INTERNET CONNECTION
– Carry out the update on a computer, connected to the Internet, which is not used for the purpose of tractor disagnostics.

– On the computer with an Internet connection, open the 'Updates' subdirectory in the METADIAG 2007© folder (1) (by
default 'C\programfiles\METADIAG 2007\Updates').
In this directory, the updates downloaded from the Internet can be selected (2).
– Using a floppy disk or CD or via a network, copy all of the files from the 'Updates' subdirectory on the computer with an
Internet connection to the 'Updates' subdirectory on the computer used for diagnostics.

586msm13

– On the diagnostics computer, run the update or updates by double-clicking all files preceding by this icon.

Example : SETUP024.exe
– These files must be run in ascending order otherwise METADIAG 2007© will indicate the update to be installed.
– Run METADIAG 2007© and check that the update or updates have been accepted.

G3.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


CONNECTIONS METADIAG 2007©
OPERATION

The diagnostic socket (1) is located in the fuse box.


IMPORTANT: During the diagnostic process TCE 9 remove
the fuse (2). Remember to replace it when diagnosis
complete. 1

583msm40

APPLICATION TO REVERSHIFT AND ENGINE (MODELS FITTED WITH CAB)


– Connect the unit 00 00 146 230 to the computer.
– Depending on the type of diagnostic socket fitted to the
tractor:
– Install the harness 00 11 336 290.
– Connect he interface 00 11 336 270 as shown.

586msm2l

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.9


APPLICATION TO REVERSHIFT AND ENGINE (MODELS FITTED WITH PLATFORM)
– Connect harnesses n° 00 00 014 230 and 00 11 336 290.

586msm2m

TCE 9 APPLICATION
– Connect harnesses n° 00 11 336 280 and 00 11 311 500.

586msm2p

G3.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


INSTRUMENT PANEL APPLICATION
– Connect harnesses n° 00 11 311 500 and 00 11 336 280.

586msm2o

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.11


ENGINE APPLICATION
METADIAG 2007 ENGINE APPLICATION
OPERATION
– Switch on the ignition.
– Run the METADIAG 2007© program and select application Celtis .

586msm1l
– Select the application Tier2 (1) on the tractor view

586msm0e

G3.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1

586msm0f
1 – Overview 3 – Return to previous mask
2 – Fault history 4 – Programming

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.13


ENGINE OVERVIEW
DESCRIPTION
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the "Overview" icon (1).

586msm0f

586msm2j
1 – Percentage of engine charge at a given speed. 3 – Error code linked to point (2). Double-click it to access the
2 – Indicates an error on the coolant temperature function. corresponding sheet.

G3.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


HISTORY OF FAULTS
DESCRIPTION
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the "Fault history" icon (2).

586msm0f

586hsm07
1 – Double-click the error code to access the sheet. 3 – Deletion of passive errors.
2 – Case of intermittent failures for example. 4 – Return to previous mask.

The SPN FMI codes are 3 part codes in acccordance with standard SAE J1939.
The first part is the suspect parameter number (SPN). It generally contains 2 to 4 figures. The SPN identifies the affected system
or component. For example: SPN 110 indicates a failure in the engine coolant temperature circuit.
The second part of the code is the failure mode identifier (FMI). The FMI contains 2 figures. The FMI identifies the type of failure
produced. For example: FMI 3 indicates a value above the standard. For the failure to be precisely identified, the SPN and the
FMI are both required. The combination of SPN 110 and FMI 3 indicates high engine coolant temperature input voltage.
The third part is the occurrence. It is the number of appearances of the code concerned.
The engine control unit (ECU) transmits the SPN/FMI codes on the ADC network. This enables METADIAG 2007© to display
the active and memorised anomaly diagnostic codes. The following SPN FMI codes are classified in increasing order.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.15


SPN : 110 FMI : 0 OC : 1

1 2 3

582msm13
1 – System or component affected. 3 – Number of occurences.
2 – Type of failure.

G3.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


LIST OF ERROR CODES

Anomaly code SPN 91 FMI 3


– High accelerator input voltage (C)

2
2
B B
3
C C
1 A
A

D3 B3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm22
B3 – Input for accelerator position 1 – ECU
D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Accelerator position sensor
This code is triggered if:
– The input voltage from the analogue accelerator (C) exceeds the maximum threshold of the sensor. The voltage exceeds
the upper limit of the throttle control lever capacity.
– The maximum analogue accelerator input voltage threshold (C) is 4,7 V.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The control unit uses a default "return to workshop" accelerator value which allows the engine to idle only.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
analog accelerator connector and all connectors linking
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
these components. Locate any dirty, worn or badly
Repair the defective connection(s).
positioned terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Sensor connector faulty.
– Short circuit on accelerator input voltage.
– Accelerator sensor faulty.
– Control unit connector faulty.
– Defective control unit.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.17


Anomaly code SPN 91 FMI 4
– Low accelerator position input voltage (C)

2
2
B B
3
C C
1 A
A

D3 B3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm22
B3 – Input for accelerator position 1 – ECU
D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Accelerator position sensor
This code is triggered if:
– The input voltage from the analoque accelerator (C) is less than the sensor's minimum threshold. The voltage fails to reach
the lower limit of the throttle control lever capacity.
– The minimum analog accelerator input voltage threshold (C) is 0,3 V.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The control unit uses a default "return to workshop" accelerator value which allows the engine to idle only.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
analog accelerator connector and all connectors linking
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
these components. Locate any dirty, worn or badly
Repair the defective connection(s).
positioned terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Sensor connector faulty.
– Short circuit on accelerator input voltage.
– Accelerator sensor faulty.
– Control unit connector faulty.
– Defective control unit.

G3.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 105 FMI 3
– High manifold air temperature input voltage

°t B
B
A A

D1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm16
D1 – Manifold air temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Manifold air temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
– The manifold air temperature input voltage exceeds the sensor's maximum threshold. The voltage is higher than physically
possible for the collector air.
– The maximum input voltage threshold of the temperature probe is 4,9 volts.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The ECU uses a collector air temperature default value of 60 °C (104 °F) to turn the engine over.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– The sensor earth circuit is open.
– The input circuit is open or short-circuited at 12 V.
– The air sensor is faulty.
– The ECU is defective.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.19


Anomaly code SPN 105 FMI 4
– Low manifold air temperature input voltage

°t B
B
A A

D1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm16
D1 – Manifold air temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Manifold air temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
– The manifold air temperature input voltage is lower than the sensor's minimum threshold. The voltage is lower than what is
physically possible for the collector air temperature.
– The maximum input voltage threshold of the temperature probe is 4,9 volts.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The ECU uses a collector air temperature default value of 60 °C (104 °F) to turn the engine over.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– The input circuit is short-circuited at the earth.
– The air sensor is faulty.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The ECU is defective.

G3.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 105 FMI 16
– Moderately high manifold air temperature input voltage

°t B
B
A A

D1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm16
D1 – Manifold air temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Manifold air temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects a manifold air temperature higher than 120°C.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The ECU uses a collector air temperature default value of 60 °C (104 °F) to turn the engine over.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– The air sensor is faulty.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The ECU is defective.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.21


Anomaly code SPN 110 FMI 0
– Extreme coolant over-heating

°t B
B
A A

B1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm17
B1 – Engine coolant temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Engine coolant temperature earth 2 – Engine coolant temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects a manifold air temperature higher than 118°C.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The engine protection function is activated. The engine reduces its power by 60% per minute until it reaches 40% of its
maximum power.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Engine overheating .(see chapter A)
– Integrity of input and earth circuits (open or
short-circuited).
– The air sensor is faulty.

G3.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 110 FMI 3
– Engine coolant temperature input voltage high

°t B
B
A A

B1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm17
B1 – Engine coolant temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Engine coolant temperature earth 2 – Engine coolant temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
– The coolant temperature input voltage exceeds the sensor's maximum threshold. This voltage corresponds to a temperature
lower than what is physically possible for the engine coolant.
– The maximum coolant temperature input voltage threshold is 4,9 V.
This is what happens if this code is active:
– In start-up mode, the ECU defines the engine coolant temperature at the default value of -30°C (-22°F).
– In running mode, the ECU defines the engine coolant temperature at the default value of 93°C (194°F).

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– The sensor connector is defective.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The circuit is open at the input.
– The circuit is open at the sensor earth.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The ECU is defective.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.23


Anomaly code SPN 110 FMI 4
– Engine coolant temperature input voltage low

°t B
B
A A

B1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm17
B1 – Engine coolant temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Engine coolant temperature earth 2 – Engine coolant temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
– The coolant temperature input voltage falls below the sensor's minimum threshold. This voltage corresponds to a
temperature higher than what is physically possible for the engine coolant.
– The minimum coolant temperature input voltage threshold is 0,1 V.
This is what happens if this code is active:
– In start-up mode, the ECU defines the engine coolant temperature at the default value of -30°C (-22°F).
– In running mode, the ECU defines the engine coolant temperature at the default value of 93°C (194°F).

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Short circuit at the earth at the sensor input.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The control unit is faulty.

G3.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 110 FMI 15
– Slight over-heating of the engine coolant

°t B
B
A A

B1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm17
B1 – Engine coolant temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Engine coolant temperature earth 2 – Engine coolant temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects a coolant temperature higher than 108°C.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The engine protection function is activated. The engine reduces its power by 2% per minute until it reaches 95% of its maximum
power.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Engine overheating .(see chapter A)
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The ECU is defective.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.25


Anomaly code SPN 110 FMI 16
– Moderate overheating of the engine coolant

°t B
B
A A

B1 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm17
B1 – Engine coolant temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Engine coolant temperature earth 2 – Engine coolant temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects a coolant temperature higher than 113°C.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The engine protection function is activated. The engine reduces its power by 40% per minute until it reaches 60% of its
maximum power.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Engine overheating .(see chapter A)
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The ECU is defective.

G3.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 158 FMI 17
– Supply shut off error from the ECU

K1 A2

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm18
A2 – Positive after contact 1 – ECU
K1 – More before contact 2 – Starter connector
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects the presence of voltage on input A2.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The vehicle battery risks being discharged if the ECU is still switched on.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– The ignition switch is faulty.
– The input circuit is open or short-circuited at 12 V.
– The switch circuit is faulty.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The ECU is defective.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.27


Anomaly code SPN 174 FMI 3
– Fuel temperature input voltage high

˚t B B
A A

C3 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm05
C3 – Fuel temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Fuel temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
– The fuel temperature input voltage exceeds the sensor's maximum threshold. This voltage corresponds to a temperature
that is higher than that which is physically possible for fuel.
– The maximum fuel temperature input voltage is 4,9 V.
This is what happens if this code is active:
– The ECU will use a default "return to workshop" value with a fuel temperature of -20 °C (-4 °F) during start-up and of 40 °C
(104 °F) when running.
– The engine power is slightly reduced.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– The sensor connector is defective.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The circuit is open on the sensor input.
– The circuit is open at the sensor earth.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The ECU is defective.

G3.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 174 FMI 4
– Fuel temperature input voltage low

˚t B B
A A

C3 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm05
C3 – Fuel temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Fuel temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
– The fuel temperature input voltage is lower than the sensor's minimum threshold. This voltage corresponds to a temperature
lower than that which is physically possible for the fuel.
– The minimum threshold for the fuel temperature input voltage is 0,1 V.
This is what happens if this code is active:
– The ECU will use a default "return to workshop" value with a fuel temperature of -20 °C (-4 °F) during start-up and of 40 °C
(104 °F) when running.
– The engine power is slightly reduced.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 2.
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Short circuit at the earth at the sensor input.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The ECU is defective.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.29


Anomaly code SPN 174 FMI 16
– Fuel temperature moderately high

˚t B B
A A

C3 D3

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm05
C3 – Fuel temperature input 1 – ECU
D3 – Sensor earth 2 – Fuel temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects a fuel temperature of over 120°C (248°F).
This is what happens if this code is active:
– The engine protection function is activated.
– The engine reduces its power by 2% per minute until it reaches 80% of its maximum power.

1. PRELIMINARY CHECK NO PROBLEM DETECTED


Before starting this diagnosis procedure: Go to 2.
– Make sure that the fuel level in the tank is not too low. PROBLEM
– Make sure that the fuel cooler is clean. Repair and carry out the test again.
2. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION
Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU, the collector Go to 3
air temperature sensor connection and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
3. CHECK THE FUEL FEED PRESSURE FUEL PRESSURE COMPLIANT WITH
Determine the fuel feed pressure. SPECIFICATIONS
See check the fuel feed pressure chapter A. Go to 4.
FUEL PRESSURE LOWER THAN SPECIFICATIONS
Determine the cause of the lack of fuel feed pressure.
4. LOOK FOR OBSTRUCTION IN THE FUEL FUEL RETURN PIPES NOT BLOCKED
RETURN PIPES – Fuel cooler faulty.
Check if the fuel pipes are blocked between the fuel tank
– Injection pump faulty.
and:
– The overflow valve on the injection pump. OBSTRUCTION IN A FUEL RETURN PIPE
Determine the cause of the obstruction. Repair and carry out
– The fuel feed pipe to the injectors.
the test again.

G3.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 190 FMI 0
– Extreme engine overspeed

B B
A A

B2 D2

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm06
B2 – Crankshaft position sensor input 1 – ECU
D2 – Crankshaft position sensor return 2 – Fuel temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects that the engine speed exceeds 3400 rpm.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The ECU cuts off the fuel feed until the engine runs at less than 2800 rpm.

1. THE ELECTRONIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MAY BE AFFECTED


Using METADIAG©, watch whether other codes appear and look at their diagnostic procedure.
2. IN THE ABSENCE OF OTHER MEMORISED OR ACTIVE CODES, CLEAR THE SPN 190 FMI 0 CODE
AND MONITOR THE CODES TO SEE IF THEY ARE REPEATED.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.31


Anomaly code SPN 190 FMI 16
– Moderate engine overspeed

B B
A A

B2 D2

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm06
B2 – Crankshaft position sensor input 1 – ECU
D2 – Crankshaft position sensor return 2 – Fuel temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects that the engine speed exceeds 3000 rpm.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The ECU cuts off the fuel feed until the engine runs at less than 2800 rpm.

1. THE ELECTRONIC MANAGEMENT SYSTEM MAY BE AFFECTED


Using METADIAG©, watch whether other codes appear and look at their diagnostic procedure.
2. IN THE ABSENCE OF OTHER MEMORISED OR ACTIVE CODES, CLEAR THE SPN 190 FMI 16 CODE
AND MONITOR THE CODES TO SEE IF THEY ARE REPEATED.

G3.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 620 FMI 3
– Sensor feed voltage high
Sensor feed voltage
The ECU feeds voltage to different sensors depending on the application. It monitors the drop in voltage caused by the sensor
and compares it with the values pre-programmed in its memory in order to determine the value of the parameter measured by
the sensor. Moreover, the control unit checks the exact voltage of the feed circuit of 5 V to ensure that the records are accurate.
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects a voltage higher than 5,5 V on its supply circuit.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The ECU uses default values for the sensors fed by the supply voltage.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector. Go to 2.
Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned terminals.
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
Repair the defective connection(s).
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– The input circuit is open or short-circuited at 12 V.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The ECU is defective.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.33


Anomaly code SPN 620 FMI 4
– Sensor feed voltage low
Sensor feed voltage
The ECU feeds voltage to different sensors depending on the application. It monitors the drop in voltage caused by the sensor
and compares it with the values pre-programmed in its memory in order to determine the value of the parameter measured by
the sensor. Moreover, the control unit checks the exact voltage of the feed circuit of 5 V to ensure that the records are accurate.
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects a voltage lower than 4,44 V on its sensor supply circuit of 5 V.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The ECU uses default values for the sensors fed by the supply voltage.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector. Go to 2.
Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned terminals.
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
Repair the defective connection(s).
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Short circuit at the earth at the sensor input.
– The temperature sensor is faulty.
– The ECU is defective.

G3.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 629 FMI 13
– ECU error
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects an internal problem.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The engine does not start or won't go.

1. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Intermittent problem: Check the electrical wiring.
– The ECU is defective.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.35


Anomaly code SPN 637 FMI 2
– Crankshaft position input noise

B B
A A

B2 D2

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm06
B2 – Crankshaft position sensor input 1 – ECU
D2 – Crankshaft position sensor return 2 – Fuel temperature sensor
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects excessive noise (too many pulses) at the crankshaft position input.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The engine will probably not work.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
crankshaft position sensor connector and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
a. Code SPN 637 FMI 2 probably comes from the electric
"noise" conduction or radiation emanating from some
component of the machine. This problem may come from
earthed electrical connections or badly connected supply on
the machine.
Check:
– All electrical wiring connectors.
– Alternator switches.
– Earth connections on chassis and battery earth
connections.
– Corrosion, dirt or paint likely to cause breaks in
connection or interference.
– Look for open circuits or short circuits in the wires, in
particular those of the crankshaft sensor.
– Make sure of the correct positioning of the crankshaft
sensor wiring terminals and the control unit connectors.
b. Other possible causes of the SPN 637 FMI 2 code.
– Electromagnetic interference caused by poorly installed
radio transceiver.
– Interference from some radar source.
– Teeth possibly broken on the crankshaft synchronisation
ring.

G3.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 637 FMI 10
– Crankshaft position input configuration error

B B
A A

B2 D2

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm06
B2 – Crankshaft position sensor input 1 – ECU
D2 – Crankshaft position sensor return 2 – Crankshaft position sensor
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects that the crankshaft position input does not have the correct configuration.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The engine will probably not work.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
crankshaft position sensor connector and all the connectors
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
that link them up. Locate any dirty, worn or badly positioned
Repair the defective connection(s).
terminals.
2. CRANKSHAFT POSITION SENSOR TEST BETWEEN 2500 AND 3500 OHMS
– Switch off the ignition. Go to 3
– Disconnect the crankshaft position sensor switch. LESS THAN 2500 OHMS OR MORE THAN
– Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the 3500 OHMS
2 terminals of the crankshaft position sensor. Crankshaft position sensor defective.

3. FIND THE OPENING TO THE CRANKSHAFT THE 2 RECORDED OF 5 OHMS OR LESS


SENSOR INPUT AND RETURN Go to 4.
– Master switch off. A RECORD OF MORE THAN 5 OHMS
– Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and ECU connectors. Open circuit
– Unplug the ECU connector. or
Possible inversion of the terminals (A) and (B)
– With a multimeter, measure the resistance between:
– The terminal (A) on the front wiring side of the crankshaft
position sensor and terminal (B2) of the ECU connector.
– The terminal (B) on the front wiring side of the crankshaft
position sensor and terminal (D2) of the ECU connector.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.37


4. CHECK THE CRANKSHAFT SENSOR INPUT ALL THE RECORDS OF MORE THAN 2000 OHMS
WIRING Go to 5.
– Master switch off. A RECORD OF MORE THAN 2000 OHMS
– Crankshaft position sensor connector and ECU connector Wires of the crankshaft position sensor input defective.
still unplugged.
– Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the
terminal (B2) on the front wiring side and:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the two (2) control unit
connectors.
5. CHECK THE CRANKSHAFT SENSOR RETURN ALL THE RECORDS OF MORE THAN 2000 OHMS
WIRING Go to 6.
– Master switch off. A RECORD OF MORE THAN 2000 OHMS
– Crankshaft position sensor connector and ECU connector Wires of the crankshaft position sensor input defective.
still unplugged.
– Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the
connector terminal (D2) and.:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the two (2) control unit
connectors.
6. CHECK THE CRANKSHAFT SENSOR RETURN ALL THE COMPONENTS IN GOOD CONDITION
WIRING Go to 7.
– Remove the crankshaft position sensor from the injection A DEFECTIVE COMPONENT
pump. Repair or replace the component if required.
– Inspect the sensor and its tip to find any cracks, traces of
corrosion or any other foreign body.
– See if the crankshaft shim wheel notches have any
burring or chips.
7. CHECK THE DISTRIBUTION BY PINIONS ALL THE PINIONS WEDGED
– Master switch off. Crankshaft position sensor connector defective
or
– Remove the timing cover.
Control unit connector faulty
– Check the shim of the camshaft pinions, the crankshaft or
and the injection pump(see chapter A) . ECU faulty.
ONE OR MORE PINIONS OFFSET
Make all the adjustments necessary to ensure a correct
shim.

G3.38 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 898 FMI 9
– Invalid engine speed or torque message

A1 A2 A3
CAN L F1
B1 B2 B3
CAN H G1 C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3
E1 E2 E3

F1 F2 F3
G1 G2 G3
1 2 3 H1 H2 H3
39 40 28 15
J1 J2 J3
3 K1 K2 K3
Auto 5-51 (J1)
3 4 2 Auto 5-52 (52), (J2) 2
Auto 5-53 (53), (J237)
1
1
582msm19
1 – ECU 3 – Diagnostic socket
2 – Transmission control unit (DRIVETRONIC)
This code is triggered if:
The ECU is not receiving the engine speed or torque message on the ADC or the message is invalid.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The ECU defines the idling speed as the default engine speed.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the engine and Go to 2
transmission ECU connectors, the digital accelerator
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
connector and all the connectors linking them. Locate any
Repair the defective connection(s).
dirty, worn or badly positioned terminals.
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– The accelerator is badly adjusted or defective.
– The control unit connector is defective.
– The ECU is defective.
– The transmission control unit is defective.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.39


Anomaly code SPN 1076 FMI 0
– Pump distributor closure too long

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm20
1 – ECU A3 – Pump solenoid valve return
2 – Pump solenoid valve K2 – Pump solenoid valve feed
This code is triggered if:
The control unit determines that the pump distributor takes too long to close.
This is what happens if this code is active:
Engine performance may become erratic.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2
pump connector and all other connectors. Locate any dirty,
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
worn or badly positioned terminals.
Repair the defective connection(s).
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Pump distributor defective.
– The control unit is faulty.

G3.40 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 1076 FMI 1
– Pump distributor closure too short

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm20
1 – ECU
2 – Pump solenoid valve
A3 – Pump solenoid valve return
K2 – Pump solenoid valve feed
This code is triggered if:
The control unit determines that the distributor closes too quickly.
This is what happens if this code is active:
Engine performance may become erratic.

1 CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
pump connector and all other connectors. Locate any dirty,
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
worn or badly positioned terminals.
Repair the defective connection(s).
2 CHECK THE BATTERY VOLTAGE EQUAL OR NEAR TO THE BATTERY VOLTAGE
– Ignition on, engine off. Go to 3.
– Record the battery voltage. CLEARLY HIGHER OR LOWER THAN THE
BATTERY VOLTAGE
Electricity supply defective.
3 CHECK THE INJECTION PUMP SPN 1076 FMI 1 REAPPEARS
– Remove the injection pump and replace it with a new one. ECU faulty.
See removal and refitting of the injection pump chapter A. SPN 1076 FMI 1 DOES NOT REAPPEAR
– Contact on, engine running. Problem solved.
– Read the anomaly codes on METADIAG©.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.41


Anomaly code SPN 1076 FMI 3
– Pump solenoid valve current high

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm20
1 – ECU A3 – Pump solenoid valve return
2 – Pump solenoid valve K2 – Pump solenoid valve feed
This code is triggered if:
The control unit determines that the pump solenoid valve current exceeds the normal.
This is what happens if this code is active:
Engine performance may become erratic.

1 CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
pump connector and all other connectors. Locate any dirty,
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
worn or badly positioned terminals.
Repair the defective connection(s).
2 CHECK THE PUMP SOLENOID RETURN WIRE RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
– Master switch off. Go to 3.
– Disconnect the pump, solenoid valve and ECU RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
connectors. Short circuit at the pump solenoid valve return wire.
– Measure the resistance between (A3) and the other
terminals of the ECU connector..
3 CHECK THE SUPPLY WIRE RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
– Master switch off. Go to 4.
– Disconnect the pump, solenoid valve and ECU RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
connectors. Short circuit at the pump solenoid valve return wire.
– Measure the resistance between (K2) and the other
terminals of the ECU connector..
4 CHECK THE INJECTION PUMP SPN 1076 FMI 3 REAPPEARS
– Remove the injection pump and replace it with a new one. Engine ECU defective.
See removal and refitting of the injection pump chapter A. SPN 1076 FMI 3 DOES NOT REAPPEAR
– Contact on, engine running. Problem solved.
– Read the anomaly codes on METADIAG©.

G3.42 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 1076 FMI 5
– Pump solenoid valve circuit open

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm20
1 – ECU A3 – Pump solenoid valve return
2 – Pump solenoid valve K2 – Pump solenoid valve feed
This code is triggered if:
The ECU determines that the pump solenoid valve circuit is open.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The engine will not turn.

1 CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
pump connector and all other connectors. Locate any dirty,
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
worn or badly positioned terminals.
Repair the defective connection(s).
2 ECU CHECK RECORD OF LESS THAN 5 OHMS
– Contact cut, engine stopped. Go to 3.
– Unplug the ECU connector. RECORD OF 5 OHMS OR MORE
– Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the Control unit connector faulty
terminals (K2) and (A3). OR
ECU faulty.
3 CHECK THE INJECTION PUMP WIRING THE 2 RECORDED OF 5 OHMS OR LESS
– Master switch off. Pump connector defective
OR
– Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and ECU connectors.
Injection pump faulty.
– With a multimeter, measure the resistance between:
A RECORD OF MORE THAN 5 OHMS
– Terminal (K2) and terminal (A)
Pump connector defective
– Terminal (A3) and terminal (B) OR
Control unit connector faulty
OR
Circuit open in the solenoid valve feed wire
OR
Circuit open in the pump solenoid valve return wire.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.43


Anomaly code SPN 1076 FMI 6
– Pump solenoid valve circuit short circuited

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm20
1 – ECU A3 – Pump solenoid valve return
2 – Pump solenoid valve K2 – Pump solenoid valve feed
This code is triggered if:
The ECU decides that the pump solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The control unit immediately cuts off the engine.

1 CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
pump connector and all other connectors. Locate any dirty,
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
worn or badly positioned terminals.
Repair the defective connection(s).
2 ECU CHECK RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
– Master switch off. Go to 3.
– Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and ECU connectors. RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
– Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the Pump solenoid valve feed wire short-circuited.
terminal K2 on the front wiring side and:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the control unit connector.
3 CHECK THE PUMP SOLENOID VALVE RETURN RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
CIRCUIT Go to 4.
– Master switch off. RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
– Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and ECU connectors. Pump solenoid valve return wire short-circuited.
– Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the
terminal A3 on the front wiring side and:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the control unit connector.
4 CHECK THE INJECTION PUMP SPN 1076 FMI 6 REAPPEARS
– Remove the injection pump and replace it with a new one. ECU faulty.
See removal and refitting of the injection pump chapter A. SPN 1076 FMI 6 DOES NOT REAPPEAR
– Contact on, engine running. Problem solved.
– Read the anomaly codes on METADIAG©.

G3.44 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 1076 FMI 7
– Pump distributor closure not detected

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm20
1 – ECU A3 – Pump solenoid valve return
2 – Pump solenoid valve K2 – Pump solenoid valve feed
This code is triggered if:
The ECU decides that it cannot detect the closure of the pump spool valve.
This is what happens if this code is active:
Engine performance may become erratic.

1 CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
pump connector and all other connectors. Locate any dirty,
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
worn or badly positioned terminals.
Repair the defective connection(s).
2 CHECK THE INJECTION PUMP SPN 1076 FMI 7 REAPPEARS
– Remove the injection pump and replace it with a new one. ECU faulty.
See removal and refitting of the injection pump chapter A. SPN 1076 FMI 7 DOES NOT REAPPEAR
– Contact on, engine running. Problem solved.
– Read the anomaly codes on METADIAG©.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.45


Anomaly code SPN 1076 FMI 10
– Pump solenoid valve circuit intermittently short-circuited

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm20
1 – ECU A3 – Pump solenoid valve return
2 – Pump solenoid valve K2 – Pump solenoid valve feed
This code is triggered if:
The pump solenoid valve circuit is short-circuited at the supply.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The control unit immediately reduces the engine power to 50 % of its maximum power.

1 CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
pump connector and all other connectors. Locate any dirty,
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
worn or badly positioned terminals.
Repair the defective connection(s).
2 ECU CHECK RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
– Master switch off. Go to 3.
– Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and ECU connectors. RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
– Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the Pump solenoid valve feed wire short-circuited.
terminal K2 on the front wire assembly side and:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the control unit connector.
3 CHECK THE PUMP SOLENOID VALVE RETURN RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
CIRCUIT Go to 4.
– Master switch off. RECORD OF LESS THAN 20000 OHMS
– Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and ECU connectors. Pump solenoid valve return wire short-circuited.
– Measure with the multimeter the resistance between the
terminal A3 on the front wire assembly side and:
– A good earth.
– All the other terminals of the control unit connector.
4 CHECK THE INJECTION PUMP SPN 1076 FMI 10 REAPPEARS
– Remove the injection pump and replace it with a new one. ECU faulty.
See removal and refitting of the injection pump chapter A. SPN 1076 FMI 10 DOES NOT REAPPEAR
– Contact on, engine running. Problem solved.
– Read the anomaly codes on METADIAG©.

G3.46 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 1076 FMI 13
– Duration of pump current decline invalid

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm20
1 – ECU A3 – Pump solenoid valve return
2 – Pump solenoid valve K2 – Pump solenoid valve feed
This code is triggered if:
The ECU detects high resistance in the pump solenoid.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The control unit immediately reduces the engine power to 50 % of its maximum power.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, the Go to 2.
pump connector and all other connectors. Locate any dirty,
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
worn or badly positioned terminals.
Repair the defective connection(s).
2. INTERMITTENT ANOMALIES TEST SPN 1076 FMI 13 REAPPEARS
– Connect Win Metadiag©. Go to 3
– Ignition on, engine off. SPN 1076 FMI 13 DOES NOT REAPPEAR
– Run the ECU communication software. Intermittent problem.
– Note any anomaly codes then erase them.
– Ignition on, engine in the process of being started or
running.
– Read the anomaly codes on Win Metadiag©.
3. CHECKING THE PUMP SOLENOID POWER RECORD OF LESS THAN 20 000 OHMS
CIRCUIT Go to 4.
– Master switch off. RECORD OF LESS THAN 20 000 OHMS
– Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and ECU connectors. Pump solenoid valve return wire short-circuited.
– Using a multimeter, measure the resistance between
terminal 'A3' on the wiring harness side of the ECU
connector and:
– A good earth.
– All other terminals of the ECU connector.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.47


4. CHECKING THE PUMP SOLENOID POWER RECORD OF LESS THAN 20 000 OHMS
CIRCUIT Go to 5.
– Master switch off. RECORD OF LESS THAN 20 000 OHMS
– Disconnect the pump solenoid valve and ECU connectors. Pump solenoid valve return wire short-circuited.
– Using a multimeter, measure the resistance between
terminal 'A3' on the wiring harness side of the ECU
connector and:
– A good earth.
– All other terminals of the ECU connector.
5. CHECK THE INJECTION PUMP SPN 1076 FMI 13 REAPPEARS
– Remove the injection pump and replace it with a new one. The ECU is defective.
Refer to "Removing the injector pump" and "Fitting the SPN 1076 FMI 13 DOES NOT REAPPEAR
injector pump" in section A of the technical documentation. Problem solved.
– Contact on, engine running.
– Read the anomaly codes on Win Metadiag©.

G3.48 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Anomaly code SPN 1568 FMI 4
– Input switching voltage for the torque curve too low

J02
9 R
J35
P02 C1

A3 B3 C3 D3 E3 F3 G3 H3 J3 K3
A2 B2 C2 D2 E2 F2 G2 H2 J2 K2 1
A1 B1 C1 D1 E1 F1 G1 H1 J1 K1

582msm23
C1 – Switching input for the torque curve 2 – Instrument panel
1 – ECU
This code is triggered if:
– The input voltage has fallen below 0,05 V.

1. CONNECTION CHECK NO DEFECTIVE CONNECTION


Carry out a preliminary inspection of the ECU connector, and Go to 2.
the link between the ECU and the instrument panel. Locate
DEFECTIVE CONNECTION(S)
any dirty, worn or badly positioned terminals.
Repair the defective connection(s).
2. POSSIBLE CAUSES
– Short-circuit to earth.
– Defective instrument panel.
– Defective control unit.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.49


Anomaly code SPN 1569 FMI 31
– Reduction of fuel input
This code is triggered if:
– The ECU detects overheating of the engine coolant.
– The ECU detects overheating of the fuel.
This is what happens if this code is active:
The control unit limits the quantity of fuel so as to protect the engine.
The SPN 1569 FMI 31 code appears:
If the anomaly code SPN 110 FMI 0 or SPN 174 FMI 16 is active. Refer to their sheet.

Anomaly code SPN 2000 FMI 6


– Internal failure of the ECU

A1 A2 A3

B1 B2 B3
2
C1 C2 C3
D1 D2 D3

A3 E1 E2 E3
B B
1
A A K2
F1 F2 F3

G1 G2 G3
H1 H2 H3
J1 J2 J3
K1 K2 K3

582msm20
1 – ECU A3 – Pump solenoid valve return
2 – Pump solenoid valve K2 – Pump solenoid valve feed
This code is triggered if:
The engine control unit has detected an internal short-circuit causing extremely high current at the injection pump.
This is what happens if this code is active:
Replace the ECU.

G3.50 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


PROGRAMMING THE DE 10 ELECTRONIC UNIT
OPERATION

Downloading the engine program


Each engine has specific parameters and therefore a specific program which is hosted on the Web server. You must therefore
download the program corresponding to your engine from the Internet (you will need serial numbers for the tractor and engine).
Connection to the tractor is not necessary for this operation.
– Select the programming icon (4).

586msm0f
– Select the "Download the program from the Internet" option
and click OK.

586msm18

– Enter your Internet access (if prompted).


– You will find your "Login" and "Password" in Appendix 2 to your METADIAG 2007© contract.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.51


586msm94
– Fill in the Web form :
– Tractor serial number (1).
– Engine serial number (2).
– If you are changing the electronic unit, check "UCE replacement" (3).
– Serial number of the new electronic unit (4).
– Confirm download (5).

586msm20

IMPORTANT: If you are changing the unit, the serial number of the new unit will need to be indicated otherwise the
engine program will not be able to be used. If the engine serial number does not correspond to the tractor indicated,
a warning message will enable you to correct the inputs.

G3.52 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Numbers on DE 10 unit
Unit originally fitted on the tractor :

1 – Serial number of the unit.


2 – Serial number of the engine for which this unit is
programmed.
3 – Engine program version. Viewable in the
METADIAG 2007© overview.

Unit ordered from the spare parts store :

1 – Serial number of the blank unit.

– The engine program is downloaded automatically.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.53


586msm23
METADIAG 2007© now has the data specific to your engine.

G3.54 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Programming the DE 10 electronic unit
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the programming icon (4).

586msm0f
– Select the "Program engine" option then click OK.

586msm24

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.55


– Select the serial number of the engine to be programmed
then click OK.

586msm25

– Programming begins. Click OK at each stage.

586msm26

G3.56 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Replacing the DE 10 electronic unit

When you download an engine program from the Internet to


replace a DE 10, METADIAG 2007© offers you the possibility
of retrieving the hourmeter values from the previous unit.

586msm27

If you do not have the old unit :


– Connect the new unit and click "No".
– Programming begins.
If you do have the old unit :
– Connect it and click "Yes". The hourmeter values are
retrieved.

586msm28

– Connect the new unit and click "OK".


– Programming begins with the hourmeter values of the old
unit.

586msm29

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.57


Note: If the connected unit does not correspond to the
downloaded engine program, METADIAG 2007© displays
the following window.

586msm30

– Check the unit and click OK.


Note: If the unit does not match, connect the required unit
and click "Retry".

586msm31

– Otherwise click "Cancel" and repeat the Internet downloading procedure, checking the information entered on the site.

G3.58 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


TRANSMISSION APPLICATION
APPLICATION TO METADIAG 2007© TRANSMISSION
OPERATION
– Switch on the ignition.
– Run the METADIAG 2007© program and select application Celtis.

586msm1l
– Select the application Revershift-B41 (1) on the tractor view.

586msm0n

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.59


5

2 6

3 7

8
4

586msm0o
1 – Overview 5 – Adjustment
2 – Electrical tests 6 – Programming
3 – Fault history 7 – Parameter setting
4 – Return to previous mask 8 – Calibration

G3.60 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


TRANSMISSION BLOCK DIAGRAM
OPERATION
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the "Overview" icon (1).

586msm1e
– An animation of the gearbox appears with its controls.

2 3 4 5 6 7

18

17

16 15 14 13 11 12 10 9

586msm1r

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.61


1 – Buzzer 11 – Clutchless reverser lever
2 – Transmission oil pressure 12 – Road clutch contactor
3 – Diagnostic indicator 13 – Current in forward speed clutch solenoid valve
4 – Twinshift doubler indicator light 14 – Shuttle reverser output speed (Revershift®)
5 – Theoretical forward speed 15 – Current in reverse speed clutch solenoid valve
6 – Parameter setting 30 or 40 km/h 16 – Twinshift doubler solenoid valve
7 – Type of electronics unit 17 – Battery voltage
8 – Program version 18 – Engine speed
9 – Gear lever
10 – Doubler switch speed +/-

G3.62 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


ELECTRICAL TESTS
DESCRIPTION
– Select the icon "Electrical tests" (2).

586msm1f

Power supply and safety


Note: J1-X corresponds to the path of the connector to the AUTO 5 unit.

586msm1v
J1-29 – Supply J1-33 – Gearbox oil pressure gauge (the contactor is closed
J1-17 – Gear ratio engaged when stationary)
J1-1 – + APC supply to front rear solenoid valves J1-36 – Engine speed (rpm)
– Lower clutch pedal contactor
– Reverser lever (neutral or disengaged position)
– Speed knob (clutch contactor)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.63


Twinshift®

586msm1t
J1-32 – Doubler contactor (accelerate) J1-10 – Doubler solenoid valve + 12 V = hare
J1-18 – Doubler contactor (decelerate) J1-36 – Engine speed (rpm)
J1-27 – Tortoise indicator J1-37 – Vehicle speed

Revershift®

586msm1s
J1-16 – "Forward position" shuttle reverser switch J1-36 – Engine speed (rpm)
J1-19 – "Neutral position" shuttle reverser switch J1-37 – Vehicle speed
J1-20 – "Reverse position" shuttle reverser switch J1-38 – Output speed Revershift®
J1-34 – Potentiometer value for the clutch pedal J1-4 – Current flowing through forward speed proportional
– 1st value: Numerical value solenoid valve
– 2nd value: Voltage figure calculated from digital value J1-3 – Current flowing through reverse solenoid valve
SOFT – Pedal in upper position J1-26 – Transmission computer defect light
J1-1 – + APC supply to front rear solenoid valves J2-11 – Buzzer

G3.64 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


HISTORY OF FAULTS
OPERATION
The last 8 codes are memorised by AUTO 5.
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the "Fault history" icon (3).

586msm1g
Two frames are displayed on the screen:.
– The upper frame shows currently active errors.
– The lower frame lists previously encountered failures. These are show in chronological order, most recent first.
The memories can be reset to 0 by selecting icon (1).

586msm2k

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.65


error codes
Fault management: The aim is to inform the user about any fault detected. To do this, he has a warning light and a buzzer that
tells him the type of fault. It is possible to detect 22 different faults. To simplify the information, these faults are divided into
3 classes. Each class corresponds to a type of illumination of the warning light and buzzer.

Fault class Action of AUTO 5 on Warning lights State of diagnostic Buzzer status
the transmission light
Class I Forced clutch release Neutral lit The error code is On
Tractor immobile flashed
Class II No action on Forward or reverse lit The error code is On
transmission up to then neutral lit flashed
selection of neutral or
the tractor stopping
Class III No action on the Forward, reverse or The error code is Off
transmission neutral lit depending flashed
The tractor remains on direction selected
operational, but
performance may be
degraded

G3.66 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Defect Fault class Error N° on Code Functions Action after cancellation of
ADC flashed - affected defect to recover all
Diagnostic functions
indicator
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - I 101 11 All - AUTO 5 Press clutch pedal to
Short circuit on forward gear locked contact the BOC
solenoid valve +12 V power
supply
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - I 102 12 All - AUTO 5 Press clutch pedal to
Short circuit on reverse gear locked contact the BOC
solenoid valve +12 V power
supply
Battery problem I 104 14 All - AUTO 5 Rectify the problem
locked
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - I 105 41 All - AUTO 5 Press clutch pedal to
Forward gear solenoid valve locked contact the BOC
circuit open
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - I 106 42 All - AUTO 5 Press clutch pedal to
Reverse gear solenoid valve locked contact the BOC
circuit open
AUTO 5 - Incorrect parameter I 113 43 All - AUTO 5 Carry out parameter
table locked setting - Stop the tractor
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 203 33 Forward Press clutch pedal to
Short circuit on forward gear contact the BOC
solenoid valve earth
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 204 34 Reverse Press clutch pedal to
Short circuit on reverse gear contact the BOC
solenoid valve earth
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 212 56 None Press clutch pedal to
Transmission temperature contact the BOC
> 100°C
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 215 21 Default Press clutch pedal to
Open circuit or short circuit to gradient contact the BOC
earth of pedal potentiometer
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 216 22 Default Press clutch pedal to
Short circuit to +5 V on pedal gradient contact the BOC
potentiometer
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 217 23 Degraded Press clutch pedal to
Open or short circuit to earth of operation of contact the BOC
lower contactor (BOC) pedal
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 218 24 Default Press clutch pedal to
Short circuit to +12 V on bottom gradient contact the BOC
contact (BOC)
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 221 27 Default Press clutch pedal to
Defect in the speed sensor at gradient contact the BOC
gearbox input
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 223 29 All - AUTO 5 Press clutch pedal to
Open circuit or short circuit to locked contact the BOC
earth on Neutral, Forward or
Reverse contacts (No contact)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.67


Defect Fault class Error N° on Code Functions Action after cancellation of
ADC flashed - affected defect to recover all
Diagnostic functions
indicator
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 224 30 All - AUTO 5 Press clutch pedal to
Short circuit on + 12 V for the locked contact the BOC
Neutral and Forward contacts
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 225 31 All - AUTO 5 Press clutch pedal to
Short circuit on + 12 V for the locked contact the BOC
Neutral and Reverse contacts
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - II 226 32 All - AUTO 5 Press clutch pedal to
Short circuit on + 12 V for the locked contact the BOC
Forward and Reverse contacts
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - III 301 35 None Waiting
Calibration - Temperature too low
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - III 302 36 None Waiting
Calibration - Temperature too
high
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - III 303 37 None Press clutch pedal to
Engine rpm problem during contact the BOC
calibration
REVERSHIFT shuttle reverser - III 304 38 None Press clutch pedal to
Distance travelled too great contact the BOC
during calibration

G3.68 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


ADJUSTMENTS
OPERATION
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the "adjustment" icon (5).

586msm1h

Adjustment of the progressivity of the reversal operation


enables independent settings of the aggressiveness of the
forward and reverse drive clutches.
– Move the cursor to select the desired progressivity.
– Confirm by pressing "OK".

586msm1b

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.69


PROGRAMMING
OPERATION
IMPORTANT: The unit's parameters must be set after any programming operation.
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the programming icon (6).

586msm0i

Metadiag 2007® automatically detects the type of electonics


unit fitted to the tractor.
– Click on "yes".

586msm1q

G3.70 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


If detection cannot be achieved, the following message is displayed:

586msm1d
– Check the type of unit fitted to the tractor.
– Select the type of electronics unit on Metadiag 2007®.

Programming begins.

586msm1o

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.71


METADIAG 2007© indicates if the programming has been
accepted.

586msm1p

– Switch off the ignition.

586msm1m

Note: Remember to carry out parameter setting and pedal


calibration.

586msm1n

G3.72 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


PARAMETER SETTING
OPERATION
IMPORTANT: The unit's parameters must be set after any programming operation.
Parameter setting provides information on the tractor equipment.
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the "Parameter setting" icon (7).

586msm1j
When the parameter setting window opens, METADIAG 2007© displays the options which are currently saved (A).

586msm0w

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.73


– Select the tractor type.

586msm0x
– Enter the presence of the Twinshift option.

586msm0y
– Enter the presence of the transmission temperature sensor.

586msm0z

G3.74 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


– Check that all lights (1) are green.

586msm1a
– Click "Set parameters" to start the parameter setting operation.

METADIAG 2007© indicates whether the parameters have


been accepted.

586msm2g

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.75


CALIBRATION
OPERATION
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the "calibration" icon (8).

586msm1k
This procedure must be carried out under the following circumstances:
– Lack of progressiveness ;
– Replacement of ECU ;
– Replacement of one or 2 vehicle drive solenoid valves ;
– Mechanical servicing of forward and/or reverse clutches.

1 – Calibrating the clutches


2 – Calibration of temperature sensors
3 – Calibration of clutch pedal
4 – Return to previous mask

1 2 3 4

586msm2f

G3.76 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Calibrating the clutches
– Follow the instructions.
– Click "OK".

586msm1x

– Follow the procedure.


– Click "OK".

586msm1z

– The calibration procedure is under way.

586msm2a

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.77


At the end of calibration, the diagnostic light stops flashing, the buzzer stops and the doubler indicator light flashes slowly.
– Without declutching using the clutch, select the gear lever to neutral and the reverser lever to neutral.

Calibration of temperature sensors


– Some tractors with option Revershift® are not fitted with this
sensor. In this case, do not carry out this calibration.

586msm2b

– Follow the instructions.


– Click "OK".

586msm2c

G3.78 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


– Follow the procedure.
– Click "OK".

586msm2d

– The calibration procedure is under way.

586msm2e

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.79


Calibration of clutch pedal
– Follow the procedure to carry out the pedal calibration.

586msm1y

– Metadiag 2007® indicates whether the parameters have


been accepted.

586msm2g

G3.80 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REAR LINKAGE APPLICATION
TCE9 APPLICATION
OPERATION
– Switch on the ignition.
– Run the METADIAG 2007© program and select application Celtis.

586msm1l
– Select the TCE9 (1) application on the tractor rear view.

586msm0q

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.81


1

586msm0l
1 – Overview 2 – Return to previous mask

G3.82 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


LIFT OVERVIEW
OPERATION
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
IMPORTANT: During the diagnostic process (2) remove the fuse (2). Remember to replace it when diagnosis complete.
– Select the "Overview" icon (1).

586msm0l

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.83


1

2 3 6 4 5

586msm0r
1 – Image and voltage of position sensor 4 – Image and current to up and down solenoid valves
2 – Image and voltage of force sensor 5 – External control
3 – Battery charge 6–
This diagram makes it possible to visualise the status of the
various component parts of the TCE 9 linkage. The upper part
repeats the functions of the control unit. The appearance of the
symbol indicates a fault on one control. When the mouse
pointer is hovered over this symbol, the title of the incident is
displayed

586msm0s

G3.84 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


ERROR CODES
DESCRIPTION

Serious failures

Code Component affected Pin Source of the problem


11 "UP" proportional solenoid valve 2/6 Open circuit in UP coil circuit or defective ECU
12 "DOWN" proportional solenoid valve 14/6 Open circuit in DOWN coil circuit or defective ECU
13 Short circuit 6 Current measured at 6 too high.
14 Rear UP button 10
15 Rear DOWN button 20
16 Supply voltage 19 Supply voltage less than 9,5 V.

Medium severity failures

Code Component affected Pin Source of the problem


22 Position sensor 19 Open circuit, short circuit or short circuit to ground in
the sensor. Incorrect adjustment.
23 Position order potentiometer 16 Short circuit on potentiometer or circuit open
24 TOP limit potentiometer 22 Short circuit on potentiometer or circuit open
28 Transport/stop/check selector 8 Short circuit on potentiometer or circuit open

Minor failures

Code Component affected Pin Source of the problem


32 Load sensor 17 Open circuit, short circuit or short circuit to ground in
the sensor. Incorrect adjustment.
33 DOWN speed potentiometer 24 Short circuit on potentiometer or circuit open
36 Mixed potentiometer 4 Short circuit on potentiometer or circuit open

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.85


INSTRUMENT PANEL APPLICATION
METADIAG 2007© INSTRUMENT PANEL APPLICATION
OPERATION
– Switch on the ignition.
– Run the METADIAG 2007© program and select application Celtis.

586msm1l
– Select the TDB-Celtis (1) application on the tractor cab view.

586msm0h

G3.86 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1

586msm0k
1 – Overview 3 – Return to previous mask
2 – Parameter setting

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.87


OVERVIEW
OPERATION
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the "Overview" icon (1).

586msm0j

A
C
B
D

1 2

586msm0u
1 – This function enables: 2 – The testing of engine graphs (Only for models Celtis 426,
– Illumination of the lights connected to the 436 and 446 with electronic injection).
microprocessor (A) (B) (C).
– Testing of the various displays (D) and (E).
– Sounding the buzzer.
– The (2) function is required to check the two engine graphs (2200 rpm and 2350 rpm).
– After clicking on (2), select the desired graph using button (3).

G3.88 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


3

3
586msm0t

586msm2q

– Measure the desired values using the power rig and


compare them with the injector specification for the relevant
tractor.
IMPORTANT: Once the measurements have been
completed, deactivate the test by clicking on the "OK"
button or by switching off the ignition.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.89


PARAMETER SETTING
OPERATION
– Connect to the tractor and switch on the ignition.
– Select the "Parameter setting" icon (2).

586msm0j

After having selected the four parameters, click on (1). When


setting parameters, information scrolls down the digital displays
on the instrument panel. At the end of the parameter setting the
display "Clut" (powered PTO) or "Pinu" (mechanical PTO)
appears on the top display. At the bottom is displayed 0.G
(instrument panel version). If 4-wheel drive has been selected,
the warning lamp lights. Once complete, the panel reverts to
normal mode.
Button (2) gives access to instrument panel parameters.

1 2
586msm0v

G3.90 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.91
G3.92 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB G3.93
G3.94 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
H1 – CAB
H2 – HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING
H3 – BONDING THE WINDOWS
H4 – PLATFORM

Technical support Chapter H

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
H1 – CAB

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

LEVAGE CABINE ...............................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Levage cabine
Mesures de sécurité

Pour lever la cabine, il est impératif de posséder un palan en parfait état de


fonctionnement, avec une hauteur sous crochet suffisante afin de permettre un
dégagement correct de la cabine. Dans le cas d'un levage partiel de la cabine, il est
indispensable d'étayer la cabine.
– Utiliser un palan homologué et en parfait état.
– Utiliser des manilles homologuées.
– Utiliser des élingues homologuées et en parfait état.
– Respecter les consignes de sécurité.
– Porter des gants et des chaussures de sécurité.
IMPORTANT : Dans tous les cas, le levage de la cabine doit s'effectuer lentement en s'assurant en permanence
qu'aucun élément liant la cabine à la poutre ne soit resté en place et que des éléments tels que les maîtres-cylindres
à l'avant de la cabine ne viennent pas interférer avec des parties restant sur la poutre. Lever la cabine uniquement avec
un palonnier pour éviter tout risque de déformation des points de levage.

843vfm02

Caractéristiques d'élinguage
Poids de la cabine : Environ 600 kg.

.............................................................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H1.1


Notes

H1.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


H2 – HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING..........................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Heating/air conditioning
Description

Control platen

1 – Adjusting forced ventilation


2 – Turning on the air conditioning
2 3
3 – Cab isolation (recycled air)
4 – Adjusting the air temperature
1

841bsn18

Technical description

Heating system
The heating circuit consists of a heating radiator in the cab, a regulating valve and a ventilation
unit.
Coolant: CLAAS RX-COOL.

Cooling system
System capacity: 1750 g ± 50
Refrigerant type: R134a (HFC 134a).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.1


Schematic diagram

Operating principle diagram

20 2
10

8 7
9
3 119
4
18

12 14 19

11
11
18

10

14

19

95

21 210
15

16
6

2 11

641msm41

H2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Ambient air 14 – Pressure connectors
2 – Outside ambient air 15 – Engine cooling radiator
3 – Cold air 16 – De-humidifier
4 – Cab 18 – Low pressure vapour
5 – Control platen 19 – High pressure vapour
6 – Condenser 20 – Fans
7 – Expansion valve 21 – Cooling fan
8 – Evaporator 95 – Compressor
9 – Condensation water flow 119 – Thermostat
10 – Low pressure liquid 210 – Pressure switch
11 – High pressure liquid
12 – Engine

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.3


H2.4
+ APC
110

M FM22
90
FA2
R3 R9 R10 R8

1 2 4 3
Electrical schematic

D2 D3

6 12 11 1 2 3 8 1 11 5 7

210

119 P P
HP BP

250 95

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
M

3 4 2 1

1 4 5 3 6 2

70

61 L B H M

3
2
1

642msm23
61 – Ventilation switch 119 – Air conditioning electronic thermostat
70 – Air conditioning/recirculation switch 210 – High pressure/low pressure switch
90 – Fan 250 – Recirculating motor
95 – Air conditioning compressor
110 – Relay and fuse panel

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.5


Technical specifications
The air conditioning system consists of the following components:

Compressor (95)
The compressor comes supplied with 230 ± 20 cm³ of oil. On charging the circuit, it is necessary
to add 40 ml of PAG 244 oil (polyalkylene glycol oil for air conditioning systems using R134a liquid
refrigerant).

1 7

9 6

8 2 7

1 – Electro-magnet 6 – Valves
2 – Swashplate 7 – Pistons
3 – Cylinder head 8 – Pulley
4 – Air intake (S) 9 – Clutch
5 – Discharge (D)
It serves to increase the pressure of the refrigerant at the evaporator outlet and maintain its
circulation in the circuit. Rotation is by means of an electromagnetic clutch that transmits the
engine movement to the compressor shaft axis of rotation. The shaft receives its movement from
the clutch and transmits it to a swashplate. The angle of this plate defines the piston stroke. The
piston chambers are closed by a cylinder head comprising inlet and outlet valves connecting to
their respective ducts. One of these ducts is connected to the high pressure section (D) leading to
the condesor and the other to the low presssure section (S) coming from the evaporator. The large
diameter duct is the evaporator return leg compressor inlet duct.
Clutch: 12 V, maximum current 2,2 A.

H2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


De-humidifier (16)
This component has three roles:
– To act as a refrigerant liquid buffer tank.
– To filter the fluid flowing through the system.
– To retain the humidity contained in the system.
We recommend replacing the dehumidifier during each servicing operation.
A – Input: From condenser
C
B – Output: To expansion valve B
C – Fluid flow indicator
D
D – High and low pressure switch

642msm07

Pressure switch (210)


Low pressure cut-off: It cuts off compressor operation as soon as the low pressure circuit drops
below 2 ± 0,25 bar.
High pressure cut-off: It cuts off compressor operation as soon as the pressure in the high
pressure system reaches 27,5 bar. It establishes the circuit at 21 ± 2 bar.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.7


Expansion valve (7)
This is a preset device which adjusts the fluid inlet rate according to variations in compressor
speed.
A – Regulator input - Dehumidifier output
B – Expansion valve output - Evaporator input
C – Regulator input - Evaporator output
C D
D – Expansion valve output - Compressor input

B
A

642msm25

Electronic thermostat (119)


It is used to adjust the air temperature at the evaporator.
It is located in the block at the cab front.
B

641msm28

Adjustment Hot Cold


Potentiometer value 10 kohm 0 kohm
Switching threshold: contact 21°C 5°C
closed
Trigger threshold 18°C 2°C
Note: Air conditioning is only engaged if the ventilation speed is engaged (position 1 minimum).

H2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Condenser (6)
The condenser transfers the heat of the compressed refrigerant gas into the ambient air. The
refrigerant gas then condenses to a liquid state.
A – Condenser input - Compressor output
B – Condenser output - Dehumidifier input

642msm04

Evaporator (8)
R134a refrigerant in the liquid state flows through tubes. Heat exchange takes place at the fins.
The hot air cools and loses its humidity. The R134a turns to gas and is drawn back in by the
compressor.

Recirculating
Components:
– On-off motor.

642msm14

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.9


– Recirculation flap connecting rod.

642msm15

H2.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Degraded modes

Air conditioning malfunction


IMPORTANT: The ambient temperature is important for effective testing. Where possible, check the air conditioning
circuit at an ambient temperature of 20°C (if necessary, turn on the heating in the cab in cold weather).

1. TYPE OF FAULT NO COOLING


Go to 2.
EXCESSIVE COOLING
Go to 5.
INSUFFICIENT COOLING
Go to 6.
2. CHECK ELECTRICAL CIRCUIT YES
Check: Go to 3.
– Cab fuses (In interconnections box). NO
– Ventilation switch. Problem solved.
– Thermostat.
– Pressure switch.
Does the problem remain ?
3. YES
– Check the continuity of electricity cables. Go to 4.
– Check the connections. NO
Problem solved.
– Check the grounding (Cab, compressor).
Does the problem remain ?
4. CHECK THE COMPRESSOR CLUTCH YES
Does the problem remain ? Go to 9.
NO
Problem solved.
5. EXCESSIVE COOLING YES
– Check the thermostat sensor. Go to 9.
– Check the thermostat trigger (Maximum NO
temperature). Problem solved.
– Check the compressor clutch.
– Check the condition and operation of the
pressure switch
Repair or replace the defective components.
Does the problem remain ?

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.11


6. INSUFFICIENT COOLING YES
MECHANICAL AND HYDRAULIC Go to 7.
CHECKS NO
– Check the condition and tension of the Problem solved.
compressor drive belt.
– Check the condition and operation of the
compressor (Axle and clutch seizure).
Repair or replace the defective components.
Does the problem remain ?
7. YES
– Check condition and operation of thermostat Go to 8.
(Correct trigger threshold). NO
Repair or replace the defective components. Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
8. VISUAL CHECK OF COOLING YES
CIRCUIT Go to 9.
– Control the passing of bubbles at the NO
dehumidifier display level. Problem solved.
– Check that no tube is trapped or blocked.
– Check for leaks in the circuit.
Repair or replace the defective components.
Does the problem remain ?
9. TOO LOW OR TOO HIGH PRESSURE CORRECT PRESSURE
WITH RESPECT TO NORMAL Go to 10.
PRESSURE (OPEN PRESSURE LOW PRESSURE TOO LOW - HIGH
SWITCH) PRESSURE TOO LOW
Check the cooling circuit pressure: Go to 11.
– Connect the control device at the drain LOW PRESSURE TOO HIGH - HIGH
points and check pressure at test conditions. PRESSURE TOO HIGH
Go to 12.
LOW PRESSURE TOO HIGH - NORMAL
HIGH PRESSURE
Go to 13.
NORMAL LOW PRESSURE - HIGH
PRESSURE TOO HIGH
Go to 14.
LOW PRESSURE TOO HIGH - HIGH
PRESSURE TOO LOW
Go to 15.
LOW PRESSURE TOO LOW - HIGH
PRESSURE TOO HIGH
Go to 16.

H2.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


10. CORRECT PRESSURE Check and repair.
– No coolant.
– Expansion valve blocked closed.
– Saturated dehumidifier.
11. LOW PRESSURE TOO LOW - HIGH YES
PRESSURE TOO LOW Go to 17.
– No coolant. NO
– Expansion valve blocked closed. Problem solved.
– Saturated dehumidifier.
Check and repair.
Does the problem remain ?
12. LOW PRESSURE TOO HIGH - HIGH YES
PRESSURE TOO HIGH Go to 17.
– Excessive coolant. NO
– Expansion valve blocked open. Problem solved.
– Poorly cooled condensor (Engine
ventilator).
Check and repair.
Does the problem remain ?
13. LOW PRESSURE TOO HIGH - YES
NORMAL HIGH PRESSURE Go to 17.
– Expansion valve blocked open. NO
Check and repair. Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
14. NORMAL LOW PRESSURE - HIGH YES
PRESSURE TOO HIGH Go to 17.
– Air in the system. NO
Check and repair. Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?
15. LOW PRESSURE TOO HIGH - HIGH YES
PRESSURE TOO LOW Go to 17.
– Faulty compressor or clutch. NO
Check and repair. Problem solved.
Does the problem remain ?

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.13


16. LOW PRESSURE TOO LOW - HIGH YES
PRESSURE TOO HIGH Go to 17.
– Partial restriction between compressor NO
output and expansion valve input. Problem solved.
Check and repair.
Does the problem remain ?
17. END
– Replace the coolant.
– Replace the dehumidifier filter.
– Replace the expansion valve.
– Insulate connectors appropriately

H2.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Maintenance
As engine power is required to compress the refrigerant, it is advisable to check the engine coolant
level quite often. Change the dust filter in the cab frequently when the tractor is used in very dusty
environments. The filter is located on the side of the instrument panel. See tractor usage and
maintenance instructions.
The refrigerant circuit must be checked annually. The drier must be changed every 3 years.
Note: It is essential that any faulty components on the circuit are changed. If maintenance operations on the system
are to be prolonged (over 15 minutes), plug all system component orifices to prevent internal condensation and
oxidation. This precaution is mandatory for the dehumidifier cartridge and to maintain the compressor PAG lubricant
oil quality.

Safety instructions
IMPORTANT: Maintenance work on the air conditioning system must be carried out by an authorised person who has
received relevant training.
IMPORTANT: Welding and brazing on the air conditioning system is prohibited (ultraviolet rays can penetrate the
system and degrade the refrigerant). Carry out all maintenance work on the system in a well-ventilated room.

Start up the gas extraction system in the room. As refrigerants are colourless and odourless and
as their density is greater than that of air, never store them in shafts, pits, air stacks, etc..

What to do in case of contact with the refrigerant


– Rinse with clear, cold water for 15 minutes.
– Seek medical advice as soon as possible.

What to do when working on the air conditioning system


– Wear gloves and goggles.
– Work in an extremely clean environment.
– Respect safety instructions.
– Use the exact quantity of refrigerant when filling the system.
IMPORTANT: R134a is the only refrigerant to be used. Do not use any other.

– Use only the special oil recommended for topping up. Oil cans must be sealed properly after
use.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.15


Inspections

Drain points
– They are located on the compressor (P).

642msm26

Test conditions
– Clean air filter.
– Engine running at 1800 rpm.
– Fan at low speed.
– Thermostat set to maximum.
– System filled to 1750 g.
– Operating time prior to testing: 5 to 10 minutes.
– Lack of bubbles in the dehumidifier display.

Values at ambient temperature


Values at 20 and 35 °C:

AMBIANT LOW HIGH PULSED AIR


TEMPERATURE PRESSURE PRESSURE TEMPERATURE (°C)
(°C) (BAR) (BAR)
20 0,2 ± 0,2 8±1 4±2
35 1,4 ± 0,2 14,5 ± 1 6±2

H2.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


H3 – BONDING THE WINDOWS

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

BONDING THE WINDOWS ................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Bonding the windows
Description

Warning!
IMPORTANT: The bonded glass forms an integral part of the safety structure.

For a fast, quality maintenance action, we recommend using BETA SEAL x 2500 two-pack sealant
for the windscreen.
This technique minimises the bonding time which is largely unaffected by temperature and air
moisture constraints (unlike one-pack sealants).
It complies with original equipment specifications and CEE and OECD safety approval tests.
All equipment has been selected to meet the quality, safety and service requirements currently in
force in the principal countries.
We strongly recommend these investments.
IMPORTANT: The following products block the adhesive polymerisation process. Avoid all contact with these
products:

– Thinners
– Grease
– Oils
– Spirits (screen washer)
– Chlorinated products
– Wash primer (rust inhibitor)
– Silicones
– Soap or soapy water

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H.1


Special instructions - List of equipment to use

Protective and safety equipment - Safety instructions

– No smoking during this operation. – Wear protective gloves (beware of the risks
– Carry out this operation as far away as of being cut).
possible from grinding, welding and engine – Wear safety goggles.
testing areas (beware of the fire hazards – When fitting a windscreen, use stepladders
relating to the chemicals used). and get someone to help you.

Essential special equipment

– Clean up fragments of glass carefully with a – Prepare the Betagun© two-pack sealant
vacuum cleaner. gun.
– Cut away the seal with an electric or – Have some straps and a spreader ready.
pneumatic vibrating knife. – If the temperature is too low (below 5°C),
– Take hold of the windscreen with the suction use a hot air fan.
cups and place it on the support.

H.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Essential special equipment

– Clean rag paper. – Degreasing fluid (heptane type).


– Masking tape. – Windscreen bonding kit.

Heptane
Nettoyant de surface
Surface cleaning
er
Oberflachenreing
smiddel
Opperviokle reinging
iale
Detergente superfic
ie
Limpiador de superfic
de limpero de superficie
Producto

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H.3


Notes

H.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


H4 – PLATFORM

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

PLATFORM LIFT ................................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Platform lift
Safety measures

To raise the platform, the hoist must be in full working order with sufficient height under
the hook to clear the platform completely. If the platform is being partially lifted, it is
essential to prop it up with approved stands.
– Use a certified hoist in perfect working order.
– Use certified shackles.
– Use certified slings in perfect working order.
– Respect safety instructions.
– Wear protective gloves and shoes.
IMPORTANT: In all cases, the platform must be lifted slowly, making sure at all times that no element remains attached
to the girder. Check that there is no interference at the front or rear with parts remaining on the girder. Lift the platform
only with a spreader bar to avoid any risk of distorting the lifting points.

001bsm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H4.1


Sling specifications
Weight of the platform: About 400 kg.

H4.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


H1 – CAB

H2 – HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING

H3 – BONDING THE WINDOWS

H4 – PLATFORM

Technical support Chapter H

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
H1 – CAB

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

DISMANTLING / REFITTING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)CAB ............................................................... 1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB
CAB

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 913
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Spreader bar chains
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 907
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Spreader bar
Scene:

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H1.1


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 913
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Spreader bar supports and guides
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

H1.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Place the tractor on a perfectly level surface.
– Chock the wheels.
– Place warnings around the working area.
– Disconnect the battery.
– Drain the air conditioning system.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H1.3


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Cab


– Drain the cooling system (see opposite).
– Disconnect the heating valve control cable.
– Disconnect the electrical connectors and plugs located on the
front of the cab.

842msm00

– Lift the rear axle onto stands.


– Chock the front wheels and remove the rear wheels.
IMPORTANT: 4-4-wheel drive tractor: If the tractor is on
stands, do not start up the engine. If the engine has to be
started, the front axle must also be supported on axle
stands.

842msm01

– Disconnect the tubes from the windscreen washer reservoir


located on the left side.
2
– Back left of the cab:
– Remove the handbrake cable connector (1).
– Remove the 22 electrical connectors (2).

842msm02

H1.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

– Remove the PTO cable connector and control cable.


– Note the control settings when dismantling.

842msm03

– Disconnect the clutching and de-clutching controls


differential.
IMPORTANT: Note position of the cables before
dismantling.

842msm04

– Remove the screws from the cab mounts on the left side and
back right.

842msm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H1.5


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

– Put the whole power take-off control unit with its tubes.
Remove the control lever ball with its spring .

842msm07

– Remove the screws from the tank base and lower the tank
slightly to access the front right stud nut.

842msm08

– Separate the gear lever by removing the 44 screws between


the upper part and the lower part.
– In the cab, remove the range lever ball.

842msm09

H1.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

– For the mechanical linkage, disconnect the force control and


position selector cables.

842msm10

– In the case of a tractor with mechanical transmission,


disconnect the reverser control (B) and the super slow
control (C).

842msm11

842msm12

– Install the spreader bar 77 01 388 907 .

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H1.7


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

955 1 000

A B C D

705
E

842msm13
Depending on equipment fit, the drilling (E) may not be present. With a view to using the existing spreader bar 77 01 388 907,
an additional drilling is required:
– Drill the new hole (E) as shown in the diagram (diameter 11 mm).
– Insert the pins in holes (C) and (E).
IMPORTANT: All changes to the spreader bar need to be verified by an approved organisation. Work-related
equipment is subject to general inspections in accordance with article R 233-11 of the labour regulations.

– Fit the cab lifting gear reference n° 77 01 388 913.


IMPORTANT: As a safety measure, it is also advisable to
feed a strap inside the cab and attach it to the lifting hook.
Note: When fitting the spreader bar, it is recommended
that the edges of the roof be protected using masking tape
to avoid scratching.

842msm14

H1.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

IMPORTANT: Before lifting the cab ensure that the


brackets (D) are firmly in contact with the front face of the
cab upright.

842msm15

– Position the attachment yoke (E) in the support (F) so that it


protrudes 353,5 mm.

F
E

35 mm

842msm16

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H1.9


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

– To prevent any interference between the fork (H) and the


hinge bracket (G), add two tubes (H) to the front stubs of each
of the forks.

842msm17

10
0

50
ø

70
ø

842msm18

– Remove the pneumatic brake control reservoir (for tractors


equipped with this option).
– Disconnect the auxiliary spool valve control cables.

842msm19

H1.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

– Begin to raise the cab slightly making sure that it remains


straight so as not to damage the ploughing window.
– Mark then disconnect the supply and return pipes of the
steering unit.
– Use a 919 mm pipe wrench for the connector located on the
side of the steering unit, Load Sensing (LS) signal.

842msm20

– For tractor with pneumatic braking option:


– Remove the air pressure gauge connection on the air tank.

– Disconnect the earth wire behind the LH running board.


– Tractor with side exhaust:
– Remove the exhaust extension..

842msm22

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H1.11


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

– After freeing the cab sufficiently:


– Remove the left and right brake controls at the front of
the cab.

362bsm01

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Cab


When lowering
– Take care of:
– The gear and range levers.
– The hydraulic filter on the cab front.
Points to remember when reassembling
– Connect up the supply and return pipes to the steering unit.
Make sure that the Load Sensing hose (tractor with
REVERSHIFT transmission ) is not twisted.

842msm23

H1.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

– Refit the hydraulic PTO control unit.

842msm24

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the auxiliary spool valve


control cables are correctly routed.

871bsm08

– Reattach the left and right brake control cables before


lowering the cab.

362bsm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H1.13


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
CAB

– Before completing the lowering of the cab, check that the two
screws for the front cab mounts are in their housings (holes
filled with filler).

842msm25

– Differential unlock cable to be positioned in the 22nd hole (to


be marked when dismantling).
– Tighten the front and rear mount attachment screws.
Note: For adjustment points, see the chapters for the
relevant components.

871bsm10

H1.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


H2 – HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

RECONDITIONING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT............................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.1


RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Air conditioning condensor


– Release the condensor and slide it towards the side of the
tractor.

642msm02

– Pull the oil cooler


– Disconnect the pressostat.

642msm03

H2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

– Complete the removal of the condensor. This requires


removal of one attachment screw for the slide bar located at the
top.
– Clean the condensor using compressed air, blowing from the
inside to the outside.
IMPORTANT: Do not use a high-pressure cleaner.

642msm05

– If necessary, restore the condenser fins with a fin comb.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Heater or air conditioning fan


There is no need to remove the unit located on the front face of the cab when removing the fan.
– Remove the scoop and the air filter.
– Move the thermostat next to the bloc side (assembly with air
conditioning).
– Move the speed controller mounting plate (1) by removing
the 2 screws and the wire +.

642msm19

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.3


RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

– Remove the 6 attachment screws for the fan and the power
supply.

642msm20

– Key:

1 – Motor supply - Orange wire


2 – 3nd speed - White wire
3 – 2nd speed - Brown wire
4 – 1st speed - Yellow wire
1

642msm21

H2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

A - B – Thermostat
C - D – Recirculating motor

4
3 B D

C
2

1 A

642msm22

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Expansion valve


The expansion valve (1) can be accessed without removing the air conditioning unit.
– Remove the LH engine cover.
– Drain the air conditioning system.
– Remove the two air conditioning pipes connected to the
expansion valve.
– Remove the plastic protection (2 screws). 1
– Remove the two cylindrical hexagon socket head screws from
the expansion valve (situated under the two air conditioning
pipes).

642msm24

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.5


RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Heating/air conditioning unit (Cab front face)


– Remove the sides, top and nose of the engine cover.
– Drain the air conditioning system.
– Drain the cooling system.
– Remove the exhaust silencer. 1
– Remove the heat shield.
– Remove the 2 heating pipes (1).
– Disconnect the heating valve control cable.
– Remove the two air conditioning pipes connected to the
expansion valve.

.
642msm16

– Remove the 10 attachment screws (2) for heating/air


conditioning unit on the cab front face.
– Remove the inner left-hand instrument panel trim.

642msm17

H2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

– Disconnect the two connectors behind the instrument panel


trim as well as the earthing wire.

642msm18

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Evaporator and heater element


Procedure for changing the evaporator or the heater element:
– Extract the air conditioning/heating unit from the front face of
the cab.

641msm18

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.7


RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

– Remove the thermal protection (3) bonded to the unit or cut it


at the level of the seating surface.
– Remove the clips and the screws for the upper unit.
– Remove the thermostat and its sensor.
– Remove the clip from the air recycling flap link rod.
– Separate the two half units.

2
1
3

641msm22

– Extract the air conditioning/heating unit from the front face of


the cab.
1

641msm23

– Remove the radiator (2).


Note: Check that the various seals are correctly positioned 2
when reassembling.
IMPORTANT: On rebuilding, replace all single-use hose
clamps.

641msm24

H2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Final steps


After carrying out any work on the air conditioning/heater unit:
– Proceed in reverse order to dismantling.
– The O-rings must be changed on each removal/refitting (Lubricate the seals with PAG oil).
– To avoid thermal shock and condensation on cold components (expansion valve, evaporator) carefully lag all connectors.
– Check compressor fluid level.
– Fill the refrigerant system.
– For optimum air conditioning operation, the filter should be as clean as possible, as should the evaporator, the condensor
and the heater matrix.
– Top up the fluid level:
– Measure the quantity of oil collected on draining. On refilling, add the same quantity of new oil plus the amount lost from the
replaced component (see table below).

MAINTENANCE ON AC SYSTEM * QUANTITY OF OIL TO BE ADDED


Compressor replacement 30 mL
Condenser replacement 30 mL
Evaporator replacement 30 mL
De-humidifier tank replacement 10 mL
Pipe replacement 10 mL
* When changing the compressor, avoid adding to the system any fluid contained in the compressor. Only add the quantity recovered when evacuating as well as the
equivalent of the quantity included in the replaced compressor.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H2.9


RECONDITIONING
HEATING/AIR CONDITIONING UNIT

H2.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


H3 – BONDING THE WINDOWS

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

REPLACEMENT:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)WINDOWS..........................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS
WINDOWS

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 020 187
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Suction cups with 2 x 5 metre straps.
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 020 189
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Two-pack windscreen sealant kit (450 ml).
Scene:

2
5
3

4
6 7

1 Round brush 4 Component A cartridge 7 Bottle of degreasing agent (yellow cap)


2 Component A cartridge 5 Mixer
3 Nozzle to be cut 6 Bottle of primer (green cap)

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H3.1


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 020 192
Designation:Power measurement (kW)BETAGUN sealant gun
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 020 197
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Shim blocks (quantity: 56)
Scene:

H3.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 020 330
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Can of heptane
Scene:

Heptane
e
Nettoyant de surfac
Surface cleaning
r
Oberflachenreinge
ngsmiddel
Opperviokle reingi
ficiale
Detergente super
ficie
Limpiador de super
ro de superficie
Producto de limpe

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H3.3


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

Main operations

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Windscreen


– Remove:
– Air filter lining (1).
– Underside of instrument panel lining (2).
– Windscreen wiper blade (3) and its motor.
4
– Sun blind (4).
3
1

841msm36

IMPORTANT: Wear cut-resistant protective gloves and


safety goggles.
– Protect the air conditioning unit from glass particles (cover
with cloth or rag).
– Use the specified vibrating knife with the appropriate blade
(shovel blade).
– Sharpen the large vibrating knife blade correctly.
– From the inside, cut away the seal around the perimeter while
dipping the blade frequently into a little soapy water (makes the
job easier).
IMPORTANT: While preparing to bond another
windscreen, clean the rebate carefully to remove all traces
of soap.

841hsm42

H3.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

– Strike off the old seal at the last minute, leaving a residual
strip (5) approximately 1 mm thick.
– Never use a compressed air blower (risk of lubricant being
deposited).
– Degrease the perimeter carefully with a heptane-based
product.
IMPORTANT: NO SMOKING - Take all normal precautions
to avoid igniting the degreasing fluid.
– Clean the outer surface of the windscreen if necessary.

841hsm43

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H3.5


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Refitting the windscreen


– Moisten the suction cups.

841hsm45

– Stick the suction cups on the outside of the windscreen.


– Place the windscreen on the support (inside uppermost).

841hsm46

H3.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

Preparing the windscreen before applying primer


– Apply the activator in the bottle with the yellow cap (6) to the
black edge of the windscreen.
IMPORTANT: Do not apply to the glass (wipe off if applied
accidentally, risk of marking the glass). 6

– Wipe with a clean, lint-free cloth.

841hsm47

Applying primer
– Shake the bottle with the green cap (7) until you hear the balls
rattling and for at least one minute.
– Use a round brush to paint the black edge of the windscreen
(where the bead of sealant will be applied). 7

Note: This product helps sealant adhesion and provides


rust protection for the metal parts stripped bare on cutting
away the old sealant. It will also protect the two-pack
sealant from the sun's ultraviolet rays.

841hsm18

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H3.7


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

– Coat the rebate of the cab windscreen frame with the same
product at the points where the paint has been removed on
cutting away the old seal.

841hsm49

– Leave to dry for approximately 15 minutes.


– Dry with a hot air blower if the temperature is too low.
– Stick the cushion pads (P/N 60 05 020 197) to the frame 1 2 3
rebate (as shown opposite)

10 4

8 7 6
9 5

841hsm50

H3.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

Preparing the two-pack sealant


IMPORTANT: Check the expiry date!
– If the temperature is low (less than 15°C), warm up the
cartridges to improve fluidity (bain-marie or hot air blower).
– Release the sealant cartridge holder (red ring).
– Connect to the 220 V mains supply.
– Press the trigger and place the push-rods in the back position
(see the Betagun© manual).
– Place the cartridges in the gun compartments and close the
gun casing.
– Cut the nozzle guide tip in a "vee" and screw the nozzle onto
the gun.

841hsm51

– Press the trigger to feed the two products which are mixed in
the nozzle.
– Deposit a hazelnut-sized ball of sealant on a piece of paper
(drying indicator).
– Place this sample in the cab.

841hsm52

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H3.9


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Windscreen


– Carry out a trial by moving around the windscreen to check
that there are no obstacles preventing the sealant from being
applied in a single, continuous operation.

12
– Deposit the sealant in the centre of the black edge, adjusting
the speeds of displacement and extrusion to obtain a regular,
triangular bead as shown.
– A triangular bead simplifies the positioning of the windscreen.
8
– Join the beads as shown in the illustration opposite.

841hsm53

– As soon as the perimeter of the windscreen frame is covered:


– With the help of another person and observing rules of
safety (gloves, goggles and stepladder on each side of the
engine), bond the windscreen to the cab starting at the top.
IMPORTANT: Take care on passing the worklight
protectors.
– Align the windscreen vertically and horizontally with the lower
windows.

841hsm54

– Apply the necessary pressure to flatten the seal around the


entire perimeter.
– Strap the suction cup handles to the front worklight protectors
to prevent the windscreen from dropping.
– Strap the windscreen against the cab.
IMPORTANT: Do not fasten too tightly.

841msm34

H3.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

– Stick masking tape at the lower window joints.


– Coat the joint grooves with sealant and smooth off the excess
with a spreader.
– Refit the removed components.
– Tractor standing time after bonding:
– 30 minutes at an outdoor temperature of 20°C.
– If the temperature is very low:
– Start the engine and set the cab heating to the deicing
position.
– If necessary, heat the perimeter of the windscreen with
a hot air blower.
– In all cases, refer to the drying indicator which must not
be tacky.

841hsm56

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Ploughing window


– Apply the same instructions as above:
– Cut away the seal.
– Degrease and clean.
– Apply primer to the rebate and glass.
– Drying time.
– Stick the cushion pads (P/N 60 05 020 197) to the points 1 2 3
indicated.

8 4

7 6 5

841hsm57

– Remove the bead of adhesive.

841hsm58

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H3.11


REPLACEMENT
WINDOWS

– Bond the ploughing window.

841hsm59

– Support underneath.
– Use adhesive tape to hold the window to the cab.
– Reapply the joint seal between the windscreen and the
ploughing window.

841hsm60

H3.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


H4 – PLATFORM

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

REMOVAL/REFITTING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)PLATFORM..............................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM
PLATFORM

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 006 913
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Spreader bar chains
Scene:

Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)77 01 388 907
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Spreader bar
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H4.1


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

H4.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Place the tractor on a perfectly level surface.
– Chock the wheels.
– Place warnings around the working area.
– Disconnect the battery.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H4.3


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Platform


– Disconnect the electricity plugs (A, B, C).
– Remove the earth cable (D). A
D

871bsm01

– Lift the rear axle onto stands.


– Chock the front wheels and remove the rear wheels.
IMPORTANT: 4-4-wheel drive tractor: If the tractor is on
stands, do not start up the engine. If the engine has to be
started, the front axle must also be supported on axle
stands.

344bsn10

– Remove the handbrake control (E).


– Disconnect the differential lock and unlock control (F).
– Remove the PTO cable connector and control cable. E
G
F
– Note the control settings when dismantling.

871bsm02

H4.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

– Remove the nuts from the rear studs of the platform (H).

871bsm03

– Remove the screws from the from studs of the platform (I).
– Remove the screws from the tank base and lower the tank
slightly to access the front right stud nut.
J

871bsm04

– Remove the PTO control unit (K) with its hoses.


– Remove the control lever ball (L) with its spring (M).

871bsm05

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H4.5


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

– Separate the gear lever by removing the 4 screws between


the upper part (N) and the lower part.
N
– On the platform remove the range lever ball (O).
O

871bsm06

– Disconnect the draft control (P) and position control (Q)


cables.

871bsm07

– In the case of a tractor with mechanical transmission,


disconnect the reverser control (R) and the super slow
control (S).

R
S

344bsm01

H4.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

Install the spreader bar n° 77 01 388 907 (As shown).

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H4.7


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

871bsm09
– Disconnect the auxiliary distributor cables and mark them.
– Start by gently raising the cab ensuring it remains
straight.When lowering
– Mark then disconnect the supply and return pipes of the
steering unit.

397bsm15

– Use a 19 mm pipe wrench for the connector located on the


side of the steering unit, Load Sensing (LS) signal.

491bsm01

– For tractor with pneumatic braking option:


– Remove the air pressure gauge connection on the air
tank.
– Disconnect the earth wire behind the LH running board.
– Remove the pneumatic brake control reservoir.

372bsm01

H4.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

– After having sufficiently cleared the platform: Remove the RH


and LH brake controls at the front of the platform.

362bsm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H4.9


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Platform


When lowering
– Take care of:
– The platform, which risks coming into contact with the
auxiliary distributors base (protection recommended).
– The gear and range levers.
– The hydraulic filter on the cab front.
– Replace the LH and RH brake control shafts before lowering
the platform.

397bsm15

Points to remember when reassembling


– Connect up the supply and return pipes to the steering unit.
Make sure that the Load Sensing hose (tractor with
REVERSHIFT transmission ) is not twisted.
– Refit the hydraulic PTO control unit (K).
– Replace the knob (L) with its spring (M) on the control lever.

871bsm05

H4.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the auxiliary spool valve


control cables are correctly routed.
– Before completing the platform installation, make sure that
the two front stud screws are correctly in their housing (holes
filled with filler).
– Differential unlock cable to be positioned in the 2nd hole (to
be marked when dismantling).
– Tighten the front and rear mount attachment screws.
Note: For adjustment points, see the chapters for the
relevant components.

871bsm08

362bsm01

371bsm10

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB H4.11


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
PLATFORM

H4.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


J1 – FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF
J2 – FRONT LINKAGE
J3 – FRONT LOADER
J4 – PNEUMATIC BRAKE

Technical support Chapter J

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
J1 – FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF...............................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Front power take-off
Technical specifications

Front power take-off box


PTO (type) Mono-gear
Clutch Multidisc
Control Electrohydraulic with graduality
Direction of rotation Clockwise or counterclockwise
Rotation speed 2200 rpm (engine) = 1100 rpm (PTO)
Output shaft 1" 3/8 - 6 splines
Transmissible continuous power 88,3 kW 120" *2
Oil type API GL 4 - GIMA M 1143 - ISO HV 68
Capacity (reducer) 0,95. L
Housing boost pressure 20 to 25 bar

Measurement and checking points


Test conditions:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J1.1


Checking the clutch feed pressure
– Connect tester n° 60 05 705 076 at (X).
– Apply the front power take-off clutch.
– The pressure should be 22 ± 3 bar.

421msm14

Checking the solenoid valve supply voltage and resistance


– Check the voltage at the solenoid valve input (Y) (control activated).
– Check the resistance of the winding at the solenoid valve terminals (Z).


V
Y

421msm15

J1.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


"Inspection results" sheet
This sheet may be copied and should be completed for each operation on the tractor. If it has to
be returned to the manufacturer's after sales department; the following must be included:
– Tractor type:
– The serial number:
– Total operating hours:
– Date of operation:

Checking the clutch feed pressure

TEST CONDITIONS PRESSURE MEASURED VALUE


Oil temperature at 60°C
ENGINE AT NOMINAL 22 ± 3 bar
SPEED

Checking the solenoid valve supply voltage and resistance

Test conditions with power on Nominal voltage Measured voltage


Control activated 12 volts

Test condition with power off Nominal resistance Measured resistance


At solenoid valve terminals 8,3 ohms

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J1.3


Notes

J1.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


J2 – FRONT LINKAGE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

FRONT LINKAGE ...............................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Front linkage
Technical specifications

Type MX R28
Maximum linkage capacity 2800 daN.m
Linkage (type) Foldable arms
Number of cylinders 2 (double acting)
Control Auxiliary distributor in cab (double acting)
Isolation valve Yes
Arm travel 840 ± 20 mm
Supply pressure 200 bar

Assembly without front loader

43

44

412msm05

43 – Right chassis 44 – Left chassis

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J2.1


Assembly with front loader

412msm06

In the case of linkage with a loader (absence of chassis No. (43)) (44).

J2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Measurement and checking points
Test conditions:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.

– Connect tester n° 60 05 705 076 at the level of the isolation valve (1).
– Put the linkage in upper stop.
– Measure the pressure level.
– The measured pressure must be 180 bar.

412msm01

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J2.3


"Inspection results" sheet
This sheet may be copied and should be completed for each operation on the tractor. If you need
to send it to the Renault Agriculture Aftersales Service, you must indicate.
– Tractor type:
– The serial number:
– Total operating hours:
– Date of operation:

TEST CONDITIONS PRESSURE MEASURED VALUE


Oil temperature at 60°C
ENGINE AT NOMINAL 180 bar
SPEED

J2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


J3 – FRONT LOADER

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

FRONT LOADER ................................................................................................................................................1


HYDRAULIC PART .............................................................................................................................................................. 4

ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS.......................................................................................................................................... 14

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Front loader
Description
Depending on the tractor type, 2 front loader models are available.
– FL80
– FL100
The loader may be controlled mechanically by cable (Kit Propilot©) or hydraulically by low
pressure oil (Kit Flexpilot©).

Technical specifications
Refer to the user manual, chapter H.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.1


Layout in the tractor

Front loader - Spool valve Propilot©

D E

P2

P2
P1
T
P1
C
T
1 0 2
B 1 0 2

3 1 0 2
3 1 0 2
B

3 1 0 2
3 1 0 2
B

180 bar
A
T

432msm80

A – Supply plate P1 – Distributor supply Propilot©


B – Auxiliary spool valve P2 – Return - Rear lift distributor supply
C – Blanking plate T – Return to tank
D – Rear linkage spool valve
E – Spool valve Propilot©

J3.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Front loader - Spool valve Flexpilot©

E
D

P1

P2
P1
T1
T2
T2 T1 P2
C

1 0 2
B 1 0 2

3 1 0 2
3 1 0 2
B

3 1 0 2
3 1 0 2
B

180 bar
A
T

432msm81

A – Supply plate P1 – Distributor supply Flexpilot©


B – Auxiliary spool valve P2 – Return - Rear lift distributor supply
C – Blanking plate T, T1, T2 – Return to tank
D – Rear linkage spool valve
E – Spool valve Flexpilot©

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.3


Hydraulic part
Technical description

Spool valve Propilot©


The spool valve is controlled by 2 cables operated by the control lever:

A C D

E
B

432msm61

A – Operating lever E – Transmission kit


B – Cables F – Reservoir
C – Accumulator G – High-pressure lines
D – Spool valve unit H – Return to reservoir

J3.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Spool valve Flexpilot©
The spool valve is controlled by a low-pressure hydraulic system operated by the control lever:

A C D

432msm44

A – Operating lever E – Spool valve unit


B – Isolation valve F – Reservoir
C – Accumulator G – High-pressure lines
D – Spool valve H – Return to reservoir

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.5


Schematic diagram

Layout of loader hydraulic system

3a 3 3b 5 4

2b

2
1a 1 1b
2a

432msm78

1 – Lifting jack 3 – Jack PCH©


1a – Hoisting chamber 3a – Chamber a
1b – Lowering chamber 3b – Chamber b
2 – Trailer loading jack 4 – Pressure limiter
2a – Digging chamber 5 – Return line
2b – Unloading chamber

J3.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Propilot© hydraulic valve

B1 A1 B2 A2 T2

190 bar

P T

432msm56

P – High pressure power A2 – Loader down


T – Return to tank B1 – Tool digging
T2 – Return to tank B2 – Tool unloading
A1 – Loader up

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.7


Flexpilot© hydraulic valve

B1 A1 B2 A2 T2

A
L

190 bar

B T

D C

40 bar

30 bar

P1 T T1 1 3 2 4 1 4 T P 3 2
P

432msm65

P – High pressure power E – Valve


T – Return to tank F – Accumulator
T2 – Return to tank A1 – Loader up
A – Spool valve A2 – Loader down
B – Spool valve unit B1 – Tool digging
C – Operating lever B2 – Tool unloading
D – Valve

J3.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


The tractor flow reaches (P). Valve (A) is closed Accumulator 30 inflates until a 30 bar pressure is
attained. The valve is engaged now and limits pressure in the control lever to 30 bar.
Pressure in (P) rises and opens valve (A). Valve (A) is kept open by the accumulator (C).
Low pressure reaches (P) in the control lever. When the user handles the control lever, he/she
sends a 30 bar pressure via the orifices:
– No.1 for the loader down movement.
– No.2 for the loader up movement.
– No.3 for digging.
– No.4 for unloading.

Measurement and check points

Supply pressure check

1 – Loader up
2 – Loader down
3 – Tool digging 5
4 – Tool unloading
5 – Return

1 2 3 4

432msm11

Note: This control only allows to detect faults in the hydraulic circuit located on the tractor side.

Test conditions:
– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.9


– Connect the hydraulic tester 60 05 705 076 to
the spool valve block sockets (1) and (2).
– Control the loader up movement and 5
measure the pressure level in (1).
– Control the loader down movement and
measure the pressure level in (2).
– Connect the hydraulic tester 60 05 705 076 to
the spool valve block sockets (3) and (4).
– Control the tool digging and measure the
pressure level in (3).
– Control the tool unloading and measure the 1 2 3 4
pressure level in (4).
432msm12

Check the lifting jacks for leaks


Test conditions:
– Oil temperature at 60°C .

Follow the next procedure:


– Control the loader down movement until the tractor front axle is relieved.
– Load the tool to the maximum point.
– Lift the loader to 1,5 m.
– Stop the engine.
– Disconnect the hose that feeds the hoisting chamber (1a) of hoisting jacks.
– Allow to drip 1 to 2 minutes.
– If oil continues to leak, exchange the gaskets of the relevant component.

J3.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Calculating the hoisting distributor internal leak
Test conditions:
– Hoisting jacks are sealed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
– The loader is hoisted.
– With the engine stopped.

Hosting jacks active surface:

FL 80 66,3 cm²
FL100 77,0 cm²
Jacks retraction measurement over time:
F=(SxL)/T

F Leak volume (cm³/min)


S Hosting jacks active surface (cm²)
L Rod retraction measurement (cm)
T Time taken (min)
Example:
Loader FL100
– Hosting jacks active surface: S = 77,0 cm²
– Rod retraction measurement: L = 1 cm
– Time taken: T = 15 min
F = ( 77,0 x 1 ) / 15
Leak volume: F = 5,13 cm³/min
Internal leaks must be comprised between 4 and 10 cm³/min.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.11


Checking the loading circuit for leaks
Test conditions:
– Oil temperature at 60°C .

Follow the next procedure:


– Control the loader down movement until the tractor front axle is relieved.
– Load the tool (300 to 400 kg).
– Lift the loader to 1,5 m.
– Stop the engine.
– Disconnect the hose that feeds the loading chamber (2b) of loading jacks.
– Disconnect the hose that feeds the chamber (3a) located at the cylinder rod side of PCH©.
– Remove the pressure limiter (4) protective cover.
– Disconnect the return line (5).
– Allow to drip 1 to 2 minutes.
– If oil continues to leak, exchange the gaskets of the relevant component.

J3.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Checking the loading distributor for internal leaks
Test conditions:
– Loading jacks, PCH© jacks and the pressure limiter are sealed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
– The loader is hoisted.
– With the engine stopped.

Hosting jacks active surface:

FL 80 52,0 cm²
FL100 52,0 cm²
Jacks retraction measurement over time:
F=(SxL)/T

F Leak volume (cm³/min)


S Hosting jacks active surface (cm²)
L Rod retraction measurement (cm)
T Time taken (min)
Example:
Loader FL100
– Hosting jacks active surface: S = 52,0 cm²
– Rod retraction measurement: L = 1 cm
– Time taken: T = 10 min
F = ( 52,0 x 1 ) / 10
Leak volume: F = 5,2 cm³/min
Internal leaks must be comprised between 4 and 10 cm³/min.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.13


Electronic components
Description

Operating lever (6 functions)

A – ACS©
B – 3rd function
C – 4th function
D – Fast-Lock System©
B
A
D

432msm58

J3.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Schematic diagram

Wiring schematic - Operating lever (4 functions)

E1
C
E2
D
A D6
1 RL1 3
1 S1
2 D1
S2 2

4 5
B D4 E3
E
1 S3
2 S4 D5
1 RL2 3

D2
2
4 5
E4
F
2 1

S5
S6

E5

432msm60

A – 4th function D – Earth


B – 3rd function E – 4th function control
C – Supply + 12 V F – 3rd function control

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.15


Wiring schematic - Operating lever (6 functions)

E1
E
E2
F
A D6
1 RL1 3
1 S1
2 D1
S2 2

4 5
B D4 E3
H
1 S3
2 S4 D5
1 RL2 3

D2
2
4 5
E4
H
2 1

C 1 RL3 3
1 S5
2 S6 2
4 5
D
1
2 D3 E5
J

432msm59

A – 4th function F – Earth


B – 3rd function G – 4th function control
C – Fast-Lock System© H – 3rd function control
D – ACS© J – Fast-Lock© control
E – Supply + 12 V K – ACS© control

J3.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Electrical tests

On/off solenoid valve


Voltage test
Test conditions:
– Power on.
– Power supplied to solenoid valve. + 12 V
M

– Check the voltage at the solenoid valve input


acccording to the order state.
– Connect multimeter n° 60 05 006 744
(voltmeter function) in parallel.
– Use cable n° 60 05 005 734.
V

601msm15

Resistance test
Test conditions:
– Power off.
– Solenoid valve disconnected. + 0V

– Check coil resistance at the solenoid valve


terminals.
– With the solenoid valve disconnected,
connect a multimeter n° 60 05 006 744
(ohmmeter function) in parallel.

– Use cable n° 60 05 05 734.

601msm16

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.17


Current test
Test conditions:
– Power on.
– Power supplied to solenoid valve.

– Check increase in current consumed by the + 12 V


M
solenoid valve.
– Connect a multimeter n° 60 05 006 744
(ammeter function) in series.
– To avoid tripping the multimeter protective
device, start at the highest setting.
– Use cable n° 60 05 005 734 or an
amperometric clamp on the solenoid valve 601msm17
supply wire.

Measurement and checking points

Checking the loader solenoid valves

Solenoid valve Voltage (V) Current (A) Resistance (Ohm)


Test conditions: Test conditions: Test conditions:
– Power on. – Power on. – Power off.
– Power supplied to – Power supplied to – Solenoid valve
solenoid valve. solenoid valve. disconnected.
3rd function 12 5 2,4
4th function 12 5 2,4
Fast-Lock System© 12 1,5 8

J3.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


"Inspection results" sheet
This sheet may be copied and should be completed for each operation on the tractor. If it has to
be returned to the manufacturer's after sales department; the following must be included:
– Tractor type:
– The serial number:
– Total operating hours:
– Date of operation:

Test conditions: Pressure Recorded values


– Engine at nominal speed.
– Oil temperature at 60°C.
Pressure value at socket (1) - 180 bar
Loader up
Pressure value at socket (2) - 180 bar
Loader down
Pressure value at socket (3) - 180 bar
Tool digging
Pressure value at socket (4)- 180 bar
Tool unloading

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.19


Solenoid Voltage (V) Current (A) Resistance (Ohm)
valve Test conditions: Test conditions: Test conditions:
– Power on. – Power on. – Power off.
– Power supplied to – Power supplied to sole- – Solenoid valve discon-
solenoid valve. noid valve. nected.
Values Recorded Values Recorded Values Recorded
values values values
3rd function 12 5 2,4
4th function 12 5 2,4
Fast-Lock 12 1,5 8
System©

J3.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


J4 – PNEUMATIC BRAKE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

PNEUMATIC BRAKE..........................................................................................................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Pneumatic brake
Technical description

Compressor

0 2

0 2

373msm20

0 – Air drawn-in to the engine air filter


0
2 – Outlet to pressure regulator

373msm01r

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J4.1


Pressure regulator

1
21 21

1
1-2

3 1-2 3

373msm21

1 – Supply coming from the compressor


1-2 – Pneumatic inflation socket
21 – Output towards tank
3 – Discharge circuit
1 21

1-2

373msm02r

J4.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


Reservoir

D D

373msm03r

C – Reservoir
D – Manual bleed valve

Control valve

1 – Supply
2 – To hand (yellow)

1 2

374msm02

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J4.3


1 – Control valve
2 – Lever 1 2 3

3 – Link
4 – Caliper
m
0m
10

373msm27

Trailer control valve

1
4
2 2

3
1

373msm23

J4.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Supply
2 – To hand (black)
3
3 – Air escape
4 – Brake controls

1 4

373msm06r

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J4.5


Schematic diagram

With the engine running, and trailer connected, no action of brakes

12

13
65
3 4
2

8
5
4

7
3
1

8 bar

0 bar

5 bar
11

10

374msm01

J4.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Air suction 8 – Trailer control valve
2 – Compressor 9 – Black coupling head
3 – Pressure regulator 10 – Yellow coupling head
4 – Reservoir 11 – Red coupling head
5 – Bleed valve 12 – Circuit under pressure
6 – Pressure indicator 13 – Circuit without pressure
7 – Control valve

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J4.7


Engine running, trailer connected, action on brakes

12

13
65
3 4
2

8
5
4

7
3
1

8 bar

8 bar

0 bar
11

10

374msm00

J4.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


1 – Air suction 8 – Trailer control valve
2 – Compressor 9 – Black coupling head
3 – Pressure regulator 10 – Yellow coupling head
4 – Reservoir 11 – Red coupling head
5 – Bleed valve 12 – Circuit under pressure
6 – Pressure indicator 13 – Circuit without pressure
7 – Control valve

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J4.9


Torque settings and sealants

± 0,4
4 daN.m

20 daN.m

± 0,2
3,8 daN.m

2,8 ± 0,3 daN.m

2,8 ± 0,3 daN.m

373msm28

J4.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


± 0,3
2,8 daN.m

1,8 ± 0,2 daN.m

373msm29

Coat threads with Loctite 243.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J4.11


Measurement and check points

Braking circuit pressure control

To check the pneumatic braking circuit


pressures, proceed as follows:
– Unscrew the coupling head concerned.
– Insert a T fitting with the dimensions shown
opposite between the coupling head and 16 x 150 16 x 150
supply line.
– Mount pressure gauge n° 60 05 705 076,
compatible with the pneumatic circuits, on the JIC 9/16
fitting.
Check pressure levels indicated in drawings for 4428

different operation phases of the system.

J4.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


J1 – FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF

J2 – FRONT LINKAGE

J3 – FRONT LOADER

Technical support Chapter J

Celtis 00 11 354 320 – Edition 09.2007


Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
J1 – FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

REMOVAL/REFITTING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF .................................. 1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF
FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 705 076
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Pressure gauge kit
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J1.1


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF

Exploded view
Front power take-off unit: 3 pinion assembly, anti-clockwise
1

9
10
11
12
13
34
38

14
37

15
16
17
18a
36

33

18b
35

34

19
24
32

31

23
20
57

58
39

21
22
40

49

50
41

48
42

46
47
43

51
30

52
29

53
28

54
27

55
26

56
25

44

45

421msm21

J1.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF

Front power take-off unit: 3 pinion assembly, clockwise

9
10
11
12
13
38

14
37

15
16
17
18a
36

18b
35

19
24
32
31

23
20
57

58
39

21
22
40

49

50
41

48
42

46
47
43

51
30

52
29

53
28

54
27

44

45

55
26

56
25

421msm22

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J1.3


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF

1 – Breather 29 – Circlips
2 – Half-housing (output shaft) 30 – O-ring
3 – Lip seal 31 – O-ring
4 – Bearing 32 – Spring
5 – Circlips 33 – Countershaft
6 – Closing cover 34 – Bearing
7 – Circlips 35 – Bearing
8 – Brass seal 36 – Input shaft
9 – Drain plug 37 – Bearing
10 – Boost pump drive shaft 38 – Locating pin
11 – Output shaft (1" 3/8 - 6 splines) 39 – Half-housing (input shaft)
12 – Shims 40 – Screw
13 – Bearing 41 – Circlips
14 – Circlips 42 – Circlips
15 – Circlips 43 – Lip seal
16 – Bearing 44 – Blanking plate
17 – Drive pinion 45 – Screw
18a – Disc 46 – O-ring
18b – Backplate 47 – O-ring
19 – Belleville washers 48 – Spring
20 – Clutch housing 49 – Bearing
21 – O-ring 50 – Pin
22 – Piston 51 – Booster pump
23 – Rotor 52 – Screw
24 – Locating pin 53 – Strainer
25 – Rotary seals 54 – O-ring
26 – Circlips 55 – Blanking plate
27 – Shims 56 – Circlips
28 – O-ring 57 – Washer
58 – Locking ring

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

J1.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF

Specific tightening torque


Front power take-off

45,5 daN.m
5
± 0,7
daN.m 59 Loctite (243)
65 Loctite (243)
61

62

60

63
11,5 daN.m

64
28 ± 4 daN.m

A
62

Loctite (648)

Loctite (648)

16 ± 4 daN.m
Loctite (243)
± 0,7
5 daN.m
Loctite (243)

Loctite (648)

421msm20

A – Front power take-off box 62 – Screw H M14 x 190 and Grower washer
B – Housing support 63 – Nut M14 and flat washer
59 – Bolts, CHC M12 x 45 64 – Bolts, H M18 x 80
60 – Hub 65 – Bolts, CHC M10 x 1,5
61 – Flexible pin

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J1.5


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT POWER TAKE-OFF

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Position the tractor on flat and level ground.
– Place the lift in the down position and the arms in the work position.
– Apply the handbrake and chock the wheels.
– Remove the front lift:
– Refer to the work card in chapter J: Removal/refitting of front linkage.
– Drain the housing.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Front power take-off box


– Remove the universal shaft from the hub (60) by removing the 4 screws (65).
– Disconnect the solenoid valve.
– Remove the housing (A) and the support (B) after having removed the 4 screws (64) using shackles and a suitable lifting
device.
– On a table, remove the centre screw (59) from the hub (60).
– Screw 2 screws H M10 x 1,5 - 80 in the place of screws (65) to release the hub (60).
– Release the housing (A) from the support (B) by removing screws (62).

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Front power take-off box


– perform the operations in reverse order to removal, tightening to the specified torques.

J1.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


J2 – FRONT LINKAGE

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

REMOVAL/REFITTING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)FRONT LINKAGE ....................................................1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LINKAGE
FRONT LINKAGE

Help with servicing

Tools
Specific tooling
Reference:Power measurement (kW)60 05 705 076
Designation:Power measurement (kW)Pressure gauge kit
Scene:

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J2.1


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LINKAGE

Exploded view

Linkage fitting kit

62
63
45

42
55
46
56
63

44
57 53
54
40
41 20
41 Avertissement
d'utliser
ou
lire

avant d'utilisation
lechargeur ou
surle livret lire
d'utliser Avertissement avant d'utiliser ou
avant d'utilisation d'intervenir sur le chargeur lire
d'intervenir le chargeur
attentivementsur livret
ou attentivement le livret d'utilisation.
le lire
d'utliser
Avertissement
d'intervenir avant d'utilisation
chargeur
attentivement lelivret
surle

Avertissement
d'intervenir
attentivement
enir
d'interv
r ou
d'utilise e, prendre
Avant
machin de
la
sur règles le
des
dans
sance
tion
sécurité
connais
d'utilisa
manuel

safety
read
user
Always in
ion
g or
precaut
operatin e
before machin
the
manual with
ing
interven

62 15
17
4
16
3
43
51
52
60
18
61
7
9
5
22
6
1
9 13
15 58
8
12
11
10
14
2

412msm00

J2.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LINKAGE

1 – Spreader bar 40 – Frame


2 – Right arm - th. 30 mm 41 – Brackets
3 – Left arm - th. 30 mm 42 – Cover
4 – Double acting actuator - 30 x 75 / 140 43 – Right chassis
5 – Wear bush 44 – Left chassis
6 – Shaft Ø40 - length 90 + grease nipple 45 – Shim
7 – Shaft Ø35 - length 183 + grease nipple 46 – Shim
8 – Shaft Ø35 - length 183 + grease nipple 50 – H M18 x 50 Screw
9 – H M10 x 20 Screw 51 – Lockwasher
10 – Drilled shaft Ø40 - Length 68,5 52 – H M18 x 40 Screw
11 – Washer (Ø 50 x 8) 53 – H M22 x 50 Screw
12 – H M18 x 110 Screw 54 – Lockwasher
13 – HFR M18 T8 Nut 55 – H M8 x 30 Screw
14 – Pin Ø30 - Length 82 56 – Lockwasher
15 – Clipped pin 8 x 42 57 – HFR M8 T8 Nut
16 – 3 points bar Cat 2 460/680 58 – Ball bearing Cat 3/2
17 – Top link pin 60 – H M18 x 70 Screw
18 – Standard adhesive 61 – Lockwasher
19 – "Towing clevis" adhesive 62 – H M16 x 45 Screw
20 – "Safety rule" adhesive 63 – Lockwasher

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J2.3


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LINKAGE

9
14
15

7
10
18
11
16
12
13
1
2
4
17
2
8

6
3

412msm04

1 – Cylinder 10 – Hydraulic hose


2 – Pipes 11 – Hollow screw
3 – Pipes 12 – Coupling
4 – Tap 13 – Hollow screw
5 – Pipes 14 – Union
6 – Pipes 15 – Hydraulic hose
7 – Hydraulic hose 16 – Hydraulic hose
8 – Hydraulic hose 17 – Seal
9 – Hydraulic hose 18 – Union

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

J2.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LINKAGE

Specific tightening torque


– Do not lock anything in place before having positioned everything.
– All screws must be assembled with a lock washer and medium thread lock (e.g. Loctite 245).
– Add a flat washer to the lock washer on all the rectangular holes.
– After making sure that all the nuts and bolts are in place, tighten them to the tightening torque recommended in the table
below.
IMPORTANT: Before any use, check that all the fastenings comply with the tightening torque. All the fasteners
requiring retightening must be cleaned and rebonded with thread lock.

Thread Torque settings (daN.m)


Hardware class
8.8 10.9 12.9
M8 2,1 2,9 3,5
M 10 4,2 5,8 7,0
M 12 7,2 10,1 12,1
M 14 11,4 16,0 19,3
M 16 17,4 24,5 29,5
M 18 24,0 34,0 40,5
M 20 34,0 47,5 57,0
M 22 45,5 64,0 76,5
The guarantee ceases immediately if the assembly recommendations for the machine given in this document are not
respected.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J2.5


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LINKAGE

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Position the tractor on flat and level ground.
– Place the lift in the down position and the arms in the work position.
– Apply the handbrake and chock the wheels.
– Remove the frame of the front loader (depending on equipment fit):
– Refer to the work card in chapter J: Removal/reffiting the front loader.

J2.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LINKAGE

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Front linkage


– Remove the battery bay.
– If a side exhaust is fitted:
– Remove the exhaust and its bracket (1).
– Remove the LH engine cover.

412msm03

– Close the tap (2).


– Disconnect the hydraulic hoses (3).
– Fit blanks to the ends of the tubes.
– Remove the cover (42).
– Place the hoist at the level of the top link pin.
– In the case of linkage with a loader (absence of chassis No.
(43 - 44)):
– Remove the loader adaptor.
– Refer to the work card in chapter J: Refurbishing the
loader.

412msm02

– If the linkage is not fitted with a loader:


– Remove the LH frame (44).
– Remove the RH frame (43).
– Remove the brackets (41) from the front side.
– Remove the lift assembly.
– Set it down on the ground.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J2.7


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LINKAGE

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Front linkage


– Remove the entire front linkage (depending on equipment fit):
– Refer to the work card in chapter J: Refurbishment of the front PTO.
– Preassemble the front bracket No. (41) on the frames No. (40) with screws No. (53) (without fully tightening).
– Present the linkage (without the chassis No. (43 - 44)) onto the front of the tractor, and attach it to the front of the cradle with
screws No. (50).
– If the linkage is not fitted with a loader:
– Attach the frames (43 - 44) to the side of the cradle and to the clutch housing using the screws (62 - 52 - 60) and
spacers (45 - 46).
– In the case of linkage with a loader (absence of chassis No. (43 - 44)):
– Attach the loader adaptor.
– Refer to the work card in chapter J3: Refurbishing the loader.
– Tighten to the recommended torque settings.
– Fit the cover (42) using screws (55 - 56).
– Proceed with assembly of the hydraulic circuit.
– After assembly, lift the front of the tractor and slip out the axle at full lock; set the lock as a function of the track.

IMPORTANT: The front linkages Claas® are designed to accept implements built to ISO category 2 standardised
attachment dimensions. Any deviation could cause serious damage that would not be the responsibility of the
company.

J2.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


J3 – FRONT LOADER

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
CONTENTS

REMOVAL/REFITTING:POWER MEASUREMENT (KW)FRONT LOADER.................................................... 1

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
Celtis – 09.2007 – GB
DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER
FRONT LOADER

Help with servicing

Ingredients
Standard ingredients
Refer to the tightness and attachment products at the beginning of the document.

Exploded view
Loader fitting kit

4x HM 16 x 220

mm
15

1
mm
20
9 10
5

3 2

mm
5x HM 18 x 60 15

7 8

4x HM 18 x 60 4x HM 16 x 70

4x HM 18 x 70 8x HM 18 x 70

432msm00

1 – Frame 6 – Flange
2 – Lower crosssmember 7 – Right grill protection - Left grill protection
3 – Rear right link - Rear left link 8 – Flange
4 – Rear right bracket - Rear left bracket 9 – Shim
5 – Shim 10 – Grill protection bar

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.1


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Hydraulic system - Propilot©

A B

19 23

13
15
14
E

11 12

P1
T
16 18
P2 24
17 25
16

17

T
21 22 20
432msm10

J3.2 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

A – Spool valves 14 – Screw


B – Hydraulic distributor of the rear electronic lift 15 – Plain washer
C – Hydraulic distributor of the rear mechanical lift 16 – Brass seal
D – Pressure 17 – Union
E – Resupply 18 – Reservoir
F – Return 19 – Union
P1 – Distributor supply Propilot© 20 – Hose
P2 – Return - Rear lift distributor supply 21 – Hose
T – Return to tank 22 – Hose
11 – Spool valve Propilot© / Flexpilot© 23 – O-ring
12 – Hydraulic connection support 24 – Plastic clamp
13 – Screw 25 – Cable

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.3


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Hydraulic system - Flexpilot©

A B

19 23

13
15
14
E

11 12

P1
T1
16 18
P2 24
17
16

17

T
21 22 20
432msm63

J3.4 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

A – Spool valves 14 – Screw


B – Hydraulic distributor of the rear electronic lift 15 – Plain washer
C – Hydraulic distributor of the rear mechanical lift 16 – Brass seal
D – Pressure 17 – Union
E – Resupply 18 – Reservoir
F – Return 19 – Union
P1 – Distributor supply Flexpilot© 20 – Hose
P2 – Return - Rear lift distributor supply 21 – Hose
T1 – Return to tank 22 – Hose
11 – Spool valve Propilot© / Flexpilot© 23 – O-ring
12 – Hydraulic connection support 24 – Plastic clamp
13 – Screw

28

27

26
P1
P1
G A

T2 T1

432msm14

26 – Elbow G – Return
27 – Adapter P1 – Distributor supply Flexpilot©
28 – Hose T2 – Return to tank

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.5


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Accumulator Shock Eliminator System©

41 40

39

31

32

33

34
38

36

35

37

432msm09

31 – Clamp 37 – Hose
32 – Accumulator 38 – T
33 – Seal 39 – Screw
34 – Union 40 – Stop nut
35 – Tap 41 – Plain washer
36 – Elbow

Control lever support - Propilot©


25 – Cable
60 – Manipulator support 65
68
61 – Plain washer
62 – Screw
64
63 – Crosspiece nut
64 – Nut cover
62 66
65 – Knob 63
66 – Screw 61
67 – Screw 25
60
68 – Plastic clamp
64

67

432msm13

J3.6 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Control lever support - Flexpilot©


60 – Manipulator support
61 – Plain washer
62 – Screw
69
63 – Crosspiece nut
64 – Nut cover
69 – Knob
70 – Screw 62
70
61

63

60
64
61

432msm15

Torque settings
Standard tightening torque
Refer to the standard tightening torques at the beginning of the document.

Specific tightening torque


– Do not lock anything in place before having positioned everything.
– All screws must be assembled with a lock washer and medium thread lock (e.g. Loctite 245).
– Add a flat washer to the lock washer on all the rectangular holes.
– After making sure that all the nuts and bolts are in place, tighten them to the tightening torque recommended in the table
below.
IMPORTANT: Before any use, check that all the fastenings comply with the tightening torque. All the fasteners
requiring retightening must be cleaned and rebonded with thread lock.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.7


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Thread Torque settings (daN.m)


Hardware class
8.8 10.9 12.9
M8 2,1 2,9 3,5
M 10 4,2 5,8 7,0
M 12 7,2 10,1 12,1
M 14 11,4 16,0 19,3
M 16 17,4 24,5 29,5
M 18 24,0 34,0 40,5
M 20 34,0 47,5 57,0
M 22 45,5 64,0 76,5

The guarantee ceases immediately if the assembly recommendations for the machine given in this document are not
respected.

J3.8 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Main operations

Preparation:Power measurement (kW)Preliminary operations


– Unhitch the front loader.
– Position the tractor on flat and level ground.
– Place the lift in the down position and the arms in the work position (depending on equipment fit).
– Apply the handbrake and chock the wheels.

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Controls - Propilot©


Spool valve unit
– Disconnect the electric cables.
– Slacken the lock nut (E)

24 mm

432msm35

– Remove the locknut (E).

432msm76

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.9


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Remove the screws (D).


4 mm

432msm75

– Remove the transmission kit.

432msm74

– Loosen the spool valve block cables.


10 mm
13 mm

432msm31

J3.10 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Remove the spool valve block cables.

432msm73

– Separate the transmission kit cable.

432msm72

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.11


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Operating lever
– Place the control lever down bellows.
– Disconnect the electric cables.
– Remove the control lever from its support.
– Refer to exploded view.

– Remove the control lever support.


– Unlock the box.

432msm36

– Separate the lower box from the control lever.

J3.12 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Loosen screw (A).

4 mm

≃ 2 mm

432msm71

– Remove screw (B).

5 mm

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.13


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Remove the control cables from the lower box.

432msm68

– Tighten screw (B).

5 mm

432msm67

– Tighten screw (A).

4 mm

≃ 2 mm

432msm66

J3.14 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Assemble the lower box with the control lever.

432msm77

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Controls - Flexpilot©


– Keep the isolation valve (A) in closed position.

432msm45

Spool valve unit


– Disconnect the hoses from the spool valve block.

3 2

1 4

432msm52

– Disconnect the electric cables.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.15


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Operating lever
– Remove the isolation valve faucet (A).
– Remove the control lever lower bellows (B).
– Refit the isolation valve faucet (A).

10

432msm64

– Disconnect the electric cables.


– Remove the control lever from its support.
– Remove the control lever support.

– Refer to exploded view.


– Disconnect the hoses from the control lever.

1 P

2 4

432msm49

J3.16 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Hydraulic connections


– Whenever removing or refurbishing the hydraulic system, refer to the exploded views.
– Remove the hydraulic connection support (12) with the spool valve block (11) and the accumulator (32).

Removal:Power measurement (kW)Front loader


– Remove the battery bay.
– If a side exhaust is fitted:
– Remove the exhaust and its bracket.
– Remove the protection bar (10).
– Remove the radiator grill cover n° (7) with brackets n° (8).
– Remove the lower cross bar n° (2).
– Remove the rear links n° (3).
– Remove the rear mounts n° (4) and brackets n° (6).
– Remove the frame n° (1) and the spacers n° (5) and (9).

10
9 1
7
90

8
104

6
120
68

107 160

3 2

120 1 214 742 283 174

432msm57

Note: The specified values are theoretical dimensions and do not take geometric differences into consideration

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.17


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Front loader


– Fit the front linkage (depending on equipment fit):
– Refer to the work card in chapter J: Removal/refitting of front linkage.
– Assemble frames n° (1) with spacers n° (5) and (9).
– Assemble rear supports No. (4) and flanges No. (6).
– Assemble rear links No. (3).
– Assemble lower crossbar n° (2).
– Assemble calendar protectors No. (7) with flanges No. (8).
– Fit the protection bar n° (10).

10
9 1
7
90

8
104

6
120
68

107 160

3 2

120 1 214 742 283 174

432msm57

J3.18 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

432msm79

Note: The specified values are theoretical dimensions and do not take geometric differences into consideration

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Hydraulic connections


– Refit the hydraulic connection support (12) with the spool valve block (11) and the accumulator (32).
– Refit all the hydraulic connections and hoses of kit Propilot© or Flexpilot©.
– Refer to the exploded views of hydraulic circuits.

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.19


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Remarks
– Cut the hoses according to usage needs.
– Fit the mount n° *3 with the spool valve unit n° *1 and the
accumulator n° *2.
– Fit the nut on the tube.
– Fit the coupler on the tube - Beware the installation
direction.
– Hand-tighten the nut to the coupling.
– Tighten the key up to a hard point.
– Block the coupling by tightening 1/6 additional turn.

19

17

432msm51

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Controls - Propilot©


Operating lever
– Separate the lower box from the control lever.

432msm16

– Loosen screw (A).

4 mm

≃ 2 mm

432msm17

J3.20 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Loosen screw (B).

5 mm

432msm18

– Remove the ball joint (C).

432msm19

– Put oil between the cable and the sheath of each control kit.

432msm20

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.21


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Grease the housing of each swivel.

432msm21

– Place the swivel (C) in its housing.

432msm22

– Slide the control cables in the lower box holes.

432msm23

J3.22 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Place the ball joint of each control kit in the housing provided.

432msm24

– Tighten the nut (B).

5 mm

432msm25

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.23


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Tighten the nut (A).

4 mm

≤ 0,3 daN.m

432msm26
– Assemble the lower box with the control lever.

432msm27
– Lock the box.

432msm28
– Replace the control lever support.
– Refer to exploded view.
– Replace the control lever on its support.

J3.24 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Spool valve unit


– Put the transmission kit around the control cable.

432msm29

– Insert the cables in the spool valve block.

432msm30

– Tighten the cables to the spool valve block.


10 mm
13 mm

432msm31

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.25


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Put the transmission kit in position.

432msm32

– Put the locknut in place.


4 mm

432msm33

– Put the locknut (D) in place.

432msm34

J3.26 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Tighten the locknut (D).

24 mm

432msm35

Adjustments
– Unlock the box.

432msm36

– Check the assembly by handling the lever following the 2


axles.
– If necessary, control the assembly.

4323msm37

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.27


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Lock the box.

432msm28

– Direct the control lever.


24 mm

432msm38

– Direct the control lever joystick.


22 mm

432msm39

J3.28 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Eliminate the unnecessary tightness inside the wiring


harness.
– Put back the control lever lower bellow.

≃ 20 mm

432msm40

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Controls - Flexpilot©

Operating lever
– Keep the isolation valve (A) in closed position.

432msm45

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.29


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Direct the support (B).


10

432msm47

– Direct the valve (C).


19
16

432msm48

J3.30 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

– Connect the hoses to the control lever.

1 P

2 4

432msm49

17

432msm50
– Replace the control lever support.
– Refer to exploded view.
– Replace the control lever on its support.
– Remove the isolation valve faucet (A).
– Reconnect the control lever (B) lower bellows.
– Refit the isolation valve faucet (A).

10

432msm64

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.31


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Spool valve unit


– Connect the hoses to the spool valve block.

3 2

1 4

432msm52

17
35 N.m

432msm53

– Minimum bend radius: 95 mm.


– No toe-in.
– No bend.

432msm54

J3.32 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Refitting:Power measurement (kW)Control lever wiring harness - Propilot© and Flexpilot©


Functions 4 master controller
– Connect the wiring harness as indicated in the drawing.

3 2 1
3
6 5 4

6
1

2
104
3

4
5

2
3 A BC D

101 CBA

1
102 103

2 –
5 + 2 C B A
6
3 3
A 2
4

432msm42
1 – + permanent 101 – Fuse carrier
2 – Earth 102 – Fuse
3 – Third function 103 – Wiring harness
4 – Fourth function 104 – Wiring harness
5 – + permanent A – +APC
6 – Fourth function

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.33


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Functions 6 master controller


– Connect the wiring harness as indicated in the drawing.

6 2

5 3

9 8

1
2
5
3 104
6
4

8
5
2

3 A BC D A BC
6
9

ABC
CBA

101
1

102
103
2
– 6
7 + 2 A B C C B A
5 9

3 3
8
2
4 A

432msm41

J3.34 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

1 – + permanent 101 – Fuse carrier


2 – Earth 102 – Fuse
3 – Third function 103 – Wiring harness
4 – Fourth function 104 – Wiring harness
5 – Fast-LockFast-Lock© A – +APC
6 – ACSACS©
7 – + permanent
8 – + permanent
9 – Fourth function

Celtis – 09.2007 – GB J3.35


DISMANTLING – REFITTING
FRONT LOADER

Electrical supply
– The control lever must be powered in the + after the tractor is switched on / 12 V, 20 A minimum / Brown wire.
– The wiring harness earth ground wire must be connected to terminal - of the battery.

20 A

432msm55

J3.36 Celtis – 09.2007 – GB

You might also like